This file was downloaded from HathiTrust Digital Library. Find more books at https://www.hathitrust.org. Title: Register - University of California. Author: University of California, Berkeley. Publisher: Berkeley, Calif., University of California Press. Copyright: Public Domain, Google-digitized http://www.hathitrust.org/access_use#pd-google We have determined this work to be in the public domain, meaning that it is not subject to copyright. Users are free to copy, use, and redistribute the work in part or in whole. It is possible that current copyright holders, heirs or the estate of the authors of individual portions of the work, such as illustrations or photographs, assert copyrights over these portions. Depending on the nature of subsequent use that is made, additional rights may need to be obtained independently of anything we can address. The digital images and OCR of this work were produced by Google, Inc. (indicated by a watermark on each page in the PageTurner). Google requests that the images and OCR not be re-hosted, redistributed or used commercially. The images are provided for educational, scholarly, non-commercial purposes. Find this book online: https://hdl.handle.net/2027/uc1.31378008248422 This file has been created from the computer-extracted text of scanned page images. Computer-extracted text may have errors, such as misspellings, unusual characters, odd spacing and line breaks. Original from: University of California Digitized by: Google Generated at University of California, San Francisco on 2021-01-24 00:49 GMT ## p. (#1) ################################################## ## p. (#2) ################################################## ## p. (#3) ################################################## ## p. (#4) ################################################## UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA MEDICAL CENTER LIBRARY SAN FRANCISCO ARCHIVES COLLECTION ## p. (#5) ################################################## ## p. (#6) ################################################## ## p. (#7) ################################################## ….…….. ## p. (#8) ################################################## ## p. (#9) ################################################## University of California Bulletin THIRD SERIES. Vol. V, No. 5 REGISTER 1910-11 WITH ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1911-12 NOVEMBER, 1911 PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BERKELEY ## p. (#10) ################################################# ## p. (#11) ################################################# |||| gº !'; Lºw- ## p. (#12) ################################################# ## p. (#13) ################################################# UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA REGISTER 1910-11 WITH ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1911 - 12 BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 1911 20 2.913 ## p. (#14) ################################################# ## p. i (#15) ############################################### CONTENTS PART 1–("IRCULAR of INFORMATION. CoLLEGES OF LETTERS, SCIENCES, AND FNGINEERING Calendar, 5. The Regents of the University, 8. Standing Committees of the Regents for the year 1911-12, 9. Administrative Officers, 10. Standing Committees of the Academic Senate and Academic Council, 12. List of Colleges and Departments, 14. Academic Senate, 15. - Academic Senate—Alphabetical List, 19. General Statement, 33. History, 33. Organization, 39. Administration, 39. Site and Climate, 41. F'unds, 42. THE ACADEM ic DEPARTMENTs Academic Council, 43. Organization and Instruction, 46. Status of Students, 47. Admission Requirements, 47. General List of Preparatory 48. Groups of subjects for the Several Col- leges, 49. Description of the Preparatory Sub- jects, 52. Methods of Admission, 69. Admission by Examination, 69. College Entrance Examination Board, 70. Admission from Accredited Schools in California, 71. List of Accredited Schools, 73. Admission from California State Nor- mal Schools, 77. Admission on Teachers' Diplomas, 77. Admission from Secondary Schools outside of California, 78. Admission to Advanced Standing in Undergraduate Courses, 78. Admission from Schools and Colleges in Japan and China, 79. Admission to Graduate Courses, 80. Tuition: Residence, 80. Junior Certificate, 80. Subjects, Requirements for Matriculation and Junior Certificate, 82. The Upper Division, 85. Degree Requirements, all Colleges, 87. Course in Architecture, 88. College of Commerce, 89. College of Agriculture, 90. College of Mechanics, 92. College of Mining, 94. College of Civil Engineering, 96. College of Chemistry, 98. Extracts from the General Regulations of the Faculties, 99. The Graduate School, 110. Regulations of the Faculties concern- ing Graduate Students, 110. Teachers' Certificates, 120. General Information, 123. Expenses of Students, 123. Opportunities for Self-support, 124. Loan Funds, 125. Medals, Prizes, 127. Scholarships, 128. University Extension, 136. Appointment Registry, 138. Summer Session, 139. Librarv. Museums, and 140. Council of the Alumni Association, 160. Laboratories, : U M M ARIES Statistical Summaries, 161. Index, 166. PART II–THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES FOR 1911–12 ('lassification and numbering of courses, 1. The University Library, 2. Announcement of Courses, 3. The Comparative Study of Literature, 211. Honors, 213. Theses, 214. PART III—LICK AstroNOMICAL DEPARTMENT PART IV—SAN DIEGO MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ## p. ii (#16) ############################################## ii ('ontents. PART V–SUMMER SEssiox, 1911 Index, 4. General Information, 5. The University, its museums, labora- tories, etc., 13. Faculty of the Summer Session, 19. Courses of Instruction, 32. Schedule of Exercises, 97. Application Form, 102. Students, Part XIV. PART VI—SAN FRANCISCO INSTITUTE OF ART Directors and administrative officers, 1. History of the Institution, 1. Courses of Study, 3. Fees, 4. Students, Part XIII, page 95. PART VII—HASTINGS COLLEGE OF THE LAW Directors, 1. Faculty, 1. Calendar and Directory, 1. Admission, 2. Courses of Instruction, 4. Students, 1910-11, 7. PART VIII—COLLEGE of MEDICINE Calendar, 3. Regents of the University, 4. Faculty, 6. Admission, 8. Clinical Facilities, 9. Fees, 10. Library, 11. Organization of Instruction, 12. Graduation Requirements, 14. ("ourses of Instruction, 16. Students, 1910-11, 32 : Part XIII. page 103. PART IX—Los ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF THE CollKGE of MEDICINE Calendar, 1. Faculty, 2. Organization and government of the University, 6. Los Angeles Department, 7. Admission and residence. 9. Combined course, 9. Fees, 10. Requirements for class advancement, 10. Requirements for graduation, 12. Miscellaneous information, 12. . Departments of instruction at Berkeley. 14. PART X—CAL FORN IA College, OF PHARMACY Regents of the University, 3. Faculty, 5. Calendar, 6. Announcements for 1911-12, 7. Admission Requirements, 11. Courses of Instruction, 1911-12, 13. PART XI–('OLLEGE Regents of the University, 3. Administrative Officers, 5. Faculty, 8. Calendar, 10. History of Organization, 11. Admission, 14. Extracts from Regulations, 20. Courses of Study, 24. Graduation Requirements, 25. Extracts from Law Regulating the Practice of Dentistry in California, 26. PART XII—CoMMENCEMENT, 1911 Programme of Exercises, 3. Degrees conferred, 1910-11, 4. Honors, 26. Graduation Requirements, 26. Fees, 26. Graduation Classes, 1911, 27. Students, 1910-11, 28; Part XIII, page 108. Alumni Association, 109. OF DENTISTRY Fees, 27. Curriculum, Museum, 41. Alumni Association, 42. The Student Body, 42. Instruments, 45. Students, 1910-11, 49; Part XIII, page 106. - Directory of Graduates, 50. 27. s Military Commissions, 1911, 29. Awards of Prizes, Scholarships, and Fellowships for 1911-12, 31. ## p. iii (#17) ############################################# ('ontents. iii PART XIII—CATALOGUE of OFFICERs AND STUDENTS FOR 1910–11 Explanatory note, 2. Regents of the University, 3. Standing Committees of the Regents, 4. Administrative Officers, 5. Departments of Instruction, 7. Standing Committees of the Academic Senate, the Academic Council, and the Graduate Council, 8. Council of the Alumni, 10. Officers of instruction and administra- tion, 11. Students at Berkeley, Mt. Hamilton (the Lick Observatory), and at Davis (The University Farm) : Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Com- merce, Agriculture, Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engineering, Chem- PART XIV—STUDENTS IN THE SUMMER SEssion, 1911 PART XV –INDEX istry, and the first two years of the College of Medicine— Graduate students, 22. Undergraduate students, 36. Students in San Francisco: San Francisco Institute of Art, 95. Hastings College of the Law, 100. Medical Department, 103. Dental Department, 106. California College of Pharmacy, 108. Statistical Summary, 109. Fraternities, 110. House Clubs, 111. Telephone Guide, 112. University Telephones, 122. suppºrtars list of students, adden- unn. º ## p. iv (#18) ############################################## ## p. v (#19) ############################################### REGISTER_PART I CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION ACADEMIC COLLEGES (LETTERS, SCIENCES, AND ENGINEERING) . AUGUST, 1911 ## p. vi (#20) ############################################## ---, ## p. 1 (#21) ############################################### UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION CONCERNING THE COLLEGES OF LETTERS, SOCIAL SCIENCES, NATURAL SCIENCES, COMMERCE, AGRICULTURE, MECHANICS, MINING, CIVIL ENGINEERING, AND CHEMISTRY AND THE FIRST AND SECOND YEARS OF THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE 1911-1912 PUBLISHED BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 1911 ## p. 2 (#22) ############################################### º:-- *:::::=rii; :he Ti-ers- shºul- º = _ºr-º-º: i-ºrie- ºr -ie Fa ºries 5------- ºr - ºr ºr Fºr -ie is: if ::::::: *-s ºf -i- irºn-i-º-n +...ºri is: *** **u-meiºs, see gºre - :: -ie ºver- º: *::::=ssed to the zie sº-eral e-leges Il vº-Iis fºr ºf ºil-ºn- reiss men-ºn ºne *. Cº-º- ºr-ga-----t- or sº n view -II 1-1 ºn ºf i-->s----- - - -----ºn s ::i-le-i - - -ie ºr i := --> 5–7 ini --Geº-illy to triºs - ºr -ie fºr viºus ºf is gºi-ºns fºr -ºs-i-º-n ºf i-rºrs ºf mis-is-in- the the t ## p. 3 (#23) ############################################### CONTENTS. Calendar, 5. The Regents of the University, 8. Standing Committees of the Regents for the year 1911-12, 9. Administrative Officers, 10. standing Committees of the Academic Senate and Academic Council, 12. List of Colleges and Departments, 14. Academic Senate, 15. Academic Senate—Alphabetical List, 19. General Statement, 33. History, 33. Organization, 39. Administration, 39. Site and Climate, 41. Funds, 42. THE ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTs. Academic Council, 43. Organization of Instruction, 46. Status of Students, 47. Admission Requirements, 47. General List of Preparatory Subjects, 48. Groups of Subjects for the Several Col. leges, 49. Description of the Preparatory Sub- jects, 52. Methods of Admission, 69. Admission by Examination, 69. College Entrance Examination Board, 70. Admission from Accredited Schools in California, 71. List of Accredited Schools, 73. Admission from California State Nor. mal Schools, 77. Admission on Teachers’ Diplomas, 77. Admission from Secondary Schools outside of California, 78. Admission to Advanced Standing in Undergraduate Courses, 78. Admission from Schools and Colleges in Japan and China, 79. Admission to Graduate Courses, 80. Tuition; Residence, 80. Junior Certificate, 80. Requirements for Matriculation and Junior Certificate, 82. The Upper Division, 85. Degree Requirements, all Colleges, 87. Course in Architecture, 88. College of Commerce, 89. College of Agriculture, 90. College of Mechanics, 92. College of Mining, 94. College of Civil Engineering, 96. College of Chemistry, 98. Cxtracts from the General Regulations of the Faculties, 99. The Graduate School, 110. Regulations of the Faculties concern- ing Graduate Students, 110. Teachers' Certificates, 120. General Information, 123. Expenses of Students, 123. Opportunities for Self-Support, 124. Loan Funds, 125. Medals, Prizes, 127. Scholarships, 128. University Extension, 136. Appointment Registry, 138. Summer Session, 139. Library, Museums, and Laboratories, 140. Council of the Alumni Association, 160. SUMMARIES. Statistical Summaries, 161 Index, 166. ## p. 4 (#24) ############################################### ## p. 5 (#25) ############################################### CALENIDAR. Stated meetings of the Regents are held at the San Francisco Institute of Art, California and Mason streets, San Francisco, on the second Tuesday of each month, and on the day preceding Commencement Day, in May of each year. There is no meeting of the Board in July. The Finance Committee meets at 2:00 p.m. on the Thursday before and the second Thursday after the monthly Board meeting, and the Committee on Grounds and Buildings at 2:30 p.m. on the first Tuesday of each month. Stated meetings of the Academic Senate are held in Berkeley, on the first Wednesday in May and the third Wednesday in November. University meetings occur on alternate Friday mornings during the academic year at 11 o’clock. 1911. º Aug. 1, Tuesday Applications for admission, and credentials of the recommended graduates of accredited high schools to be filed with the Recorder of the Faculties. Recommendations for admission from accred- ited schools in California (with the applications for admission to regular undergraduate standing) to be on file with the Recorder off the Faculties by this date. Other credentials should be on file earlier.” Aug. 10, Thursday , Academic year begins. Aug. 10, º Aug. 15, Tuesday Matriculation examinations at Berkeley, for the Academic Colleges, the California College of Pharmacy, and Hastings College of the Law. Filing of applications for admission to graduate standing. Aug. 19, Saturday All officers of instruction in the colleges at Berkeley keep office hours Aug. 21, Monday each day, from 9 a.m. to 12 m. (Also on Friday and Monday from 2 to 4:30 p.m.) Aug. 18, Friday } Admission certificates issued to intrants; registration of new stu- dents, graduate and undergraduate, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., in California Hall. Aug. 21, Monday Registration of old students, graduate and undergraduate, 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m., in California Hall. Aug. 18, Friday Aug. 19, Saturday Aug. 22, Tuesday Instruction in all classes begins at 8 a.m. Sept. 4, Monday Labor Day: a holiday. Sept. 9, Saturday Admission Day: a holiday in the Colleges at Berkeley. Sept. 15, Friday Final schedules of graduate students who are candidates for higher degrees to be conferred in December, to be filed with the Re- corder. Advancement to candidacy must have taken place, by formal petition, before this date. "- * In general recommendations from accredited schools and credentials from schools and cºlleges either in the State of California or elsewhere should be sent to the Recorder of the Faculties as early as possible during the summer. Ample time should be allowed for corre. *Pºndence and for the notification by the University of applicants who may be required to take one or more of the matriculation examinations. Applicants whose papers are received "" late for full consideration before the matriculation examinations may be seriously incon. Yºlenced in beginning their work or may be obliged to defer their entrance to the University until a later session. - ## p. 6 (#26) ############################################### Calendar. 1911—(Continued). Sept. 15, Friday Nov. Dec. Dec. 30, Thursday 2, Saturday 1, Friday Dec. Dec. Dec. Jan. 11, Monday 22, Friday 24, jº 8, Monday 1912. Jan. 8, Monday 9, Tuesday \ 13, Saturday ſ Jan. Jan. Jan. 15, Monday Jan. Feb. 16, Tuesday 15, Thursday Feb. 15, Thursday Feb. 22, Thursday March 1, Friday March 23, Saturday April 1, Monday April 29, Monday May 11, Saturday May 1, Wednesday May 13, Monday May 15, Wednesday May 16, !'...} Aug. 7, Wednesday June 24, Monday } Aug. 3, Saturday Aug. 5, Monday Aug. 8, Thursday } Aug. 13, Tuesday Aug. 16, Friday Aug. 17, Saturday Aug. 19, Monday Aug. 16, Friday Aug. 17, Saturday Theses of candidates for Ph.D. to be conferred in December, to be filed with the Recorder, for the Academic Council. - Thanksgiving recess of three days. Last day for application for the accrediting of secondary schools for 1911-12. Mid-year Examinations in the Academic Colleges. Christmas vacation in the Academic Colleges, Hastings College of the Law, the College of Medicine, and the College of Dentistry. Applications for admission in January and applications for cards of admission to the entrance examinations in January, to be filed. Examinations in the Academic Colleges for the removal of matricu. lation deficiencies. Registration of students in the Academic Colleges for courses of the second half-year. Instruction in all classes begins at 8 a.m. Final schedules of graduate students who are candidates for higher degrees to be conferred in May, to be filed with the Recorder. Advancement to candidacy must have taken place, by formal petition, before this date. Theses of candidates for Ph.D. to be conferred in May, to be filed with the Recorder, for the Academic Council. Washington's Birthday: a holiday. Last day for applications for graduate scholarships for 1912-13. Charter Day. In a Slumn. Last day for application for undergraduate scholarships for 1912-13. Exercises in the Greek Theatre or Harmon Gym. Annual examinations in the Academic Colleges. Annual examina tions for Seniors begin Thursday, April 25. Candidates for Ph.D. file with the Recorder written report of work performed during the year. Class Day. The Forty-ninth Commencement. Vacation of twelve weeks in the Academic Colleges, Hastings College of the Law, and the College of Medicine. Summer Session of the Academic Colleges. Applications for admission, and credentials of the recommended graduates of accredited high schools to be filed with the Recorder of the Faculties. Matriculation examinations at Berkeley, for the Academic Colleges, the California College of Pharmacy, and Hastings College of the Law. Filing of applications for admission to advanced and graduate standing and to special status. All officers of instruction in the colleges at Berkeley keep office hours each day, from 9 a.m. to 12 m. Admission certificates issued to intrants; registration of new stu- dents, graduate and undergraduate, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., in California Hall. - º -- ## p. 7 (#27) ############################################### Calendar. 7 Jan. Jan. - 1912—(Continued). Aug. 19, Monday Aug. 20, Tuesday Sept. 2, Monday Sept. 9, Monday Sept. 16, Monday Sept. 16, Monday Nov. 28, Thursday } Nov. 30, Saturday 2, Monday 10, Tuesday 21, Saturday 22, Sunday 4, Saturday Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Jan. 1913. Jan. 4, Saturday 6, Monday 6, Monday 11, Saturday Jan. Jan. 13, Monday Jan. 14, Tuesday Registration of old students, graduate and undergraduate, 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m., in California Hall. Instruction in all classes begins at 8 a.m. Labor Day: a holiday. Admission Day: a holiday in the Colleges at Berkeley. Final schedules of graduate students who are candidates for higher degrees to be conferred in December, to be filed with the Re- corder. Advancement to candidacy must have taken place, by formal petition, before this date. Theses of candidates for Ph.D. to be conferred in December, to be filed with the Recorder, for the Academic Council. Thanksgiving recess of three days. Last day for application for the accrediting of secondary schools for 1912-13. Mid-year Examinations in the Academic Colleges. Christmas vacation in the Academic Colleges, Hastings College of the Law, the College of Medicine, the College of Dentistry, and the California College of Pharmacy. Applications for admission in January and applications for cards of admission to the matriculation examinations in January, to be filed. Second half-year in the Academic Colleges and in Hastings College of the Law begins. Examinations in the Academic College; for the removal of matricu- lation deficiencies. Registration of students in the Academic Colleges for courses of the second half-year. Instruction in all classes begins at 8 a.m. ## p. 8 (#28) ############################################### 8 The Regents. REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY. NOTE.-The regular meetings of the Regents are held at 2 p.m. on the second Tuesday of each month, except July, and on the day before commencement, at such places as may from time to time be determined, ordinarily at the San Francisco Institute of Art, California and Mason streets, San Francisco. REGENTS EX OFFICIO. His Excellency Hiram Warren Johnson Hon. A. Lowndes Scott Governor and President of the Regents President of the State Agricultural ea officio Society Sacramento Seventh and Townsend sts, San Fran: His Honor Albert J. Wallace ClSCO Lieutenant-Governor Rudolph Julius Taussig, Esq. Los Angeles - President of the Mechanics' Institute Hon. Arthur H. Hewitt Main and Mission sts, San Francisco Speaker of the Assembly Benj. Ide Wheeler, Ph.D., LL.D. Yuba City President, of the University Hon. Edward Hyatt President's House, Berkeley State Superintendent of Public Instruc- tion Sacramento APPOINTED REGENTS. The term of the appointed Regents is sixteen years, and terms expire March 1, of the year indicated in parentheses. The names are arranged in the order of original accession to the Board. Isaias William Hellman, Esq. (1918) Rev. Peter Christopher Yorke, S.T.D. (1912) Wells, Fargo-Nevada National Bank, 1267 Sixteenth av, Oakland San Francisco h Rowell, M.D. John Alexander Britton, Esq. (1914) C tºwe , M.D. (1927) 445 Sutter st, San Francisco John Eliot Budd, A.B. (1916) Frederick William Dohrmann, Esq. (1920) Stockton - 201 Geary st, San Francisco Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst (1914) Pleasanton. William Henry Crocker, Ph.B. (1924) Business address: 354 Pine st, San Crocker National Bank, San Francisco Francisco Truxtun Beale, LL.B. (1927) Arthur William Foster, Esq. (1916) Pacific Union Club, San Francisco 1210 James Flood blág, San Francisco ---- Charles Stetson Wheeler, B.L. (1912) Garrett William McEnerney, Esq. (1920) San F - 1277 James Flood blóg, San Francisco Nevada Bank blog, San Francisco Guy Chaffee Earl, A.B. (1918) Philip Ernest Bowles, Ph.B. (1922) 1005 Shreve 'biág, San Francisco 427 California st, San Francisco James Wilfred McKinley, B.S. (1922) James Kennedy Moffitt, B.S. (1924) Rooms 432-437 Pacific Electric blóg, First National Bank, San Francisco Los Angeles e OFFICERS OF THE REGENTS. His Excellency Hiram Warren Johnson Isaias William Hellman, Jr., Ph.B. President Treasurer Sacramento Union Trust Company, San Francisco Victor Hendricks Henderson, B.L. Warren Olney, Jr., A.B., LL.B. Secretary and Land Agent Counsel 220 California Hall, Berkeley Merchants' Exchange blåg, San Fran- cisco ## p. 9 (#29) ############################################### The Regents. 9 STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS FOR THE YEAR 1911-12 * Finance: Regents Earl, Foster, Britton, C. S. Wheeler, Taussig, and, as Member Emeritus, Regent Hellman. Grounds and Buildings: Regents Britton, Mrs. Hearst, Dohr- mann, Bowles, and Wallace. Agriculture : Regents Scott, Foster, Rowell, Hewitt. Medical Instruction : Regents Britton, Crocker, Dohrmann, Mrs. Hearst, and Rowell. Lick Observatory : . Regents Beale, McEnerney, Yorke, Budd, and Crocker. Wilmerding School: Regents Taussig, Earl, and Crocker. A udit: Regents Dohrmann, Scott, and Bowles. San Diego Marine Biological Laboratory : Regents McKinley, Wallace, and Hyatt. Eacecutive Committee : This committee consists of the chairmen of all the other committees. * The President of the Board of Regents and the President of the University are ea officio members of all committees of the Board. In each committee the name of the chairman is first and the name of the vice-chairman second. ## p. 10 (#30) ############################################## 10 Administrative Officers. ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS. The offices of the President, Secretary, Recorder, Appointment Secretary, and Manager of the University Press are open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. on week days, except on Saturday, when they close at 12 m. The University Library is open from 7:55 a.m. to 5:45 p.m., and from 7 to 10 p.m., daily, except on Saturdays, when it is open from 7:55 a.m. to 12:15 p.m. and from 7 to 10 p.m., and on Sundays, when it is open from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. The Infirmary is open daily, excepting Sundays, from 8 to 10 a.m. and from 5 to 6 p.m. for men; and from 10 to 12 a.m. and from 2:30 to 3:30 p.m. for women. Sundays, 9 to 10 a.m. for men; 10 to 11 a.m. for women, by appointment only. IN BERKELEY. President of the Gniversity : Dr. Benjamin Ide Wheeler 217 California Hall Secretary of the Regents and Land Agent : Mr. Victor H. Henderson 220 California Hall Deans in the Academic Colleges : The Graduate School : Professor David P. Barrows 201A California Hall The Faculties : * Professor Alexis F. Lange 207 California Hall The Lower Division : Professor Lincoln Hutchinson, Advisor 209 California Hall Women: Professor Lucy Sprague 205 California Hall Chairmen of Committees on Graduation. Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences : Professor Alexis F. Lange 207 California Hall Agriculture : Professor Edward J. Wickson 11 Agricultural Building Mechanics : Professor Clarence L. Cory 33 Mechanics Building Mining : Professor Samuel B. Christy 132 Hearst Mining Building Civil Engineering : Professor Charles Derleth, Jr. 204 Civil Engineering Building Chemistry : Professor Edmond O'Neill 221 Chemistry Building Commerce : Professor Henry R. Hatfield, Secre. tary of the College 114 California Hall Agriculture : Professor Edward J. Wickson 11 Agricultural Building Mechanics : Professor Clarence L. Cory 33 Mechanics Building Mining : Professor Samuel B. Christy 132 Hearst Mining Building Civil Engineering : Professor Charles Derleth, Jr. 204 Civil Engineering Building Dean of the College of Medicine : Dr. A. A. D'Ancona Affiliated Colleges, San Francisco University Physician : Professor George F. Reinhardt Infirmary Medical Earaminer: Dr. Eugene S. Kilgore Infirmary * The duties of the Dean of the Academic Faculties concern the personal well-being and conduct of the student body as a whole and the provisions for their instruction, and include in addition thereto the special duties heretofore assigned to the Deans of the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, and Commerce. ## p. 11 (#31) ############################################## Administrative Officers. 11 t ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS IN BERKELEY (Continued). Medical Earaminer for Women : Dr. Romilda Paroni Infirmary Recorder of the Faculties: Mr. James Sutton 204 California Hall Secretary to the President : Mr. Farnham P. Griffiths 217 California Hall Acting Director of University Extension: Professor D. E. Smith 108 California Hall Appointment Secretary : Mrs. May L. Cheney 203 California Hall Librarian: Mr. Joseph C. Rowell Library AT MOUNT HAMILTON. Director of the Lick Observatory : Dr. William W. Campbell Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, Cal. IN SAN FRANCISCO. Treasurer of the Regents : Isaias W. Hellman, Jr., Esq. Union Trust blåg Counsel for the Regents: Warren Olney, Jr., Esq. Merchants' Exchange blag San Francisco Institute of Art— Director: Professor R. H. Fletcher California and Mason stS Dean : Professor Theodore Wores California and Mason sts Hastings College of the Law— Superintendent of the University Printing Office : Mr. Joseph W. Flinn Printing Office Manager of the University Press : Mr. Albert H. Allen º 4 Library Superintendent of Grounds and Buildings: Mr. E. A. Hugill Superintendent's Office Accountant : Mr. H. E. Gibson 212 California Hall Purchasing Agent : ‘Mr. Noris Hovey 220 California Hall Alumni Secretary: Mr. Milton T. Farmer 201B California Hall Dean: Professor Edward R. Taylor * Whittell blag Registrar: Mr. George J. Martin 928 Pacific blóg *College of Medicine— Dean : Professor A. A. D'Ancona Affiliated Colleges College of Dentistry— Dean : Professor James G. Sharp Affiliated Colleges California College of Pharmacy— Dean : Professor Franklin T. Green Affiliated Colleges IN LOS ANGELES. * Los Angeles Department of the College of Medicine— Dean : Professor W. Jarvis Barlow 616 Security blag * The work of the first two years of the College of Medicine is done in Berkeley. ## p. 12 (#32) ############################################## 12 Standing Committees for 1911–12 * STANDING COMMITTEES FOR 1911-12. STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE ACADEMIC SENATE A cademic Council. Alwmni Directory : Mr. Sutton, Mr. A. H. Allen, Mr. Farmer. Association of American Universities : Professors Stratton, Slate, Leuschner, Gayley, Barrows, Schilling, Gay. Credentials : Professors C. A. Noble, Linforth, Kidd, Minor, Burnett, Wells, Mr. Alvarez. Editorial Committee : Professors Merriam, Stratton, Bolton, Kofoid, Noyes, Kroeber, Leuschner, Lipman, Mitchell, Mr. Allen (secre- tary). Library: Professors Lawson, Clapp, Foulet, Strat- ton, Stephens, Richardson, Gay, Mit- chell, Librarian Rowell, Associate Li- brarian Leupp. Membership : Professors Senger, D. E. Smith, Kower. STANDING COMMITTEES Applications for Admission : Professors Lange, Hutchinson, Mr. Sut- ton. Applications for Admission to the Lick Ob- servatory : President Wheeler, Director Campbell, Professors Haskell, Slate, Leuschner. Athletics : Professors O'Neill, Putnam. Barbara Weinstock Lecture : Professors Miller, Gayley, Barrows. Bennett Prize : : Professor Reed, Dr. W. Brown, Mr. Blanchard. Board of Freshman Advisors : For Men: Professors Hutchinson, An- Musical and Dramatic : Professors Armes, Haskell, O’Neill, Hut. chinson, Scholz. Regulations : Professors Merrill, Barrows, Lange, Noyes, Derleth, Haskell, Mitchell, Louderback. Summer Session : Professors Lange, Morgan, Dean of the Summer Session (chairman). University Council : President Wheeler, Dr. Campbell, Dr. D'Ancona, Professors Maxwell, Sharp, Millberry, Green, Nish, Fletcher, Jud. son, Lange, Haskell, Jones, Merrill (secretary), Rieber, Slate, Mitchell, Wickson, O'Neill, Christy, Derleth, Cory. University Eartension : Professors Stephens, D. E. Smith, Kurtz, Anderson (secretary). University Welfare : Professors Hilgard, Jones, Merrill, Chris- ty, Rieber, Senger, Lange. OF THE ACADEMIC COUNCIL. 1, urham, Etcheverry, H. M. Hall, Herms, Horne, Linforth, Morgan, Morley, G. C. Noble, Nutting, Price, Scholz, Sears, D. E. Smith, Torrey, Washburn, Whitnev, Dr. H. E. Cory, Dr. Deutsch, Dr. Elston, Dr. Lynch, Mr. Alvarez, Mr. Eddy, Mr. Gris- wold, Mr. B. M. Woods. For Women: Professors Holway, Jaffa, McMurray, Peixotto, Pinger, Sprague, Miss L. Stebbins, Dr. Boone. Bonnheim Prizes : Professors Hart, Bowman, McMurray. CLASSIFICATION ANP GRADUATION. derson, Babcock, Biddle, Daggett, Bryce Historical Essay : Professors Stephens, Scholz, and a third to be selected by them. Carmot Debate : Professors Flaherty, D. E. Smith. 1. Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Commerce, Agri- culture— Professors Lange, Bowman, Daggett, Raymond, Babcock, Mr. Sutton. 2. Mechanics— Professors Cory, LeConte, Reynolds. 3. Mining— Professors Christy, Hersam, Louderback. 4. Civil Engineering— - Professors Derleth, Etcheverry, Cottrell, Mr. Kesner. 5. Chemistry— Professors O'Neill, Blasdale, Biddle. ## p. 13 (#33) ############################################## Standing Committees for 1911–12 13 Commencement and Other Public Celebra- tions: Professors Richardson, Scholz, Linforth, Allen, Dr. Deutsch, Dr. Elston, Mr. Alvarez, Mr. Becker. Commencement Speakers : Professors Gayley, Flaherty, Clapp, Kidd, Dr. Petersson. Disqualified Students: Professors Hutchinson, Lange, Mr. Sut- ton. Emily Chamberlain Cook Prize in Poetry : Professors Gayley, Jones, Bacon. Engineering Division : The heads of departments giving pre- scribed courses in the Colleges of Me- chanics, Mining, and Civil Engineer- ing, together with the several profes- sors and instructors actually engaged in giving such prescribed courses. Entrance Earaminations: Professors Washburn, Reed, Smithson, Child, McDonald, Biddle, Bowman. Faculty Elections: Professors Christy, Stratton, Hutchin- son, Wickson, Barrows. Frank J. Walton Memorial Loan Fund: President Wheeler, Professors Haskell, Hutchinson (to serve until 1912-13, inclusive). Health : Professors Reinhardt (or Dr. Sawyer), Hyde, Chandler, Blasdale, Dr. Paroni. Higher Degrees : Professors Barrows, Lange, Stratton, Jones, Stephens, J. G. Howard, Mer- rill, Hart, Schevill, Leuschner, Slate, Merriam, Kofoid, Jepson, Derleth, Wickson, Reinhardt. Hitchcock Lectures : - Professors Slate, Merriam, Gay. Honors: - Professor Jones, and the Chairmen of the Groups. Military and Gymnasium : Professors E. M. Lewis, Hutchinson, Magee, Pinger, Setchell. Won-Residents: Professors McMurray, Kidd, Bowman. Outside Relations : Professors Hutchinson, Hyde, Setchell, Sprague, Miss Stebbins. Prescribed Science : Professors O'Neill, Torrey, Haskell, Hol. way, Lewis, Louderback, Jaffa, Leu- schner, Merriam, Morgan, H. M. Hall, Robertson, Slate, Kofoid. Rhodes Scholarship : Professors Stephens, Merrill, Scholz. Schedule of Eacercises : Professors Haskell, Booth, Minor, Sears, Kower, Mr. H. O. Wood. Schools : Professors Morgan, Rieber, Lange, Lewis, Holway, Babcock, Allen, Thomas, Schevill. Special Students: Professors Putnam, Reed, Christy, O'Neill, Lipman, , Etcheyerry, Whit. ney, Hutchinson (consulting member ex officio). Students’ Affairs : Professors Cory, Rieber, Jones, Lange, Setchell, Hutchinson. Study-Lists : Lower Division, Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Agriculture, and Commerce: Profes- sors Hutchinson, Kofoid, Putnam, McCormac, Babcock, Nutting, Dag- gett, Sprague. Subject A : Dr. Boone, Professors Paschall, Sprague, Mr. A. H. Allen, Dr. H. E. Cory, Dr. W. Brown, Dr. Elston. Teachers’ Certificates : Professors Richardson, Barrows, Mor- gan, Rugh, McCormac. Undergraduate Scholarships: - Professors Price, Edwards, Blasdale, Scholz, Sprague, Hutchinson (consult- ing member ex officio). University Meetings : Mr. Griffiths, Professors Scholz, Kurtz. University Representation : Professors, Gayley, Bradley, Clapp, How. ison, Edwards. ## p. 14 (#34) ############################################## 14 Colleges and Departments. THE UNIVERSITY COMPRISES THE FOLLOWING COLLEGES AND DEPARTMENTS: I. IN BERKELEY. . College of Letters. . College of Social Sciences. . College of Natural Sciences. . College of Commerce. . College of Agriculture (including the University Farm at Davis). College of Mechanics. College of Mining. . College of Civil Engineering. . College of Chemistry. . College of Medicine, first and second years. 1 () DEPARTMENTS OF INSTRUCTION IN THE COLLEGES AT BERKELEY. Philosophy, Education, Jurisprudence, History, Political Science, Eco- nomics, Anthropology, Music, Semitic Languages, Oriental Languages, Sanskrit, Greek, Latin, English, Germanic Philology, German, Romanic Languages, Celtic, Slavic Languages, Mathematics, General Science, Physics, Astronomy, Geography, Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, Physiology, Hygiene, Palaeontology, Geology, Mineralogy, Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Irrigation, Mining and Metallurgy, Draw- ing, Architecture, Agriculture, Horticulture and Entomology, Military Science and Tactics, Physical Culture, Anatomy, Pathology, and Bac- teriology. II. AT MOUNT HAMILTON. Lick Astronomical Department (Lick Observatory). III. IN SAN FRANCISCO. . San Francisco Institute of Art. - Hastings College of the Law. . College of Medicine, third and fourth years. . College of Dentistry. . California College of Pharmacy. : IV. IN LOS ANGELES. College of Medicine (Los Angeles Department), third and fourth years. ## p. 15 (#35) ############################################## Academic Senate. 15 ACADEMIC SENATE. The Faculties of the University, together with the Instructors, con- stitute by law the Academic Senate. Following is the Academic Senate as of date July 1, 1911. The names, excepting those of the President and Secretary, are arranged in groups as follows: (1) Professors and Astronomers; (2) Associate Professors, the University Librarian, and the Associate Librarian; (3) Assistant Professors and Assistant Astronomers; (4) Lecturers; (5) In- structors;–and are arranged in each group in the order of original ap- pointment to the present rank. The asterisk (*) marks the names of instructors who are absent on leave, 1911-12; ", in residence first half-year only; *, in residence second half-year only. BENJAMIN IDE WHEELER, President of the University, Chairman. JAMEs SUTtoN, Recorder of the Faculties, Secretary. PROFESSORS. GEORGE DAVIDSON HARRY M. SHERMAN FRANK SouLE EDWARD B. CLAPP FRANKLIN T. GREEN CORN ELIUs B. BRADLEY WILLIAM T. WENZELL EUGENE W. HILGARD BERNARD MOSES WILLIAM A. MERRILL ROBERT A. McLEAN WILLIAM A. SETCHELL ALBIN PUTZKER CHARLEs R. GREEN LEAF WILLIAM B. LEwiTT JOHN FRYER GEORGE H. How ISON SAMUEL B. CHRISTY GEORGE H. POWERS WM. CAREY JONES WILLIAM W. KERR ARNOLD A. D'ANCONA DOUGLASS W. MonTGoMERY CHARLEs M. GAYLEY fWILLIAM W. CAMPBELL FREDERICK SLATE ELMER E. Brown #RICHARD H. Tucker CHARLEs A. Von HoFFMANN THOMAs R. BACON EDWARD J. WICKSON CURTIs H. LINDLEY WILLIAM. F. SHARP JOHN A. STANTON *ANDREw C. LAwson EDWARD R. TAYLOR JOSEPH D. Hodge N. HERBERT C. MoRFITT *ADoLPH. C. MILLER CLARENCE L. Cory HUGO K. SCHILLING LOUIS T. HENgstLER # Absent on leave, June 9 to September 29, 1911. : Absent on leave, July 1 to October 1, 1911. ## p. 16 (#36) ############################################## 16 University of California. THOMAS W. HUNTINGTON HENRY M. STEPHENS WILLIAM E. RITTER * ALExIs F. LANGE JOHN G. HOWARD ALBERT SCHNEIDER JAMES G. SHARP WALTER E. MAGEE GEORGE F. REINHARDT HARRY E. ALDERSON *J. FRED WOLLE HEBER. D. CURTIS MELVIN E. CUMMINGS MELLEN W. HASKELL HENRY B. CAREY JOHN B. TUFTS EDMOND O'NEILL ROBERT G. AITKEN ARMIN O. LEUSCHNER GEORGE H. BOKE ORRIN K. McMURRAY GEORGE L. BEAN THEODORE WORES LEROY ANDERSON CARL C. PLEHN GEORGE M. STRATTON ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS. Joseph C. Row ELL JOACHIM H. SENGER ERNEST A. HERSAM JOHN C. MERRIAM LEON J. RICHARDSON GEORGE D. LOUDERBACK HERMANN KOWER WILLIAM D. ARMES WILLIAM J. RAYMOND CHAUNCEY W. WELLS GEORGE W. SHAw *ERNEST W. MAJOR HARRY B. TORREY * HERMAN W. REYNOLDS FREDERIC T. BIOLETTI RALPH. S. MINOR EDWARD B. DURHAM THOMAS B. SEARS MARTIN C. FLAHERTY JAMEs T. ALLEN WALTER M. HART 2DERRICK N. LEHMER E. PERCIVAL LEwis CHARLEs DERLETH, Jr. MYER. E. JAFFA WILLIAM H. WRIGHT GUY S. MILLBERRY , Edward M. Lewis ISAAC FLAGG *HENRY R. HATFIELD ROBERT H. LOUGHRIDGE JOSEPH H. MOORE WESLEY C. MITCHELL DAVID P. BARROWS LUCIEN Foulk'T #ALFRED B. SPALDING GEORGE C. EDwards CHARLEs A. KOFOID CHARLEs G. HYDE FREDERICK W. NISH W. JARVIS BARLow RUDOLPH SCHEVILL FREDERICK P. GAY HERBERT E. BOLTON CHARLEs H. RIEBER CHARLEs W. Woodworth RALPH. E. SMITH BERNARD A. ETCHEVERRY *ELMER E. HALL *RUSSELL. T. CRAWFORD SAMUEL S. MAxwell, CHARLEs E. RUGH THORBURN B. ROBERTSON HAROLD L. LEUPP WALTER C. BLASDALE JOHN S. BURD WARREN T. CLARKE J. ELIOT COIT JOHN G. FITz-GERALD WILLIs L. JEPson ALFRED L. KROEBER JOSEPH N. LECONTE "CHARLEs A. Nob LE GEORGE R. No YES THOMAS H. REED FREDERICK J. TEGGART ALBERT W. WHITNEY FRIEDRICH. P. L. P. WILMSEN f Absent on leave March 23, 1911, to January 1, 1912. ## p. 17 (#37) ############################################## - Academic Senate. 17 ASSISTANT PROFESSORS. THOMAS F. SANFORD CHARLEs C. JUDSON W. SCOTT THOMAS GEORGE E. COLBY CLIFTON PRICE ARTHUR S. EAKLE ROBERT W. HARRISON HERBERT C. NUTTING *SAMUEL A. CHAMBERS RULIFF S. HOLWAY JAMES A. BALLENTINE John T. CLARK John C. SPENCER LINCOLN HUTCHINSON HENRY C. BIDDLE WILLIAM C. MORGAN LUCY SPRAGUE WILLIAM POPPER *ROBERT O. MOODY JACOB N. Bow MAN WALTER S. MORLEY THOMAS M. PUTNAM LUDWIG J. DEMETER GROVER C. NOBLE JESSICA. B. PEIXOTTO HENRY J. QUAYLE WALLACE I. TERRY ROBERT H. FLETCHER John H. MCDONALD HARVEY M. HALL BENJAMIN P. KURTZ CLARENCE M. HARING ARTHUR W. RYDER ERNEST B. BABCOCK *ELEANOR S. BANCROFT LESTER H. JACOBS *WARREN OLNEy, Jr. JOHN SWETT MAX THELEN *Joseph P. CHAMBERLAIN HARLEY R. WILEY RICHARD G. Boon E ERNEST B. HoAG CARLos G. WHITE ARTHUR G. TASHEIRA H. T. MooRE A. H. SUGGETT WILLIAM C. HAYS VICTOR. V. LIGDA RICHARD F. SCHOLZ - WILLIAM B. HERMs JOHN H. NORTON GUSTAVE FAUCHEUx EDWARD BOOTH ALEXANDER M. KIDD OLIVER M. WASHBURN DONALD E. SMITH * GEORGE P. ADAMS STUART DAGGETT ALICE B. CHITTENDEN WILLIAM T. HoRNE WILLSON. J. WYTHE *CLARENCE PASCIIALL EUGENE I. McCORMAC IVAN M. LINFORTH HowARD MORRow JOHN A. CHILD AUGUST J. LARTIGAU ALBERT E. CHANDLER CHARLES B. LIPMAN *CHARLES F. INGERSON CARLOS BRANSBY JOHN F. DANIEL HENRY J. KESNER ERWIN J. LEA HERBERT G. LULL ARTHUR R. MOORE WILHELM R. R. PINGER ARTHUR U. POPE GLAN VILLE Y. RUSK LECTURERS. LOUIS BARTLETT FARNHAM P. GRIFFITHS ROBERT A. LEET VALENTINE SCHMIDT FRANKLIN C. SMITH 1JOHN G. BROOKS WILLIAM E. COLBY JOHN N. For CE MAURICE. E. HARRISON ROMILDA PARONI FLORENCE M. SYLVESTER RoBERT A. CAMPBELL ALLAN P. MATTHEW ## p. 18 (#38) ############################################## 18 University of California. CHARLEs H. HowARD SAMUEL J. HUNKIN PHILIP K. BROWN Tharry O. WooD * CHARLES D. VON NEUMAYER ToRSTEN PETERSSON RAYMOND J. RUSS SANFORD BLUM Robert E. MAN sell, HENRY B. Mon GES, Jr. HENRY W. SEAWELL EMMANUEL B. LAMARE GEORGE A. SMITHSON OTTO P. ROLLER HENRY A. L. RYFKOGEL HENRY B. A. KUGELER HAROLD BRUNN GEORGE E. EBRIGHT CARL S. G. NAGEL HAYDN M. SIMMONS HERBERT W. ALLEN RACHEL L. ASH WALTER S. FRANKLIN TRACY G. RUSSELL EMIL H. HAGEMANN CHARLEs F. GILCREST BENJAMIN A. BERNSTEIN THOMAS S. ELSTON EDWIN H. MAUK ARTHUR C. ALVAREz FREDERIC T. BLANCHARD WARNER BROWN ROSCOE A. DAY SHERRELL W. HALL Jose PH A. LoNG CHARLEs KUSCHKE BLISS S. BROWN THEODORE C. BURNETT HERBERT E. CoRY ANTONIO M. DAL PIAz LEON M. DAVIS Mon ROE E. DEUTSCII JEANNE H. GREEN LEAF ADELBERT W. LEE WILLIAM G. MooRE ALFRED SOLOMON INSTRUCTORS. CYRIL. A. STEBBINs RICHARD W. HARVEY T. T. WATERMAN N. C. NELSON STURLA EINARsso N. WILLIAM. F. MEYER ADOLPHUS J. EDDY. ELMER. E. EVANS MALCOLM. GODDARD KARL E. NEUHAUS BALDWIN M. Woods FRANCIS C. BECKER MATTHEw C. LYNCH RAYMOND B. ABBOTT J. I. THOMPSON JOHN C. BRIDWELL GEORGE R. MACMINN SERENO B. CLARK HORACE S. GRISwold RICHARD C. HARRIsox LEONARD BACON CHARLEs L. BAKER LEON O. Bon NET THOMAS BUCK BRUCE L. CLARK FRIEDRICH. C. H. F.Loss FEDER GEORGE I. GAY - JOHN E. GURLEY PAUL L. HIBBARD FRED M. HAYES W. G. HUMMEL F'RANK IRw IN FRANK E. Joh N so N Yosh I S. KUNO CLARENCE I. LEwis CARL H. McCHARLEs BENNIE A. MADSON DANIEL W. MoREHOUSE HowARD PHILLIPs H. A. RUE HE C. O. SMITH ELIZABETH H. SMITH LUCY W. STEBBIN'S S. D. WILKINS FRED H. BolsTER ## p. 19 (#39) ############################################## Academic Senate. 19 . ACADEMIC SENATE–ALPHABETICAL LIST. Following is the Academic Senate as of date July 1, 1911, together with the names of those who were members July 1, 1910–June 30, 1911, but who ceased to be members during the year or at the end thereof. Where membership has expired the fact is stated in the list. The titles and other information have been corrected to July 1, 1911, or to the date when membership expired. Officers of colleges or departments situated elsewhere than in Berkeley are designated by an abbreviation following the title, viz.: (D) College of Den- tistry, (A) San Francisco Institute of Art, (H) Hastings College of the Law, (LO) Lick Observatory, (M) College of Medicine, (Ph) California College of Pharmacy. - The dagger (f) marks the names of instructors who are married. Addresses given are in Berkeley unless stated to be elsewhere. The following abbreviations are used: S F for San Francisco, O for Oakland, A for Alameda. The word “Local'' used with telephone numbers denotes telephones on the University’s private exchange; Bkly, Berkeley; Oakd, Oakland; Ala, Alameda; Pied, Piedmont; Mer, Merritt; Mrkt, Market. #Raymond Barrington Abbott, B.S., In- structor in Physics—B.S. University of California 1908–1803 Cedar st; Bkly 2084. *George Plimpton Adams, M.A., Assistant Professor of Philosophy (absent on leave, 1911-12)—A.B. Harvard Uni- versity 1903, M.A. ibid. 1907—24:27 Prospect st: Bkly 5757. # Robert Grant Aitken, M.A., Sc.D., Astron- omer, and Acting Director of the Lick Observatory (to September 25, 1911) (LO)—A.B. Williams College 1887, M.A. ibid. 1892, Sc.D. (Honorary) University of the Pacific 1903—Mt. Hamilton. *Harry Everett Alderson, M.D., Professor of Anatomy (A), Assistant in Diseases of the skin (M)—M.D. 'g. of California, 1900–240 tockton st S F: Douglas 3400. † James Turney Allen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Greek—A.B. Pomona Col- lege 1895, M.A. University of Cali- fornia 1896, Ph.D. Yale University 1898—2243 College av : Bkly 1209. Arthur Carl Alvarez, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering—B.S. University of Califºrnia 1908—1909 Dwight way. # Leroy Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of Ag: ricultural Practice and Superintendent of University Farm Schools—B.S. Cor- nell University 1896, M.S.A. ibid. 1897, Ph.D. ibid. 1902–2704 Chan- ning way: Bkly 572. William Dallam Armes, M.L., Associate Professor of American Literature— Ph.B. University of California 1882, M.L. ibid. 1895—Faculty Club: Local 48 or Bkly 5234. Rachel Leona Ash, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine (M)—B.S. University of California 1896, M.D. ibid. 1899– 391 Sutter st, S F: Kearney 5520. Herbert Williams Allen, B.S., M.D., In- structor in Clinical Pathology (M)— B.S. University of California 1896, M.D. Johns Hopkins University 1900 ...” Stockton st, S F: Douglas 3600. i Ernest Brown Babcock, B.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education— B.S. University of California 1905– 1540 La Loma aw: Bkly 45.19. ## p. 20 (#40) ############################################## 20 University of California. Leonard Bacon, A.B., Instructor in Eng- lish–A.B. Yale University 1910—Cor. Chapel st and Allston way. #Thomas Rutherford Bacon, A.B., B.D., Professor of Modern European His- tory—A.B. Yale University 1872, B.D. ibid. 1877—Bushnell pl; Bkly 1313. Adolf Bernhardt Baer, B.L., B.S., D.D.S., M.D., Lecturer on Diseases of the Mouth, Face, and Jaws (D) (to June 30, 1911)—B.L. and B.S. University of California 1898, D.D.S. ibid. 1901, M.D. ibid. 1903—177 Polk st, S F: Kearny 5448. Charles Laurence Baker, B.S., Instruc- tor in Geology—B.S. University of Chicago 1908—2223 Atherton st: Bkly 6680. f.James Arthur Ballentine, A.B., Assistant Professor of Law (H)—A.B. Yale University 1896—Crocker blåg, S F: Douglas 701. #Eleanor Stow Bancroft, M.D., Lecturer in Hygiene and Medical Examiner (ab- sent on leave, 1911-12)—M.D. Uni- versity of California 1896—2611 Pied- mont av : Bkly 1561. † W. Jarvis Barlow, A.B., M.D., Dean of the Faculty of the Los Angeles De- partment of the College of Medicine and Professor of Clinical Medicine— 616 Security blog., Los Angeles. #David Prescott Barrows, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science and Dean of the Graduate School—A.B. Pomona Col- lege 1894, M.A. University of Cali- fornia 1895, Ph.D. University of Chi- cago 1897—2537 Regent st: Bkly 6404. + Louis de Fontenay Bartlett, Ph.B., LL.B., Lecturer in Dental º (D) —Ph.B. University of California 1893, LL.B. ibid. 1896–1700 Claus Spreck- els blag, S F : Kearny 5750. † George Lusk Bean, D.D.S., Professor of Dental Porcelain (D)—D.D.S. Phila- delphia Dental College 1897—350 Post st, S F-Douglas 2222. Francis C. Becker, A.B., Instructor in Philosophy—2514 Durant av : Bkly 5,786. Benjamin Abram Bernstein, A.B., In- structor in Mathematics—A.B. Johns Hopkins University 1905–2131 Haste st: Bkly 5892. # Henry Chalmers Biddle, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry—A.B. Mon- mouth College 1891, Ph.D. University of Chicago 1900—University Cottage No. 1: Bkly 4764. † Frederic Theodore Bioletti, M.S., Associate Professor of Viticulture—B.S. Univer- sity of California 1894, M.S. ibid. 1898—1041 Shattuck av : Bkly 1876. Frederic Thomas Blanchard, M.A., In- structor in English—B.L. University of California 1904, M.A. Yale Univer- sity 1908—2536 Bancroft way: Bkly 3025. #Walter Charles Blasdale, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry—B.S. Univer- sity of California 1892, M.S. ibid. 1896, Ph.D. ibid. 1900—2514 College av : Bkly 2776. Sanford Blum, A.B., M.S., M.D., Instruc- tor in Pediatrics (M)—A.B. Univer. sity of California 1894, M.D. ibid. 1896, M.S. ibid. 1902—City of Paris Bldg, S F: Douglas 5357. f George Henry Boke, Ph.B., M.A., LL.B., Professor of Law (absent on leave, 1910-11)—Ph.B. University of Cali- fornia 1894, M.A. Harvard University 1900, LL.B. ibid. 1905–1100 Lom- bard st, S F. Fred H. Bolster, Instructor in Botany and Horticulture—University Farm. † Herbert Eugene Bolton, Ph.D., Professor of American History—B.L. Univer- sity of Wisconsin 1895, Ph.D. Uni- versity of Pennsylvania 1899. Leon Oswald Bonnet. Instructor in Viti- culture—Graduate National School of Agriculture, Montpelier, France, 1909. # Richard Gause Boone, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education—M.A. (Hon.) De Pauw University 1884, Ph.D. University of Ohio 1890—2314 Haste st: Bkly 4026. † Edward Booth, Ph.B., Assistant Professor of Chemistry—Ph.B. University of California 1877—1214 Harrison bou- levard, O: Oakd 3157. f.Jacob Neibert Bowman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Medieval History—A.B. Heidelberg University (Tiffin, Ohio) 1896, M.A. and Ph.D. Heidelberg (Germany) 1900—2319 Haste st: Bkly 3972. f(Sornelius Beach Bradley, M.A., Professor of Rhetoric, Emeritus—A.B. Oberlin College 1868, M.A. ibid. 1886—2639 Durant aw: Bkly 4126. Carlos Brânsby, M.A., Litt.D., Assistant Professor of Spanish—M.A. Lafayette College 1883, Litt.D. ibid. 1903—2636 Channing way: Bkly 861. John A. Brewer, B.L., Instructor in Law (H). Died, December 17, 1910. John Colburn Bridwell, Instructor in En- tomology—2337 Telegraph av. ## p. 21 (#41) ############################################## Academic Senate. 21 John Graham Brooks, S.T.B., Lecturer in Social Economics, for the first half- year, 1911-12—S.T.B. Harvard Divin- ity School 1875. Bliss S. Brown, B.S., Instructor in Hor- ticulture—B.S. Michigan Agricultural College 1903—University Farm, Davis. #Elmer Ellsworth Brown, Ph.D., Honorary Professor of Education—A.B. Univer- sity of Michigan 1889, Ph.D. Univer- sity of Halle 1890—College of the City of New York, New York, N. Y. # Philip King Brown, A.B., M.D., Instruc- tor in Clinical Pathology. (M)—A.B. Harvard University 1890, M.D. ibid. 1893—350 Post st, S F: Douglas 2222. f Warner Brown, Ph.D., Instructor in Psy- chology—A.B. University of California 1904, M.A. ibid. 1905, Ph.D. Colum- bia University 1908—2553 Benvenue av: Bkly 2038. fHarold Brunn, M.D., Instructor in Sur- gery (M)—M.D. University of Penn- sylvania 1895—Butler blag, Stockton and Geary sts, S F: Douglas 2893. Thomas Buck, Ph.D., Instructor in Math- ematics. John Sedgwick Burd, B.S., Associate Pro- fessor of Agricultural Chemistry, in charge of Fertilizer Control—B.S. Uni- versity of California 1899—Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. #Theodore Crété Burnett, M.D., Instructor in Physiology—M.D. Columbia Univer- sity 1887—Hotel Shattuck: Bkly 6783. Robert A. Campbell, A.B., Lecturer in Government. Samuel Alexander Chambers, M.A., As. sistant Professor of French (absent on leave, 1911-12)—A.B. University of California 1880, M.A. ibid. 1898– Care, Credit Lyonnais, 19 Boulevard des Italiens, Paris, France. - iAlfred Joseph Champreux, B.S., Instruc- tor in Mathematics and Astronomy (resigned August 23, 1910)—B.S. University of California 1904–2691 Cedar st: Bkly 4339. #Albert Edward Chandler, B.S., Assistant Professor of the Institutions of Irri- gation—B.S. University of California 1896—2132 Derby st: Bkly 3483. John Allen Child, A.B., Assistant Profes- sor of Italian—A.B. Harvard Univer- sity 1900—Faculty Club : Local 28 or Bkly 5234. Alice B. Chittenden, Assistant Professor of grºwing (A)—1424 Sacramento st, - #Samuel Benedict Christy, Ph.B., Sc.D., Professor of Mining and Metallurgy, . and Dean of the College of Mining— Ph.B. University of California 1874, Sc.D. Columbia University 1902– 2234 Piedmont av : Bkly 1368. † Edward Bull Clapp, Ph.D., Professor of the Greek Language and Literature— A.B. Illinois College 1875, A.M. ibid. 1878, Ph.D. Yale University 1886– 2708 Channing way: Bkly 2478. Bruce Laurence Clark, M.S., Instructor in Palaeontology—B.S. Pomona Col- lege 1908, M.S. University of Califor- nia 1909—2223 Atherton st: Bkly 6680. i.John Taggart Clark, Ph.D., Assistant Pro- fessor of Romanic Philology—A.B. Harvard University 1898, M.A. ibid. 1899, Ph.D. ibid. 1901–2214 Russell st: Bkly 213. Sereno Burton Clark, Ph.D., Instructor in Latin—A.B. University of Michigan 1901, Ph.D. Harvard University 1907 —2522 Hillegass av : Bkly 1584. *Warren Thompson Clarke, B.S., Associate Professor of Horticulture and Super- intendent of University Extension in Agriculture—B.S. University of Cali- fornia 1903—2317 LeConte av : Bkly 1930. J. Eliot Coit, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Pomology—B.S. University of North Carolina 1904, M.S. ibid. 1905, Ph.D. . . Cornell University 1907– Riverside. #William Wallace Campbell, Sc.D., LL.D., Director of the Lick Observatory, and Astronomer (LO) (absent on leave, .June 9 to September 29, 1911)—B.S. University of Michigan 1886, M.S., ibid. 1889, Sc.D. Western University of Pennsvlvania 1900, LL.D. Univer- sity of Wisconsin 1902, Sc.D. Univer. sity of Michigan 1905—Mt. Hamil- ton. Henry Benjamin Carey, B.S., M.D., Pro- fessor of Botany, Materia Medica and Physiology (Ph), Instructor in Anat- omy and Histology, Materia Medica and Therapeutics (D)—B.S. Univer- sity of Minnesota 1900, M.D. North- western University 1905 — 1288A Ninth av, S F: Park 2935. i.Joseph P. Chamberlain, LL.B., Lecturer in Law (absent on leave, 1911-12)— LL.B. University of California 1898. *George Elden Colby, M.S., Assistant Pro- fessor of Agricultural Chemistry— Ph.B. University of California 1880, M.S. ibid. 1898—3131 Claremont aw: Bkly 3859. ## p. 22 (#42) ############################################## 22 University of California. #William Edward Colby, LL.B., Lecturer in Law of Mines—LL.B. University . of California 1898–2901 Channing way: Bkly 1773. #Clarence Linus Cory, M.M.E., John W. Mackay Jr. Professor of Electrical Engineering, Director of the Electric Light and Power System, Dean of the College of Mechanics—B.M.E. Purdue University 1889, M.M.E. Cornell Uni- versity 1891—2227 College av : Bkly 2641. Herbert Ellsworth Cory, Ph.D., Instructor in English—A.B. Brown University 1906, Ph.D. Harvard University 1910 Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. #Frederick Gardner Cottrell, Ph.D., Assist- ant Professor of Physical Chemistry (resigned June 30, 1911)—B.S. Uni- versity of California 1896, Ph.D., Uni- a versity of Leipzig 1902—2332 Fulton st: Bkly 6391. Russell Tracy Crawford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Practical Astronomy (ab- sent on leave, 1911-12)—B.S. Uni- versity of California 1897, Ph.D. ibid. 1901–2740 Elmwood av : Bkly 471. #Melvin Earl Cummings, Professor of Mod- eling (A), Instructor in Modeling— 3966 Clay st, S F: Pacific 1715. #Heber Doust Curtis, Ph.D., Astronomer (LO)—A.B. University of Michigan i892, M.A. ibid. 1893, Ph.D. Univer- sity of Virginia 1902—Santiago, Chile. #Stuart Daggett, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Railway Economics, on the Flood Foundation; and Secretary of the Col. lege of Commerce, first half-year, 1911- 13—A.B. Harvard University 1903, M.A. ibid. 1904, Ph.D. ibid. 1906– 2510 LeConte aw: BR!y 5957. #Antonio Menotti dal Piaz, M.D., Instruc- tor in Anatomy—M.D. University of California 1906—610 Fourteenth st, O : Oakd 4397. #Arnold Abraham D'Ancona, A.B., M.D., Dean of the Faculty of the College of Medicine, Superintendent of the Uni- versity of California Hospital (M)— A.B. University of California 1880, M.D. ibid. 1884–Affiliated Colleges. S F: Park 6827. #John Franklin Daniel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology—S.B. University of Chicago 1906, Ph.D. Johns Hop- kins University 1909–1430 Arch st: Bkly 3327. E. P. Dargan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of French (to June 30, 1911)–A.B. Bethel College 1899, Ph.D. Johns Hopkins University 1906. † George Davidson, Ph.D., Sc.D., Professor of Geography, Emeritus—M.A. Santa Clara College 1850, Ph.D. ibid. 1876, Sc.D. University of Pennsylvania 1889–2221 Washington st, S F. # Leon Milehane Davis, Instructor in Dairy Industry, University Farm—B.S. Kan- sas State Agricultural College 1909– University Farm, Davis. † Roscoe A. Day, Instructor in Orthodontia Technic (D)—Elkin Gunst blag, cor. ner Powell and Geary sts, S F: Doug. las 4300. i Ludwig Joseph Demeter, M.A., Assistant Professor of German—M.A., Harvard University 1907 — Hotel Shattuck: Bkly 6783. #Charles Derleth, Jr., B.S., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering—B.S. College of the City of New York 1894, C.E. Co. lumbia University 1896—2854 Webs. ter st: Bkly 293. fMonroe Emanuel Deutsch, Ph.D., Instruc. tor in Latin—A.B. University of Cali. fornia 1902, M.A. ibid. 1903, Ph.D. ibid. 1911—2314 Haste st: Bkly 5250. Arthur Boquer Domonoske, M.S., Instruc. tor in Mechanical Engineering (re- signed August 9, 1910)—B.S. Univer. sity of California 1907, M.S. ibid. 1909—1557 Eighth st., O. f Edward Benjamin Durham, E.M., Asso- ciate Professor of Mining—E.M. Co- lumbia University 1892—2227 Ward st: Bkly 6259. f Arthur Starr Eakle, Ph.D., Assistant Pro- fessor of Mineralogy—B.S. Cornell University 1892, Ph.D. University of Munich 1896—1518 Euclid aw: Bkly 1134. † George Elliott Ebright, M.D., Instructor in Medicine (M)—M.D. University of California 1899—24:46 Washington st S F: West 24. Adolphus James Eddy, B.S,. Instructor in Civil Engineering—B.S. University of California 1910 — 2630 Fulton st: Bkly 6350. #George Cunningham Edwards, Ph.B., Pro. fessor of Mathematics—Ph.B. Univer. sity of California 1873—2546 Dana st: Bkly 1613. Sturla Einarsson, A.B., Instructor in Practical Astronomy—A.B. University of Minnesota 1905 — Faculty Club: Bkly 5234. #Thomas Sidney Elston, Ph.D., Instructor in Physics—B.S. University of Cali. fornia 1899, Ph.D. Johns Hopkins University 1906—Eucalyptus path, Claremont Park: Bkly 1093. #Bernard Alfred Etcheverry, B.S., Associ- ate Professor of Irrigation Engineer. ing—B.S. University of California 1902–2598 Buena Vista way: Bkly 33.66. ## p. 23 (#43) ############################################## Academic Senate. 23 #Elmer Ellsworth Evans, D.D.S., Assistant Instructor in Dentistry (D)—D.D.S. University of California 1904—210 Union Savings Bank blóg, O: Oakd 2016. #Roscoe Farrar, M.S., Instructor in Soils and Farm Corps, University Farm (re- signed January 1, 1911)—B.S. Uni- versity of Illinois 1907, M.S. Univer- sity of California 1910 — University Farm, Davis. Gustave Faucheux, B. es L., B. es Sc., Assistant Professor of French Litera- ture—B. Ös L., Université de Paris 1869, B. es Sc. ibid. 1870–1213 E. Twentieth st, O. #John G. Fitz-Gerald, M.B., Associate Pro- fessor of Bacteriology. Isaac Flagg, Ph.D., Professor of Greek, Emeritus — A.B. Harvard College, 1864, Ph.D. University of Göttingen 1871—Ukiah. Martin Charles Flaherty, Ph.B., Associate Professor of Forensics—Ph.B. Univer- sity of California 1896—325 Twenty- fourth st, O: Oakd 6967. #Robert Howe Fletcher, Assistant Professor of the History of Art (A) — 2429 Channing way. Friedrich Carl Hermann . Flossfeder, In- structor in Viticulture. John Nivison Force, M.D., M.S., Lecturer in Hygiene—B.S. University of Cali- fornia 1898, M.D. ibid. 1901, M.S. 1910—2952 College aw: BR!y 5309. #Lucien Foulet, Lic. es L., Professor of the French Language and Literature— Licencié es Lettres University of Paris 1896, Licencié d’Anglais ibid. 1898— 2246 College av : Bkly 1850. #Walter Scott Franklin, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology (M)—M.D. Cooper Medical College 1898—135 Stockton st, S F: Douglas 2051. John Fryer, LL.D., Agassiz Professor of Oriental Languages and Literatures— LL.D. Alfred University 1889—2620 Durant av : Bkly 36. #Frederick Parker Gay, A.B., M.D., Pro- fessor of Pathology—A.B. Harvard University 1897, M.D. Johns Hopkins University 1901—23.47 Prospect st: Bkly 1041. George Inness Gay, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering—B.S. University of Colorado 1909–2242 College aw: Bkly 2039. #Charles Mills Gayley, Litt.D., LL.D., Pro- fessor of the English Language and Literature—A.B. University of Michi- gan 1878, Litt.D. Kenyon College 1900, LL.D. University of Glasgow 1901, University of Michigan 1904— 2328 Piedmont aw: , Bkly 2950. # Charles Fletcher Gilcrest, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering—B.S. Uni- versity of California 1903—4 175 Montgomery st, O: Pied 4299. Malcolm Goddard, B.S., D.D.S., Instruc- tor in Comparative Anatomy (D)— Butler blåg, S F: Sutter 73. # Franklin Theodore Green, Ph.G., Professor of Chemistry, Director of the Chem- ical Laboratories, and Dean of the Faculty of the College of Pharmacy (Ph.)—Ph.G. University of California 1882—500 Devisadero st, S F : Park 478. † Charles Ravenscroft Greenleaf, M.D., Hon- orary Professor of Military and Public Hygiene—M.D. Ohio Medical College 1860—23.40 Piedmont aw: Bkly 514. i Jeanne Harouel Greenleaf, B.L., Instruc- tor in French — B.L. University of California 1908–1437 LeRoy av : Bkly 5044. Farnham Pond Griffiths, B.L., B.A. (Oxon.), Lecturer in Law—B.L. Uni- versity of California 1906, B.A. (Jurisprudence) University of Oxford 1910—Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 6453. - Walter Milo Griffiths, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering (to June 30, 1911). º Horace Seth Griswold, C.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering—C.E. Cornell Uni- versity 1908—Faculty Club : Bkly 5234. John Edwin Gurley, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Chemistry (D). i Henry Higby Gutterson, Instructor in Architecture (to June 30, 1911)— 2516A Hillegass aw: Bkly 4527. # Emil Henry Hagemann, Instructor in Dairying—University Farm, Davis. George E. Hale, Ph.D., Hitchcock Lec- turer for 1910-11 (to June 30, 1911). f Elmer Edgar Hall, Ph.D., Associate Pro- fessor of Physics (absent on leave, first half-year, 1911-12)—B.S. Uni- versity of Southern California 1893, M.S. University of California 1896, Ph.D. Cornell University 1902—Care of Paris Bank, 4 Bartholomew Lane, London, England. † Harvey Monroe Hall, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economic Botany and Assistant Botanist to Agricultural Ex- periment Station—B.S. University of California 1901, M.S. ibid. 1902, Ph.D. ibid. 1906—1615 La Loma av : Bkly 4,188. # Sherrell Woodworth Hall, D.D.S., Instruc- tor in Extracting (D)—D.D.S. Chi- cago College of Dental Surgery 1904 —2419 Bancroft way: Bkly 1286. ## p. 24 (#44) ############################################## 24 University of California. #Clarence Melvin Haring, D.V.M., Assist- ant Professor of Veterinary Science— D.V.M. New York State Veterinary College 1904—2826 Garber st: Bkly 3.058. Robert Almer Harper, Professor of Bot- any (to June 30, 1911)—Faculty Club: Local 28. Maurice Edward Harrison, J.D., Lecturer in Commercial Law—A.B. University of California 1908, J.D. ibid. 1910— 3.329 Washington st, S F: West 295. Richard Calhoun Harrison, A.B., LL.B., Instructor in Law (H)—A.B. Har- vard College 1890, LL.B. ibid. 1893— Mills blóg, S F. #Robert Waite Harrison, A.B., LL.B., As- sistant Professor of Law (H)—A.B. Harvard University 1895, LL.B. ibid. 1898—Mills blag, S F: Douglas 799. #Walter Morris Hart, Ph.D., Associate Pro- fessor of English Philology—A.B. Haverford College 1892, M.A. ibid. 1893, M.A. Harvard University 1901, Ph.D. ibid. 1903—2255 Piedmont aw: Bkly 2078. # Richard Warren Harvey, M.S., Instructor in Anatomy—B.S. University of Cali- fornia 1901, M.S. 1910. # Mellen Woodman Haskell, Ph.D., Profes- sor of Mathematics—A.B. Harvard University 1883, M.A. ibid. 1885, M.A. and Ph.D. Göttingen 1889— 2019. Durant av : Bkly 1211. † Henry Rand Hatfield, Ph.D., Professor of Accounting on the Flood Foundation ; Secretary of the College of Commerce (absent on leave, first half-year, 1911- 12)—A.B. Northwestern University 1892, Ph.D. University of Chicago 1898—1505 R st, Washington, D. C. F. D. Hawk, B.S.A., Instructor in Ani- mal Industries (to June 30, 1911)— B.S.A.. Iowa Agricultural College 1908 University Farm, Davis. Fred Montreville Hayes, Instructor in Veterinary Science—University Farm —D.V.M. Kansas State Agricultural College 1908—University Farm, Davis. William Charles Hays, B.S., Assistant Professor of Architecture—B.S. Uni- versity of Pennsylvania 1893—Cloyne Court: Bkly 4617. Margaret Henderson, B.S., Instructor in Bacteriology (to June 30, 1911)— B.S. University of California 1903— 28 16 Derby st: Bkly 1716. † Louis Theodore Hengstler, Ph.D., Profes- sor of Law (H)—M.A. University of California 1892, Ph.D. ibid. 1894— Kohl blag, S F : Kearny 2442. #William Brodbeck Herms, M.A., Assistant Professor of Entomology—B.S. Ger- man Wallace College 1902, M.A.. Ohio State University 1906–1424 LeRoy av : Bkly 3302. # Ernest Albion Hersam, B.S., Associate Professor of Metallurgy—B.S. Massa. chusetts Institute of Technology 1891 —2502 Bancroft way: Bkly 1848. Frederick Godfray Hesse, Professor of Hydraulics, Emeritus. (Died, Janu- ary 27, 1911). † Paul Llewellyn Hibbard, B.Sc., Instruc. tor in Agricultural Chemistry—B.Sc. University of Nebraska 1892. Buº; Woldemar Hilgard, Ph.D., LL.D., rofessor of Agriculture, Emeritus— Ph.D. Heidelberg University 1853, LL.D. University of Mississippi 1884, University of Michigan 1887, Colum: bia University 1887—2728 Bancroft way: Bkly 1392. f Ernest Bryant Hoag, M.A., M.D., Lec. turer in Public Hygiene—B.S. North. western University 1892, M.A. Stan. ford University 1894, M.D. North western University 1902—2715 Wool. sey st: Bkly 5908. i.Joseph Dupuy Hodgen, D.D.S., Professor of Operative Dentistry (D)—D.D.S. University of California 1887—240 Stockton st, S F: Douglas 3400. # Ruliff Stephen Holway, A.B., M.S., As. sistant Professor of Physical Geog. raphy—A.B. Stanford University 1903, M.S. University of California 1904— 2577 Buena Vista way: Bkly 3163. # Herbert Andrew Hopper, M.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Husband rv (re. signed January 1, 1911)—M.S. Cornell University 1903 — University Farm, Davis. # William T. Horne, B.Sc., Assistant Pro- fessor of Plant Pathology—B.Sc. Uni- versity of Nebraska 1898—2701 Vir. ginia st. #Charles Harold Howard, M.A., Instructor in Spanish—A.B. University of Cali. fornia 1895, M.A. ibid. 1899—Laurel st, near Eunice: Bkly 1823. i.John Galen Howard, Professor of Archi- tecture—2421 Ridge rq : Bkly 72. f George Holmes Howison, M.A., LL.D., Professor of Philosophy, Emeritus— A.B. Marietta College 1852, M.A. honoris causa ibid. 1855, LL.D. ibid. 1883—2631 Piedmont av. #W. G. Hummel, B.S., Instructor in Agri- cultural Education. #Samuel Johns Hunkin, M.D., Instructor in Orthopedic Surgery (M)—M.D. University of California 1890—2161 Sutter st, S F: West 4612. #Thomas Waterman Huntington, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery (M)—A.B. University of Vermont 1871, M.D. Harvard University 1876 —350 Post st, S F: Douglas 2222. w ## p. 25 (#45) ############################################## Academic Senate. 25 Lincoln Hutchinson, M.A., Assistant Pro- fessor of Commerce, on the Flood Foundation, Dean of the Lower Divi- sion—Ph.B. University of California 1889, A.B. Harvard University 1893, §§ ibid. 1898–9 Canyon rd: Bkly iCharles Gilman Hyde, B.S., Professor of Sanitary Engineering—B.S. Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology 1896 —2579 Buena Vista way: Bkly 870. Charles Frank Ingerson, Assistant Pro- fessor of Decorative Design (A) (ab- sent on leave 1911-12). #Frank Irwin, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathe. matics—2632 Haste st: Bkly 4048. # Lester Henry Jacobs, Ph.B., LL.B., Lec- turer in Law—Ph.B. University of California 1891, LL.B. ibid. 1894— 1616 Leroy aw: BKly 2991. i Meyer Edward Jaffa, M.S., Professor of Nutrition, in charge of the Poultry Station—Ph.B. University of Califor- nia 1877, M.S. ibid. 1896—2637 Vir- ginia st: Bkly 949. Willis Linn Jepson, Ph.D., Associate Pro- fessor of Dendrology—Ph.B. Univer- sity of California 1889, Ph.D. ibid. 1898—2704 Hillegass av. Frank Edward Johnson, M.S., Instructor in Soils—B.L. University of Califor- nia 1908, B.S. ibid. 1909, M.S. ibid. 1910—2417 Bancroft way: Bkly 3720. #William Carey Jones, M.A., Professor of Jurisprudence—A.B. University of California 1875, M.A. ibid. 1879– 2625 Benvenue aw: Bkly 1582. #Charles Chapel Judson, Assistant Profes- sor of Drawing (A), Assistant Pro- fessor of Drawing—1590 Leroy av : Bkly 4633. #William Watt Kerr, M.A., M.B., C.M., Professor of Clinical Medicine (M)— M.A. Edinburgh 1877, M.B. and C.M. ibid. 1881—2605 California st, S F: West 2190. Henry J. Kesner, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering—A.B. University of Colorado 1905, B.S. ibid. 1907, C.E. ibid. 1911—Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. Alexander Marsden Kidd, A.B., LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law—A.B. University of California 1899, LL.B. Harvard University 1903—349 Cherry st, S F: Pacific 1636. #Charles Atwood Kofoid, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology—A.B. Oberlin College 1890, M.A. Harvard University 1892, Ph.D. ibid. 1894—2616 Etna st: Bkly 1059. º *Hermann Kower, C.E., Associate Profes- sor of Drawing—C.E. Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart, 1884–601 E Thirty-seventh st, O: Mer 3803. † Alfred Louis Kroeber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology, Secretary of the Department of Anthropology, Curator of the Anthropological Mu- seum—A.B. Columbia University 1896, M.A. ibid. 1897, Ph.D. ibid. 1901—Affiliated Colleges, S F. #Henry Behrend Albert Kugeler, M.D., In- structor in Surgery (M)—M.D. Uni- versity of California 1890–36.36 Washington st, S F: West 1348. #Yoshi Saburo Kuno, M.S., Instructor in Japanese—B.S. University of Califor- nia 1897, M.S. ibid. 1900–1184 Arch st. #Benjamin Putnam Kurtz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English, Lecturer in Uni- versity Extension—A.B. University of California 1901, Ph.D. ibid. 1906—59 Santa Clara av, O: Oakd 62.76. Charles Kuschke, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics—Graduate in Mechanical Engineering, Mittweide Technikum 1906, M.A. Columbia University 1908 —2217 Fulton st: Blaly 3810. Emmanuel Benjamin Lamare, Instructor in French—2213 Union st. # Alexis Frederick Lange, Ph.D., Professor of the Theory and Practice of Edu- cation and Dean of the Faculties— A.B. University of Michigan, 1885, M.A. ibid. 1885, Ph.D. ibid. 1892— 2629 Haste st: Bkly 424. fAugust Jerome Lartigau, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology (M)—M.D. University of California 1896—1502% Golden Gate av, S F: West 2638. # Andrew Cowper Lawson, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Mineralogy and Geology (absent on leave, first half-year, 1911- 12)—A.B. Toronto University 1883, M.A. ibid. 1885, Ph.D. Johns Hopkins University 1888–1515 La Loma aw: Bkly 3812. # Erwin J. Lea, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry—B.S. Oregon State Agricultural College, 1898, M.S. ibid. 1900–2840 Parker st: Bkly 3901. #Joseph Nisbet LeConte, B.S., M.M.E., As- sociate Professor of Mechanical Engi- neering—B.S. University of California 1891, M.M.E. Cornell University 1892 —19 Hillside court: Bkly 2283. Adelbert W. Lee, M.D., Instructor in Pathology (M)—1007 Stanyan st, S F. Robert Alexander Leet, Ph.G., Lecturer in Pharmacy (Ph.)—Ph.G. University of California 1891—31 Athol av, O: Mer 3618. ## p. 26 (#46) ############################################## 26 University of California. i Derrick Norman Lehmer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics (absent on leave, first half-year 1911-12)—A.B. University of Nebraska 1893, M.A. ibid. 1896, Ph.D. University of Chi- cago 1900—2736 Regent st. i Harold Lewis Leupp., A.B., Associate Li- brarian—A.B. Cornell University 1902 –2700 Piedmont av : Bkly 4639. # Armin Otto Leuschner, Ph.D., Sc.D., Pro- fessor of Astronomy and Director of the Students’ Observatory—-A.B. Uni- versity of Michigan 1888, Ph.D. Uni- versity of Berlin 1897, Sc.D. (Honor- ary) Western University of Pennsyl- § 1900–1816 Scenic av : Bkly 182. #Clarence Irving Lewis, Ph.D., Instructor , in Philosophy. † Edward M. Lewis, Graduate of the United States Military Academy, Professor of Military Science and Tactics—3.014 College av : Bkly 4960. # Exum Percival Lewis, Ph.D., Professor of Physics—B.S. Corcoran Scientific School 1888, Ph.D. Johns Hopkins University 1895–27 Panoramic way: Bkly 2119. i William Breakey Lewitt, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics (M)—M.D. Detroit Medical College 1877, M.D. Columbia University 1878–2702 California st, S F: West 6242. Victor Vladimir Ligda, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Culture—B.S. University of California 1904—675 Thirty-third st, O : Pied 22.77. #Curtis Holbrook Lindley, Honorary Pro- fessor of the Law of Mines and Water —2015 Pacific av, S. F: West 7104. # Ivan Mortimer Linforth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Greek—A.B. University of California 1900, M.A. ibid. 1901, Ph.D. ibid. 1905—2742 Derby st: Bkly 3451. † Earl Garfield Linsley, M.S., Instructor in Geography (to June 30, 1911)—A.B. Colgate University 1904, M.S. Univer- sity of California 1908–71 Emerson st, O : Mer 260. Charles Bernard Lipman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soils—B.S. 1904 and M.S. 1909 Rutgers College, M.S. Uni- . versity of Wisconsin 1909, Ph.D. Uni- versity of California 1910—Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. Joseph Abraham Long, Ph.D., Instructor in Zoology—S.B. Harvard University 1904, A.M. ibid. 1905, Ph.D. ibid. 1908—2735 Bancroft way. i George Davis Louderback, Ph.D., Associ- ate Professor of Geology—A.B. Uni- versity of California 1896, Ph.D., ibid. 1899—2713 Derby st: Bkly 3260. Robert Hills Loughridge, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, Emeritus— B.S. University of Mississippi 1871, Ph.D. ibid. 1876—22:18 Union st: Bkly 2967. # Herbert Galen Lull, M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Education—A.B. Univer- sity of Michigan 1904, M.A. Univer- sity of Washington 1911 — 2522 Dwight way: Bkly 1717. Matthew Christopher Lynch, J.D., In- structor in Law—B.L. University of California 1906, J.D. ibid. 1908—2611 Durant av : Bkly 4525. #Carl Howard McCharles, M.S., Instructor in Agricultural Chemistry—B.S. Uni- versity of California, 1908, M.S. ibid. 1911—64 Panoramic way: Bkly 3138. # Eugene Irving McCormac, Ph.D., Assist- ant Professor of American History— B.S. Upper Iowa University 1896, Ph.D. Yale University 1901—15 Pan- oramic way. John Hector McDonald, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics—A.B. Uni- versity of Toronto 1895, Ph.D. Univer- sity of Chicago—3136 Lewiston av. # Robert Armistead McLean, M.D., Profes- sor of Clinical and Operative Surgery, Emeritus (M)—M.D. University of California 1874–111 Ellis st, S F: Kearny 1544. George Rupert MacMinn, A.B., Instructor in English—A.B. Brown University 1905–2334 Durant av : Bkly 3485. #Orrin Kip McMurray, Ph.B., LL.B., Pro- fessor of Law—Ph.B. University of California 1890, LL.B. ibid. 1893– 2327 LeConte av : Bkly 3273. Bonnie Adolph Madson, B.S.A., Instruc- tor in Experimental Agronomy— B.S.A.. Iowa State College 1907. #Walter Edmund Magee, Professor of Phys- ical Culture—84 Plaza drive: Bkly 6109. # Ernest William Major, B.Agr., Associate Professor of Animal Industries and Manager of the University Farm (ab- sent on leave, 1911-12)—B.Agr. Uni- versity of Minnesota 1899—University Farm, Davis. # Robert Edwin Mansell, Instructor in Hor- ticulture, in charge of the Agricul- tural Grounds—University Cottage No. 2: Bkly 6340. Allan P. Matthew, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on the Law of Interstate Transporta- tion—A.B. University of California 1903–1638 Oxford st: Blºly 4496. # Edwin Henry Mauk, D.D.S., Instructor in Dental Technics (D) (to June 30, 1911)—D.D.S. University of Califor- nia 1901–135 Stockton st, S F: Douglas 4271. ## p. 27 (#47) ############################################## Academic Senate. 27 #Samuel Steen Maxwell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology, Associate Professor of Physiology (D)—B.S. Amity College 1886 M.S. ibid. 1888, Ph.D. University of Chicago 1896— 15 Hillside court: Bkly 1982. i.John Campbell Merriam, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Palaeontology and His- torical Geology—B.S. Lenox College 1887, Ph.D. University of Munich 1893—2401 Bowditch st: Bkly 1908. #William Augustus Merrill, Ph.D., L.H.D., Professor of the Latin Language and Literature—A.B. Amherst College 1880, M.A. ibid. 1884, Ph.D. Ohio University 1893, L.H.D. Miami Uni- versity 1893—2609 College av : Bkly 17:}t 1. William Ferdinand Mever, B.S., Instruc- tor in Astronomv-B.S. Drake Uni- versity 1907–24:34 Channing way: Bkly 4835. #Guy Stillman Millberrv, D.D.S. Professor of Dental Chemistry and Metallurgy, and Superintendent of the Infirmarv (D)—D.D.S. University of California 1901–1043 Clayton st, S F : Park 4190. #Adolph Caspar Miller, M.A., Flood Pro- fessor of Political Economy and Com- merce (absent on leave, first half- vear. 1911-12)—A.B. University of California 1887, M.A. Harvard Uni- versity 1888—2420 Ridge rq : Bkly 3730. # Ralph Smith Minor, Ph.D., Associate Pro- fessor of Physics—A.B. Hamilton Col- lege 1898, M.A. ibid. 1901, Ph.D. University of Göttingen 1902—2745 Parker st: Bkly 1267. Wesley Clair Mitchell, Ph.D., Professor of Political Economy, on the Flood Foun- dation—A.B. University of Chicago 1896, Ph.D. ibid. 1899—2250 Pros- pect st: Bkly 5.660. iHerbert Charles Moffitt, B.S., M.D., Pro- fessor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine (M)—B.S. University of California 1889, M.D. Harvard Uni- versity 1894–1818 Broadway, S F: Franklin 21. Henry Babad Monges, Jr., M.S., Instruc- tor in Drawing—B.S. University of California 1909, M.S. ibid. 1910– 1719 Channing way: Bkly 4679. iDouglass William Montgomery, M.D., Pro- fessor of Diseases of the Skin (M)— Upper Canada College, Toronto, M.D. Columbia University 1883—323 Geary st, S F : Sutter 487. f Robert Orton Moody, B.S., M.D., Assist- ant Professor of Anatomy (M) (ab- sent on leave, first half-year, 1911-12) —B.S. Cornell University 1891, M.D. Yale University 1894—2826 Garber st: Bkly 3058. Arthur Russell Moore, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology—A.B. Uni- versity of Nebraska 1904, Ph.D. Uni. versity of California 1911—Physio- logical Laboratory: Local 29. H. T. Moore, Lecturer on Surgery (D)— 391 Sutter st, S F: Douglas 4138. i.Joseph Haines Moore, Ph.D., Acting As- tronomer, in charge of the D. O. Mills Expedition to Chile—A.B. Wilmington College 1897, Ph.D. Johns Hopkins University 1903—Santiago, Chile. William G. Moore, Instructor in Gynecol- ogy (M)—2375 Jackson st, S F: West 967. # Daniel Walter Morehouse, M.S., Instruc- tor in Astronomy—B.S. Drake Uni- versity 1900, B.S. University of Chi- cago 1902, M.S. Drake University, 1902. #William Conger Morgan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry—A.B. Yale University 1896, Ph.D. ibid. 1899– 2440 Hillside av : Bkly 1951. f Walter Spangenberg Morley, B.S., Assist- ant Professor of Metallurgy–B.S. University of California 1898—2611 Piedmont av : B kly 4859. † Howard Morrow, M.D., Assistant Profes- sor of Diseases of the Skin (M)— M.D. University of California 1896— Butler blag, Geary and Stockton sts, S F: Douglas 2397. f Bernard Moses, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of History and Political Science, Emeritus—Ph.B. University of Michi- gan 1870, Ph.D. Heidelberg 1873, LL.D. University of Michigan 1902. Albert Henry Mowbray, F.A.S., Instruc- tor in Insurance on the Flood Founda- tion (to June 30, 1911)—A.B. Uni- versity of California 1904, F.A.S. Actuarial Society of America 1910— 619 Crocker blag, S F. #Carl Seigfried Gunther Nagel, M.D., Ch.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology (M)—M.D. and Ch.D. University of Berlin 1881–162 Post st, S F: Doug- las 2778. Nels Christian Nelson, M.L., Instructor in Anthropology and Assistant Curator in the Anthropological Museum—B.L. University of California 1907, M.L. ibid. 1908—Affiliated Colleges, S F. ## p. 28 (#48) ############################################## 28 University of California. i Karl Eugen Neuhaus, Instructor in Draw- ing—Graduate Eldefeld Realgymna- sium, Prussia, 1895, graduate Royal Art School, Kassel, Germany, gradu- ate Imperial Institute for Applied Arts, Berlin, 1903—2922 Derby st: Bkly 6454. - Frederick William Nish, Ph.G., Professor of Pharmacy (Ph), Director of the Pharmaceutical Laboratories—Ph.G., University of California 1901–1022 Masonic av, S F: Park 5810. #Charles Albert Noble, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics and Assist- ant Examiner of Schools (absent on leave, second half-year, 1911-12)— B.S. University of California 1889, Ph.D. University of Göttingen 1901– 2224 Piedmont av : Bkly 2533. f Grover Chester Noble, B.S., Assistant Pro- fessor of Electrical Engineering—B.S. University of California 1902–2535 Chilton way: Bkly 6356. i.John Henry Norton, M.S., Assistant Pro- fessor of Agricultural Chemistry— B.Agr. University of Missouri 1897, B.S. ibid. 1899, M.S. University of Missouri 1907—Riverside. † George Rapall Noyes, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Slavic Languages—A.B. Harvard University 1894, M.A. ibid. 1895, Ph.D. ibid. 1898—2249 College av: Bkly 5603. Romilda Paroni, M.D., Lecturer in Hygiene and Medical Examiner—B.S. University of California 1903, M.D. !, 1907—2647 Stuart st: Bkly 4847. #Clarence Paschall, M.A., Assistant Profes- sor of German (absent on leave, 1911. 12)—A.B. Wittenberg College 1894, M.A. ibid. 1898, M.A. Harvard Uni. versity 1901—Care of Knauth, Nachod and Kühne, Leipzig, Germany. f Herbert Chester Nutting, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin—A.B. Yale Uni- versity 1895, Ph.D. ibid. 1897–1425 Walnut st:Bkly 304. i Warren Olney Jr., A.B., LL.B., Lecturer in Law (absent on leave, 1911-12)— A.B. University of California 1891, A.B. Harvard University 1892, LL.B. University of California 1894—Mills blag, S F: Kearny 1651. #Edmond O'Neill, Ph.B., Professor of In- organic Chemistry—Ph.B. University of California 1879—2522 College av : Bkly 436. † Harry Allen Overstreet, A.B., B.Sc. (Oxon.), Associate Professor of Phil- osophy (resigned, January 1, 1911)— A.B. University of California 1899, B.Sc. University of Oxford 1901– College of the City of New York, New York, N. Y. Robert Wallace Pack, B.S., Instructor in Palaeontology (resigned, August 9, 1910). George Frederic Paddock, M.A., Assistant Astronomer (LO) (at Santiago, Chile) (resigned, June 13, 1911)—Ph.B. Brown University 1902, M.A. Uni- versity of Virginia 1906—Casilla 1219, Santiago, Chile. Jessica Blanche Peixotto, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology—Ph.B. Univer- sity of California 1894, Ph.D. ibid. 1900—Cloyne Court: Bkly 3757. iTorsten Petersson, Ph.D., Instructor in Latin—A.B. Harvard University 1901, M.A. ibid. 1902, Ph.D. ibid. 1905 2508 Etna st: Bkly 6147. Howard Phillips, Instructor in Animal Industries—University Farm—B.S.A. Iowa State College—University Farm, Davis. #Wilhelm Robert Richard Pinger, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German—M.A. University of California 1905, Ph.D. ibid. 1908—2551 Benvenue aw: Blºly 4303. #Carl Copping Plehn, Ph.D., Professor of Finance, on the Flood Foundation— A.B. Brown University 1889, M.A. and Ph.D. University of Göttingen 1891—2308 Warring st: Bkly 1385. # Arthur Upham Pope, M.A., Assistant Pro- fessor of Philosophy—A.B. Brown University 1904, M.A. ibid. 1905. # William Popper, Ph.D., Assistant Profes- sor of Semitic Languages—A.B. Co- lumbia University 1896, M.A. ibid. 1897, Ph.D. ibid. 1899–2326 Russell st: Bkly 3306. † George Herman Powers, M.A., M.D., Pro- fessor of Ophthalmology, Emeritus (M)—A.B. Harvard University 1861, M.A. and M.D. ibid. 1865–111 Ellis st, S F : Kearny 1648. #Clifton Price, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin—A.B. Cornell University 1889, Ph.D. Yale University 1896— 23 Panoramic way: Bkly 1061. #Thomas Milton Putnam, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics—B.S. Uni- versity of California 1897, M.S. ibid. 1899, Ph.D. University of Chicago , 1901—1541 Hawthorne ter: Bkly 771. # Albin Putzker, M.A., Professor of German Literature, Emeritus—M.A. Knox Col- lege 1892—2600 Telegraph av : Bkly 5.148. Henry Josef Quayle, A.B., M.S., Assist- ant Professor of Entomology—A.B. University of Illinois 1903, M.S. Uni- versity of California 1911—2311 Bow- ditch st: Home F 2478. ## p. 29 (#49) ############################################## Academic Senate. 29 iWilliam James Raymond, B.S., Associate Professor of Physics—B.S. University of California 1887—2622 Piedmont av: Bkly 4807. iThomas Harrison Reed, A.B., LL.B., As- sociate Professor of Government— A.B. Harvard University 1901, LL.B. Harvard Law School 1904—1712 Euclid av : Bkly 3923. #George Frederick Reinhardt, B.S., M.D., Professor of Hygiene and University Physician—B.S. University of Califor- nia 1897, M.D. ibid. 1900–2434. Dur- ant aw: Bkly 1320. # Herman White Reynolds, B.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering (absent on leave, 1911-12)—B.S. Uni- versity of Pennsylvania 1899—Chang- sha, China. # Leon Josiah Richardson, A.B., Associate Professor of Latin—A.B. University of Michigan 1890—2415 College aw: Bkly 5115. iCharles Henry Rieber, Ph.D., Professor of Logic and Dean of the Summer Ses- sion—A.B. University of California 1888, M.A. Harvard University 1889, Ph.D. ibid. 1900–15 Canyon rd: Bkly 1060. iWilliam Emerson Ritter, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology—B.S. University of Cali- fornia 1888, M.A. Harvard University 1891, Ph.D. ibid. 1893—La Jolla. *Thorburn Brailsford Robertson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiological Chemistry—B.S. Adelaide University 1905, Ph.D. University of California 1907—25 Panoramic way. iOtto P. Roller, D.D.S., Special Instructor in Dental Porcelain (D)—D.D.S. Pennsylvania College of Dental Sur- gery 1895—Affiliated Colleges, S F. #Joseph Cummings Rowell, M.A., Librarian —A.B. University of California 1874, M.A. ibid. 1903—2207 West st, O. H. A. Ruehe, B.S.A., Instructor in Dairy Husbandry—B.S.A. University of Illi- nois 1911—University Farm, Davis. *Charles Edward Rugh, A.B., M.L., Asso- ciate Professor of Education—A.B. Stanford University 1903, M.L. Uni- versity of California 1907 — 1830 Fruitvale av, O: Mer 1204. #6lanville Yeisley Rusk, A.B., M.D., Assist- ant Professor of Pathology — A.B. Johns Hopkins University 1896, M.D. ibid. 1900. Raymond John Russ, B.S., M.D., Instruc- tor in Surgery (M) (absent on leave, April 1, 1911, to October 1, 1911)— B.S. University of California 1896, M.D. ibid. 1900–2003 Franklin st, S F: Franklin 2938. iTracy George Russell, A.B., M.D., In- structor in Surgery (M)—A.B. Stan- ford University 1895, M.D. Columbia University 1899—350 Post st, S F: Douglass 2222. Arthur William Ryder, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sanskrit—A.B. Harvard College 1897, Ph.D. University of Leipzig 1901—2337 Telegraph av: Bkly 5025. fHenry Anthon Lewis Ryfkogel, M.D., In- structor in Surgery (M)—M.D. Uni- versity of California 1894—162 Post st, S F: Kearney 4220. Thomas Frederick Sanford, A.B., Assist- ant Professor of English Literature— A.B. Yale University 1888—Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. Rudolph Schevill, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish—A.B. Yale University 1896, Ph.D. University of Munich 1898– Cor. Chapel st and Allston way. f Hugo Carl Schilling, Ph.D., Professor of the German Language and Literature —M.A. and Ph.D. University of Leip- zig 1885—2316 LeConte av : Bkly 1409. Valentine Schmidt, Lecturer in Pharmacy (Ph.)—1845 Polk st, S F: Franklin 3200. fAlbert Schneider, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacognosy, Economic Pharma- ceutical Botany, Histology and Bacte- rislogy (Ph)—M.D. Chicago College of Physicians and Surgeons 1887, B.S. University of Illinois 1894, M.S. University of Minnesota 1894, Ph.D. Columbia University 1897—1325 Arch st: Bkly 3576. Richard Frederick Scholz, Ph.D., Assist- ant Professor of Ancient History— A.B. University of Wisconsin 1902, M.A. 1903, Ph.D. ibid. 1910—Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. #Frederick E. Scotford, Special Lecturer on Advertising (to June 30, 1911)— 2235 Blake st: Bkly 5675. fThomas Bartlett Sears, C.E., Associate Professor of Railroad Engineering— B.Sc. University of Kansas 1898, C.E. ibid. 1908—2529 Virginia st: Bkly 5362. Henry Washington Seawell, Instructor in Water-Color and Pen-and-Ink Draw- ing—236 Cole st, S F: Pacific 1737. i.Joachim Henry Senger, Ph.D., Associate Professor of German—A.B. Univer- sity of California 1882, Ph.D. ibid. 1888–1321 Bay View pl; Bkly 404. William Albert Setchell, Ph.D., Professor of Botany—A.B. Yale College 1887, M.A. Harvard University 1888, Ph.D. ibid. 1890—Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. ## p. 30 (#50) ############################################## 30 University of California. i.James Graham Sharp, D.D.S., M.D., Pro- fessor of the Principles and Practice of Surgery, Dean of the Faculty of the College of Dentistry (D)—D.D.S. University of California 1892, M.D. ibid. 1894—Butler Bldg, Geary and Stockton sts, S F. #William Fuller Sharp, D.D.S., D.M.D., Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry (D) —D.D.S. University of California 1890, D.M.D. Harvard University 1891—Union Square Bldg., 350 Post st, S F: Douglas 2222. #George Wright Shaw, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Experimental Agronomy and Agricultural Technology—A.B. Dartmouth College 1887, M.A. ibid. 1899, Ph.D. (Honorary) Willamette University 1895–1411 Arch st: Bkly 1287. # Harry Mitchell Sherman, M.A., M.D., Professor of the Principles and Prac- tice of Surgery (M)—A.B. Trinity College 1877, M.D. College of Physi- cians and Surgeons, New York, 1880, M.A. Trinity College 1880—412 Union Square Bldg, 350 Post st, S F: Doug- l o o o o aS 222 2. i Haydn Mozart Simmons, Ph.G., M.D., In- structor in Materia Medica and Thera- peutics (M), Instructor in Materia Medica and Lecturer on Toxicology (Ph.)—Ph.G. University of California 1895, M.D. ibid. 1901–1200 Web- ster st, S F: West 3880. # Frederick Slate, B.S., Professor of Phys- ics—B.S. Brooklyn Polytechnic Insti- tute 1871–2231 Collage av : Bkly 838. C. O. Smith, Instructor in Plant Pathol- Og V. # Donald Eugene Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History and Geography, Secretary of the Department of His- tory, Lecturer and Acting Director of University Extension—A.B. Cornell University 1901, Ph.D. University of California 1909–1639 Euclid av : Bkly 930. Elizabeth Hight Smith, Instructor in Plant Pathology—A.B. Smith College 1900, M.S. Massachusetts Agricul- tural College 1905. Franklin Currier Smith, Lecturer in Pharmacy (Ph). # Ralph Elliott Smith, B.S., Professor of Plant Pathology, Superintendent of the Southern California Pathological Laboratory and Experiment Station —B.S. Boston University 1894–25 13 Bancroft way. George Arnold Smithson, Ph.D., Instruc- tor in English Philology—B.L. Uni- versity of California 1903, M. L. ibid. 1904, Ph.D. ibid. 1908—2320A Ban- croft way: Bkly 2212. Alfred Solomon, M.A., Instructor in French—A.B. Occidental College 1900, A.B. University of California 1902, M.A. ibid. 1903—2001 Allston way: Bkly 6710. # Frank Soulé, Professor of Civil Engineer. ing, Emeritus—Graduate of the United States Military Academy 1866—2511 Hillegass av : Bkly 4503. † Alfred Baker Spalding, A.B., M.D., Pro- fessor of Obstetrics (absent on leave, March 23, 1911, to January 1, 1912) (M)—A.B. Stanford University 1896, M.D. Columbia University 1900–2721 .Jackson st, S F: West 7188. #John Campbell Spencer, A.B., M.D., As. sistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery (M)—A.B. Columbia Univer- sity 1882, M.D. ibid. 1885—Butler blag, Geary and Stockton sta, S F: Douglas 334. Lucy Sprague, A.B., Assistant Professor of English, and Dean of Women— A.B. Radcliffe College 1900—24:25 Ridge rq : Bkly 5.190. i.John Aloysius Stanton, Professor of Drawing and Painting (A)—409 Mel- ville av, Palo Alto. Cyril Adelbert Stebbins, B.S., Instructor in Agricultural Education—B.S. Uni- versity of California, 1910—24:15 Durant av : Bkly 4891. Lucy Ward Stebbins, A.B., Lecturer in Charities and Assistant to the Dean of Women—A. B. Radcliffe College 1902–27.28 Haste st: Bkly 1172. Henry Morse Stephens, M.A., LL.D., Pro- fessor of History and Director of Uni- versity Extension—H.A. Oxford Uni. versity 1880, M.A. ibid. 1892, LL.D. Harvard University 1909—Faculty Club. #George Malcolm Stratton, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology, on the Mills Founda- tion—A.B. University of California 1888, M.A. Yale University 1890, M.A. and Ph.D. University of Leip- zig 1896—33 Canyon rol: Bkly 5354. i A. H. Suggett, Lecturer and Clinical In- structor in Orthodontia (D)—Butler blag, Stockton and Geary sts, S F: Kearny 1428. James Sutton, Ph.B., Recorder of the Fac- ulties, Secretary of the Academic Sen. ate—Ph.B. University of California 1888—2301 Prospect st: Bkly 2068. i.John Swett, Honorary Lecturer in Edu- cation—Martinez. Florence Mabel Sylvester, M.D., Lecturer in Hygiene—M.D. University of Cali- fornia 1907–952 Fourteenth st, O: Oakd 20. # Arthur Gould Tasheira, A.B., LL.B., Lec. turer in Law—A.B. University of Cal- ifornia 1900, LL.B. ibid. 1903–635 Walsworth av, O: Pied 2734. ## p. 31 (#51) ############################################## Academic Senate. 31 #Edward Robeson Taylor, M.D., Professor of Law, Dean of the Faculty of the Hastings College of the Law (H)— M.D. University of California 1865— 2326 California st, S F: West 544. #Frederick John Teggart, A.B., Associate Professor of Pacific Coast History, Curator Academy of Pacific Coast His- tory, Lecturer in University Extension —A.B. Stanford University 1894— 1425 Arch st: Bkly 2470. #Wallace Irving Terry M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery (M)—B.S. Uni- versity of California 1890, M.D. ibid. 1892—Schroth Bldg, 240 Stockton st, S F: Douglas 3400. Max Thelen, B.L., M.A., Lecturer in Law —B.L. University of California 1904, M.A. Harvard University 1906—2320 Bowditch st: Bkly. 540. iWinfield Scott Thomas, A.B., Assistant - Professor of Education, and Examiner of Schools—A.B. Johns Hopkins Uni- versity 1889—2337 Eunice St: Bkly 1998. J. I. Thompson, B.S.A., Instructor in Animal Industry—B.S.A.. Iowa Agri- cultural College 1910 — University Farm, Davis. #Frederick Horace Tibbetts, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineer- ing (to June 30, 1911)—B.S. Univer- sity of the Pacific 1903, M.S. ibid. 1905, B.S. University of California 1904, M.S. ibid. 1907–1035 Shattuck aw. i Harry Beal Torrey, Ph.D., Associate Pro- fessor of Zoology—B.S. University of California 1895, M.S., ibid. 1898, Ph.D. Columbia University 1903— 2247 Piedmont av : Bkly 6381. #Richard Hawley Tucker, C.E., Astronomer (LO) (absent on leave, from July 1- October 1, 1911)—C.E. Lehigh Uni- versity 1879—Mt. Hamilton. i.John Burnside Tufts, D.D.S., Professor of Dental Pathology, Therapeutics, and Orthodontia—D.D.S. Tufts Col. lege Dental School 1894–135 Stock- ton st, S F: Douglas 2271. iCharles August Von Hoffman, M.D., Pro- fessor of Gynecology (M)—M.D. Uni- versity of Leipizg 1875–2611 Cali- fornia st, S F: West 3146. iCharles Don von Neumayer, Instructor in Public Speaking (absent on leave, 1911-12)—2836 Garber st: Bkly 2980. *Oliver Miles Washburn, A.B., Assistant Professor of Classical Archaeology— A.B. Hillsdale College 1894 – 24:15 Prince st: Bkly 2221. f † John Frederick Wolle, Mus.D., Professor of music (absent on leave, 1911-12)— Mus.D. Moravian College, Pennsyl- vania 1904—Cloyne Court: Bkly 47 10. iT. T. Waterman, A.B., Instructor in An- thropology and Assistant Curator of the Anthropological Museum A.B. University of California 1907—2614 Hilgard av : Home F 2806. iChauncey Wetmore Wells, A.B., Associate Professor of English Composition— A.B. Yale University 1896. f William Theodore Wenzell, Ph.M., M.D., Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus (Ph)—Ph.M. Philadelphia College of Pharmacy 1855, M.D. La Crosse Med- ical College 1864, M.D. Medical Col- lege of the Pacific 1876—Corner of P st and Forty-ninth av, S. F. † Benjamin Ide Wheeler, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University, Presi- dent, ex officio, of the Senate—A.B. Brown University 1875, M.A. ibid. 1878, Ph.D. Heidelberg University 1885, LL.D. Princeton University 1896, Brown University 1900, Har- vard University 1900, Yale University 1901, Johns Hopkins University 1902, University of Wisconsin 1904, Dart- mouth College 1905, Columbia Univer- sity 1906—President's House, Univer- sity Grounds. f Carlos Greenleaf White, J.D., Lecturer in Law—B.L. University of California 1904, J.D. ibid. 1906—441 Sixty-fifth st, O: Pied 31.46. #Albert Wurts Whitney, A.B. Associate Professor of Mathematics and Insur. ance Methods, on the Flood Founda- tion—A.B. Beloit College 1891—33 Canyon rd: Bkly 2151. f Edward James Wickson, M.A., Professor of Agriculture; Director of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station — A.B. Hamilton College 1869, M.A. ibid. 1872 —2723 Bancroft way: Bkly 3891. † Harley Rupert Wiley, A.B., LL.S., Lec- turer on Pharmacal Jurisprudence (Ph.)—A.B. Christian College 1877, LL.B. University of California 1897– 2545 Benvenue av : Bkly 4920. #S. D. Wilkins, Instructor in Poultry Hus- bandry—University Farm, Davis. # Friedrich Philipp Louis Paul Wilmsen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of French —Ph.D. University of Jena 1902— 2240 Telegraph av : Bkly 1249. Fritz Winther, Ph.D., Instructor in Ger- man (resigned, December 31, 1910) —Ph.D. University of Freiburg 1907. ## p. 32 (#52) ############################################## 32 University of California. Harry Oscar Wood, M.A., Instructor in Mineralogy and Geology—A.B. Har- vard University 1902, M.A. ibid. 1904 —Faculty Club: Local 28 or Bkly 5234. Baldwin Munger Woods, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics—E.E. University of Texas 1908, M.S. 1909–1712 Euclid aw: Bkly 3923. # Charles William Woodworth, M.S. Pro- fessor of Economic Entomology—B.S. University of Illinois 1885, M.S. ibid. 1886–2237 Carlton st: Bkly 2154. #Theodore Wores, Professor of Drawing and Painting, Dean of the Faculty of the California School of Design (A) —1617 California st, S F. f William Hammond Wright, B.S., Astron- omer (LO)—B.S. University of Cali- fornia 1893—Mt. Hamilton. f Willson Joseph Wythe, B.S., Assistant Professor of Drawing—B.S. Univer- sity of California 1895—4231 Terrace st, O: Tied 4510. ## p. 33 (#53) ############################################## General Statement. 33 GENERAL STATEMENT. HISTORY. The establishment of the University of California came as the resultant of three movements: one originating in private intiative, one in State action, and one in Federal action. In 1853 Rev. Henry Durant, a native of Massachusetts and a graduate of Yale College, class of 1827, landed in San Francisco. He came with the purpose of founding a university fully formed in his mind. In that same year, under the auspices of the Presbytery of San Francisco and of the Congregational Association of California, Mr. Durant opened the “Contra Costa Academy’’ in Oakland. The name was shortly afterwards changed to “College School, '' in order to signify that the undertaking was only preparatory to the projected college. Such an institution was incorporated in 1855 under the name of the “College of California.” A suitable site had already been secured in Oakland. Rev. Samuel H. Willey, who had come to California in 1849, and had constantly agitated the subject of founding a college, was appointed vice-president; no presi- dent was selected. In 1859 three professors, Henry Durant, Martin Kellogg, and I. H. Brayton, together with three instructors, were chosen as the faculty of the college, and in 1860 instruction was formally begun with a freshman class of eight students. Classes were graduated from 1864 to 1869, inclusive. - In 1856 a tract of one hundred and sixty acres, five miles north of Oakland, was selected as the permanent home of the college; in 1860 this spot was formally dedicated to the purposes of education; and in 1866, on the suggestion of a member of the board of trustees, Frederick Billings, the name of Berkeley was given to the townsite. The Constitutional Convention of 1849 inserted in the fundamental law a provision that the legislature should encourage the promotion of the intellectual, scientific and moral improvement of the people. To accomplish this end the constitution placed at the disposal of the legis- lature: (1) the five hundred thousand acres of land, which had been granted by Congress for the purposes of internal improvement, and devoted by the constitution of California to the cause of common school education; (2) all escheated estates; (3) the sixteenth and thirty-sixth sections of land, granted by Congress, and constituting one-eighteenth portion of all the soil of the State. The constitution directed that these ## p. 34 (#54) ############################################## 34 University of California. benefactions should remain a perpetual fund to be “inviolably appro- priated to the support of common schools throughout the State.” It furthermore provided (4) that “the legislature should take measures for the protection, improvement or other disposition ” of lands already given, or thereafter to be given, by the United States or by individuals for the use of the University, that the proceeds of such lands, as of all other sources of revenue, should “remain a permanent fund,’’ the income thereof to be “applied to the support of the University, for the pro- motion of literature, the arts and sciences’’; and that it should be ‘‘the duty of the legislature, as soon as may be, to provide effectual means for the improvement and permanent security of the funds of the University.” From 1849 to 1868 the matter of establishing the University of Cali- fornia in one form or another was constantly agitated. In 1853 Congress gave to the State forty-six thousand and eighty acres of land for a “seminary of learning.’” In 1862 the Morrill Act granted to the several States a quantity of public land, the interest on the proceeds of which should be “inviolably apropriated, by each State which may take and claim the benefit of this act, to the endowment, support and maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be, without exclud- ing other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, in such manner as the legislatures of the several States may respectively prescribe, in order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions of life.” The apportionment of this grant for California was one hundred and fifty thousand acres. In order to secure the endowment, an act was passed by the legislature in 1866 to establish an Agricultural, Mining and Mechanical Arts College, and to provide a board of directors therefor. The directors provisionally selected a site of one hundred and sixty acres a little to the north of the Berkeley grounds of the College of California. During the year 1867 a group of men, deeply interested in the intel- lectual advancement of California, including Rev. Dr. Horatio Stebbins, Professor Durant, Governor F. F. Low, John W. Dwinelle and John B. Felton, sought to secure the establishment of an institution of broader scope than the projected State College of Agriculture, Mining and Mechanical Arts. Their efforts resulted in the generous offer to the State on the part of the College of California of its property in Oakland and its grounds in Berkeley on condition that the State should “forth with organize and put into operation upon the site at Berkeley a University of California, which shall include a College of Mines, a College of Civil Engineering, a College of Mechanics, a College of Agriculture, an Academical College, all of the same grade and with courses of instruction ## p. 35 (#55) ############################################## History. e 35 at least equal to those of eastern colleges and universities.” The directors of the State college agreed to this proposal and recommended to the legislature its acceptance. The legislature accordingly passed an act organizing the University of California, which was signed by Governer H. H. Haight on March 23, 1868. This Organic Act, or Charter, declared that the University was “created pursuant to the requirements of the Constitution, and in order to devote to the largest purpose of education the benefaction ” of the congressional land grant of 1862. It “shall be called the University of California and shall be located on the grounds donated to the State by the College of California.” It ‘‘shall have for its design to provide instruction and complete education in all the departments of science, literature, art, industrial and professional pursuits, and general educa- tion, and also special courses of instruction for the professions of agri- culture, the mechanic arts, mining, military science, civil engineering, law, medicine, and commerce.” - In reference to the congressional grant, the Charter said: “The Board of Regents shall always bear in mind that the College of Agriculture and the College of Mechanic Arts are an especial object of their care and superintendence, and that they shall be considered and treated as entitled primarily to the use of the funds donated for their establishment and maintenance by the act of Congress.” In reference to the convey- ance by the College of California, it said: “The Board of Regents, having in regard the donation already made to the State by the President and board of trustees of the College of California, and their proposition to surrender all their property to the State for the benefit of the State University, and to become disincorporated and go out of existence as soon as the State shall organize the University by adding a classical course to the College of Arts, shall, as soon as they deem it practicable, establish a College of Letters. The College of Letters shall be coexistent with the College of Arts, and shall embrace a liberal course of instruction in languages, literature, and philosophy, together with such courses or parts of courses in the College of Arts as the authorities of the University shall prescribe.” The past graduates of the College of California were to rank in all respects as graduates of the University. In 1869 the College of California discontinued its work of instruction and gave place to the new University, which opened its doors on September 23. During the construction of buildings at Berkeley the University occupied the college halls in Oakland. On July 16, 1873, the commencement exercises were held at Berkeley and the University took formal possession of its new home. The first appointees to the faculty included Professors Martin Kellogg, John LeConte, and Joseph LeConte. The first appointee to the presi- ## p. 36 (#56) ############################################## 36 University of California. dency was Professor Durant. When in 1872, he resigned, owing to failing health, he was succeeded by President Daniel Coit Gilman. In 1869 the legislature directed that no admission or tuition fees should be charged, and in 1870 that the University should be opened to women on terms of equality with men. This latter legislative provision was re-enforced in 1879 by the express constitutional declaration that “no person shall be debarred admission to any of the collegiate depart- ments of the University on account of sex.” - President Gilman resigned in 1875 to accept the presidency of the new Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore. He was followed by John LeConte, who served until 1881, when William T. Reid was elected to the position and served until 1885. Edward S. Holden was then elected, with the understanding that he was to fill the presidency only until the com: pletion of the Lick Observatory, when he was to assume the position of its director. Accordingly he retired in 1888 and was succeeded by Horace Davis, who served for two years. Thereafter Martin Kellogg was acting president until, in 1893, he was formally appointed to the office. Upon his resignation in 1899 he was succeeded by President Benjamin Ide Wheeler. Until 1887 the University depended for its revenue upon the income from its invested funds and upon biennial appropriations by the legis- lature. Its invested capital consisted of money derived from the sale of seventy-two sections of land for a seminary of learning and ten sec- tions for public buildings, both granted by Congress in 1853; from the sale of one hundred and fifty thousand acres granted under the Morrill Act of 1862; from the sale of salt and marsh lands granted by the legislature; and from the sale of the College of California property in Oakland. In 1887 the State legislature rendered the income of the University more secure and permanent by providing for the annual levy of an ad valorem tax of one cent on each one hundred dollars of the taxable property of the State. In 1897 the resources were further enlarged by a second act of the legislature, providing for the levy of an additional one cent on each one hundred dollars. In 1911, as an incident of an amendment to the Constitution which reorganized the tax system of the state, the legis- lature substituted for the ‘‘three cent tax” a bill appropriating for university support the sum of $760,770 for the year ending June 30, 1912, with provision for a regular increase of seven per cent. per annum in this appropriation for three years thereafter, or until June 30, 1915, for which year the income will be $931,974. In the early years of its history many attempts were made to segregate the departments of the University, especially to set the College of Agri- culture off by itself, and many efforts were made to change the character ## p. 37 (#57) ############################################## History. 37 of the governing body. In 1879 this agitation was put to rest by the constitutional convention, which inserted in the fundamental law of the State the declaration that “the University of California shall constitute a public trust, and its organization and government shall be perpetually continued in the form and character prescribed in the organic act creat- ing the same, passed March 23, 1868, and the several acts amendatory thereof, subject only to such legislative control as may be necessary to insure compliance with the terms of its endowments and the proper investment of its funds.” In 1896 a proposition looking to a general building scheme was made by Mr. B. R. Maybeck, instructor in architectural drawing, and was intro- duced in the Board of Regents and fostered there by Regent J. B. Rein- stein. The board voted to have prepared a programme “for a permanent and comprehensive plan to be open to general competition for a system of buildings to be erected on the grounds of the University of California at Berkeley.” Before this resolve had been put into effective operation it came to the notice of Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst, who was then considering the erection of a building at the University in memory of her husband, the late Senator George Hearst. Accordingly, Mrs. Hearst at once wrote to the board expressing her desire to promote the proposed competition and to defray all the expenses thereof. This offer was gratefully accepted. Two competitions were held, a preliminary one at Antwerp, and a final one at San Francisco. The preliminary competition opened January 15 and closed July 1, 1898. Of one hundred and five plans presented eleven were selected by the jury for the final contest. The second contest, in San Francisco, resulted in the award of first prize to Monsieur Emile Bénard of Paris; second prize, Messrs. Howells, Stokes and Hornbostel of New York; third prize, Messrs. D. Despradelle and Stephen Codman of Boston; fourth prize, Messrs. Howard and Cauldwell of New York; fifth prize, Messrs. Lord, Hewlett and Hull of New York. To adapt and carry out the Bénard plan the Board of Regents appointed Mr. John Galen Howard supervising architect of the University. The ... first structure completed in execution of this plan was the Greek Theatre, the gift of Mr. William Randolph Hearst. The Greek Theatre is an open-air auditorium of unique beauty, lying in the hollow of the hills and sur- rounded with trees. It is used for great university occasions, and for musical and dramatic representations. The second building to be completed in accordance with the Hearst plans was California Hall, a solid granite structure, erected through appropriations made by the State legislature. The third building in this scheme is the Hearst Memorial Mining building, the cornerstone of which was laid on November 19, 1902, and the formal opening celebrated on August 25, 1907. A fourth building, the Univer- sity Library, provision for which was made in the will of the late ## p. 38 (#58) ############################################## 38 University of California. Charles Franklin Doe of San Francisco, was first occupied in June, 1911. The Boalt Memorial Hall of Law, the fifth building of the series, was formally opened on April 28, 1911. This building is the gift of Mrs. Elizabeth Boalt, widow of the late John H. Boalt of San Francisco. The Hall of Agriculture, the sixth building of the series, is now in course of construction. The Sather Gate and bridge at the Telegraph avenue entrance to the campus, provided by the generosity of Mrs. Jane K. Sather, was completed in 1910. A president’s house and central heating station have likewise been erected. Beginning in 1891 the University has constantly aimed to extend the benefits of its instruction in agriculture farther and farther beyond its own confines. In the year named the custom of holding Farmers’ Insti- tutes throughout the State was begun. So important had this work become that, in 1897, a new department was created, a Department of University Extension in Agriculture. Through these institutes, through bulletins, and through professional visits to farm, garden, orchard, and vineyard, the University constantly stands ready to render aid, advice, and instruction to relieve agricultural emergencies and solve agricultural problems in the State. The acquisition of the farm of seven hundred and seventy-nine acres at Davis, Yolo county, has greatly enlarged the scope of the University’s work in agriculture. The project of accrediting high schools to the University was put into operation in 1884. The main purpose of this movement was, from the first, to aid in unifying the whole system of secondary and higher educa- tion throughout the State. Success has in large measure been achieved in this direction, and the work of more thorough co-ordination has penetrated into the elementary schools. From the small number of three accredited high schools in 1884 the list has grown until in 1911 the number is one hundred and eighty-six, including one hundred and fifty- five public and thirty-one private schools. Connected with this accrediting system is the University's work as a training school for prospective teachers. By a law of the State, boards . of education and examination have authority to issue teachers’ certifi- cates of high school grade to graduates of the University who are recommended by the faculty. Within the past few years the standard of preparation of high school teachers has been raised, so that at present a full year of graduate instruction, partly of classroom work and partly of practice teaching, is exacted before a certificate is issued. University extension lectures were begun in 1891 and continued through succeeding years with increasing encouragement until 1902, when a Department of University Extension was expressly organized. This department has established centers of extension work in various parts of * ## p. 39 (#59) ############################################## Organization. - 39 the State. A corps of instructors has been appointed, whose duties are entirely or mainly devoted to the extension field. Summer schools in several departments were annually held for a number of years up to 1899, when the work was systematically organized and a summer school of general scope was for the first time held. It has met a great public demand and has been largely attended, not only by teachers of California, but by special students from all parts of the country. A marked feature of the summer sessions at Berkeley, and an important element of the University’s policy in that regard, is the presence as lecturers of leading men from the Eastern and European universities. ORGANIZATION. The University of California is an integral part of the public educa- tional system of the State. As such it completes the work begun in the public schools. Through aid from the State and the United States, and by private gifts, it furnishes facilities for instruction in literature and in science, and in the professions of art, law, medicine, dentistry, and pharmacy. In the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Commerce, Agriculture, Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engineering, and Chem- istry, these privileges are offered without charge for tuition, to all resi- dents of California who are qualified for admission. Non-residents of California are charged a tuition fee of ten dollars each half-year. In the Professional Colleges, except that of Law, tuition fees are charged. The instruction in all the colleges is open to all qualified persons, without distinction of sex. The Constitution of the State provides for the per- petuation of the University, with all its departments. ADMINISTRATION. The government of the University of California is intrusted to a cor- poration styled THE REGENTs of THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFoRNIA, consisting of the Governor, the Lieutenant-Governor, the Speaker of the Assembly, the State Superintendent of Public Instruction, the President of the State Board of Agriculture, the President of the Mechanics’ Institute of San Francisco, and the President of the University, as members ea officio, and sixteen other regents appointed by the Governor and approved by the Senate. To this corporation the State has committed the administration of the University, including management of the finances, care of property, appointment of teachers, and determination of the internal organization in all particulars not fixed by law. ## p. 40 (#60) ############################################## 40 - University of California. The instruction and government of the students are intrusted to the FACULTIES OF THE SEVERAL COLLEGEs and to the ACADEMIC SENATE. The Faculty of each college consists of the President of the University and those professors and instructors, and only those, whose departments are represented in it by required or elective studies. The Academic Senate consists of the members of the Faculties and the instructors of the University, the President and professors alone having the right to vote in its transactions. It holds regular meetings twice a year, and is created for the purpose of conducting the general administration of the University, memorializing the regents, regulating in the first instance the general and special courses of instruction, and receiving and determining all appeals from acts of discipline enforced by the Faculty of any college; and it exercises such other powers as the regents may confer upon it. The Academic Senate has created certain standing committees, among which are: 1. The Academic Council, composed of the President and the professors, lecturers, and instructors in the Academic Colleges, the President and professors alone having the right to vote in its transactions. Of this committee the President of the University is ea officio chairman, and the Recorder of the Faculties secretary. It regulates provisionally, or (where the functions to be exercised are executive) supervises, such matters. relating to undergraduate and grad- uate students and their work as are not reserved by law to the separate Faculties at Berkeley, but in which they are all concerned. 2. The University Council, composed of the President of the University, five members of the Joint Faculties of Letters, Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences, one member from each of the Faculties of Commerce, Agriculture, Chemistry, Mining, Civil Engineering, Mechanics, one member of the Lick Astronomical Department, two members of each of the Faculties of Law, Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, and Art, the Dean of the Faculties, and the Dean of the Graduate School, regulates provisionally, or, where the functions to be exercised are executive, supervises those matters in which an academic and professional college or colleges are jointly concerned, and considers the wants of any or all such colleges, and makes recommendations concerning the same to the Academic Senate in such matters as are not committed above to the Academic Council. In all matters not expressly delegated to the Senate or to the several Faculties, the Regents govern, either directly or through the President or Secretary. ## p. 41 (#61) ############################################## Site and Climate. 41 SITE AND CLIMATE OF BERKELEY. The principal seat of the University is at Berkeley, a city of about 43,000 inhabitants, on the eastern shore of San Francisco Bay directly opposite the Golden Gate. It is thirty-five minutes’ ride by train and ferry from San Francisco and twenty-five minutes’ ride by electric car from the business center of Oakland. The site of the University com- prises about five hundred and twenty acres, rising at first in a gentle and then in bolder slopes from a height of about two hundred feet above , the sea level to one of nearly nineteen hundred feet. It has a superb outlook over the bay and city of San Francisco, over the neighboring plains and mountains, the ocean, and the Golden Gate. The climate of Berkeley is exceptionally well suited for uninterrupted university work throughout the year. The weather during the month of August is generally cool, so that it is possible to begin the academic year earlier than in Eastern universities, and thus divide it at the Christmas holidays into two equal half-years. Commencement is held about the middle of May. Berkeley is a healthful locality; the slope of the town site makes perfect drainage possible; the climate is at once mild and invigorating. The thermometer rarely mounts above 75°. With high temperatures the humidity is invariably low, so that the heat is not oppressive. Heat prostrations are practically unknown. Very low temperatures are never reached. Within the last twenty years the lowest recorded temperature was 24.9°. A very slight fall of snow occurs about every eight or nine years. At such times the snow barely covers the ground and disappears within a few hours. The mean temperature during the winter months is about 48°. The rainy season is well defined, and extends from December to March, inclusive. A characteristic feature of this season is that rain will fall for three or four days in succession, after which there will follow a week or more of fair weather. There may be light rains in October, November, and April. From April to September of each year the winds are from the west and southwest; i.e., from the Pacific Ocean. They are cool and damp, and seldom have a velocity of more than fifteen miles an hour. During the remainder of the year, the same general conditions prevail, except that occasionally there is a strong northwest wind, which is rather cool, or a strong northeast wind, dry and warm. ## p. 42 (#62) ############################################## 42 University of California. FUNDS. The endowments on which the Academic Colleges and the Lick Observatory have been founded and maintained are the following: 1. The Seminary Fund and Public Building Fund, granted to the State by Congress. 2. The property received from the College of California, including the site at Berkeley. 3. The fund derived from the Congressional Land Grant of July 2, 1862. 4. The Tide Land Fund, appropriated by the State. 5. Various appropriations by the State Legislature for specified purposes. 6. The State University Fund, which is a temporary substitute for a tax of three cents on each $100 of assessed valuation, to yield $760,770 for the year ending June 30, 1912, with provision for an increase of seven per cent. each year until the year ending June 30, 1915, for which year the income will be $931,974. - 7. The Endowment Fund of the Lick Astronomical Department. 8. The United States Experiment Station (Hatch) Fund of $15,000 a year. 9. The United States Experiment Station (Adams) Fund of $15,000 a year. 10. The Morrill College Aid Fund of $50,000 a year. 11. The gifts of individuals. The total endowment of the University of California at June 30, 1910, was $4,462,779.96, the income earned by this endowment for the year 1909–10, $257,815.22. The San Francisco Institute of Art and the California College of Pharmacy are supported by fees from students. The Hastings College of the Law has a separate endowment. ## p. 43 (#63) ############################################## Academic Council. 43 ACADEMIC COUNCIL. NoTE.—The Academic Council is a standing committee of the Academic Senate, composed of the professors, lecturers, and instructors in the Academic Colleges. The Council regulates provisionally, or (where the functions to be exercised are executive) supervises, such matters relat- ing to undergraduate and graduate students and their work as are not reserved by law to the separate Faculties, but in which they are all concerned. Following is the Academic Council as it stood July 1, 1911. The asterisk (*) marks the names of instructors who are absent on leave, 4). 1911-12; ", in residence first half-year only; *, in residence second half- year only. THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNIVERSITY, ea officio Chairman. THE RECoRDER of THE FACULTIES, ea officio Secretary. LEROY ANDERSON THOMAS R. BACON DAVID P. BARROWS GEORGE H. BOKE HERBERT E. BOLTON CoRNELIUS B. BRADLEY #WILLIAM W. CAMPBELL SAMUEL B. CHRISTY EDWARD B. CLAPP CLARENCE L. CORY GEORGE DAVIDSON CHARLEs DERLETH, Jr. GEORGE C. EDWARDS ISAAC FLAGG LUCIEN FOULET JOHN FRYER. FREDERICK P. GAY CHARLEs M. GAYLEY MELLEN W. HAsKELL *HENRY R. HATFIELD EUGENE. W. HILGARD JOHN GALEN HOWARD GEORGE H. HOWISON CHARLES G. HYDE MYER. E. JAFFA WILLIAM C. JONES CHARLES A. KOFOID ALEx Is F. LANGE *ANDREW C. LAWSON PROFESSORS, ARMIN O. LEUSCHNER EDwARD M. LEw Is E. PERCIVAL LEWIS CURTIs H. LINDLEY ROBERT H. LOUGHRIDGE ORRIN K. McMURRAY WALTER E. MAGEE WILLIAM A. MERRILL *ADOLPH. C. MILLER WESLEY C. MITCHELL BERNARD MOSES EDMOND O’NEILL CARL C. PLEHN ALBIN PUTzKER GEORGE F. REINHARDT CHARLEs H. RIEBER WILLIAM E. RITTER RUDOLPH SCHEVILL HUGO K. SCHILLING WILLIAM A. SETCHELL FREDERICK SLATE RALPH. E. SMITH FRANK SOULE H. Morse STEPHENs GEORGE M. STRATTON EDWARD J. WICKSON *J. FREDERICK Wolle CHARLEs W. WooD worTH # Absent on leave, June 9 to September 29, 1911. ## p. 44 (#64) ############################################## 44 University of California. ASSOCIATE JAMEs T. ALLEN WILLIAM D. ARMES FREDERIC T. BIOLETTI WALTER C. BLASDALE JOHN S. BURD WARREN T. CLARKE J. ELIOT COIT * RUSSELL T. CRAWFORD EDWARD B. DURHAM BERNARD A. ETCHEVERRY JOHN G. FITZ-GERALD MARTIN C. FLAHERTY *ELMER. E. HALL WALTER. M. HART ERNEST A. HERSAM WILLIS L. J.EPSON HERMANN KOWER ALFRED L. KROEBER JOSEPH N. LECONTE *DERRICK N. LEH MER . HAROLD L. LEUPP, Associate Librarian GEORGE D. LOUDERBACK T'ROFESSORS. *ERNEST W. MAJOR SAMUEL S. MAxwell JOHN C. MERRIAM RALPH. S. MINOR "CHARLEs A. Noble GEORGE R. NOYES WILLIAM J. RAYMOND THOMAS H. REED *HERMAN W. REYNOLDS LEON J. RICHARDson THORBURN B. ROBERTSON Josep H C. Row ELL, Librarian CHARLEs E. RUGH THOMAS B. SEARs J. HENRY SENGER GEORGE W. SHAw FREDERICK J. TEGGART HARRY B. TORREY CHAUN CEY W. WELLs ALBERT W. WHITNEY FRIEDRICH. P. L. P. WILMs. N ASSISTANT PROFESSORS. * GEORGE P. ADAMS ERNEST B. BABCOCK HENRY C. BIDDLE EDWARD BOOTH JACOB N. BOWMAN CARLOS BRANSBY *SAMUEL A. CHAMBERS ALBERT E. CHANDLER John A. CHILD John T. CLARK GEORGE E. COLBY STUART DAGGETT JOHN F. DANIEL LUDWIG J. DEMETER: ARTHUR S. EAKLE GUSTAVE FAUCHEUX HARVEY M. HALL CLARENCE M. HARING WILLIAM C. HAYs WILLIAM B. HERMs RULIFF S. HOLwAY WILLIAM T. HoRNE LINCOLN HUTCHINSON CHARLEs C. JUDSON HENRY J. KESNER ALEXANDER M. KIDD BEN.J AM IN P. KURTZ ERWIN J. LEA VICTOR V. LIGDA IVAN M. LINFORTH CHARLEs B. Lip MAN HERBERT G. LULL EUGENE I. McCorm AC JOHN H. MCDONALI) *ROBERT O. Moody ARTHUR R. MooRE W. Con GER MoRGAN WALTER S. MoRLEY G. CHESTER Nobi, E. JOHN H. Norton HERBERT C. NUTTIN (; *CLARENCE PASCHALL JFSSICA. B. PEIxOTTO WILLIAM R. R. PING!.R ARTHUR U. POPE WILLIAM Pop PER CLIFTON PRICE THOMAS M. PUTNAM HENRY J. QUAYLE GLAN VILLE Y. RUsk ARTHUR W. RYDER THOMAS F. SANFORD ## p. 45 (#65) ############################################## Academic Council. ºf 45 RICHARD F. SCHOLZ DoNALD E. SMITH LUCY SPRAGUE *ELEANOR S. BANCROFT RICHARD G. BOONE 1John G. BROOKS *Robert A. CAMPBELL *JOSEPH P. CHAMBERLAIN WILLIAM E. COLBY John N. FORCE FARNHAM. P. GRIFFITHS MAURICE. E. HARRIson ERNEST B. HOAG RAYMOND B. ABBOTT ARTHUR C. ALVAREz LEONARD BACON CHARLES L. BAKER FRANCIS C. BECKER BENJAMIN A. BERNSTELN FREDERIC T. BLANCHARD FRED H. BOLSTER LEON N. BONNET JOHN C. BRIDWELL BLISS S. BROWN WARNER BROWN THOMAS BUCK THEODORE C. BURNETT BRUCE L. CLARK SERENO B. CLARK HERBERT E. CORY M. EARL CUMMINGS ANTONIO M. DAL PIAZ LEON M. DAVIS MONROE E. DEUTSCH ADOLPHUS J. EDDY STURLA EINARSSON T. SIDNEY ELSTON FRIEDRICH. C. H. FLOSSFEDER GEORGE I. GAY CHARLEs F. GILCREST HORACE S. GRISwold JEANNE H. GREEN LEAF EMIL H. HAGEMANN RICHARD W. HARVEY FRED M. HAYES PAUL L. HIBBARD CHARLEs H. HowARD W. SCOTT THOMAS OLIVER M. WASHBURN WILLSON. J. WYTHE LECTURERS. LESTER H. JACOBs ALLAN P. MATTHEW *WARREN OLNEY, Jr. ROMILDA PARONI LUCY W. STEBBINS FLORENCE M. SYLVESTER ARTHUR G. TASHEIRA MAX THELEN CARLOS G. WHITE INSTRUCTORs. W. G. HUMMEL FRANK IRWIN FRANK E. Johnson YOSHI. S. KUNO CHARLEs KUschkE EMMANUEL B. LAMARE CLARENCE I. LEwis JOSEPH. A. LONG MATTHEw C. LYNCH CARL H. McCHARLEs GEORGE R. MACMINN BENNIE A. MADSON ROBERT E. MANSFL.L WILLIAM. F. MEYER HENRY B. Monges, Jr. DANIEL W. MoREHOUSE N. C. NELSON KARI, E. NEUHAUS TORSTEN PETERSSON HowARD PHILLIPs H. A. RUEHE HENRY W. SEAwÉLL C. O. SMITH ELIZABETH. H. SMITH GEORGE A. SMITH so N ALFRED SOLOMON CYRIL. A. STEBBINs J. I. THOMPSON - - *CHARLEs. D. von NEUMAYER T. T. WATERMAN S. D. WILKINS HARRY O. Wood | BALDw1N M. Woods ## p. 46 (#66) ############################################## 46 - Undergraduate Departments. ORGANIZATION OF INSTRUCTION. |UNDERGRADUATE COURSES. FOUR-YEAR COURSEs. There are established at Berkeley nine colleges, in each of which there - is an undergraduate curriculum of four years, leading directly, under conditions hereinafter stated, to a corresponding degree, namely: to the Degree of A.B. n the College of Letters, The Colleges of to the degree of B.L. General Culture in the College of Social Sciences, to the degree of B.S. in the College of Natural Sciences: to the degree of B.S. in the College of Commerce, in the College of Agriculture, w in the College of Mechanics—(1) in mechanical engineering, or (2) in electrical engineering, in the College of Mining, in the College of Civil Engineering— (1) in railroad engineer- ing, or (2) in sanitary engineering, or (3) in irrigation engineering, in the College of Chemistry. The Colleges of Applied Science Students in Architecture, although pursuing an established curriculum in part comparable with that of a college of applied science, are classified as students in Letters, Social Sciences, or Natural Sciences, and are subject to the requirements for matriculation and for the Junior Certifi cate in these colleges. FIVE-YEAR COURSES. In the Colleges of Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engineering, and Chem- istry there are also courses of five years, leading, as do the four-year courses, to the degree of Bachelor of Science, but providing a broader cultural and professional training than is possible in the four-year courses. In the five-year course in Mining, provision is made for specialization, either in (1) mining engineering, or (2) metallurgy, or (3) geology. OTHER UNDERGRADUATE COURSES AT BERKELEY. The work of the first two years of the College of Medicine is given at Berkeley; the work of the last two years is given at the San Francisco Department of the College of Medicine, in San Francisco, or at the Los Angeles Department in Los Angeles. - ## p. 47 (#67) ############################################## status of Students; Admission. 47 There are permitted, in addition, Courses at Large and Partial Courses, not leading directly to any degree, but through each of which, by com- pliance with the conditions upon which it is conferred, a degree is possibly obtainable. - The University has no preparatory department. GRADUATE Courses. In all the colleges named above there are provided graduate courses leading to the usual advanced degrees. STATUS OF STUDENTS. In respect to status, students are classified as graduate and under- graduate; and undergraduates as regular students, students at large, and partial course students, the last being further classified as special students and limited students. Graduate Students are such graduates of the University of California or of other universities, colleges, or like institutions, who may be author- ized to pursue advanced or special studies under the direction of a faculty. Such students may or may not be candidates for degrees. Regular Students are those undergraduates who have complied with the requirements for matriculation, and who pursue, or are entitled to pursue, the established curriculum of a college. Students at Large are undergraduates devoting to their studies the full time required of regular students, but pursuing purely elective courses. Special Students are partial course students of mature age and character, admitted to courses in the University upon demonstrating to the officers in charge that they possess requisite ability and preparation. - Limited Students are partial course students to whom, for adequate reasons, less work is permitted, or assigned, than is required of regular students. - Special Students, Students at Large, and Limited Students are, by virtue of their status, not candidates for any degree. ADMISSION. Applicants for admission to regular undergraduate courses at Berkeley must be at least sixteen years of age, must give satisfactory references concerning moral character, and must, by examination or by certificates which shall be satisfactory to the faculties, give evidence of proficiency in such of the subjects as are designated below as required for the college and status sought. Applicants must also appear before the University medical examiners and pass a satisfactory physical examination, to the end that the health of the University community may be Safe-guarded. ## p. 48 (#68) ############################################## 48 Undergraduate Departments. GENERAL LIST OF PREPARATORY SUBJECTS. Units of Credit.—The amount of work represented both by preparatory or high school subjects and by the University courses is specified quanti- tatively. In the University a unit signifies one hour per week of recita. tion or lecture, with preparation therefor, during one half-year. A course of study taken in the preparatory school for one year at five periods per week is valued at 3 units. Laboratory hours not requiring preparation are estimated at a lower rate than recitations and lectures. Units Units *A. Oral and Written Expres- #12a". Plane Analytic Geometry. 1% sion .................----------------- 12b. Chemistry ........................ 3 1. English, elem. .................. 6 12c. Botany .............................. 3 2. Plane Geometry ....---------- • 3 12d. Zoology ............................ 3 3. Elementary Algebra -------- 3 12e. Physical Geography ........ 3 #4a. Intermediate Mathematics: 12f. Physiology ........................ 3 Algebraic Theory .. 3 or 1% 12g. General Science .............. 3 #4b. Intermediate Mathematics: 13a. Med. and Mod. History .. 3 Solid Geometry ...--------- 1% 13b. English History ....---------. 3 5. History and Government 14a. English, adv. .................. 3 of the U. S. ................ 3 14b. English, adv. .................. 3 6a. Caesar ------------------------------ 3 i 15a'. 1 yr. of 15a” .................... [3 6b. Latin Comp., elem. .......... 3 f 15a”. French, elem. .................. 6 6ab'. 1 yr. of 6ab ...................... [3 #15a”. French, intermed. .......... 3 f7a. Cicero .............................. 2 #15a". French, adv. .................... 3 f7b. Virgil ................................ 2 #15b". 1 yr. of 15b,” -------------------- [3 f7c". Latin Comp., adv. ------------ 1 #15b”. German, elem. .................. 6 t 7 cº. Latin Comp., adv. ------------ 1 #15b°. German, intermed. .......... 3 #8a. Elementary Greek ............ 3 #15b". German, adv. .................. 3 #8b. Attic Prose ---------------------- 3 f 15c". 1 yr. of 15c -..................... [3 #9a. Attic Prose, adv. -------...-- 1% f 15c. Spanish ---------------------------- 6 #9b. Homer .............................. 1% #16. Free-hand Drawing ........ 3 10. Ancient Hist. and Geog. .. 3 #17. Geometrical Drawing ...... 3 11. Physics ............................ 3 #18. Industrial Arts ................ 1%-9 fl2a". Synthetic Projective Ge- ; 19. Agriculture ...................... 1%-3 ometry -------------------------- 1% #20. Economics ........................ 1%-9 #12a”. Plane Trigonometry ........ 11% #21. Music .............................. 3-9 * Subject A will hereafter not be required for matriculation, but will be required for Junior standing in all the colleges at Berkeley. An examination in this subject will be given shortly before the close of each half-year. Every intrant admitted to regular first-year or second-year standing is required to take an examination in Sub- ject A before the close of his first half-year's work; failure to take the examination in Subject A at the time required, or failure to pass, has the same effect upon the student's standing as a failure to pass in an ordinary course. Special students, as heretofore, will be required to pass a test in oral and written expression before entering the University. This test will be conducted for each appli- cant by his advisor. . A student who passes this test is still required to pass Subject A if he desires promotion to Junior standing. # The dagger indicates subjects for which equivalent courses are offered in the University. For further description of these courses reference should be made to the annual Announcement of Courses. f For the conditions governing credit in subjects 18-21, the applicant should refer to the later pages of this circular. In certain of these subjects no credit is given unless accompanied by credit for other subjects. In some no examinations are given. Credit in 206, 200, and 21 is given only upon examination. Subjects 6abi, 15a1, 15b", and 15c represent the minimum credit in Latin, French, German, and Spanish, respectively—one year of high school work. Such credit is ordinarily given only upon recommendation, not upon examination. ## p. 49 (#69) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 49 GROUP I. For matriculation in the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Commerce and Agriculture, and in the five-year courses in the Colleges of Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engineering, and Chemistry: English, subject 1, 6 units; Foreign Language or Languages, Ancient or Modern, selected from subjects 6, 7, 8, 9, 15–12 units; United States History and Government, subject 5, 3 units; Mathematics, subjects 2 and 3, 6 units; Natural Science, subject 11, 12b, 12c, 12d, or 12f, 3 units; Elective, 15 units. Total 45 units. Applicants may include among their electives not more than 9 units from subjects 18, 19, 20, 21. The candidate for admission must have chosen his preparatory sub- jects in such a way as to have a total of 12 units of subjects designated as “advanced,” including United States history and government, and including one of the following sciences, if taken, with laboratory work, in classes made up of third-year or fourth-year pupils in the high school: physics, chemistry, botany, zoology, physiology. Subjects which may be offered as advanced subjects are as follows: 4a, 4b, 5, 7, 9, 11, 12 (excluding sciences given in the first and second years of the high school), 13b, 14, 15a, 15a, 15b, 15b". Applicants entering the Colleges of Engineering, or the College of Chemistry, or expecting to take up other courses of study (for example, certain of the courses in Agriculture) presupposing a knowledge of the elements of physics or chemistry, with laboratory practice (matricula- tion subjects 11, 12b), should provide for this work either during the high school course or during the University summer sessions. No equivalent for this work is offered during the regular sessions of the University. Applicants for the College of Letters, the College of Social Sciences, or for other courses of study requiring matriculation Latin, subject 6, should notice that the University does not offer instruction in this subject either during the regular sessions or during the summer sessions. Caution.—The work for matriculation is so closely related to the work of the freshman and sophomore years in the University, that the matricu- lation electives cannot be intelligently chosen without reference to the requirements for the Junior Certificate. These requirements are stated in detail on page 80. GROUP II. For matriculation in the four-year courses in the Colleges of Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engineering, and Chemistry: Subjects 1, 2, 3, 4a (3 units), 4b, 5, 11, 12a", 12b, 16, 17, and any two of the following subjects: 6, 8, 14, 154, 15b°, 15c. Total, 45 units. ## p. 50 (#70) ############################################## 50 Undergraduate Departments. For the course in Architecture, the student may matriculate either in Letters, Social Sciences, or Natural Sciences. For matriculation in the College of Medicine—the four years’ course leading to M.D.—the student is required to obtain the Junior Certificate in any of the colleges at Berkeley or to present an equivalent preparation. If he is a candidate both for the bachelor's degree and for M.D. he must complete at least a year of academic work following the Junior Certificate, before entering the College of Medicine. Prospective students of medicine should include among their matricula- tion or University studies certain specific subjects, some of which are required by the state law governing the practice of medicine in California and some of which are recommended by the Faculty of the College of Medicine in the interest of thorough professional preparation. For a statement of these subjects in detail, see page 84. For admission to the course in Jurisprudence in the Academic colleges, leading to the bachelor's degree at the end of the first year and to the degree of Juris Doctor at the end of the third year, senior standing in the College of Letters or Social Sciences is required. The same privileges are open to regular students in senior standing in the College of Natural Sciences or Commerce, provided they have completed at least six units of matriculation or college Latin. Colleges of Dentistry and Pharmacy; and Hastings College of the Law.— Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery, of Bachelor of Pharmacy, or of Bachelor of Laws, to be conferred after June, 1915, must have satisfied, in addition to the regular professional course, all require- ments for the Junior Certificate in an Academic college of the University —i.e., at least six years altogether of high school and college work. The requirements for the Junior Certificate are given on page 80. For details concerning admission to these colleges, reference should be made to their respective annual announcements. Admission with Deficiencies.—The question of admitting an applicant to the University with matriculation deficiencies is decided in each case by the Academic Senate or its committees upon the merits of the case. In general, applicants with less than forty-five units of matriculation credit are not admitted. All courses taken in the University for the purpose of making up matriculation deficiencies are credited solely on the student’s matricula- tion account, and are not credited as part of the sixty-four units required in the Lower Division for the Junior Certificate. This holds even though the student enters with forty-five units of matriculation credit. For example: a student may enter the University under Group I with forty- ## p. 51 (#71) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 51 five units of matriculation credit but with only six units of credit in foreign languages. Such a student is conditioned in six units of matricu- lation work in foreign languages, and these six units, whether taken in the University or otherwise, form no part of the sixty-four units required in the Lower Division for the Junior Certificate. SURPLUS MATRICULATION CREDIT. Students who bring from accredited preparatory schools credits in excess of the requirements for matriculation must pass an examination at the University in the subjects covered by such credits before these may be counted as canceling any portion of the one hundred and twenty-four or more units required for graduation. In lieu of such examination for advanced credit in a given matriculation subject, the Faculty may accept, as a sufficient evidence of proficiency, a thoroughly satisfactory record (at least second grade) in higher work in the same subject, or in a closely related subject, taken in the University. The preparatory subjects in which advanced credits may be acquired are as follows: 4, 7, 8, 9, 12a", 12a", 12a", 15, 16, and 17. An excess matriculation credit in the foregoing list of subjects, or in other subjects, which may be granted upon recommendation or credentials, without examination, may be used to reduce the number of units in these specific subjects prescribed, in the University, for the Junior Certificate, but not to reduce the total number of units required (normally 64) for the Certificate. STUDENTS AT LARGE. The recommended graduates of accredited secondary schools are admitted to the University to the status of Students at . Large on any forty-five units of credit for subjects included in the University’s preparatory list. Students entering in this way may take as much University work as is permitted to regular students without matriculation conditions. They will, like all other students in the University, be permitted to enroll only in courses of instruction for which they have the necessary scholastic preparation. By virtue of their status they are not candidates for a degree. Students at Large who do not offer all the subjects necessary to make up a complete matriculation group according to present requirements for admission will be under the necessity of completing a group after enter- ing the University, provided they wish to become candidates for a degree. SPECIAL AND LIMITED STUDENTS. The University has no “special courses’’; all courses are organized for regular students—that is, students who have had the equivalent of a good high school education and have been fully matriculated. Special Students ## p. 52 (#72) ############################################## 52 Undergraduate Departments. are admitted to such parts of the regular work as they may be found capable of undertaking. - The applicant for admission as a special student is required to pass such examinations as the officers in charge of the studies intended may deem requisite to establish his ability and fitness. Applicants for this status must be at least twenty-one years of age. Applicants will not usually be admitted directly from the secondary schools to the status of special student. Special students intending to take courses in the Department of English will be expected to pass the regular matriculation examinations in subjects 1 and 14 at the usual time and place. Reasonable substitutions for the particular masterpieces prescribed will be allowed, but these should be arranged in advance. In general, admission to the University as a special student can be arranged only by personal conference with the members of the Committee on Special Students and the instructors concerned; such admission usually cannot be arranged by correspondence. It will be of advantage The administration of special students is in the hands of the Committee on Special Students. Each applicant for admission to special status is assigned to a member of the committee, who will act as the applicant's advisor and will supervise his studies in case he is admitted to the Uni- versity. On Registration Day, at the beginning of every half-year, every special student must submit to his advisor his choice of studies for the half-year ensuing. A circular containing information concerning the admission of special students may be obtained on application to the Recorder of the Faculties. For a Limited Course. The requirements for admission to a limited course are the same as for admission to a regular course. DESCRIPTION OF THE PREPARATORY SUBJECTs. A. Oral and Written Expression. Training in this subject enters into the proper treatment of all topics of study taken up in the school course, and extends to speaking and oral reading as well as to writing. Its aim is to secure to the student the ability to use his mother-tongue correctly, clearly, and pertinently on all lines upon which his thought is exercised.* An examination in this subject will hereafter be required of all candi- dates for junior standing in the University. The examination will not be required before entrance. * See English in the Secondary Schools, pp. 20-33 (University Press, Berkeley, 1906), for suggestions to teachers and pupils regarding the discipline involved. ## p. 53 (#73) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 53 1. English.i (6 units.) The examination will presuppose thorough acquaintance with the following works, together with the practical knowledge of grammar and the fundamental principles of poetry and prose implied in such acquaintance: (1)The Lady of the Lake; (2) Ivanhoe or the Alhambra; (3) the best Ballads, Heroic Lays, and Poems of Nationality, in all about 1,500 lines; (4) Classical and Teutonic Myth- ology (as indicated in the next paragraph); (5) the following poems: The Deserted Village, The Cotter’s Saturday Night, Tam O’Shanter, The Ancient Mariner, The Prisoner of Chillon (or Selections from Childe Harold), Horatius, Snow-bound; (6) The Merchant of Venice; (7) Julius Caesar (8) Essays and Addresses: Emerson's The Fortunes of the Republic, The American Scholar; Lowell’s Democracy, Lincoln (two for study; one for reading).f While the examination at the University will be upon the subjects as stated above, accredited schools may avail themselves of the following list of substitutions: for (1), The Lay of the Last Minstrel; for (2), any one of these: Scott’s Quentin Durward, Kenilworth, Woodstock, Rob Roy, Tales of a Grandfather, Irving's Sketch-book, his Tales of a Traveler, Hawthorne’s House of the Seven Gables, Tom Brown at Rugby, Gulliver’s Travels, Don Quixote; for (3), an equivalent amount of purely literary selections from the Bible (e.g., Genesis, Exodus, Ruth, Esther), or The Pilgrim’s Progress; for (4), (a) Classic Myths in English Literature and in Art, Part I (Revised Edition), or the equivalent in any standard text- book; or (b) Classic Myths (one-half) i.e., approximately the material of chapters I-XX and XXIX, or equivalent from any standard authority, and Epic Selections (one-half), viz., the Iliad in translation, books I, VI, XXII, and XXIV, or the Odyssey in translation, the Episode of Ulysses among the Phaeacians, or any other four books; or (c) the whole of the Iliad or the Odyssey in translation, and a familiarity with the character- istics and stories of the more important gods and heroes of Greek and Teutonic (Norse and Old German) Mythology;” for (5), short poems of similar scope and character; for (6), As You Like It, Midsummer Night's i For the sequence, purpose, and method of these studies, the teacher is referred to the University of California pamphlet, English in the Secondary Schools (University Press, Berkeley, 1906), where a full discussion of the subject will be found, together with the necessary bibliography and additional lists of reading. # Items marked “for reading” are not for class-recitation, but for perusal outside of school with reports or discussions in class once a week or fortnight. The exami- nation upon such items will not presuppose acquaintance with minute details. What- ever credit the pupil may acquire by his answers will be applied to offset deficiencies in other respects, or still further to improve his standing. * Such familiarity may be acquired either from systematic study of a text-book in connection, with the epic chosen, or from such study in connection with the interpre- tation of the masterpieces of literature prescribed for the rest of the course, English 1 and 14. For information regarding the purpose and method of this study, see the University of California pamphlet, English in the Secondary Schools, pp. 14, 15, 35-39. ## p. 54 (#74) ############################################## 54 Indergraduate Departments. Dream. Twelfth Night. The Tempest: for (>). an equivalent amount in the best prose explanatory of American ideals of eitizenship, such as: Wash. ington's Inaugural of 17-9; Jefferson's of 1801: Everett on Franklin, Washington. The Pilgrim Fathers; Choate on American Nationality; Daniel Webster: Summer on The Scholar; Curtis on The Puritan Spirit, The Publie Duty of Educated Men: Bryee on The Strength of American Democraey (American Commonwealth. chapter XCIX). 2. Plane Geometry. (3 units.) The usual theorems and constructions of elementary plane geometry, including the general properties of regular polygons, their construction, perimeters and areas, and the different methods for determining the ratio of the circumference to the diameter. The solution of original exercises, including problems in loci and applica. tions to mensuration. 3. Elementary Algebra. (3 units.) Algebraie practice, namely, the fundamental laws of algebra, including the fundamental laws of exponents for positive and negative integers, synthetic division, the various methods of faetoring, with applieations to the reduction of fractions and to the solution of equations (especially quadratic equations), simultaneous equa- tions of first degree with problems involving their solution, variables and funetions. especially linear funetions. An important aim in this require. ment should be to acquaint the pupil with the notion of functionality, mainly through the early and continuous use of graphical methods. Subject 3 as above defined may be offered for matriculation in and after August, 1909; it is definitely prescribed for students matriculating in or after August, 1913. The old subject 3 may be offered until January, 1913. inclusive. 4a. Algebraic Theory. (3 units.) Mathematical induction, the re- mainder and factor theorems, the binomial theorem for a positive integral exponent. fractional and negative indices, surds, complex quantities (graphical methods), theory of quadratic equations, examples in simul- taneous quadratic equations (graphical as well as arithmetical treatment), elements of ratio and proportion, the progressions and other simple series, logarithmic computation, determinants of second and third order with their applieations to the solution of equations. Graphical methods should be employed wherever they are applicable. The ability to demonstrate principles is an important part of this requirement. The University will accept one-half of 4a (112 units) in connection with either 4b or 12a". for the third year's work in high school mathe- maties.—leaving the other half of 4a to be combined with 4b or some part of 124 for the fourth year, when taken. 45. Intermediate Mathematies. Solid Geometry. (113 units.) Sup- plementary studies in plane geometry and the fundamental propositions ## p. 55 (#75) ############################################## , Admission Requirements. - 55 of solid and spherical geometry, with problems in demonstration and in the mensuration of surfaces and solids. The ability to apply geometry to practical problems is important in this requirement. 5. History and Government of the United States. (3 units.) A knowledge of the outline of American history, and of the nature of Federal, State, and local government. The following text-books in his- tory indicate the amount of study and knowledge expected: Channing's Students’ History of the United States, McLaughlin's History of the American Nation, Adams and Trent, History of the United States, or Hart's Essentials in American History, and in government Hinsdale’s American Government, Ashley's American Government, or Bryce's Amer- ican Commonwealth (1-volume edition).” Latin. In the matriculation examinations special stress will be laid on the student’s ability to deal with passages of Latin previously unseen. Every examination on prescribed reading will contain one or more passages for translation at sight; and the candidate must deal satisfactorily with both these parts of a paper, or he will not be given credit for either part. The examinations in Latin composition will presuppose a knowledge of . words, constructions, and range of ideas such as are common in the reading of the year, or years, covered by the particular examination. 6ab'. Elementary Latin. (3 units.) So much of subjects 6a and 6b as may be done in accredited schools in one year at the rate of five periods per week. No regular examination will be given in this subject, and no Latin work in the University will be open to students who present it for matriculation. 6a. Elementary Latin; Caesar, Nepos. (3 units.) This subject repre- sents four periods a week during two years. It includes the mastery of inflexions and of the simpler principles of syntax, the acquisition of a working vocabulary of from one to two thousand words, and, above all, the power to understand the original, from the printed page and at hearing, simple prose narrative, and to translate the same into idiomatic English. The basis of this work must equal in amount Caesar's Gallic War, books I-IV; but in making up this total, selections may be included from other books of the Gallic War, or from the Civil War, or from the Lives of Cornelius Nepos, or from the works of other prose authors. The passages set for examination may, or may not, be taken from Caesar. 6b. Latin Composition, Elementary. (3 units.) This subject repre- sents one period a week, or its equivalent, during two years, the work of the first year being taken from the first lesson book. It includes the * The mention of any book does not mean that the University or the department of history recommends it. ## p. 56 (#76) ############################################## 56 - Undergraduate Departments. writing in Latin of detached and connected English sentences, and it should constitute the chief means of teaching Latin forms and syntax. 7a, 7b. Advanced Latin: Cicero, Sallust (2 units); Virgil, Ovid (2 units). This subject represents four periods a week during two years. It includes the continuation of the requirements outlined under 6a, with the addition of the study of versification. The emphasis in these two years should be laid upon the development of the students’ power to understand Latin prose and poetry in the original, and upon the thought of the authors read, rather than upon the syntax, except in so far as the syntax is suggested by the interpretation of the thought. Considerable attention should be given to the matter of historical and literary allusions. The basis of the work in subject 7a must equal in amount six orations of Cicero; but in this total may be included selections from Cicero's letters, or from Sallust (Catiline and Jugurthine War), or from other prose work of equal difficulty. The basis of the work in subject 7b must equal in amount Virgil's Aeneid, Books i-vi; but selections may be in- cluded from the Bucolics and Georgics, or from Ovid (Metamorphoses, Fasti, Tristia), or from other poetry of equal difficulty. The examination in subject 7a will include questions on the Manilian Law and Archias; and in subject 7b, on Virgil's Aeneid, Books i and ii, and, at the option of the student, on Books iv or vi. 7c'. Latin Composition, Advanced. (1 unit.) This subject represents one period a week, or its equivalent, for one year, presumably the third of the course. It includes the writing in Latin of connected English sentences. The emphasis should be laid upon the order of words, the simpler features of sentence structure, and the means of connecting sen- tences in paragraphs. 7c". Latin Composition, Advanced. (1 unit.) This subject represents one period a week, or its equivalent, for one year, presumably the fourth of the course. It may well serve as a means of reviewing Latin forms and syntax, but the prose of Caesar and Cicero should be the standard for reference. 8a. Elementary Greek. (3 units). The requirement represents a year’s work in the elements of the language, the reading of simple prose, and abundant easy composition, both oral and written, leading to a sound knowledge of the ordinary inflectional forms and the common rules of syntax, and to a fair vocabulary. There is no regular matriculation examination in 8a apart from 8b. 8b. Attic Prose. (3 units.) The year's work should include the read- ing of Attic prose equal in amount to books I-IV of Xenophon's Anabasis (the matriculation examination will include questions on these particular ## p. 57 (#77) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 57 books), and abundant easy composition, both oral and written, and should lead to a better mastery of inflection, syntax, and vocabulary. Some attention should be given to the historical setting of the Anabasis (or whatever other book may be read), and to the antiquities connected there with. 9a. Attic Prose. (1% units.) A continuation of the kind of work done in 8b; the reading, however, should be more rapid, and there should be more translation at sight. The text may be that of any Attic prose writer. Composition should be continued, still abundant and still easy. 9b. Homer. (1% units.) The requirement represents the reading of three books of Homer (the matriculation examination will include ques- tions on books I-III of the Iliad), and a knowledge of the ordinary char- acteristics of Homeric language and the principles of Homeric prosody. Ability to read Homer aloud with fluency and expression is expected. It is not possible for schools to gain accrediting in both 8 and 9 with less than three years’ study of Greek, except under extraordinary cir- cumstances. The adjustment of Greek work in the University to the different classes of students is as follows: 1. Students who offer no matriculation Greek will be admitted to Greek A-B in Freshman year. 2. Students who offer 8a will be admitted to Greek B. 3. Students who offer 8ab will be admitted to Greek C-D. 4. Students who offer 8ab and 9b will be admitted to Greek C. 5. Students who offer 8ab and 9a will be admitted to Greek D. 6. Students who offer 8ab and 9ab will be admitted to Greek 1 or 2. Students who begin Greek in the University have time for two years of strictly university Greek before graduation. But the period of life covered by the high school course is the time when the memory work involved in learning the elements of a highly inflected language, like Greek, is most easily and sucessfully accomplished, and students who intend to study Greek are advised to begin the subject in the high school whenever this is possible. 10. Ancient History and Geography. (3 units.) The elements of Ancient History, from the earliest times to 800 A.D. Chief stress should be laid upon Greek History from the fifth to the third century B.C., inclusive; upon Roman History, from the conquest of Italy to the end of the second century A.D., and upon the geography of the ancient world. The following text-books” will indicate the amount required from those who are admitted on certificate: Goodspeed's History of the Ancient * The mention of any book does not mean that the University or the department of history recommends it. ## p. 58 (#78) ############################################## 58 Undergraduate Departments. World, Botsford's Ancient History, West's Ancient World, Wolfson's Essentials in Ancient History, Myers’ Ancient History (new edition). 11. Physics. (3 units.) The requirement represents at least a daily exercise during one school year, which falls within the last two years of preparation for college. It is expected that the ground covered will include fair representation of primary empirical laws from each of the main subdivisions of Physics. - The results called for demand vigorous and thorough instruction in the class-room, based upon laboratory exercises by the pupils and other experimental illustrations; and it is urged that a strong effort be made to connect the principles of Physics with familiar facts and processes. Note-books containing the pupil’s record of laboratory or field work should in every case be carefully certified by the teacher. The following form of certificate is suggested: I hereby certify that these notes represent actual laboratory results obtained by [Insert name of pupil]. This statement applies to experi- ments numbered [Insert the numbers], entered upon pages [Insert the page-numbers] of this record. Signed, ...…................. [Teacher’s name.]........................ Dated at y , 19........ It is requested that this certificate be entered upon the last page of the student’s note-book. The pupil should always preserve his note-book. He should be able to produce it for inspection on demand; in case he appears for examina- tion in this subject, he should submit his note-book to the examiner in charge. 12a". Synthetic Projective Geometry. (1% units.) The operations of projection and intersection, the principle of duality, ideal elements, triangles in perspective, the complete quadrilateral, harmonic quadruples, involution. Construction of projective figures in the plane and in space, construction and projective properties of the conic sections, Pascal's and Brianchon's theorems, poles and polars. The relation between metric and projective geometry, with numerous problems and constructions. 12a". Plane Trigonometry. (1% units.) The development of the general formulae of plane trigonometry, with applications to the solution of plane triangles and the measurement of heights and distances. Prac- tice in computation with logarithmic tables. ## p. 59 (#79) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 59 12a". Plane Analytic Geometry. (11% units.) The fundamental methods of analytic geometry. The straight line and circle, and the simpler properties of the conic sections. Problems in loci. Graphical solution of equations. [In special cases Advanced Algebra may be accepted in place of this subject.] 12b. Chemistry. (3 units.) This requirement represents five exercises a week for one year. Laboratory practice is essential, and as much time as possible should be devoted to it. Much of the time should be spent in acquiring fundamental principles, omitting as much as possible the analytical work. A note-book (see under Physics) is required. 12c. Botany. (3 units.) A knowledge of the morphology and simpler physiology of the higher plants is required. This should be based upon a full year of practical work in the laboratory, and to some extent, also, in the field. Careful attention should be paid to the recording of observations, by notes and drawings, together with the drawing of correct inferences from the observations. It is desirable that the pupils become familiar with the easier orders of flowering plants represented in the local flora. Setchell's Laboratory Practice for Beginners, Jepson's Flora of Western Middle California, Bergen’s Elements of Botany, and Osterhout's Experi- ments with Plants, indicate both the scope and the method of the work. A note-book (see under physics) is required. 12d. Zoology. (3 units.) Preparation in this subject should aim at proficiency in solving problems rather than the mere acquisition of infor- mation. For this reason, the necessity of practical work in field and laboratory is strongly emphasized. Local conditions should determine in the main the character of the course, materials, relative proportions of field and laboratory work, etc. The practise of utilizing plants as well as animals, to bring out fundamental facts common to both groups as a means of interpreting either, is highly commended. Consideration will be given especially to capacity to discover problems and apply facts to their solution, to make accurate observations, thoughtful deductions and clear expositions. The requirement represents a minimum of five hours a week. Four hours at least should be devoted regularly to practical work, preferably in two periods of two hours each. Drawing should be used as a means of testing the correctness of observations, not primarily as a means of record. Note-books (see under physics)--not composition books—and draw- ings are required. The following text-books should be useful: Jordan Kellogg and Heath's Animals, Needham’s General Biology, Hunter's ## p. 60 (#80) ############################################## 60 Undergraduate Departments. Essentials of Biology, Sharpe's Laboratory Manual in Biology, Linville and Kelly's Text-book in General Zoology, Peabody's Laboratory Exer- cises. 12e. Physical Geography. (3 units). A course designed to cultivate habits of observation, comparison, and reflection; requiring a practical acquaintance with common natural phenomena and the processes which underlie them. It should embrace experimental and field investigation of as many topics as may be practicable in each of the commonly accepted divisions of the subject, namely: mathematical geography, the atmosphere, the ocean, and the land. Schools too far from the ocean to make field excursions to the shore may reduce somewhat the time for this division, although much valuable work is possible with pictures and the monthly pilot charts. In the other divisions of the subject direct observation of phenomona is equally possible for all schools, the details of climate and land forms varying with the locality. If the pupils have had no general science course many more experiments should be introduced, a large num- ber of them to be performed by the pupil. Each experiment should be chosen to illustrate phenomena in the immediate geographic environment of the school. A note-book (see under physics) is required. 12f. Physiology. (3 units.) The requirement represents five exercises a week throughout one year. The work should embrace (1) a well organized laboratory course and (2) class-room exercises based upon both laboratory and text-book study. The emphasis should be placed upon physiology proper, viz., the mechanism of the phenomena of life and the functions of the various organs of the human body; but in connection with this the pupil should learn accurately with the aid of a manikin such anatomical facts as are fundamental for the understanding of the functions of the organs. He should also receive definite and practical instruction in the more important principles of personal and public hygiene; e.g., the sources of infection for typhoid or diphtheria or other infectious diseases, and how to avoid these infections. In the laboratory, carefully written notes and drawings should be made, and these should be frequently criticized by the teacher. The laboratory work should occupy at least one-half the time of the entire course. A laboratory note-book (see under Physics) is required. 12g. General Science. (3 units.) This subject should be taken during the first year of the high school course. The aim of the work should be to develop answers to the questions which arise in the pupil’s daily experience with natural phenomena, and to familiarize the pupil with the fundamental principles underlying these phenomena. The subject should ## p. 61 (#81) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 61 be treated from the point of view of natural science in general, rather than from the points of view of the several subdivisions thereof. Constant laboratory and field work is essential. As a rule, the pupil should perform his own experiments, and, wherever possible, these experiments should be so simplified that they may be repeated at home. The course should deal with such elementary scientific principles as are involved in gardening, including a study of soil and elementary physio- graphy; household operations; sanitation; simple machinery, including the steam engine; the weather; the change of seasons,— and similar natural phenomena. - - 13a. Mediaeval and Modern History. (3 units.) The period to be covered is from 800 A.D. to the middle of the nineteenth century. West's Modern History, Harding’s Essentials in Mediaeval and Modern History, or Myers’ Mediaeval and Modern History indicate the amount required.” 13b. English History. (3 units.) From the earliest times to the middle of the nineteenth century. Cheyney's Short History of England, Walker's Essentials in English History, or Larned's History of England indicate approximately the amount required.” 14. English. The examination both in 14a and 14b will presuppose a thorough acquaintance with the works covered as regards organization and development of thought, style, metrical structure, place in literary history, life of the author, and relation to the age. 14a. (3 units.) (1) Tennyson's Idylls of the King (for careful study, the Passing of Arthur; for reading,f with occasional reports in class, two of the following: the Holy Grail, Lancelot and Elaine, Guinevere, Enid, Gareth and Lynette); (2) Lowell's The Vision of Sir Launfal, and the Commemoration Ode; (3) Macaulay's Chatham (second essay) or Frederick the Great or Clive or Warren Hastings (for reading);f (4) Henry Esmond, or Silas Marner and the Vicar of Wakefield; (5) Milton’s L’Allegro, Il Penseroso and Comus; (6) Sir Roger de Coverley. While the regular examination will be confined to these items, accredited schools may make such substitutions as the following; For (1), Similar selections from the poetry of chivalry, or The Princess; for (4), one of the following: The Newcomes, Adam Bede, The Mill on the Floss, Romola, Tale of Two Cities, David Copperfield, Nicholas Nickleby, Our Mutual Friend, Oliver Twist, The Cloister and the Hearth; for (5), Comus, Paradise Lost, book I, or II, or V, or VI; for (6), an equivalent amount from Addison's Select Essays, the Essays of Elia, the Autocrat of the * The mention of any book does not mean that the University or the department of history recommends it. - † See notes under English 1. ## p. 62 (#82) ############################################## 62 Undergraduate Departments. Breakfast Table, Stevenson's Virginibus Puerisque, or Burrough 's Essays, or Warner's Back-log Studies, or Curtis’ Prue and I. 14b. (3 units.) (1) Arguments and Orations: Burke's Speech before the Electors at Bristol; Macaulay's First Speech on the Reform Bill; Webster’s Reply to Hayne; (2) The Essay, literary or ethical; Carlyle's Essay on Burns, or Emerson's Compensation and Self-Reliance (for reading,” with occasional reports in class; (3) a general outline of English Literature, illustrated by the study, in chronological order, of Chaucer’s Prologue to the Canterbury Tales; Shakespeare's Macbeth (reading and reports); Milton's Lycidas and Sonnets II, XVI, XIX, XXII; Gray’s Elegy; Wordsworth's Tintern Abbey, Ode on the Intimations of Immor- tality and Ode to Duty; Keats’ Eve of St. Agnes and the Nightingale; Shelley's The Cloud and the Skylark; Browning's A Transcript from Euripides (in Balaustion's Adventure), or shorter poems, Rabbi Ben Ezra, Andrea del Sarto, and others, five or six hundred lines in all; Arnold's Scholar-Gypsy (or The Forsaken Merman and Rugby Chapel); Tennyson's Oenone. Schools on the accredited list may make such substitutions as the following: for (1), any three oratorical masterpieces of argument (in- cluding one of Burke's); for (2), literary: one of the following: Carlyle or Macaulay on Boswell's Life of Johnson, an equivalent in Boswell's Life, Macaulay's Addison (%) and Milton (4%), an equivalent from Lowell's Literary Essays, such as his Chaucer, or from Arnold’s, such as his Preface to the Poems of Wordsworth (1%) and his Emerson (1%), Ruskin's Sesame, Harrison's Choice of Books; ethical: an equivalent from Bacon's Essays, or from the Proverbs, the Psalms, the Book of Job, or the writings attributed to St. John. It is also recommended that, so far as time may permit, standard English poems not included in this list but illustrative of the history of literature, and the best short poems of our American authors, be read in class, though not necessarily for purposes of minute study. 15a'. Elementary French. (3 units.) So much of subject 15a” as may be done in accredited schools in one year at the rate of five periods per week. No regular examination will be given in this subject. 15a Elementary French. (6 units.) At the end of the elementary course the student should be able to pronounce French accurately; to read ordinary French prose; to understand, write, and speak French in simple sentences based on some text or on the ordinary affairs of life. The work should comprise: (1) Careful attention to pronunciation (2) The essentials of the grammar, especially the regular and most com- * See notes under English 1. ## p. 63 (#83) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 63 mon irregular verbs, the forms and positions of pronouns, the uses of the prepositions and conjunctions. (3) The reading of some 200 duodecimo pages of modern prose. (4) Writing based on the texts read, and on the affairs of every-day life. 15a”. Intermediate French. (3 units.) At the end of the intermediate course the student should be able to read French of moderate difficulty; to write ordinary French in the narrative form; to carry on a simple conversation in French. The work should comprise: (1) A review of the essentials of the grammar, especially the use of the auxiliary and modal verbs; the mean- ing of the moods and tenses; a rather full knowledge of irregular verbs; the essentials of syntax, the use of the pronoun, the verb-forms required in dependent clauses, special attention being given to the use of the sub- junctive. The putting of connected English prose into French is a valuable exercise in practical grammar. It is a means toward free writing. (2) The reading of from 300 to 500 pages, from at least four standard authors. Some of this should be done outside of the class, and written reports made upon it, in French. (3) The writing of many letters and short themes and oral and written reproduction of French texts. 15a". Advanced French. (3 units.) At the end of the advanced course the student should be able to read more difficult French of a literary character of not earlier date than the seventeenth century; to write in French a short essay on some simple subject connected with the works read; to carry on a conversation in French. The work should comprise from 400 to 600 pages of standard French; the writing of numerous short themes in French; explanation and discus- sion of the text in French. The course should be carried on entirely in French. The reading of verse of suitable difficulty comes naturally into the work of all classes. Some comedy also should be read in each course. 15b". Elementary German. (3 units.) So much of subject 15b” as may be done in accredited schools in one year at the rate of five periods per week. No regular examination will be given in this subject. 150°. Elementary German. (6 units.) The ability to read at sight easy German prose, to translate correctly simple English sentences into German, and to understand and answer, in German, simple questions on passages in the reading; a knowledge of the elements of German grammar. The reading in elementary German should amount to at least 150 pages of graded modern prose. - The requirement in grammar includes: the regular inflection of nouns, ## p. 66 (#84) ############################################## 66 Undergraduate Departments. exercises a week for one half-year. The work must be taken during the last two years of the high school course. - The study should embrace the composition of milk, the Babcock test for fat and adulterations, the separation of cream from milk, cream ripen- ing, churning, washing, working, and packing butter, and the principles of cheese-making. Especial attention should be paid to the sanitary produc. tion and handling of milk from the cow to the consumer. At least one. third of the exercises should be laboratory or field work. The laboratory work should consist in a thorough drill in the use of the Babcock milk test and in detecting adulterations by using the same test and the lacto- meter; in a study of the effect of pasteurization, sterilization, and bacterial action upon the keeping qualities of milk; and in the preliminary operations of cheese-making by a study of the use of rennet, pure culture starters, etc. All of this laboratory work can be done with very small quantities of milk in the chemical laboratory. For the actual making of butter and cheese visits should be made to neighboring creameries and cheese factories. The ground to be covered is represented in Wing's “Milk and Its Products” and Farrington and Woll’s “Testing Milk and Milk Products.” 19b. Horticulture. (1% units.) Credit will be given only if accompanied by credit for Subject 12c (botany). Subject 19b must be undertaken during the third or fourth year of the high school course, following the course in botany. The requirement represents the equivalent of five exercises a week during a half-year. The study includes the fruits and vines of California, and especially of the individual pupil’s home region, as to varieties, methods of growth, cultivation, and marketing. At least one-third of the exercises should be laboratory or field work, covering propagation by the different methods of budding, grafting, and layering; examination of insects and fungus diseases; mixing sprays and spraying; pruning and treating wounds; planting, cultivating, and irrigating trees and vines, gathering and pack. ing fruit; decorating home and school grounds with shrubs, trees, vines, and flowers. Part of the field work can be done at school, and part in neighboring orchards, vineyards, and packing-houses. The scope and method of the work is indicated in chapters IX to XIII of Jackson and Daugherty’s “Agriculture Through the Laboratory and School Garden,” and in Wickson's ‘‘California. Fruits.” 19e. General Agriculture. (3 units). A year course of five periods each week, of which at least one-half should consist of laboratory and garden or field experiments. - Agriculture, its divisions, its fundamental problems, its relations to other industries; the improvement of plants and animals, steps in breed- ing; propagation of plants, methods and practice work. Plant food, plant feeding; the soil, its nature, formation, classification and physical prop- erties; the soil as related to plants; maintaining the fertility of the land. Important farm crops—corn, wheat, cotton, the wood crop, alfalfa, and other crops of local importance—history, varieties, culture. Enemies of ## p. 67 (#85) ############################################## Admission Requirements. 67 farm crops—weeds, diseases, insects, and their control. Systems of crop- ping, choice and rotation of crops, etc. Feeds and feeding—function of food materials, digestibility of feeds, balanced rations, etc. Types and care of farm animals in so far as time permits; farm management, farm records and accounts. - These topics as treated in Warren’s “Elements of Agriculture,” together with the laboratory and garden or field exercises and collateral reading suggested therein, constitute the basis for matriculation credit in this subject. A note-book of laboratory and garden or field exercises, properly certified by the teacher, should be presented as a part of the entrance examination. Constant experimental work is essential and the aim should be to establish thereby a clear conception in the minds of the pupils of the fundamental principles underlying the essential processes of plant and animal production. The course may advantageously be preceded by work in General Science or Physical Geography and Botany. Either half-year of the above course may be taken independently as indicated below. 19e'. Agriculture, Soils, and Soil-Fertility. (11% units.) These topics are treated in Warren’s “Elements of Agriculture,” chapters I-VI, together with the exercises and collateral reading as indicated therein, with laboratory note-book. 19e". Farm Crops, Farm Animals and Farm Management. (1% units.) These topics as treated in Warren’s “Elements of Agriculture,” chapters VII-XVIII, together with the exercises and collateral reading as indicated therein, with laboratory note-book. 20a. Economic Geography. (1% units.) Five periods a week for one half-year. Credit will be given only in connection with credit for Subject 12e (physical geography). Economic Geography should be considered as an aspect of general geography, rather than as a distinct branch of the science. It should include the general principles of mathematical, physical, and biological geography. While including a study of countries, products, trade routes, etc., the chief emphasis of the course should be placed on the relations which exist between the fundamental principles of geography and the economic interests of man. 20b. Commercial and Industrial History. (3 units.) Credit will be given only in conjunction with credit for Subject 13a (Mediaeval and Modern History). This subject should comprise, in broad outline, the development of commercial and industrial activities in the western world. It should discuss such subjects as the economic inheritance from Rome and the East; the gradual renewal of trading activity after the Teutonic invasions; the revival of commerce under Arab influence; the growth from village to town economy; the Renaissance in Italy and the commercial supremacy of ## p. 68 (#86) ############################################## 68 Undergraduate Departments. the city republics; the Age of Discovery and the development of economic “nationalities’’; the industrial revolution and the conception of inter- national division of labor; modern international trade and its significance, etc., etc. Emphasis should be laid on the interaction of political and economic factors in the growth of Western civilization; on the evolution and decay of economic ‘‘institutions’’; and on ‘‘movements’’ rather than the facts of any particular period. 206. Bookkeeping. (3 units.) A knowledge of the principles of double entry bookkeeping, based on five double periods weekly for one year, or its equivalent. This is to be supplemented by a test, to be given by the University, of proficiency in opening, keeping, and closing simple sets of books. 4. 200. Stenography and Typewriting. (3 or 6 units.) Work in these subjects normally covering one year will be given a credit of 3 units; the work of two years will be given a credit of 6 units, with the following conditions: Not more than one-fourth of the accredited work is to be typewriting. Proficiency tests will be required at the University. For 3 units credit, the student must show ability to take stenographic dictation at the rate of 75 words per minute. For 6 units, the rate is 125 words per minute. The student must also show ability to transcribe notes satisfactorily on the typewriter. 21. Music. For the present, and until the schools of the State are prepared to give systematic instruction in Music, credit in this subject will be given only by examination at the University. 21a. History of Music, Notation, Sight Reading, and Dictation. (3 units.) An outline history of the development of the musical art, including at least the following: the forms of the Greek scales; church music from the time of Gregory; the Netherland School of Polyphony; the opera and oratorio; together with biographical sketches of Palestrina, Bach, Handel, Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Chopin and Wagner. Reasonable proficiency in sight reading is required; also the ability to write in musical notation any simple melody when played or sung. 21b. Practice in Choral Singing. The masterpieces of choral composition should be used. Credit will be given in this at the rate of one unit for two hours’ rehearsal per week for one year, or one rehearsal per week for two years. - 21c. Elements of Harmony and Composition. (3 units.) Notation; formation of diatonic and chromatic scales in major and minor modes; consonant and dissonant intervals and their inversions; triads and their inversions in major and minor modes; chords of the dominant seventh and ninth and their inversions; resolution of the dominant seventh; progressions of the secondary chords of the seventh; a study of chord connection and voice-leading from a given bass; modula- ## p. 69 (#87) ############################################## Methods of Admission 69 tion and transposition, the harmonizing of simple melodies; suspensions, retardations and embellishments and their use in the construction of melodies over a given bass; the analysis of standard compositions. 21d. Musical Technique and Interpretation. (3 units.) As musical technique has for its only justification the intelligent interpretation of the composer's ideas, interpretation will be strongly emphasized in these examinations. The ability to perform, with satisfactory technique and intelligent interpretation, on either the pianoforte or violin, or to sing, with satis- factorily placed and developed voice, compositions such as the following: (a) Pianoforte: One of the easy fugues by Bach; a sonata by Beeth- oven, (Opus 13, Pathétique); Aufschwung; Opus 12, by Schumann; Prelude No. 15, by Chopin. (b) Violin: A sonata by Mozart with piano; Romance, by Svendson; and a modern composition selected by the applicant. (c) Voice: Songs by Mozart, Schubert, Schumann, Brahms, Franz, MacDowell, or another American composer. In lieu of the above requirements, exceptional skill in technique and interpretation with any one of the orchestral stringed or wind instruments may be accepted. METHODS OF ADMISSION. 1. ADMISSION BY EXAMINATION. Times and Places of Earamination. Matriculation examinations are held in August and in January of each year; but the examinations in January are primarily for the purpose of enabling students in the University to remove matriculation deficiencies. Applicants for admission who present certificates from their teachers that they are prepared in the subjects they offer will be admitted to the January examinations. Such certificates must be filed with the Recorder of the Faculties before the examinations. No person save a registered student of the University will be allowed to take any matriculation examination without having first filed an appli- cation for admission. In 1912 examinations will be held at Berkeley on August 8, 9, 10, 12, and 13. The University may conduct matriculation examinations at the same time in any city or at any school where the number of candidates and the distance from other places of examination may warrant it. Ap- plications for this purpose should be sent to the Recorder of the Faculties by mail, not later than June 1. ## p. 70 (#88) ############################################## 70 Undergraduate Departments. A circular regarding the matriculation examinations may be obtained by addressing the Recorder of the Faculties. College Entrance Earamination Board. Certificates of successful examinations before the College Entrance Examination Board will be accepted in lieu of matriculation examinations conducted by the University of California in all of the preparatory sub- jects; but at present the Board holds no examination covering the ground of English 14b. In June, 1911, the entrance examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board were held June 19-24. All applications for examination must be addressed to the Secretary of the College Entrance Examination Board, Postoffice Sub-station 84, New York, N. Y., and must be made upon a blank form to be obtained from the Secretary of the Board upon application. - Applications for examination at points in the United States east of the Mississippi River, also at Minneapolis, St. Louis, and other points on the Mississippi River, must be received by the Secretary of the Board at least two weeks in advance of the examinations. In 1911, this was on or before Monday, June 5; applications for examination elsewhere in the United States or in Canada must be received at least three weeks in advance of the examinations. In 1911, this was on or before Thursday, May 29; and applications for examinations outside of the United States and Canada must be received at least five weeks in advance of the examinations. In 1911, this was on or before Monday, May 15. Applications received later than the dates named will be accepted when it is possible to arrange for the admission of the candidates concerned, but only upon the payment of $5 in addition to the usual fee. The examination fee is $5 for all candidates examined at points in the United States and Canada and $15 for all candidates examined out- side of the United States and Canada. The fee (which cannot be accepted in advance of the application) should be remitted by postal order, express order, or draft on New York to the order of the College Entrance Exami- nation Board. A list of the places at which examinations were held by the Board in June, 1911, was published about March 1. Requests that the examinations be held at particular points, to receive proper consideration, should be transmitted to the Secretary of the Board not later than February 1. Dividing of Matriculation Ea:aminations. An applicant for admission may, if he prefers, take his matriculation examinations in two parts—(a) Preliminary, (b) Final—but not more than ## p. 71 (#89) ############################################## Methods of Admission. 71 two. The preliminary examination may be taken either in August or January. The final examination must be taken not later than 18 months after the preliminary examination. The applicant may divide his exami- nations in any way that he prefers, provided that he passes the required 45 units during the two examination periods taken together. Applicants who are twenty-one years of age or who have been graduated from four- year courses in high schools or other secondary schools are not subject to the above limitations as to the division of examinations, but they may take their examinations at such times as they prefer until all of the required examinations shall have been passed. For the purpose of division between two series of examinations, the examinations given in June by the College Entrance Examination Board and those in August given by the University in the same year may count as one series, the applicant, at his option, taking a part in June and a part in August. 2. ADMISSION FROM ACCREDITED SCHOOLS IN CALIFORNIA. Admission from accredited schools is regulated by the following Order of the Regents, passed March 4, 1884, and amended September 10, 1895, and January 10, 1905. “Upon the request of the principal of any public or private school in California whose course of study embraces, in kind and extent, the subjects required for admission to any college of the University at Berkeley, a committee of the Academic Senate will visit such school, and report upon the quality of the instruction there given. If the report of such com- mittee be favorable, a graduate of the school, upon the personal recom- mendation of the Principal, accompanied by his certificate that the graduate has satisfactorily completed the studies of the course prepratory to the college he wishes to enter, may, at the discretion of the Faculty of such college, be admitted without examination. “Principals' applications made in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph must be in the hands of the Recorder of the Faculties, at Berkeley, on or before the first day of December of each school year. “Private schools receiving examination shall pay a fee of five dollars for each such visit, provided that twenty dollars shall be the maximum fee for more than three such visits. If a special journey be required for such visit, the expenses thereof may be assessed against such school.” No school will be accredited unless its course of study includes all the subjects required for admission to at least one of the Academic Colleges. ## p. 72 (#90) ############################################## 72 Undergraduate Departments. A recommendation from the principal of an accredited school must state distinctly that the graduate in whose favor it is issued was in attendance at that school for at least one year immediately preceding his graduation; or it must be indorsed, i.e., fully concurred in, by the principal of the accredited school or schools previously attended by the applicant. Recommended graduates of accredited schools who wish to postpone their entrance to the University should send their recommendations, with specific request for extension, to the Recorder of the Faculties. Extension may be granted for one year, with the possibility of renewal, upon request. Recommendations become invalid if not presented within twenty months after graduation. ## p. 73 (#91) ############################################## Accredited Schools. 73 LIST OF ACCREDITED SCHOOLS, 1910-11. NoTE.—The accrediting of secondary schools is an accrediting of schools rather than of subjects. Any recommendations issued by the principals will be provisionally accepted by the University, subject to the following conditions: (1) Recommendations are to be issued only for the graduates of the regular courses of the school; (2) Recommendations are to be based exclusively upon the reg- ular work of the school and not upon private “‘coaching’’ or special examination; * (3) “Supplementary” recommendations—for work taken in the high school after the pupil's matriculation in a college or university— are not to be accepted in lieu of matriculation examinations; (4) The status of every undergraduate student is probationary during his first year of residence in the University, and his final allow- ance of matriculation credit may depend upon his work during this probationary year; (5) The scholarship records in the University of California of the first-year students from each of the accredited schools are kept in such a way as to show the scholarship standing of the school, as reflected by its representatives in the University; and this record is made use of in determining the status of the school as a possible candidate for future accrediting. Recommended graduates who wish to postpone their entrance to the University should send their recommendations, with specific request for extension, to the Recorder of the Faculties. Extension may be granted for one year, with the possibility of renewal, upon request. Public Schools. Alameda High School—G. C. Thompson, Ph.D. Alhambra High School—Mr. Nathan F. Smith. Alturas: Modoc County High School—Mr. D. W. Lindsay. Anaheim High School—Mr. J. F. Walker. Angels: Bret Harte Union High School—Mr. L. D. McKinley. Arcata Union High School—Mr. F. A. Wright. Auburn: Placer County High School—J. F. Engle, Ph.D. Azusa : Citrus Union High School—Mr. Joseph S. Denton. Bakersfield: Kern County High School—Mr. Benj. Macomber. Benicia High School—Mr. J. J. Martin. Berkeley High School—Mr. G. N. Brink. Bishop Union High School—Mr. F. E. Howard. Bostonia: El Cajon Valley Union High School—Mr. W. A. Pratt. Boulder Creek Union High School—Mr. F. P. Johnson. ## p. 74 (#92) ############################################## 4 Undergraduate Departments. Brentwood : Liberty Union High School—Mr. W. A. Vivian. Campbell Union High School—Mr. J. F. Smith. Cedarville: Surprise Valley Union High School—Mr. A. Rose. Centerville Union High School–Mr. G. W. Wright. Chico High School—Mr. W. M. Mackay. Chino High School—Mr. F. S. Hayden. Clovis Union High School—Mr. Charles E. Higbee. College City: Pierce Joint Union High School—Mr. J. Perry Ratzell. Colton High School—Mr. G. M. Green. Colusa District High School—Mr. A. S. Boulware. Compton Union High School——Mr. W. L. Frew. Concord: Mount Diablo Union High School—Mr. Roger S. Phelps. Corning Union High School—Mr. C. P. Finger. Corona High School—Mr. Herbert H. Priestley. Covina High School—Mr. J. J. Morgan. Crescent City : Del Norte County High School—Mr. L. S. Pratt. Crockett: John Swett Union High School—Mr. W. H. Weslar. Dinuba Union High School—Mr. A. M. Simons. • ? Dixon Union High School—Mr. H. G. Steans. El Centro: Central Union High School—Mr. B. C. Nichols. Elk Grove Union High School—Mr. Philip B. Smith. El Monte Union High School—Mr. E. A. Farrington. Escondido High School—Mr. C. C. Kelso. Etna Mills: Etna Union High School—Mr. A. S. Colton. Eureka High School—Mr. V. A. McGeorge. Fairfield: Armijo Union High School—Mr. E. F. Dyer. Fallbrook Union High School—Mr. H. L. Colestock. - Ferndale Union High School—Mr. Frank J. Cummings. Fort Bragg Union High School—Mr. J. S. Cotton. Fortuna High School—Mr. P. S. Inskip. Fowler Union High School—Mr. L. L. Evans. Fresno High School—Mr. Frederick Liddeke. Fullerton Union High School—Mr. Delbert Brunton. Gardena High School—Mr. J. B. Lillard. Gilroy High School—Mr. E. E. Brownell. Glendale Union High School—Mr. Geo. U. Moyse. Grass Valley High School—Mr. J. S. Hennessy. Gridley Union High School—Mr. George L. Unnewehr. Hanford Union High School—Mr. T. J. Roesman. Haywards High School—John Gamble, Ph.D. Healdsburg High School—Mr. H. R. Bull. Hemet Union High School—Mr. E. T. Boughn. Hollister: San Benito County High School—Mr. James Davis. Hollywood Union High School—W. H. Snyder, Sc.D. Huntington Beach Union High School—Mr. Arthur E. Paine. Imperial: Imperial Valley Union High School—Mr. M. B. Hockenberry. Ione Union High School—Mr. W. F. Turner. Kingsburg Union High School—Mr. E. H. Duval. Lakeport: Clear Lake Union High School—Mr. H. N. Caldwell. Lemoore Union High School—Miss Vesta Gray. Lindsay High School—Mr. D. A. Eckert. Livermore Union High School—Mr. W. J. Connell. Lodi High School—Mr. William Inch. i - ## p. 75 (#93) ############################################## Accredited Schools. - 75 Lompoc Union High School—Mr. E. L. Mitchel. Long Beach High School—Mr. David Burcham. Lordsburg: Bonita Union High School—Mr. Arthur Durward. Los Angeles High School—Mr. W. H. Housh. Los Angeles: Polytechnic High School—Mr. W. A. Dunn. Los Baños: West Side Union High School—Mr. F. G. Sanderson. Los Gatos High School—Mr. Frank M. Watson. Madera Union High School—Mr. C. J. Burrell. Martinez: Alhambra Union High School—Mr. E. W. Stoddard. Marysville High School—Mr. J. C. Ray. Mendocino High School—Mr. J. N. Keran. Merced : Merced County High School—Mr. N. H. Garrison. Modesto High School—Mr. Thomas Downey. Monrovia High School—Mr. E. E. Knepper. Monterey Union High School—Mr. James McIntosh. Morgan Hill: Live Oak Union High School—Mr. C. C. Childress. Mountain View High School—Mr. E. L. Zahn. Napa High School—Mr. G. L. Allen. National City High School—B. S. Gowen, Ph.D. Nevada City High School—Mr. F. E. Tuck. Newman : Orestimba Union High School—Mr. W. D. Root. Oakdale Union High School—Mr. P. B. Westerman. Oakland High School—Mr. C. E. Keyes. Oakland: John C. Fremont High School—Mr. F. S. Rosseter. Oakland: Polytechnic High School—Mr. P. M. Fisher. Oleander: Washington Union High School—Mr. G. H. Wilkinson. Ontario High School—Mr. Jefferson Taylor. Orange Union High School—Mr. W. M. Fishback. Oroville Union High School—Mr. J. B. Hughes. Oxnard Union High School—Mr. Herbert Lee. Pacific Grove High School—Mr. J. A. Metzler. Palo Alto High School—Mr. J. C. Templeton. Pasadena High School—Mr. LeRoy D. Ely. Paso Robles High School—Mr. E. A. Powers. Petaluma High School—Mr. Irving Passmore. Placerville: El Dorado County High School—Mr. J. L. Neighbor. Pomona High School—Mr. H. P. Reynolds. Porterville High School—Mr. C. T. Conger. Red Bluff Union High School—Mr. P. G. Ward. Redding: Shasta County High School—Mr. W. L. Potts. Redlands Union High School—Mr. C. H. Covell. Redwood City: Sequoia Union High School—Mr. S. P. McCrea. Richmond Union High School—Mr. B. X. Tucker. Riverside High School—Miss Eugenie Fuller. Sacramento High School—Mr. H. O. Williams. Saint Helena Union High School—Mr. C. H. Meeker. Salinas High School—Mr. L. E. Kilkenny. San Bernardino High School—Mr. L. L. Beeman. San Diego High School—Mr. Arthur Gould. San Fernando Union High School—Mrs. E. C. Ingham. San Francisco: Girls' High School—A. W. Scott, M.D. San Francisco: Lowell High School—Mr. Frank Morton. San Francisco: Mission High School—Mr. Joseph O'Connor. ## p. 76 (#94) ############################################## 7 6 Undergraduate Departments. San Francisco: Polytechnic High School—Mr. James Ferguson. Sanger Union High School—Mr. W. A. Doran. San Jose High School—Mr. L. B. Avery. San Luis Obispo High School—Mr. H. F. Pinnell. - San Mateo Union High School—Mr. O. A. Johnson. San Pedro City High School—Mr. Albert B. Clayton. San Rafael High School—Mr. W. L. Glascock. Santa Ana High School—Mr. W. A. Bartlett. Santa Barbara High School—Mr. A. C. Olney. Santa Clara High School—Mr. L. A. Offield. Santa Cruz High School—Mr. G. A. Bond. Santa Maria Union High School—Mr. Allen B. Martin. Santa Monica High School—Mr. C. E. Morris. Santa Paula Union High School—Mr. G. W. Crozier. Santa Rosa High School—Mr. C. L. Searcy. Selma Union High School—Mr. Herman Kraemer. Sonoma : Sonoma Valley Union High School—Mr. B. H. Painter. Sonora: Tuolumne County High School—Mr. W. P. Campbell. South Pasadena High School—Mr. G. C. Bush. Stockton High School—Mr. A. S. Williams. Susanville: Lassen County High School—Mr. Howard E. Hendricks. Sutter Union High School—Mr. E. W. Hauck. Tulare High School—Mr. G. B. Albee. Ukiah High School—Mr. F. O. Mower. Vacaville Union High School—Mr. T. J. Penfield. Vallejo High School—Mr. C. H. Nielsen. Ventura Union High School—Mr. F. A. Wagner. Visalia High School—D. O. Brillhart. Watsonville High School—Mr. T. S. MacQuiddy. Whittier High School—Mr. O. C. Albertson. Willits Union High School—Mr. Edward Blackman. Willows; Glenn County Union High School—Mr. F. C. Schofield. Winters Joint Union High School—Mr. II. C. Smith. Woodland High School—Mr. W. M. Hyman. Yreka : Siskiyou County High School— Mr. A. D. Tenney. Total Public Schools—155. Private Schools. Belmont School—Mr. W. T. Reid. Berkeley: Boone's University School—Mr. P. R. Boone. Berkeley: Miss Head's School—Miss M. E. Wilson. Berkeley: Preparatory School—Mr. J. H. White. Berkeley: Snell Seminary—Mrs. E. S. Poulson. Burlingame: St. Matthew's School—Rev. W. A. Brewer. College Park: Academy of the University of the Pacific—Mr. S. R. Cook. Hollywood: Immaculate Heart College—Sister M. Redempta. Irvington: Anderson Academy—Mr. W. W. Anderson. Los Angeles: Girls' Collegiate School—Miss A. K. Parsons and Miss J. W. - Dennen. - - | - Los Angeles: Harvard School—Mr. G. C. Emery. * Los Angeles: Westlake School for Girls—Miss J. S. Vance. Oakland: College of the Holy Names—Sister Mary Geraldine. Oakland: Horton School—Miss Sarah W. Horton. ## p. 77 (#95) ############################################## Methods of Admission; Accredited Schools. 77 Palo Alto: Castilleja School—Miss M. I. Lockey. Palo Alto: Miss Harker's School—Miss C. Harker. Pasadena : Throop Polytechnic Institute—Mr. C. E. Barber. Piedmont: Miss Ransom's and Miss Bridges' School—Miss M. Ransom. San Francisco: California School of Mechanical Arts—Mr. G. A. Merrill. San Francisco: Cogswell Polytechnical College—Mr. G. B. Miller. San Francisco: College of Notre Dame—Sister J. Teresa. San Francisco: Hamlin School—Miss Sarah D. Hamlin. San Francisco: Saint Rose Academy—Sister Mary Rose. San Francisco: Trinity School—Mr. Leon H. Roger. San Francisco: Miss West's School—Miss H. A. O'Connell. San José : College of Notre Dame—Sister Mary Bernardine. San José : Notre Dame High School—Sister Mary Bernardine. San José : Washburn School—Mr. Arthur Washburn. San Rafael: Dominican College—Sister Mary Louis. San Rafael: Hitchcock Military Academy—Rev. C. Hitchcock. San Rafael: Mt. Tamalpais Military Academy—Arthur Crosby, D.D. Total Private Schools—31. Total Public and Private Schools—186. ADMISSION FROM CALIFORNIA STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS. By a provision of the Academic Senate, the State normal schools of California may recommend their graduates for admission without exami- nation; but students who come from the normal schools without credit for the required matriculation work in foreign languages will be conditioned in this requirement. Any courses (e.g., French or German) taken in the University for the purpose of satisfying requirements for matriculation are credited only for matriculation, and not as a part of the 124 or more units required for the degree. Graduates of the California State normal schools who are also graduates of accredited high schools may, under certain conditions, receive advanced credit in the University amounting to forty-eight units of the sixty-four units required for the Junior Certificate. The credit so granted may, at the discretion of any Univer- sity department concerned, be accepted as satisfying prerequisites for advanced or major work. A form of recommendaton for admission to the University from the State normal schools will be furnished by the Recorder of the Faculties upon application. ADMISSION ON TEACHERS’ DIPLOMAs. Holders of Teachers' Life Diplomas or of State Educational Diplomas of this State, or holders of similar diplomas recognized by the State Board of Education of California, may be admitted provisionally to the Univer- sity as regular students, with the privilege of satisfying matriculation requirements by examination or by work in the University. ## p. 78 (#96) ############################################## 78 Undergraduate Departments. 5. ADMISSION FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS OUTSIDE OF CALIFORNIA. Certificates from a high school, or academy, or preparatory department of a college in the State of California are not accepted in lieu of entrance examination, unless the school in question has been duly examined and accredited by the University, in accordance with the order of the Regents of the University governing accrediting. Certificates from a high school or other secondary school in another state or country may be accepted, provided the school has been accredited by some college or university of good standing, by the New England Col- lege Entrance Certificate Board, or by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Certificates are accepted only for the graduates of approved four-year secondary schools. Evidence of thoroughly satisfactory scholarship is required. The Committee on Credentials, acting on behalf of the Faculties, is empowered to reject credentials, in whole or in part, and to require the matriculation examinations in any or all subjects. Credits allowed by the Committee are in all cases provisional; the stu- dent has probationary status during his first year of attendance, and the Committee's allowance of credit may be revised, confirmed, or withdrawn at the end of the probationary year. To avoid delay the applicant may forward an unofficial copy of his statement to the University, for provisional consideration, retaining the original for the purpose of procuring the necessary endorsement. Notification of action taken by the Committee is in every case sent by mail to the applicant. Importance of early application.—Official credentials should always be sent to the University in ample time for action and notification before the entrance examinations; these are held in January and in August of each year. For details, consult the Registration Circular, which may be obtained from the Recorder. Applicants whose papers are received too late for full consideration before the examinations may be seriously inconvenienced in beginning their work and, in addition, will be subject to a fee for late registration. 6. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING IN UNDERGRADUATE COURSEs. - Applicants may be given advanced standing in the University of Cali- fornia on the basis of certificates from other colleges and universities, upon the approval of the certificates by the proper committee. A form of statement of university work, which may be used for such certificates, ## p. 79 (#97) ############################################## Methods of Admission. 79 will be furnished on application to the Recorder of the Faculties. It may be filled out by the applicant himself, but should be duly certified by the proper officer of the institution in which the work was done. There should also be submitted some credential showing in detail the basis upon which the applicant was matriculated in the institution from which he comes; if matriculation took place by certificate, the form pro- vided for a statement of preparatory work should be used. These docu- ments should be filed with the Recorder of the Faculties, in order that they may be placed before the Committee on Credentials, for an estimate of their value in terms of the requirements of the University of Cali- fornia. The Committee, acting on behalf of the Faculties, is empowered to reject the certificates, in whole or in part, and to require examination in any or all of the subjects offered. Applications for supplementary credit on the basis of work done before entering the University should be filed with the Recorder of the Faculties at the time of the application for admission, or as soon there- after as possible. Applications for such credit will not be received later than eighteen months after entrance. To avoid delay, the applicant may forward an unofficial copy of his statement to the University, for provisional consideration, retaining the original for the purpose of pro- curing the necessary endorsements. All endorsements must be secured, however, before the applicant will be admitted to the University. If the applicant lives at a distance, notice of committee action will be sent to him. Credits allowed by the Committee are in all cases provisional; the student has probationary status during his first year of attendance, and the Commit- tee's allowance of credit may be revised, confirmed, or withdrawn at the end of the probationary year. 7. ADMISSION FROM SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES IN JAPAN AND CHINA. Graduates of approved schools and colleges in China and Japan are allowed to substitute a satisfactory course in the history of their own country for United States History (Subject 5), and also to substitute satisfactory courses in Oriental Law, Language, and Literature for the matriculation requirements in Ancient Languages (Subjects 6, 7, 8, 9) and Advanced English (Subject 14). Such concessions will be granted only to those who furnish properly endorsed official records of their work in China and Japan, and whose work in other departments of study satisfies the requirements for admission. ## p. 80 (#98) ############################################## 80 Undergraduate Departments. ADMISSION TO GRADUATE COURSES. Persons holding the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Letters, Philosophy, or Science, from a reputable institution authorized by law to confer these degrees, or holding any other degree or certificate which the Academic Council may accept as equivalent, may be admitted as graduate students in the University of California, upon presenting proper credentials. The grade of work to which graduate students are assigned, and their standing as candidates for a degree, will depend upon the extent and character of their undergraduate courses. If in any department the preliminary training of applicants has not been sufficient to qualify them for strictly graduate work, they may be admitted to such undergraduate courses as may be suited to their needs. The status of all graduate students will lapse at the close of each academic year, unless they have been admitted to candidacy for degrees; but on application it may be renewed at the discretion of the Academic Council. For the conditions under which the advanced degrees may be obtained, see later pages of this bulletin. RESIDENCE. Residence at the University is residence in its vicinity and attendance upon such of its exercises as are appointed for the student. In this sense, residence at Mount Hamilton is residence at the University for such students as have been appointed to work at the Lick Observatory, and residence at La Jolla is residence at the University for such students as have been appointed to work in the Marine Biological Laboratory. In the graduate school, residence at any place, or in any field, which may be designated by the proper faculty as suitable for the work of a candidate for one of the advanced degrees, is regarded as residence at the University. TUITION. Tuition during regular sessions, in the colleges at Berkeley, except in the College of Medicine, is free. Non-residents are charged a fee of ten dollars each half-year. Tuition in the College of Medicine is $150 a year. • THE JUNIOR CERTIFICATE. The Junior Certificate marks the division between the Lower Division and the Upper Division of the undergraduate course. The work of the Lower Division comprises the studies of the freshman and sophomore years. Concerning Upper Division requirements see page 85. All candidates for the bachelor's degree in the Colleges of Letters, ## p. 81 (#99) ############################################## The Junior Certificate. 81 Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Agriculture, and Commerce must qualify for the Junior Certificate before proceeding to the Upper Division. A mount of credit required.—For the Junior Certificate, 64 units of University work are required, in addition to Subject A and in addition to the 45 units required for matriculation, making a total of 109 units. These 64 units of Lower Division credit may normally be completed in two years, but students are required to remain in the Lower Division only until such time as they are able to complete the requirements for the Junior Certificate. Students in the Lower Division may take as high as 19 units of University work per half-year, in addition to the prescribed courses in Military Science, Physical Culture, and Hygiene. But the number of units which the student must average term by term, in order to complete in two years the work of the Lower Division, is sixteen. Regular students, then, ought not to take much less than sixteen units, and beginners should not attempt more without official advice. Students in the five-year courses in Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engineer- ing, and Chemistry may choose their electives so as to obtain the Junior Certificate, or they may, if they prefer, proceed to the degree without the certificate. Subject A.—In addition to the requirements tabulated below, all can. didates for the Junior Certificate must pass an examination in Subject A. An examination in this subject will be given sometime after the begin- ning of each half-year. Every intrant admitted to regular first-year or second-year standing is required to take an examination in Subject A before the close of his first half-year’s work; failure to take the examina- tion in Subject A at the time required, or failure to pass, has the same effect upon the student's standing as a failure to pass in an ordinary course. French, German.—All students who are candidates for degrees accord. ing to the Junior Certificate plan must give evidence, before graduation, that they have a reading knowledge of French or German. This require- ment in French or German may be satisfied either by the completion of college or high school courses to the extent of 6 units or by passing an examination set by a University committee. The requirement in Foreign Languages for the Junior Certificate may or may not include this work. All matriculation deficiencies must be removed before the student leaves the Lower Division. Students who do not take Military Science, Physical Culture, or Hygiene must make up the deficiency in hours in other departments of study. The requirements for the Junior Certificate for students in all colleges, and for students at large, may be summarized as follows: ## p. 82 (#100) ############################################# 82 Undergraduate Departments. SUMMARY of REQUIREMENTs For THE JUNior CERTIFICATE, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS FOR MATRICULATION. Units of Credit.—In this table the normal amount of work represented both by preparatory or high school subjects, and by the University courses, is specified quantitatively. In the University a unit signifies one hour per week of recitation or lecture, with preparation therefor, during one half-year. A course of study taken in the preparatory school for one year at five periods per week is valued at 3 units. Work in laboratory or field, or other work not requiring out-of-class preparation, is estimated at a lower rate than recitations and lectures. [The requirements are stated in “units;” see above for explanation.] For the Junior Certificate, including Matriculation v. - - z | n -- t > | l | 2 | 3 | - **- F- - l º º, - ~ * : * | * # à £ #3; # 3 : = Z = St % ~ .* º = E.T.: + £ 2 - * – : ; ; ; ; ; ; + : = E Z = * = z = 3 ; # Z # = | ### 33 # - || – º -- F = # 52- 5. -: " … - .: 5 5 || 5 |3 3 : 5 § 2 ; : - | * : * : *g ºw. Z. t z - --- - - - - – -- English ............................. 6 . . . 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 (subject 1) Foreign Lang. or Langs., 12 . 18 ...-----. 12 18 18 18 18 18 Ancient or Mod...... ....... (from sub- jects 6-9, l t : 15) - l | | | º - Greek, Latin ...... -------------- - ------------------ ! -------- 30 12. --~~~~~… ......... Grk. Lat.” | Lat.” | - History, Econ., Polit. Sci., 3 9 9 9 9 24 9 9 9 Psychol., Ethics, Hist. (subject 5) || | of Philos......................... | | Mathematics ........ ........... 6 9 9 9 9 16 || 9 || 16.5 16.5 (subjects in - - - 2, 3) - | | | Mathematics or Logic........ … 3 | 3 3 } --------- * -------. … | Natural Science ... ....... ...... 3 | 124 12" | 12" | 18. 124 18 22 22 (subjects | i | 11, 12b, | etc.') | | | Drawing, Surveying, Agr. .................. , -------- ------------------------------------ 12 10 4 t A gr. Surv. Draw * * and | Draw i Milit. Sci., Phys. Cult., Hyg.......... ........ 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 | Elective ............................. 15 | 37 25 31 31 18 19 12.5 18.5 Total........................... 45 || 109 100 109 || 100 109 109 100 109 - ## p. 83 (#101) ############################################# Matriculation and Junior Certificate Requirements. 83 FootNoTEs (1 To 7.) To TABLE. 1. Matriculation.—The candidate for admission must have chosen his 45 units in such a way as to have a total of 12 units of subjects desig- nated as ‘‘advanced,” including History and Government of the United States, and including one of the following sciences, if taken, with labora- tory work, in the third or fourth year of the high school course: Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, Physiology. Students who enter the Univer- sity without this required work in science may complete this matricula- tion requirement only by adding to the other Lower Division work required in the University a 3-unit laboratory course in science. The preparatory subjects listed as ‘‘advanced'’ are 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 12 (exclud- ing the sciences of the first and second years of the high school), 13b, 14 15a", 15a", 15b", 15b'. Applicants entering the Colleges of Engineering, or the College of Chemistry, or expecting to take up other courses of study presupposing a knowledge of the elements of Physics or Chemistry, with laboratory practice (matriculation subjects 11, 12b), should provide for this work either during the high school course or during the University summer sessions. No equivalent for this work is offered during the regular sessions of the University. Applicants for the College of Letters, the College of Social Sciences, or for other courses of study requiring matriculation Latin, subject 6, should notice that the University does not offer instruction in this subject either during the regular sessions or during the summer sessions. 2. Students at Large.—Students at large are admitted to the Univer- sity provided they have credit for 45 matriculation units (see page 52). They will be granted the Junior Certificate as students at large on com- pleting the requirements given in this column and on passing an examin- ation in Subject A, but will be granted the Junior Certificate as candi- dates for degrees only upon the completion of the requirements for the Certificate as prescribed for regular students. 3. College of Letters.-The requirements in Greek and Latin are as follows: matriculation Latin, 6 units; either matriculation or college Latin, 6 units; either matriculation or college Greek, 9 units; college Greek, 3 units; college Greek or Latin, or both, 6 units. Total, 30 units. 4. Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Commerce, and Agriculture; and students at large.—The prescribed work in science must be chosen from the following fundamental courses: The General Science Course offered by the Committee on Prescribed Science. Physics 1A-1B, 2A-2B, and 3A-3B. Astronomy 1, 2A, and 5. Geography 1A, 1B. Chemistry 1A-1B, 1C, 1D, 3A-3B, 5A, 5B, 6, 8A, 8B, and 40. Botany 1A, 1B, 2, 3, and 14. - Zoology 1 and 2. Physiology 1. Pathology 1 (Bacteriology). Palaeontology 1. Geology 1A, 1B. ## p. 84 (#102) ############################################# 84 Undergraduate Departments. Mineralogy 1A, 1B. Agriculture 8. Entomology 1. All references in these notes to specific courses of instruction apply to the courses as designated in the Announcement of Courses for 1911-12. 5. College of Social Sciences.—The requirement in Latin is: matricula- tion Latin, 6 units; either matriculation or college Latin, 6 units. Total, 12 units. 6. College of Commerce.—History, etc., must include: Economic Geo- graphy, 3 units; Economic Theory, 6 units; History and Political Science, 15 units. Mathematics must include college courses C, D, 2C, 2D, 10 units. Natural Science must include Physical Geography, college course 1A, 3 units. Of foreign languages there are required for the degree 30 units, of which at least 18 units must be completed before the student enters the Upper Division. A reading knowledge of French or German is required for graduation. 7. Colleges of Engineering and Chemistry.—In these colleges six units of the requirement in history, etc., may be deferred until the year follow- ing the granting of the Junior Certificate. The requirement in mathe- matics is as follows: Matriculation subjects 2 and 3, 6 units; matricula- tion subjects 4 and 12a", 4% units, or the college courses equivalent thereto; and course 3A-3B, 6 units. Total, at least 16% units. Students in the Colleges of Engineering and Chemistry will in many cases find it advisable to complete also Mathematics 4A-4B, 6 units, before entering the Upper Division. In natural science the requirement is: matriculation Physics, 3 units; college Physics, course 1A-1B, 6 units; matriculation Chemistry, 3 units; college Chemistry, courses 1A-1B, and 3A-3B, 10 units. Total, 22 units. The requirement in drawing is: Matriculation subjects 16 and 17, or their college equivalents. Total, at least 4 units. In the Colleges of Engineering the required work in surveying comprises the college courses 1A-1B and 1C-1D in Civil Engineering, 6 units. College of Medicine.—For matriculation in the College of Medicine— the four years’ course leading to M.D.—the student is required to obtain the Junior Certificate in any of the colleges at Berkeley, or to present evidence of an equivalent preparation. Application for matriculation should be made to the Recorder of the Faculties, at Berkeley. The Medical Faculty recommends that students who anticipate entering the College of Medicine should acquire a reading knowledge of French and German and should include among the studies leading to the Junior Certificate courses of the scope and character of those given in the Uni- versity during 1911-12, as follows: Physics 1A-1B and 2A-2B ; Chemistry 1A-1B, 3A-3B, 8A, 8B, and 110A; Zoology 1 and 106. Combined Academic and Medical Course.—Students in the colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, or Natural Sciences who have received the Junior Certificate, and who, in addition to the work for the Junior Certificate, have completed a full year of work in the Upper Division, may, at the beginning of their fourth or Senior year in the University, ## p. 85 (#103) ############################################# Upper Division. 85 register as students in the College of Medicine and, upon completion of the first year in the College of Medicine, may receive the degree of A.B., B.L., or B.S. Students who enter the College of Medicine in accordance with the foregoing provisions will be expected normally to have completed 94 units of University work in the academic departments, including such work in major courses as may be acceptable to the Faculty of the College in which the student proposes to take his academic degree. The State law governing the practice of medicine in California pre- scribes that every person before practicing medicine or surgery must produce satisfactory testimonials of good moral character and a diploma issued by some legally chartered medical school, the requirements of which shall have been at the time of granting such diploma in no par- ticular less than those prescribed by the Association of American Medical Colleges for that year. The Association of American Medical Colleges prescribes that every medical student must be registered in a medical col- lege or department for four years and that his preparatory course shall have included two years of Latin, two years of mathematics, two years of English, one year of history, one year of physics, and six years of further credits in languages, literature, history or science. Students in Architecture must complete all the requirements for the Junior Certificate either in Letters, in Social Sciences, or in Natural Sciences, including either among the prescribed or elective studies: Mathematics, 16% units; Physics, 9 units; Drawing, 8 units. The work in Mathematics and Physics and four units of the work in Drawing is identical with the work in these subjects in the Colleges of Engineering. THE UPPER DIVISION. Students will not be registered in the Upper Division until all matricu- lation and Lower Division requirements have been completed. The amount of work to be completed in the Upper Division is normally 60 units in the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Agriculture, and Commerce, and 93 to 96 units in the Colleges of Chem- istry and Engineering; but extra credits for the Junior Certificate may effect a corresponding reduction in the work of the Upper Division pro- vided the work of the student in the Upper Division be not reduced to less than 12 units in any half-year. The total number of units required for the bachelor's degree is stated on page 87. Students in the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, and Agriculture who receive the Junior Certificate with honorable men- ## p. 86 (#104) ############################################# 86 Undergraduate Departments. tion will be required to complete only fifty-one units in the Upper Division. The work of the Upper Division must be extended over a period of not less than two years of residence. Two summer sessions are equivalent in point of residence to one half-year. Study-lists limits per half-year in the Upper Division: 12–16 units; summer session: 4–6 units. The departments in which major courses may at present be taken are as follows: 1. Philosophy 14. English 27. Geology 2. Education 15. German 28. Palaeontology. 3. *Jurisprudence 16. Romanic Languages 29. Mineralogy 4. History 17. Slavic Languages 30. Mechanical Engineering 5. Political Science. 18. Mathematics 31. Civil Engineering 6. Economics 19. Physics 32. Irrigation 7. Anthropology 20. Astronomy 33. Mining 8. Linguistics 21. Geography 34. Architecture 9. Semitic Languages 22. Chemistry 35. Agriculture 10. Oriental Languages 23. Botany 36. Military Science 11. Sanskrit 24. Zoology 37. Physical Culture 12. Greek 25. Physiology. 38. Pathology and Bacteri- 13. Latin - 26. Hygiene ology 39. Anatomy There are required for the degree, and to be done while the student is in the Upper Division, 36 units of work in major courses, in any department or departments listed above, subject only to the following limitations: 1. Fifteen of the required 36 units of major work must be completed in one department. 2. Students in the Colleges of Letters and Social Sciences, and those students in the College of Natural Sciences who have credit for matricu- lation Latin, subject 6 (6 units), may select this one department freely from the above list of departments numbered 1–39. 3. Students in the College of Natural Sciences without this credit in Latin must do the required 15 units of major work in one of the depart- ments numbered 18–39. - 4. Students in Architecture, Commerce, Agriculture, Mechanics, Min- ing, Civil Engineering, and Chemistry should select their Upper Division studies according to the directions given in the pages following. * Not more than twenty-six units of work listed in the professional curriculum in law shall be credited toward a bachelor's degree. The student may enroll for as much more as other regulations permit, but the excess over twenty-six will not be included in his schedule for graduation. ## p. 87 (#105) ############################################# SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS IN “UNITS" FOR THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE. NoTE.—In this summary the amounts assigned for the Junior Certificate in the Colleges of Commerce, Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engineering, and Chemistry, and in the course in Architecture, are somewhat in excess of the amounts required according to the table on p. 82. In this respect the summary below follows the present curricula, or revised arrangement of undergraduate study-lists for 1911–12, rather than the minimum requirements. Any student who completes 109 units according to the table on p. 82 will be granted the Junior Certificate. The total for the bachelor’s degree must not be less than the amount given below.. - 5-yr. courses 4-yr. courses º gº College of Course in in Mechanics, in Mechanics, Natural sciences §. Architecture Mining, Civil Mining, Civil Agriculture " (4 years) Engineering, Engineering, g - Chemistry Chemistry For Matriculation........ ............................ 45 45 45 45 45 In the Lower Division, regular session. 64 69 65 67 72 In the Lower Division, summer session 0 0 () 3% 3% Total for Junior Certificate ................... 109 114 110 115 not given In the Upper Division, during at least two years of residence,— normally: (a) Regular Session ...................... 60 60 60 93 72 (b) Summer Session, Colleges.... of Mining and Civil Engi- neering only ------------------------------ 0 0 0 3 3 Total for Bachelor's Degree .................. 169 174 170 211 - 195 Total normally completed in the University exclusive of matric- ulation work....................................... 124 129 125 166 150 * Not included in the curriculum of the College of Chemistry. - – 2. ## p. 88 (#106) ############################################# 88 Undergraduate Departments. COURSE IN ARCHITECTURE. The requirements for admission to the course in Architecture are the same as for the College of Letters, Social Sciences, or Natural Sciences. Prospective students in the course in Architecture should comply with the requirements for the Junior Certificate in the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, or Natural Sciences, and should include among their studies in the preparatory school or in the Lower Division, the equivalent of matriculation subjects 4B, 12a", 16, and 17; and should complete in the Lower Division the following prerequisites: Mathematics 3A-3B, 4A-4B; Drawing 114A-114B, 2A-2B: Physics 1A-1B, Civil Engineering 8d; Archi. tecture 5A-5B, 12A-12B, 13A-13B. 1st Half- 2nd Half- 1st Half- 2nd Half. Year Year Year Year (Units) (Units) (Units) (Units) Third Year. First Graduate Year. Architecture 101 ... 3 Architecture 203 ........... 9 10 Architecture 5 C-5D 1 Architecture 206E-206F ... 1 1 Architecture 106A-106B - 1 1 Architecture 207 ............ 2 -- Architecture 12A-12B ..... •1 ... Architecture 209 ... 3 Architecture 13A ........... 1 1 Architecture 210 ... -- 2 Architecture 14A-14B ...... 2 ... Civil Engineering 14 ...... .. 3 Architecture 11 ..... --- 1 - - Drawing 105 --------- 2 - 15 16 Drawing 110 ------------ Civil Engineering 7A -- 3 Second Graduate Year. Civil Engineering 8A -----. 3 3 Architecture 204 ............ 15 -- 15 15 Architecture 216 15 Fourth Year. 15 15 Architecture 102 ............ 4 5 Architecture 5E-5F ........ 1. 1 Architecture 106C-106D ... 1 1. Architecture 12A-12B ...... 1. 1 Architecture 14A-14B ...... 1 1 Architecture 8 ................ 2 -- - Architecture 15 2 Civil Engineering 7E-7F 3 3 Civil Engineering 13 ...... -- 2 Civil Engineering 16 ...... -- 1 15 15 ## p. 89 (#107) ############################################# College of Commerce. 89 * COLLEGE OF COMMERCE. |UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS. For the requirements for matriculation and for the Junior Certificate, See page 82. For regular students entering the College of Commerce in or after August, 1908, the Junior Certificate will be compulsory. Students must obtain their certificates before the last two years of residence. The undergraduate course is devoted almost wholly to those studies of an elementary or a technical nature which are deemed most appropriate as a broad preparation for commercial life. The small number of electives are to consist of such special studies as shall most directly aid the student in his preparation for the career that he intends to follow after graduation. If he desires to specialize in the direction of banking and finance, or in statistics and insurance, or in commercial practice, etc., he will find the most appro- priate field for such specialization, not in the undergraduate but in the graduate department. The one hundred and twenty-nine units required for graduation, with the degree of Bachelor of Science, are grouped as follows: (1) Elementary Studies: English .... 6 Other Languages - - --- -------- Mathematics ------------------------------------ 10 History (Mediaeval and Modern) and Government ---------------------------------- 12 Economics (Theoretical) 6 Geography 8 Military Science 5 Physical Culture 2 Hygiene 2 — 69 (2) Technical Studies: (a) in Practical Economics, to be selected with the advice of the Dean. These must, ordinarily, include at least one course each in : (1) Accounting, (2) Money, (3) Banking, (4) Public Finance, (5) Statistics, (6) Insurance, and (8) Transportation; they may also include any courses (not among the “Elementary Studies” above mentioned), which are offered in the Department of Economics, or a study of the materials of commerce in any department of the University 34 (b) in Jurisprudence: to include studies in: Elementary Law; Inter- national Law; and Industrial and Commercial Law .............................. 12 — 46 (3) Electives: r To be devoted to a special field ...................................------- 14 ## p. 90 (#108) ############################################# 90 Undergraduate Departments. COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE. The College of Agriculture offers a series of subjects which, taken collectively, embrace the whole theory of agriculture and the technique of agricultural practice and investigation. The fundamental studies in English, mathematics, foreign languages, history or economics and natural sciences, which were not completed in the high school, also such advanced work in these and other branches as the student elects, are taken in other departments of the University. At the same time students in other colleges may elect such subjects in the agricultural department as they are qualified to pursue. The requirements for matriculation and Junior Certificate are stated on page 82. For students who sentered in January, 1910, or thereafter, the Junior Certificate will be required. Students graduating iñ May, 1912, or thereafter, must complete thirty-six units of major courses in agriculture and natural science. Low ER Division. (1) That portion of the 18 units of natural science required for the Junior Certificate, which is done at the University, shall be chosen from the following: General Plant Physiology and Morphology, General Zoology, General Inorganic Chemistry, Qualitative Analysis, General Physics, Elementary Bacteriology. (2) Studies should be chosen primarily with reference to the major subjects. Beginning with his sophomore year the student will indicate on his study-list card, each half-year, the number (as given below) of the major subject or subjects which he proposes to study. For a clear under- standing of what studies the major subjects include, the student should consult the Announcement of Courses. The major subjects in Agriculture are as follows: I. Agricultural Education. II. Agriculture. III. Horticulture. IV. Soils and Fertilizers. V. Agricultural Chemistry and Nutrition. VI. Agricultural Technology. * VII. Animal Industry. VIII. Veterinary Science. ## p. 91 (#109) ############################################# College of Agriculture. 91 IX. Dairy Industry. X. Entomology. XI. Parasitology. XII. Plant Pathology. XIII. Irrigation. While not essential for the Junior Certificate the following work is re- quired as prerequisite to the major subjects as listed above: Economic Botany and Principles of Economics for I, II and III. Gravimetric and Volumetric Analysis for IV, V and VI. General Zoology and Elementary Bacteriology for VII and VIII. Elementary Bacteriology and Gravimetric and Volumetric Analysis for IX. Entomology for X. Laboratory Biology and Elementary Bacteriology for XI. General Cryptogamic Botany (first half-year) for XII. General Physics and Surveying for XIII. (3) All students before graduation shall have had a general course in soils and at least one laboratory course in botany. UPPER DIVISION. Among the sixty units of work normally taken there must be thirty-six units in major courses, as follows: Major subject 10 Thesis in the major subject --- 4. Natural Science correlated with major subject .................................... 10 Agriculture (any sub-departments) --------------------------------- - 12 Thesis work will be arranged with an instructor in the major subject. The student will submit his plan of thesis work to the Dean of the College at the beginning of his senior year and upon approval by the Dean shall file his thesis card with the Secretary. For further procedure follow the rules governing theses as stated in later pages of this circular. hundred and twenty-four units are required for graduation. One ## p. 92 (#110) ############################################# COLLEGE OF MECHANICS –FOUR-YEAR COURSES. Matriculation requirement, Group II. I. Math. 3A-3B ........ 3 Phys. 1A-1B ........ 3 Chem. 1A-1B....... 3 Chem. 3A-3B ...... 2 C.E. 1A-1B, 1C-1D 3 i C. E. 3A (sum.) (3) Phys. Cult. 1A-1B 1 1 Hygiene 1 ........... 2 .. Mil. 1A-1B .......... + 1 Mil. 2A...... ... 1 .. Elective .............. .. 1 18; 17 II. Math. 4A-4B ....... 3 Phys. 2C-2D ....... 3 Mech. 1A-1B ..... 3 Mech. Eng. 8A,8B 2 Mech. Eng. 6A.... .. 3 Mil. 1A-1B............ # 1 Mil. 2B ..... -- Elective.............. 3 3 Draw. 2A, 2B ...... 3 3 3 2 III. Phys. 105A-105B.. 3 C. E. 8A............... 3 Mech. Eng. 6B.... 2 Draw. 105 ............ .. Elec. Eng. 10A- 10B, 10C............ 2 Math. 110A-110B. 2 MECHANICAL. Mech. Eng.9A,9B 2 Elective ................ 4 18 ELECTRICAL. Phys. 107A - 107B 3 Mech. Eng. 9A,9B 2 Elective ................ 1 18 : : 2 IV. Mech. Eng. 4A- 4B, 4C-4D........... 3 Mech. Eng. 2, 3... 3 Mech. Eng. 5A,5B 3 MECHANICAL. Draw. 107A-107B 2 Mech. Eng. 7A- 7B, 7c-7D........ 2 | Elective .... ..... 4 Thesis ................... 2 19 ELECTRICAL. Elec. Eng. 11A, 11B .......... ........ 4 Elec. Eng. 11c- 11D … 3 Elective ... 1 Thesis .......... ....... 2 19 1s 8:2: . ; § ## p. 93 (#111) ############################################# NoTE.—Matriculation requirement, Group I. electives during the first two years so as to satisfy the requirements. See p. 82. I. Math. 3A-3B ........ 3 Chem. 1A-1B ....... 3 Chem. 3A-3B ....... 2 Phys. Cult. 1A-1B 1 Hygiene 1 ............ 2 i Mil. 1A-1B............ + 1 Mil. 2A................ 1 .. Elective ... ... ........ 6 6 COLLEGE OF MECHANICS-FIVE-YEAR COURSES. II. Math. 4A-4B ....... 3 3 Phys. 1A-1B ..... 3 3 C.E.1A-1B, 1C-1D 3 3 C. E. 3A (sum.) (3) Mech. 8A, 8B ...... 2 2 1 Mil. 1A-1B ......... } Mil. 2B................. 1 .. Elective ....... .... .. 4 4 16; 16 III. Phys. 105A-105B. 3 Phys. 2C-2D ....... 3 Draw. 2A, 2B ....... 3 Mech. 1A-1B ...... 3 Mech. Eng. 6A.... .. Elective ............ 4 16 3 3 3 3 3 16 - IV. V. C. E. 8A............... 3 2 Mech. 4A-4B........ 2 Elec. Eng. 10A- Mech. 4C-4D ........ 1 10B ................... 2 2 Mech. --- Elec. Eng. 10c.... .. 1 Mech. 5A, 5B....... 3 Mech. Eng. 6B.... 2 .. *Phys. 110 ........ (4) . MECHANICAL. Mech. 9A, 9B....... 2 2 7A - 7 p. 7ſ – jºiº. 5 ; *...*.*, * , Phys. 107A - 107B 3 3 Draw. i07.A. i07, 2 Draw, 105 .......... . * Elective ... 1 Elective ........... ... 2 * Thesis....... 2 16 16 16 ELECTRICAL. Elec. Eng. 11A, 11B ........ .......... 4 Elec. Eng. 11C- 11D ................... 3 Thesis ................. 2 18 1- :4 Students who desire the Junior Certificate should choose their 1 16; * Not to be given 1911–12. $2 ## p. 94 (#112) ############################################# COLLEGE of MINING—FOUR-YEAR COURSE. Matriculation requirement, Group II. II. Math. 4A-4B ....... 3 3 Phys. 2C-2D ........ 3 3 Draw. 2A, 2B ....... 3 3 Chem. 5B, 6........ 3 3 Mineral. 1A, 1B .. 2 2 Geol. 1A ............. -- Minerl. 102A - 102B .. 3 Mil. 1A-1B ........... § 1 Mil. 2B ..... .......... 1 18; 18 OPTIONs. Mining 18A - 18B 1 1 I. Math. 3A-3B ...... 3 3 Phys. 1A-1B ........ 3 3 Chem. 1A-1B . ..... 3 3 Chem. 3A-3B....... 2 2 C. E. 1A-1B, 1C- - 1D ... ......... ... ... 3 3 C. E. 3A (sum.) (3) Phys. Cult. 1A-1B 1 1 Hygiene 1........... 2 ... Mil. 1A-1B, ......... $ 1 Mil. 2A.... ... 1 ... Elective ....... ....... .. 1 is 17 | * Mining 103B is required of III. IV. *Mining 103A...... . 2 Mining 101, 102. 4 4 Mining 104. (3) Mining 104. 1 1 Mining 105, 106. 2 2 Mining 108A, 11.1 2 2 Mining 107A,107B 2 2 Mining 109 ... 2 Geol. 102A-102B. 1 1 Geol. i02d, 102c. 2 3 Geol. 103AB........ 3 ... Mech. 2 ... ...... 3 Mineral. 103 ...... 2 : Thesis. ... 2 2 Phys. 105A-105B. 3 3 Electives ........... 2 6 C. E. 8A...... ....... 3 ... - - Draw. 105 2 18 18 Elective ....... ....... 6 18 18 OPTIONS. *Mining 103b ... , 1 Mech. 1 .............. 3 .. OPTIONS. Geol. 1B .... ........... .. 2 Mining 212 ........ .. 2 Palaeontology 1 .. 2 ... Mining 110 ........ .. 2 Geol. 104..... ....... 3 2 Mining 216........ 2 .. Languages.... ...... 3 3 Mining 214, 215. 1 1 Econ. 14, 114B.... 3 3 Mining 108B ...... .. 2 Astron. 107, 2B.... 2 1 Geol. 107....... -- 2 Math. 110A, 110B 2 2 Geol. 209 ....... 2 Mech. 10A, 10B, 10C 2 3 Mineral. 104 . ... 2 Draw. 110 ........... 2 .. Mech. 3 .............. .. 3 C. E. 8A ... ... ....... .. 2 Mech. 5A, 5B....... 3 3 C. E. 7A ...... ...... .. 3 Draw. 107 A-107B 2 2 C. E. 8D.............. .. 2 C. E. 7 C-7 D......... 3 3 Chem. 111A-111B, C. E. 8C, 8B ....... 2 1 111C................... 5 2 C. E. 12, 13 ....... .. 3 Chem. 116............ .. 2 Chem. 112A, 1.12B .. 5 Chem. i07A-107e 3 2 or 6 º ## p. 95 (#113) ############################################# NotE.-Matriculation requirement, Group I. COLLEGE OF MINING—FIVE-YEAR COURSE. electives during the first two years so as to satisfy the requirements. See p. 82. I. Math. 3A-3B ....... 3 3 Chem. 1A-1B ....... 3 3 Chem. 3A-3B....... 2 2 Phys. Cult. 1A-1B 1 1 Hygiene 1 ........... 2 .. # 1 . 1 .. Elective ............... 6 6 18; 16 OPTIONS. English ... ............ 3 3 For. Lang. ......... 3 3 C.E. 1A-1B, 1C-1D 3 3 Phys. 1A-1B ........ 3 3 - II. III. IV. V. Math. 4A-4B ....... 3 : Phys. 2C-2D ....... 3 3 Mining 103AB...... .. 3 Mining 101, 102. 4 4 Phys. IA-IB - 3 3 Phys. 105A-105B. 3 3 Mining 105, 106. 2 2 Mining 108, 111. 2 2 C. E. 1A-1B, 1C- ſº 2B....... 3 §§§ 104 .......... (3) | Mining 104.... ... 1 1 3 Mineral. 1A, 1B .. 2 2 Mining 107AB ... 2 2 Geol. 102D, 102C. 2 3 Mineral. 102A, | Mineral. 103 ...... 2 ... Mech. 2 ............... 3 .. 3 102B ................. .. 3 Geol. 103AB......... 3 ... Thesis................... 2 2 |ººl, 1A….….. 3 ... Geol. 102A, 102B 1 1 Elective .............. 2 4 - Elective .............. 1 1 Draw. 105 ........... .. 2 - - 3 — = C. E.8A............ 3 : 16 16 — — . 15 15 Elective ...... ...... 2 6 - 16; 16 - - 15 16 - OPTIONS. OPTIONs. OPTIONS. OPTIONS. Hist, or Econ. ... 3 3 Geol. 1B............. .. 2 Mining 18AB ...... 1 Mining 212........ .. Phys. 2C-2D ........ 3 3 Palaeontology 1. 2 .. Geol. 104 ...... ... 3 2 Mining 109, 110... 2 Mineral. 1A, 1B .. 2 2 |Draw. 110 ... 2 . Astron. 107, 2B .. 2 1 Mining 216........ 2 Draw. 2A, 2B ...... 3 3 Econ. 14, 114B...... 3 3 C. E. 8A............. .. 2 Mining 214, 215.. 1 Math. 110A, 110B 2 2 C. E. 7A.... ... ..... .. 3 |Geol. 107............ -- Chem. 111A-111B 2 2 Chem. 112A, 1.12B .. 5 Geol. 209 ...... - -- Chem. 116 .......... .. 2 or 6 Mineral 104. -- Chem. 107A-107B 2 2 Mech. 3. .... - - - Mech. 5A, 5B ...... 3 Draw. 107 A-107B 2 C. E. 7C-7 D......... 3 C. E. 8c, 8B ....... 2 C. E. 12, 13 ....... 3 Students who desire the Junior Certificate should choose their ## p. 96 (#114) ############################################# "COLLEGE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING—FOUR-YEAR COURSES. Matriculation requirement, Group II. III. I. II. Subject A.............. "- - Math. 4A-4B ...... 3 3. P C. Math. 3A-3B ....... 3 3 Physics 2C-2D..... 3 3 C C. Physics 1A-1B ... 3 3 Draw. 2A, 2B ...... § 3 draw. T Chem. 1A-1B........ 3 3 Astron. 3............ ... I C. E. C. Chem. 3A-3B ...... 2 2 C. E. 8D ... : ... 2 . C. E. | C. C.E. 1A-1B, 1C-1D 3 3 Mil. Sci. 1A-1B .. # 1 C. E. RAILROAD. Phys. Cult. 1A-1B 1 1 Mil. 2B .... .......... 1 ... C. E. C.E. 17........ ... 2 . Hygiene 1 .......... 2 : Mineral. 1A, 1B }2 o C. E. S.B. º. º. 1 Astron. 114A-B ... 2 2 Mil. 1A-1B ... + 1 or Mech. 8A, 8B. * C. E. 3B (sum.) (3) C. E. 5................. 2 .. Mil. 2A ................ 1 ... Geol. 1A............... 3 ... Elective ..... ... 3 8 C. E. 3A (sum.). (3) RAILROAD. SANITARY Elective .......... .... ... 1 RAILROAD. 2 c E. 23 2 2 — — . Elective ................ 3 1 c. £ 9A. 9B. 3 18; 17 ... . . . . ." A, 9.B. ---- -- SANITARY. 3 C. E. 25-26 … 2 2 Chem. 8A, 115 ... 2 2 Mech. Eng. 3...... .. 3 Zool. 109............ . . . SANITARY. Elective ....... ... 2 3 Elective ............... 1 0 || C. E. 11A, 11B ... .. 3 I IRRIGATION. 3 Pathology 1......... 3 ... Irrig. 1. ...... … .. IRRIGATION. . £º-------------- 3 3 Irrig. 2A ... ... 2 .. Soils 2 ... : Irrig. 4...... 2 . Elective 3 IRRIGATION. | Agr. 14. .............. 3 . — , – Irrig. 2...... ....... .. 3 Hort. 12 or } 3 18; 18 Irrig. 3... ... 2 ... Mech. Eng. 3. J . Elective ............... 4 3 Elective ....... ....... 2 4 18 18 18 18 * Sanitary and Irrigation students may elect one unit of C.E. 8c, taking the remaining unit in Sanitary Laboratory or Irrigation Design respectively. § ## p. 97 (#115) ############################################# NoTE.—Matriculation, Group I. the first two years so as to satisfy the requirements. COLLEGE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING—FIVE YEAR COURSES. I. Math. 3A-3B ....... 3 Chem. 1A-1B ..... 3 Chem. 3A-3B........ 2 Phys. Cult. 1A-1B 1 Hygiene 1............ 2 Mil. 1A-1B . ... } Mil. 2A.... ... 1 Elective ....... ....... 6 18; 16 . i - II. Math. 4A-4B ...... 3 3 Physics 1A-1B...... 3 3 Physics 105A-105B 3 C. E. 1A-1B, 1C- 1D ..................... 3 3 C. E. 3A (sum.) (3) |Mil. 1A-1B .......... # ... Mil. 2B........ 1 C. E. sp. ... 3 RAILROAD. Elective ....... ........ 6 4 SANITARY. Chem. 8A, 115 .... 2 2 Pathology 1 ........ 3 .. Elective ................ 1 2 IRRIGATION. Soils 2 ................. 2 .. Elective .... ........... 4 4 16; 16 Elective ........ ...... III. Physics 2C-2D...... 3 Draw. 2A, 2B........ 3 Astron. 3. ............ .. |Mineral. 1A, #} 1 or Mech. 8A,8B ſ " . . Geol. 1A.............. 3 RAILROAD. Elective ....... ........ 1 SANITARY. Zool. 109 .............. .. Elective .............. 1 IRRIGATION. 15 15 i 2 sº. . . . 3B (sum.) C. E. 2C .... Astron. 107. 1 3 Irrig. 3.... RAILROAD. ... ... 1 ... 2 .. Elective ................ 2 4 SANITARY. C. E. 11A, 11B ..... .. 3 Elective ........... ... 4 4 IRRIGATION. Irrig. 2............... .. 3 ... 2 . Elective .............. 2 4 15 16 Students who desire the Junior Certificate should choose their electives during See page 82. V. C. E. 7c-7D.......... C. E. 13. i Thesis.... ... C. E. 8C. -- . . C. E. 14 .............. .. RAILROAD. C.E. 17................. 2 Astron. 114A-B .. 2 C. E. 5.................. 2 Elective .... .......... 1 SANITARY. C. E. 23................ 2 C. E. 9A, 9B.......... 3 C. E. 25-26.......... 2 Mech. Eng. 3...... Elective .... ........... IRRIGATION. Irrig. 1............ -- Irrig. 2A... ... 2 Irrig. 4........... ... 2 Hort. 12 or . Mech. Eng. 3.. Elective .... .......... 6 i sº ## p. 98 (#116) ############################################# 98 Undergraduate Departments. COLLEGE OF CHEMISTRY. Five-year Course.—Matriculation, Group I. Required for the bachelor's degree, in addition to matriculation, 160 units. Study-lists should be made up in consultation with the Dean of the College of Chemistry, 201 Chemistry Building. Students who desire the Junior Certificate should choose their electives during the first two years so as to satisfy the requirements. See page 82. First. Second Four-year Course. Half-year Half-year (Units) (Units) Freshman Year. Mathematics—(3A-3B), Elements of Analysis, with Applications... 3 3 Physics—(1A-1B), Elementary Course: Lectures and Laboratory. 3 3 Chemistry—(1), Inorganic; Lectures . 3 3 Chemistry—(3), Qualitative Analysis; Laboratory 2 2 *German—(A-B), Elementary German ........................ ... 3 3. Military Science—(1A), Practical Course ............... 14 1 Military Science—(2A), Theoretical Course ........... 1 -- Physical Culture—(1) ...................................................................... 1. 1 Hygiene—(1) ...... - -- 2 -- Totals 18% 16 Sophomore Year. Mathematics—(4A-4B), Elements of Analysis, with Applications... 3 3 Physics—(2A-2B), General Course 4 4. Physics—(3), Physical Measurement -- 2 2 Chemistry—(5B and 6), Quantitative Analysis; Laboratory .......... 3 3 Chemistry—(8A, 8B), Organic ---. 2 2 * German—(3A-3B), Prose -------- 3 3. Military Science—(1A, 1B), Practical Course --- % 1. Military Science— (2B), Theoretical Course ....... 1 -- Totals .......................................…------------------- 18% 18 Junior Year. Chemistry—(110A-110B), Organic; Laboratory 3 2 Chemistry—(111A-111 B), Physical ------------------ 2 2 Chemistry—(112A), Physical; Laboratory ...... -- - 3 Approved Electives 10 8 Totals 15 15 Senior Year. Chemistry, Approved Major Electives .........................................------- 5 5 Approved Electives 10 10 Totals 15 15 Total hours required for graduation, 131. * If German (Matriculation Subject 15b”) is presented for matriculation, German 3 is to be taken in the Freshman year in place of German A- B, and French A-B, in place German 3 in the Sophomore year. ## p. 99 (#117) ############################################# General Regulations. 99 GENERAL REGULATIONS OF THE FACULTIES CONCERNING STUDENTS IN THE ACADEMIC COLLEGES. Following are certain general regulations governing residence and study in the academic colleges. These regulations, unless otherwise stated, concern both graduate and undergraduate students. ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION. The status of all undergraduate students shall be probationary during their first year of residence. At the close of the probationary period, the question of the status of each student shall be reviewed by the Committee on Study-Lists of the college in which the student is enrolled, and his status shall then be determined by the Faculty, acting upon the recom- mendation of said Committee. Persons admitted to the University, who, in the judgment of the Com- mittee on Credentials, have satisfactorily completed one year's work of collegiate grade, shall be regarded as students in the second year of the course. Persons admitted to the University, who, in the judgment of the Com- mittee on Credentials, have satisfactorily completed two years’ work of collegiate grade, shall be regarded as students in the third year of the course. Students who are classed as Juniors shall be regarded as students in the third year of the course. - Students who have received the Junior Certificate are in the Upper Division, which includes the third and fourth years of the Course. Regular undergraduate students and students at large retain their privileges as students so long as they maintain good standing in the University. The University membership of all special students and limited students, on the other hand, terminates at the close of each academic year, but may be renewed from time to time at the discretion of the proper Faculty. Any properly qualified student may be transferred from one college to another on petition of the Faculties concerned formally approved by the Deans, and presented -through the Recorder. A student at large, special student, or limited student, may at any time attain the status of regular student by satisfying all the requirements imposed upon the regular members of the class he desires to enter. ## p. 100 (#118) ############################################ 100 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. ROUTINE OF REGISTRATION. No student of the University may undertake any work or examination with a view to credit for a University degree without registration for such work or examination with the Recorder of the Faculties; such registration must be accepted by the proper Faculty before the work proposed is undertaken. Students of good standing with a limited amount of regular class work may be permitted, on the basis of private study outside of University classes, to take certain matriculation or University examinations for the purpose of gaining advanced standing, but in all such cases the authorization of the proper Faculty must be secured by written petition before preparation for such examination is begun. All students shall register with the Recorder of the Faculties their choice of courses to be pursued in any half-year, on blanks provided for the purpose, at such time and place as may be designated for such registration. Registration at a later date can be effected only through special application to the Dean of the college in which the student is enrolled. A fee of two dollars is charged for late registration. Students in year-courses must register with the Recorder for such courses in January as well as in August. Students are sometimes permitted to register for year-courses in the second half-year without having been registered in the first half-year. In such cases credit is given for the work of the second half-year only. The names of students who fail to comply with the regulations gov- erning registration will not appear on the official class-rolls. No person will be admitted as a student to the exercises of any professor or instructor, except as authorized by the official certificate of registration and duplicate study-card furnished to each student by the Recorder, subject to the approval of the proper Study-List Committee. Simultaneous registration in an undergraduate academic college and in a professional college is not permitted. - After the study-cards are filed, students will be given an opportunity to make changes, by formal petition, duly approved by the instructors concerned. But after the expiration of the period assigned for such changes, all additions must be distinctly approved and recommended by the instructors; and furthermore, for every course added by students' petitions filed after this period, a fee of one dollar will be charged. Every regular student shall include in his study-card all required work appropriate to the college and year of his course. [The rules governing ## p. 101 (#119) ############################################ General Regulations of the Faculties. 101 the choice of studies of regular students are stated in the description of the curricula of the several colleges.] The Committee on Study-Lists of his college is authorized to withdraw such study-cards as do not comply with this regulation. When a student's study-card is withdrawn he is thereby suspended from participation in all University exercises. *. UNITs of WoRK AND CREDIT; STUDY-List LIMITs. Both matriculation and university work are measured in “units.” In the University a unit of registration is one hour of a student's time at the University weekly, during one half-year, in lecture or recitation, together with the time necessary in preparation therefor; or a longer time in laboratory or other exercises not requiring preparation. Credit for 124, or more, units distributed according to the requirements of the college in which the student is enrolled, is necessary for a degree. Regular students who are free from deficiencies in their university work will be registered for not to exceed nineteen units of new work. But in no case will a student in the Upper Division of any of the colleges at Berkeley be registered for more than sizteen units. Regular students with deficiencies will be limited to sixteen units. Freshmen and Sophomores who are taking the prescribed courses in Physical Culture, Hygiene, or Military Science, may add these courses to the maxima as stated herein. Courses taken in the University for the purpose of making up matricula- tion deficiencies are to be included in the maxima, as above. Work reported by the instructors as “incomplete” is regarded as deficient work. Special students have free election, subject to the requirement that they confine their attention to some special study and its related branches. Limited students have all their studies elective, but may take not more than thirteen units a week. MILITARY SCIENCE, PHYsicAL CULTURE AND HyGIENE. All undergraduate students shall, upon admission to the University, report immediately to the proper officers for enrollment in Military Science, Physical Culture, and Hygiene, following the Circular of Infor- mation for Freshmen, or the announcement which may be posted on the University bulletin boards. A deposit (usually of about eighteen dollars) must be paid at once to the Secretary of the University to cover the ## p. 102 (#120) ############################################ 102 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. cost of the uniform to be used in military courses. Students shall list these courses upon their study-cards, with other University courses. Petitions from students for excuse from, or deferment of, Military Science, Physical Culture, or Hygiene, filed by the petitioner after the expiration of two weeks following the date of the student's registration, will not be received except for illness or physical disability occurring after such date. Students who petition to be excused from these subjects or from any of them should nevertheless present themselves to the proper instructors for enrollment during the pendency of petitions. In case a student subject to these requirements shall list the pre- scribed course or courses on his study-card and thereafter without authority shall fail to appear for work in such course or courses, after a reasonable time, the neglect shall be reported to the Recorder, who, with the approval of the President, shall forth with withdraw the study-card of the student. When a student’s study-card is withdrawn he is thereby suspended from participation in all University exercises. It shall be the duty of the Recorder to inform immediately the Study-List Committee of the student’s college (or the Committee on Special Students in case of a special student) of such withdrawal. With the approval of the pro- fessor in charge of the work, the Recorder is authorized to reinstate the student, and shall notify the Study-List Committee of such reinstatement. [A circular which contains important information concerning the requirements in Military Science, Physical Culture, and Hygiene, includ- ing a statement of the grounds upon which students may be excused from this work, may be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties.] AUTHORITY OF INSTRUCTORS. No student will be permitted to enter upon the study of any subject if the officer of instruction in charge of that subject is satisfied that by reason of lack of preparation he is not competent to undertake it. This rule takes precedence of all others. Every student is required to attend all his class exercises and to satisfy the instructor in each of his courses of study, in such way as the intructor may determine, that he is performing the work of the course in a systematic manner. - Any instructor, with the approval of the President, may at any time exclude from his course any student who, in his judgment, has neglected the work of the course. Any student thus excluded shall be recorded as having failed in the course of study from which he is excluded, unless the Faculty shall otherwise determine, ## p. 103 (#121) ############################################ General Regulations of the Faculties. 103 EXAMINATIONS. Final examinations will be assigned for all undergraduate courses, excepting only such seminary, laboratory, and other courses as shall have been exempted by authorization of the Academic Council, and shall have been so listed in the Annual Announcement of Courses. They will, so far as practicable, be conducted in writing, and a maximum time will be assigned beforehand for each, which no candidate will be allowed to exceed. Except in laboratory courses, the time for examination sessions shall not be more than three hours. All final examinations, except those set for the senior class, are examinations for promotion to higher status. In the aggregate they con- stitute the examinations for eventual promotion to candidacy for the bachelor’s degree. The examinations at the end of the student's third, or junior year, including all examinations for deficiencies previously incurred, constitute the examinations for immediate promotion to senior standing. The annual examinations for bachelor's degrees, prescribed by law, are held in April and May of each year. For seniors the examinations of the senior class constitute the entire examination for the bachelor's degree. All other applicants for this degree will be examined, to such extent as the Faculty may in each case determine, upon the entire curriculum of study that is offered as a basis for the proposed degree. No student will be excused from assigned examinations. No book, manuscript, or other source of information, shall be brought into any examination-room, except by the explicit order of the examiner. Nor shall any student, in the course of an examination, have any com- munication with another student for any reason whatever. Any student tardy at an examination will be debarred from taking it, unless an excuse for such tardiness entirely satisfactory to the examiner be rendered. A student absent from an examination without leave from the Faculty of his college shall be treated as having failed in the examina- tion, but a student absent from an examination with such leave will be considered as conditioned, and will be subject, in all respects, to the same regulations as other conditioned students, except that the results of the rečxamination will be graded on the same scale as an original examination. A fee of five dollars is charged for every special examination. Any supplementary or deferred test required by an instructor of a student for ## p. 104 (#122) ############################################ 104 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. the purpose of making up a course left “incomplete” is regarded as a special examination. Students taking two or more such examinations in courses taken during any one half-year will be charged not to exceed ten (10) dollars for all such examinations, instead of being charged at the rate of five dollars for each examination. Rečxaminations are permitted only for the purpose of removing deficiencies. Students who have received second grade or third grade in a given course are not allowed reëxaminations for the purpose of improv- ing their grading. Application for examination for advanced standing on the basis of work done before entrance to the University should be made to the Recorder of the Faculties upon entrance to the University. For examination for the removal of matriculation deficiencies, see page 105. GRADES OF SCHOLARSHIP. The results of examinations, together with term work when a record of the latter is kept, will for all undergraduate students be ranked and reported to the Recorder in five grades. The 1st grade denotes marked excellence. The £nd grade indicates that the student’s work has been thoroughly satisfactory. The 3rd grade denotes a pass. Courses in which students have obtained a 4th grade, will not be credited to them, except upon the condition of passing a reëxamination. The 5th grade indicates failure and the necessity of repeating not only the examina- tions of a course, but also the regular work. The report in case of absence from an examination, or of failure to perform any of the allotted tasks in a given course, is incomplete. Work so reported must be made up within a year. Graduate students may be ranked and reported in the foregoing grades or they may be graded merely passed or not passed at the dis- cretion of the instructor in charge. The entrance examinations are ranked and reported to the Recorder in five grades, corresponding with the five grades used for reporting upon University courses. In the case of entrance examinations, either a fourth grade (condition) or a fifth (failure) may be removed by passing a reëxamination. CoNDITIONS AND FAILURES. For the removal of conditions, students shall have the privilege of taking the regular mid-year or annual examinations in the subjects in which they are conditioned. Examinations may be held at other times ## p. 105 (#123) ############################################ General Regulations of the Faculties. 105 only by the special permission of the Academic Council and on payment of a fee of five dollars. Opportunity for the removal of matriculation deficiencies is offered at the entrance examinations each year in August and in January. Any undergraduate student who at the end of any half-year fails to pass in at least eight units of duly registered work will be dropped from the roll; provided, that any student who for special reasons may be allowed to register for less than eight units must pass in all the units so registered. A student thus dropped from the roll may be reinstated, after an interval of at least one half-year, for reasons satisfactory to the Committee on Disqualified Students. It is therefore absolutely neces- sary for any disqualified student who proposes to return to the Univer- sity to communicate without delay with this committee, through the Recorder of the Faculties, in order that the question of reinstatement may be considered by the committee and in order that the student may have ample opportunity to prepare for examinations or other tests which the committee may impose. The Committee on Disqualified Students con- sists of the Dean of the Faculties, the Dean of the Lower Division, and the Recorder of the Faculties. Any student who is reported as having failed in an examination, or who, after being conditioned, does not pass the reëxamination for the removal of the condition, will be required to repeat every such deficient subject with the class that next takes it; unless, on recommendation of the officer of instruction in charge, the Faculty shall permit him to review a subject in which he is thus deficient with the assistance of an acceptable private tutor; in which case he will be excused from attend- ing the recitations, but will be required to take the regular examinations at the end of the year or half-year. Deficiencies in military science and physical culture have the same effect as deficiencies in other subjects. A matriculation deficiency in a subject continued in the University, in which the deficient student attains a rank of second grade, may be removed by the proper Faculty on the recommendation of the officer of instruction in charge of the subject, with the approval of the head of the department. LEAVE OF ABSENCE AND HONORABLE DISMISSAL. Prolonged leave of absence must be sought by written petition to the proper Faculty, and the petition must specify the length of time (not more than a year) and the reason for which the leave is desired. An indefinite leave of absence will in no case be granted. ## p. 106 (#124) ############################################ 106 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. e Brief leave of absence. A student must apply for leave to be absent or excuse for having been absent from any college exercise other than an examination, to the officer of instruction in charge of such exercise; unless, for unavoidable cause, the student is obliged to absent himself from all college exercises for one day or for several days, in which case the proper Dean has authority to excuse. Leave to be absent from an examination must be sought by written petition to the proper Faculty. College class-officers may be allowed, with the approval of the Presi- dent, to designate committees of students for decorating University halls for public days, and members of such committees may have leave of absence from college duties for not more than one day at a time for such purpose. - - Discontinuance without notice. Students who discontinue their work without formal leave of absence do so at the risk of having their regis. tration privileges curtailed or entirely withdrawn. Honorable dismissal, indicating that the student, while in good stand- ing, has voluntarily severed his connection with the University, should be sought by written petition to the proper Faculty. Without such petition no record of honorable dismissal will be made. DISCIPLINE. The University authorities expect all students to set and observe among themselves a proper standard of conduct. It is therefore taken for granted that, when a student enters the University, he has an earnest purpose and studious and gentlemanly habits; and this presumption in his favor continues until, by neglect of duty, or ungentlemanly behavior, he reverses it. But if an offense occurs, whether it be against good behavior or academic duty, the University authorities will take such action as the particular occurrence, judged in the light of the attendant circumstances, may seem to them to require. Students who fail to make proper use of the opportunities freely given to them by the University, must expect to have their privileges curtailed or withdrawn. Grades of Censure. Censure will be expressed in the four grades of probation, suspension, dismissal, and expulsion. Probation indicates that the student is in danger of exclusion from the University. Suspension is exclusion from the University for a definite period. Dismissal is ex- clusion for an indefinite period, and with the presumption that the student's connection with the University will be ended by it. Expulsion is the highest academic censure, and is final exclusion of the student from the University. ATHLETICS. There shall be a standing committee of five on athletics, whose duty ## p. 107 (#125) ############################################ General Regulations of the Faculties. 107 it shall be to supervise all matters relating to athletic contests, to promulgate and publish rules for the conduct thereof, and to represent the Academic Council and Faculties in all matters that concern inter- collegiate and other sports. This committee shall exercise its discretion in the conduct of all minor and routine matters relating to athletics, but on questions of broad University policy it shall report to the Council. The Faculties will exercise such supervision over athletic contests, both intercollegiate and local, and over all matters pertaining thereto, as may appear necessary for the best interests of the University. THESES IN ENGINEERING AND AGRICULTURE. 1. A student in any of the Engineering Colleges, or the College of Agriculture, may freely elect his thesis in any department offering work in the last two years of the college in which he is enrolled. 2. The subject of the thesis and the methods of work involved shall be appropriate to the aims of the college in which the student is enrolled. 3. On or before the first Monday of October of his senior year, the student must present to his Study-lists Committee a special Thesis Regis- tration Card stating the department and the instructor with whom he elects to do his thesis work. This card must be approved by the instructors concerned. 4. The same rules and regulations shall apply to the thesis work that govern the student in regard to instruction, methods of withdrawal or substitution, grading, failure, etc., in other courses of instruction. 5. The candidate must report to the instructor in charge of his thesis work whenever called upon to do so. 6. The thesis must be presented in form sufficient for final examination and criticism by the instructor on or before the first Monday in April. 7. The thesis must be submitted complete on or before the last day of April. - - A 8. A student expecting to be graduated in December must have his thesis subject approved on the third Monday of the preceding February, present the work for examination and criticism on or before the first Monday in November, and submit the thesis complete on or before the last day of November. In all other respects he will be guided by the above instructions, 1-7. - * : NoTE.—The size of page for theses is 8% X 11 inches. Record ink should be used. For further instructions, the student should consult the department in which his thesis work is taken. HONORs. Departments or colleges are authorized to recommend for honors with the bachelor's degree such students as shall have satisfied the requirements for honors, which are normally as follows: ## p. 108 (#126) ############################################ 108 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. . (a) In the colleges of general culture and of Commerce, Agriculture, and Chemistry every candidate for honors must complete with marked scholarly success, a course or combination of courses equivalent to not more than two to three hours a week of attendance but calling for a total of about fifteen hours a week of effort, inclusive of attendance or formal conferences, and entitling the student to five units of credit. Such honor courses will be open to seniors, not exceeding twelve in number for each course, who, because of the quality of their previous work, shall have been declared eligible therefor by the department concerned. (b) In the Colleges of Engineering, and in the College of Medicine for students who become candidates for a bachelor’s degree, and in the departments of Jurisprudence and Architecture students may be recom- mended for honors on the basis of the quality of the work done in the regular curriculum of the senior year or its equivalent, or on the basis of a thesis showing ability to do original work. (c) Or, students may be recommended for honors in any college or department on the basis of a thesis showing ability to do original work. The Academic Council has established a standing committee of seven members on honors, whose duty it is to report from time to time on matters concerning uniformity of standard and the coördination of the requirements of the several departments. | HONORABLE MENTION. The term ‘‘Honorable Mention'' shall be placed upon the Junior Certificate of students who have attained at least second grade in forty- eight (48) units of their Freshman and Sophomore courses. Students in the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Seiences, and Agriculture who receive the Junior Certificate with honorable men- tion will be required to complete only fifty-one units in the Upper Division. DEGREES. - Every undergraduate student who intends to become a candidate for a degree must file with the Recorder of the Faculties a detailed schedule of studies offered for the degree sought. This schedule must be filed by regular students at least six calendar months, by all other students at least one full academic year, before the date proposed for graduation, and must be approved by the committee on graduation of the college in which the student is enrolled. Of the one hundred and twenty-four (or more) units required for the bachelor's degree, at least twenty-four units must have been completed at this University. ## p. 109 (#127) ############################################ General Regulations of the Faculties. 109 Courses not required by the curriculum for graduation may be dropped from the record of any student on formal petition to the Faculty concerned. Work done in any professional college or school of this or any other university, or in any independent professional school, will not be accepted as a substitute for any part of the work of the first three years of the undergraduate course or of the first year of the Upper Division. Work done in a professional college of this university by a regular student will be accepted as a substitute for not more than one year's work (normally the senior year) in a college of general culture, the amount and character of said year's work to be determined after con- sultation with the professional faculties. As a matter of courtesy between different faculties of the University, there is no objection to the acceptance of work done in a professional college as a substitute for work done in an academic college, provided such substitution be made in accordance with the regulations and with the consent of the department concerned at Berkeley certifying that the work is of equal value. But such work can not be counted twice (except by special legislation), once for a professional degree in a pro- fessional college and again also for an academic degree. All the graduates of any one calendar year—January 1 to December 31—shall be ranked as belonging to the so-called class of that year. ## p. 110 (#128) ############################################ 110 The Graduate School. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL. COLLEGES OF LETTERS, SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING. GRADUATE COURSES. Advanced instruction, leading to the degrees of Master of Arts (with the corresponding degrees in Letters, Sciences, and Engineering, Doctor of Philosophy, Juris Doctor, Mechanical Engineer, Civil Engineer, Mining Engineer, etc., is offered by the University of California to graduates of any recognized college or university. If the preliminary training of such students has not been sufficient to qualify them for strictly graduate work, they will be admitted to such undergraduate courses, in the depart. ment in which they they expect to study, as may be suited to their needs. The University Library contains about 250,000 volumes, not including the material contained in the Bancroft Collection. The Library is admir ably adapted, so far as its extent allows, for purposes of advanced study and research. The laboratories are extensive and well equipped, and every facility is afforded for work in the higher lines of pure and applied science. TEACHERS’ COURSES. Professional training for students who desire to teach is offered by the University through the Department of Education and other departments that offer special Teachers’ Courses. The requirements for the recom. mendation for the Teacher’s Certificate are given hereunder. REGULATIONS OF THE FACULTIES CONCERNING GRADUATE STUDENTS. I. ADMISSION TO GRADUATE STANDING. Persons holding the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Letters, Philosophy, or Science, from a reputable institution authorized by law to confer these degrees, or holding any other degree or certificate which the Academic Council may accept as equivalent, may be admitted as Graduate Students in the University of California, upon presenting official credentials. ## p. 111 (#129) ############################################ Candidacy and Residence. 111 Graduates of any one of the following institutions, constituting the Association of American Universities, may be admitted as qualified candi- dates for a higher degree: University of California, Catholic University of America, University of Chicago, Clark University, Columbia Univer- sity, Cornell University, Harvard University, University of Illinois, Indiana University, State University of Iowa, Johns Hopkins University, University of Kansas, Leland Stanford Junior University, University of Michigan, University of Minnesota, University of Missouri, University of Nebraska, University of Pennsylvania, Princeton University, Univer. sity of Virginia, University of Wisconsin, Yale University. The grade of work to which Graduate Students are assigned and their standing as candidates for degrees will depend upon the extent and character of their undergraduate course. If in any department the pre- liminary training of applicants has not been sufficient to qualify them for strictly graduate work, they may be admitted to such undergraduate courses as may be suited to their needs. The status of all Graduate Students will lapse at the close of each academic year, unless they have been admitted to candidacy for degrees; but on application it may be renewed at the discretion of the Academic Council. CANDIDACY AND RESIDENCE. Graduate Students may be Resident Graduates not candidates for a degree; or they may become candidates for either a Bachelor's, Master's, or Doctor's Degree, or for a professional degree in Engineering. All Graduate Students will be considered as Resident Graduates not candi- dates for a degree, unless admitted to candidacy by the Academic Council after formal application. Registration for study in absence is permissable only to accepted candidates for Masters', Doctors’, and Engineers’ degrees. Candidates who are graduates of this University may be registered as non-resident students at any time, subject to other regulations. Candidates who are not graduates of this University must spend at least one year in residence before they will be permitted to register as students in absence. Residence at the Hertzstein Research Laboratory at New Monterey, or at the Southern California Pathological Laboratory at Whittier, or at the University Farm at Davis is residence at the University for such students as have been appointed to work at any one or all of these places. Residence wherever a student may be directed by the Faculty to prose- cute regular scientific investigation is regarded as residence at the University. No Graduate Student will be recommended for any of the degrees ## p. 112 (#130) ############################################ 112 The Graduate School. named above except upon the completion of at least one year of residence at this University, devoted to such a course of study as the Academic Council regards as a proper year's work; upon passing successfully an examination; and upon complying with such other regulations as are stated below. At least one half-year must elapse between formal advancement to candidacy for a degree and the conferring of the degree. Two summer sessions may be rated as the equivalent of one half-year for purposes of residence; and registration in summer sessions, with satisfactory completion of the work undertaken therein by a student may be accepted as satisfying to that extent the residence qualification for a higher degree. Candidates for degrees may, at the discretion of the Academic Council, be given credit for residence at other universities, provided at least one year is passed in residence at this University. Every Graduate Student not a candidate for a degree must be in actual attendance on at least one regularly authorized course of instruction. Every candidate for a Bachelor's or Master’s degree while in residence must be in actual attendance on at least one regularly authorized course of instruction; and this attendance must amount to at least four hours a week; otherwise such students will be considered to have withdrawn from candidacy. The number of hours necessary to make up a year of study is stated below. The minimum requirement is one year's work for the Master’s degree, two years' study for the degree of Juris Doctor, and two years’ study for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy; but this is understood to apply to students only whose undergraduate course has been substantially equiva- lent to the corresponding course in the University of California; other- wise a longer period of study will usually be necessary. This may include, to the extent considered desirable by the Academic Council, when the student's preliminary training falls materially short of this standard, subjects which had as their purpose the general culture of the candidate, in addition to such courses of instruction or research as may be elected for the prosecution of the special and advanced studies leading directly to the degree. The above statement of the minimum time requirement for the Master's and the Doctor's degree is understood to apply to students who can give substantially their whole time to study. For those who pursue their graduate studies while engaged in other occupations, a proportion- ately longer time will be necessary. No candidate will be credited with a year of work in residence until the full period of an academic year has been devoted to the studies ## p. 113 (#131) ############################################ Bachelor's and Master's Degrees. 113 approved by the Academic Council as constituting a year's work for the degree sought; and, in case of candidacy for a Bachelor’s or Master's degree, the standard by which a year’s work is estimated is that repre- sented by, or equivalent to, a course of nine hours per week during one year (eighteen units), confined to the special advanced studies leading to the degree. The requirement of a thesis for any advanced degree is not included in the eighteen units. The satisfaction of the time requirement supplies only partial evidence of proper quality in the candidate's per- formance. Greater weight will be attached to actual attainments than to years of residence. - Every Graduate Student who is a candidate for a higher degree must file with the Recorder, at least three calendar months before the time proposed for examination, a detailed schedule of studies on which the candidacy is based. This schedule must bear the 'approval of the sub- committee in charge of the candidate's work. The minimum period of candidacy for a degree shall be one half-year. III. CONDITIONS FOR A BACHELOR's DEGREE FOR A GRADUATE STUDENT. Graduate Students may be recommended as candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Letters, or Bachelor of Science on com- pleting at least twenty-four units during one or more years of attendance upon such courses of instruction as are regularly pursued by seniors in the University of California, and on performing such additional work and passing such examinations as may appear necessary to the Academic Council. In all cases candidates must satisfy the graduation require- ments of thirty-six units of advanced studies in the colleges of general culture, or their equivalent in the Colleges of Applied Science; not all of which, however, need have been done while in residence at this University. No person will be recommended for a Bachelor's degree who shall not have satisfied substantially, at the time of procedure to the degree, the conditions imposed upon undergraduate students at the University of California. IV. REQUIREMENTs For THE MASTER’s DEGREE.—M.A., M.L., or M.S.* A mount of work required.—Eighteen units, and in addition thereto a thesis. Grade and distribution of work.-The courses must be graduate courses or undergraduate major courses. At least four of the eighteen units must * Concerning M.S. in the Colleges of Engineering, see page 117. g pag ## p. 114 (#132) ############################################ 114 The Graduate School. consist of a strictly graduate seminar or research course or courses in the major subject. All of the eighteen units may be confined to one subject; or there may be two subjects, a major and a minor; or three subjects, a major and two minors. Provided the foregoing requirements be met, the work may be distributed in any way that shall be satisfactory to the instructors in charge; and these instructors constitute the committee which will supervise the student’s work throughout the period of candidacy. Residence (attendance) required.—The student must be in residence one year. Two summer sessions may be rated as the equivalent of one half-year for purposes of residence. A student is not regarded as a student in residence unless he is actually attending regularly authorized university exercises at least four hours, or laboratory periods, per week. While ordinarily all of the work for the Master's degree is expected to be done in residence, graduates of this University or other approved candidates may complete a part of their work in absence, subject to the foregoing requirement that at least eight of the required eighteen units be resident work. Thesis.-The thesis must be typewritten or printed; if typewritten the page must be 8% × 10 inches, and record ink must be used. The thesis must be approved by the committee in charge of the candidate's work and must be filed by the committee with the University Librarian before the degree can be conferred. Master's Degree for Students in the Professional Colleges.—Bachelors of Arts, Letters, or Science of this University who are pursuing regular courses leading to a degree in a professional college of this University will be recommended to the appropriate Faculty for an appropriate master's degree under the following conditions: (a) The candidate, already a bachelor, must have finished creditably two years of the curriculum of the professional college. - (b) He must have received credit, in addition to his work for the professional degree, for a seminar or research course of the value of four units; and such seminar or research course must be approved by the Academic Council; and he must present a dissertation or thesis subject to the usual regulations for the master's degree. - - V. CONDITIONS FOR THE DOCTOR'S DEGREES. A candidate for the degree of Juris Doctor must hold a Bachelor's degree from one of the colleges of general culture or the College of Commerce of this University, and must have taken among the advanced ## p. 115 (#133) ############################################ Doctor's Degrees. 115 studies required for such degree fifteen units in the department of Juris- prudence according to the regulations of that department, or must have pursued successfully a course of study equivalent to that represented by such degree together with such advanced studies in Jurisprudence. A course of study extending over a period of at least two years must be selected by the candidate from a curriculum approved by the Academic Council. A dissertation must be presented not later than the first day of the examination period appointed for the final examinations for the degree of Juris Doctor. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy must hold a Bachelor's degree from one of the colleges of this University, based upon a curriculum that shall have included the requirements of the Junior Certificate of some one of the colleges of general culture or must have pursued successfully a course of study equivalent to that represented by such a degree. A reading knowledge of French and German will be ‘insisted on in all cases. A course of study must be selected by the applicant from the groups below, and approved by the Academic Council, embracing one principal and one, or two, subsidiary subjects, and extend- ing over a period of at least two years [see page 112], the last one of which ordinarily must be spent in continuous residence at this Univer- sity. But recommendation for the degree is based rather on the attain- ments of the candidate than on length of time of study; and in many cases, owing to the nature of the subjects or other circumstances, more than two years’ time will be found necessary. The work offered as the basis for the principal subject must be equivalent to that classed as “primarily for graduates.” A thesis chosen by the candidate and bear- ing on the principal subject of the course, and of such a character as to show power to prosecute independent investigation, must be presented to the Academic Council for approval, at least three months previous to the final examination for the degree and must receive the approval of that body before the degree is recommended. Special emphasis will be laid upon this last requirement, and the degree will in no case be given merely for the faithful completion of a course of study, however extensive. The division of time, study, and research among the principal and subsidiary subjects for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy must be approved by the sub-committee in charge of the student. Ordinarily, when there are two subsidiary subjects, at least a fourth of the candi- date's work, and when there is but one, at least a third, should be given to each of the subsidiary subjects. At least one subsidiary subject must be taken in a department of the University other than that of the principal subject. Every candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy must present ## p. 116 (#134) ############################################ 116 The Graduate School. to the Academic Council, not later than the first day of May in each year, a detailed written report, signed by the instructors, of the studies actually pursued during the year, and must furnish evidence satisfactory to the Academic Council that the work has been of proper quality and scope. Any candidate failing to comply with this requirement will be considered to have withdrawn from candidacy. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will not be conferred until the candidate shall have passed a special examination in each of the subjects presented for the degree, of such a character and at such time as may be determined by the sub-committee in charge, and subsequently thereto shall also have passed a public oral examination in the general field of his work, conducted by the sub-committee with special emphasis upon familiarity with contemporary research. The work for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is grouped under the four following headings, but the lists given in each group are not intended to be exhaustive. © I. Intellectual and Moral Philosophy. II. History and Political Science. III. Philological Science. IV. The Natural Sciences. Technical studies may be included in the minor subjects when specifically approved for graduate study in connection with the major subject by the appropriate degree committee. VI. At the Lick Observatory graduate instruction in Astronomy is offered by the Director and the Astronomers, in connection with the investiga- tions in which they are engaged, or which may be specially assigned to the students by the Director. Graduate instruction at the Lick Observa- tory is restricted, as a general rule, to students qualified to be on the footing of astronomical assistants. All undergraduate instruction in Astronomy and such graduate instruction as is not carried on at the Lick Observatory is conducted at Berkeley. Applicants for admission to the Lick Observatory must first qualify before the Academic Council as graduate students of the University. Applicants are advised to file their applications with the Recorder of the Faculties, at Berkeley, before May 1st. After admission as graduate students, their applications for admission to the Lick Observatory are referred to a standing committee of the Academic Council, consisting of the President of the University, the Director of the Lick Observatory, the Director of the Students’ Observatory, and the heads of the depart- ments of mathematics and physics. As many graduate students as can be furnished accommodations at Mount Hamilton, without expense to the University, may pursue astro- nomical studies at the Lick Observatory; and in return for the accom- ## p. 117 (#135) ############################################ Degrees in Engineering. 117 modations they will be required to execute such computations, etc., as are assigned to them. It is usually advantageous for students to choose their time of resi- dence at the Lick Observatory in the period from May to December. For further information concerning graduate study at the Lick Observa- tory, applicants should correspond with the Director, Mt. Hamilton, California. VII. CONDITIONS FOR DEGREES IN ENGINEERING. THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE. A candidate for the degree of Master of Science in any College of Engineering (Mechanical, Mining, or Civil) of the University of Cali- fornia, must hold the degree of Bachelor of Science in that college of this University or must have completed a course of study formally accepted as an equivalent. His application for candidacy must be approved by the Engineering Division of the Academic Council. His general course of study and the subject of his dissertation must be approved by this committee. He must reside at least one academic year at this University, must complete to the satisfaction of the Academic Council and under its direc- tion and control a course of study represented by not less than twenty units of work, including a dissertation bearing upon the principal subject of the course and of such a character as to show power to prosecute original research. The dissertation must be presented not later than the first day of the period appointed for the examination for the degree. (See page 119 for regulations for filing thesis.) Upon the approval of an application for candidacy a sub-committee will be appointed by the Academic Council to supervise the work of the candidate and pass upon his dissertation and his qualifications for the degree. In general, choice of subjects will be limited to the following list; but additions to this list may be made with the approval of the Engineering Division of the Academic Council. Only Graduate and Upper Division courses may be offered in satisfaction of the requirements: 1. Thermodynamics 10. Testing of Materials 2. Steam and Gas Engineering 11. Irrigation Engineering 3. Hydraulics 12. Railroad Engineering 4. Machine Design 13. Sanitary and Municipal Engineering 5. Kinematics 14. Geodesy 6. Electrical Engineering 15. Physics 7 Mining, Metallurgy and Ore Dressing 16. Chemistry 8. Geologv and Mineralogy 17. Mathematics 9. Structural Design 18. Economics. ## p. 118 (#136) ############################################ 118 The Graduate School. OTHER DEGREES IN ENGINEERING. A candidate for the degree of Mechanical Engineer must be a graduate of the College of Mechanies of this University, or must have successfully completed an amount of work equivalent to the regular undergraduate course of that college; and must pass a satisfactory examination in the following studies: Thermodynamics, construction of hydraulic motors and heat-engines, dynamo-electric machinery, machine construction, and general machine design. The applicant must also have engaged for at least one year in professional work, in addition to the time spent in grad. uate study; and must present an original memoir upon some subject bear- ing upon this profession. This degree will not be given earlier than three years after completion of the undergraduate work. A candidate for the degree of Mining Engineer must be a graduate of the College of Mining of this University, or must have successfully completed a course of study equivalent to the regular undergraduate course of that college; and must pass an examination in the following sub- jects: Mining, ore-dressing, petrography, economic geology, the elements of thermodynamics, construction of mining machinery, and political econ- omy. The applicant must have had at least one year of actual practice in the field in the course chosen, and must show by an original memoir upon some subject bearing upon this profession, power to apply to prac- tice the knowledge acquired. This degree will not be given earlier than three years after completion of the undergraduate work. A candidate for the degree of Metallurgical Engineer must pass a satisfactory examination in the following subjects: Metallurgy, ore-dress. ing, assaying and analysis, the elements of thermodynamics, construction of furnaces and metallurgical machinery, and political economy. In all other respects the conditions are the same as those required for the degree of Mining Engineer. - - - - A candidate for the degree of Civil Engineer must hold the Bachelor’s degree from the College of Civil Engineering of this University, or must have pursued successfully a course of study equivalent to that represented by that degree. A reading knowledge of French and German is essential for the degree. A course of study must be selected by the applicant and approved by the Academic Council, and must embrace one principal and two subsidiary subjects, and extend over a period of at least three years, one of which must be spent in residence at this University. The work offered as the basis for the principal subject must be equivalent to that classed as “primarily for graduates in Civil Engineering.” The subsidiary subjects, if approved, may be taken in other departments of study, and must consist of courses classed as ‘‘primarily for graduates, ’’ or “for graduates and advanced undergraduates.” A thesis bearing upon the ## p. 119 (#137) ############################################ Degrees in Engineering. 119 principal subject of the course, and of such character as to show power to prosecute independent investigation; and, also, ability to take respon- sible charge of important engineering work, must be presented to the Academic Council for approval at least three months previous to the final examination for the degree. Special emphasis will be laid upon this last requirement, and the degree will in no case be given merely for the faithful completion of the course of study, or the careful prosecution of an ordin- ary piece of practical engineering work. Residence and study for a Master's degree in Civil Engineering may also be counted in candidacy for the degree of Civil Engineer, if in accord- ance with the provisions contained in the preceding paragraph. The division of time, study, and research among the principal and subsidiary subjects for the Civil Engineer's degree must be approved by the Sub-Committee in charge of the student. - Every candidate for the degree of Civil Engineer must present to the Academic Council, not later than the first day of May of each year, a detailed written report of the studies and work actually pursued during the year. Any candidate failing to comply with this requirement unless excused for cause, will be considered to have withdrawn from candidacy. The degree of Civil Engineer will not be conferred until the candidate shall have appeared before the Sub-Committee in charge, and shall have satisfactorily passed, upon the studies pursued, such examinations, public and oral, as may be deemed necessary to show distinguished attainments in the principal subject. - The work for which the degree of Civil Engineer will be conferred may be selected from the following two groups of subjects; but the lists given in each group are not intended to be exhaustive. I. Primary Subjects: (1) Metal Structures; (2) Masonry Structures; (3) Concrete- Steel Structures; (4) Cements, Mortars, Concretes; (5) Water Supply En- gineering; (6) Sewer Systems; (7) Water Supply and Sewerage Purification; (8) Railroading; (9) Roads and Pavements; (10) Rivers and Harbor Im- provements; (11) Irrigation; (12) Canals; (13) Tunnels; (14) Testing of Materials. II. Subsidiary Subjects: Subjects in Mining, Metallurgy, Chemistry, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Astronomy, Geodesy, Economics, Mathe- matics, Physics. - Subsidiary subjects may also be chosen with proper approval from the first group, but in such cases they need not be so exhaustively treated as when taken for primary work. VIII. DissERTATIONS, THESES, MEMOIRs. One copy of each accepted dissertation of a candidate for a Master's degree must be deposited by the candidate in the University library. ## p. 120 (#138) ############################################ 120 The Graduate School. Dissertations for Master’s degrees shall be typewritten or printed; if they are typewritten, paper of letter size, 8% by 10 inches, and record ink, must be used; if printed separately, they must be uniform in style and size with the octavo form of regular University publications. Theses or memoirs for the Doctor’s or Professional degrees must be published. If printed as parts of recognized journals, transactions, or government publications, there shall be presented to the library not less than ten copies. If printed privately by the candidate there shall be furnished the library not less than 150 copies. Every candidate is required to furnish the stated number of copies before receiving the degree, or to give satisfactory evi- dence of the acceptance of the thesis or memoir by some recognized publi- cation approved by the Degree Committee in charge. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy whose dissertation has been accepted but not published shall before recommendation for the degree deposit twenty-five dollars with the Secretary of the Board of Regents, the same to be refunded upon certificate signed by the Librarian to the effect that the required number of printed copies has been deposited in the Library. When printed as parts of journals or transactions, dissertations or theses shall bear a suitable inscription, to be determined by the Editorial Com- mittee, to the effect that the dissertation is submitted in partial satisfac- tion of the requirements for the degree (name of degree) in the Univer- sity of California. THE HIGH SCHOOL TEACHER's CERTIFICATE. County, and City and County Boards of Education are authorized to grant High School Certificates (under Sections 1521, 1775, and 1792 of the Political Code of California) to candidates recommended by the Uni- versity as having fulfilled the requirements laid down by the State Board of Education, provided the institutions concerned in the candidate's col- legiate and professional work “shall each certify to the high character of the work accomplished under its direction, and to the personal fitness of the candidate.’’ The requirements laid down by the State Board of Education will be met by accomplishing the work outlined in either of the following groups: Group I. 1. Graduation from a college requiring not less than eight years of high school and college training. * By one year of graduate study is meant one year of not less than nine units each half-year, including at least one course sufficiently advanced to be designated as “primarily for graduates.” Teachers' courses in departments other than Education, and those courses in Education comprised in Groups I-IV (i.e., courses of professional rather than academic character) are not regarded as courses “primarily for graduates” within the meaning of this paragraph. The required graduate course may or may not be in the department in which the candidate desires the teacher's recommendation, ## p. 121 (#139) ############################################ The High School Teacher’s Certificate. 121 2. One year of graduate study” in a university belonging to the Asso- ciation of American Universities, part of the time at least being devoted to one or more of the subjects taught in the high school. 3. Eight hours per week for one half-year in the department of Edu- cation, taken as a part of either the graduate or undergraduate course. 4. Practical teaching equivalent to at least four hours per week for one half-year, in a well equipped school of secondary grade directed by the department of Education of any of the universities belonging to the Association of American Universities, or in a school of grammar or second- ary grade in connection with a California State Normal School, or under the direction of the department of Education of the University of Cali- fornia, or of the Leland Stanford Junior University. Group II. 1. Graduation from a college requiring not less than eight years of high school and college training. 2. One half-year of graduate study” in a university belonging to the Association of American Universities, part of the time at least being devoted to one or more of the subjects taught in the high school. 3. (a) Graduation from a California State Normal School or other normal school officially recognized by the State Board of Education as of equivalent grade; or (b) twenty months’ experience with decided success as a regular teacher or as principal in any reputable school, elementary or secondary; or (c) six months as student teacher in a well equipped school of secondary grade directed by a California State Normal School, or its recognized equivalent, or in a school of grammar or secondary grade in connection with a California State Normal, or under the direction of the department of Education of the University of California, or of the Leland Stanford Junior University. THE UNIVERSITY RECOMMENDATION. In addition to the technical requirements prescribed by the State Board of Education the University will require, as preliminary to any recom- mendation for the teacher's certificate, the completion of enough work (and of sufficiently high grade), in at least one subject, to secure a University recommendation that the candidate is fitted to teach the subject in high school classes. The department requirements for such recommendation are, in most cases, stated in the Announcement of Courses under the department head- * See footnote on page 120. ## p. 122 (#140) ############################################ 122 The Graduate School. ings; but each candidate should find out definitely from the departments concerned, not later than the beginning of the Senior year, preferably earlier, the particular requirements which must be met. The University will issue teachers' recommendations in minor subjects, as well as in the major subject or subjects. For the minor recommen- dation the student is required to have had at least six units of satisfactory work in courses designated as major courses in the Upper Division. In addition, the candidate will be expected to satisfy the faculty of his general fitness for the work proposed. - Courses taken in fulfillment of the requirements for the high school recommendation may be credited also toward the master's degree, or vice versa, subject to the special regulations governing the degree and the recommendation respectively. GRAMMAR GRADE CERTIFICATES. According to section 1775 of the Political Code of California, as amended in 1909, County Boards of Education may, without examination, grant certificates of grammar grade “to holders of diplomas of graduation of the four-year course of the University of California, or Leland Stanford Junior University, when said holder of such diploma shall have had six months’ training in one of the state normal schools of this State or has had eight months’ successful experience in teaching in the public schools of California after graduation.’’ Section 1543 of the Political Code of California, as amended in 1909, provides that county superintendents of schools “shall have the power to issue temporary elementary certificates, valid for two years, to graduates of the University of California and to graduates of the Leland Stanford Junior University,” but that “no person shall receive a temporary certifi- cate more than once in the same county.” ## p. 123 (#141) ############################################ General Information. - 123 * GENERAL INFORMATION. DEANS OF THE COLLEGES. The duties of the Deans of the several colleges at Berkeley are as follows: 1. To issue excuses for brief absence to students enrolled in their re- spective colleges in all cases in which the absence shall exceed one day. For single absences instructors shall have power to excuse. 2. To answer inquiries from students of their respective colleges, or from their parents or guardians, as to the rules and regulations of the University; and to give information or explanation to students and others who may be in doubt as to the requirements or methods of procedure. 3. To act as advisers of students in their respective colleges, or to designate advisers for them from their respective faculties. THE DEAN OF THE LOWER DIVISION. The Dean of the Lower Division assists the President of the University and the faculties of the academic colleges in matters pertaining to the general and personal interests of the students of the Sophomore and Fresh- man classes. THE DEAN OF WOMEN. The Dean of Women assists the President of the University and the faculties of the academic colleges in matters pertaining to the general and personal interests of the women students of the University. THE ONE-MILE LIQUOR LAW. Section 172 of the Penal Code of California makes it a misdemeanor for any person to sell, give away, or expose for sale upon the University grounds, or within one mile thereof, any vinous or alcoholic liquors. EXPENSES OF STUDENTS. Tuition in the Colleges at Berkeley, except in the College of Medicine, and tuition at the Lick Observatory, including the use of the libraries, is free to residents of the State. Non-residents of California are charged a tuition fee of ten dollars each half-year. Tuition in the College of Medicine is $150 a year. The following incidental expenses are to be met: Gymnasium and Infirmary Fees.—The Gymnasium fee is $2.00 per half- year, and the Infirmary fee is $3.00 per half-year; both are payable by every student, graduate or undergraduate, before his study-card is filed. These fees entitle students to gymnasium and hospital privileges, and are not remitted, in whole or in part, for those who may not desire to make Use of these privileges. Gymnasium privileges comprise, besides the use ## p. 124 (#142) ############################################ 124 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. of the gymnasium, tennis courts, swimming pool, baths, lockers, wash- rooms, etc. The Infirmary fee entitles students, in case of illness, to hospital care (cost of surgical operations not included) or dispensary treatment. One-half of the amount of these fees is returned to students who leave the University during the first half-year before September 1, or during the second half-year before February 1. Laboratory Fees.—In the laboratories a charge is made for materials actually used. This charge, for students in the elementary laboratories, amounts to from $5 to $30 per annum. Military Uniforms.-Every able-bodied male undergraduate student is required to take military exercises during his first two years in the Univer- sity. A sum sufficient to cover the cost of the uniform, about $18, must be deposited with the Secretary immediately after admission. Uniforms made by any other than the authorized manufacturer will not be accepted. Board and lodging may be obtained in private families in or near Berke- ley and Oakland at from $25 to $40 a month. They may occasionally be had in return for various personal services in the household. The hours of recitation are such that many students reside in Oakland and San Francisco. The journey from San Francisco requires 40 minutes. The cost of board and lodging, in students’ boarding clubs, ranges from $15 to $20 a month. A few students ‘‘ board themselves’’ for as low as $15 a month, but this plan of living is not generally to be recommended. There are no dormitories maintained by the University. Lists of boarding places approved by the University authorities are published at the opening of every session, one list for men and another for women. Other ea'penses are: Gymnasium suit, about $5; books and stationery, from $18 to $25 per annum. Annual membership in the Students’ Co- operative Society costs $1, which amount is soon offset by the purchase of books and other supplies at prices below current retail prices. The ordinary yearly earpenses of a student in the academic departments, including personal expenses, need not exceed $350. Opportunities for Self-Support.—Board and lodging can often be ob- tained in exchange for three or four hours of household work daily. Other work by students is paid for at the following approximate rates: Manual labor (men), 25 cents to 30 cents per hour. Clerical work, 25 cents per hour. Typewriting and stenography, 25 cents to 30 cents per hour. Telephone service (women), 20 cents to 22 cents per hour. Sewing (women), 20 cents to 25 cents per hour. Taking care of children (women), 15 cents to 20 cents per hour. A student qualified to do draughting, computing, and other technical or expert work can occasionally find employment at rates considerably higher than the above. ## p. 125 (#143) ############################################ Loan Funds. 125 General manual work, such as gardening, sweeping and cleaning, wood- cutting and the like, housework of all sorts, and typewriting, especially with stenography, can always be found. For other employment the opportunities are not so great, the demand for it by students being always larger than the supply. - Self-supporting students are respected. With reasonable diligence a student can devote from twelve to twenty-five hours per week to outside work without seriously interfering with college work of from twelve to sixteen units (involving thirty-six to forty-eight hours per week). It should always be borne in mind, however, by students seeking employment, that not every kind or every amount of outside work is entirely compatible with the student's main purpose at the University, namely, his education. The Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations act as bureaus of information concerning boarding places and opportunities for remunerative employment. The office of the Appointment Secretary, 203 California Hall, will also file applications for employment, and assist properly qualified students in securing it. These agencies, however, can do little for students who are not actually on the ground to negotiate for themselves. It is usually so difficult for a stranger to secure remunerative employment from the start that, in general, no one should come to Berkeley expecting to become self- supporting through the University course, without having on hand at the beginning sufficient funds to cover the expenses of the first year. LOAN FUNDS. Students desiring loans from any funds, other than the Prytanean, should make application, through the Secretary to the President, to the Committee of Award, using the loan fund forms which are available in the President's office. Freshmen are not entitled to borrow except from the University Medal and the Grubstake Funds and from the Fund of the Class of 1911; and preference will be given even in these cases to students in the higher classes. The Committee of Award will in general restrict loans to regular undergraduate students in the colleges of Letters, Sciences and Engineering. A student may not borrow from a single fund or by com: bination of sums from different funds more than one hundred dollars, previous loans counting toward this total. The Prytanean Loan Fund.—The Prytanean Society has established a Loan Fund, which may be drawn upon for the purpose of aiding deserving undergraduate students in good standing. The fund is administered by a committee composed of the Dean of Women, the president of the Prytanean society and a third member to be selected. Application for a loan from this fund should be addressed through the Dean of Women to the com- mittee in charge of the fund. ## p. 126 (#144) ############################################ 126 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. The Frank J. Walton Memorial Loan Fund was established by the grad. uates of the Class of 1883 in memory of a classmate deceased. Loans are available to “undergraduate students in the academic department at Berkeley, who are studying for degrees, and who have finished half their undergraduate course.’’ The Memorial Loan Fund of the Class of 1886 was accepted by the Regents from the trustees of the fund in April, 1902. In the distribution of loans from the fund, precedence is given to students in the higher classes. No loans are made to freshmen. The Loan Fund of the Class of 1895 was established by the class and accepted by the Regents in January, 1911. The committee having authority to determine the administration of the fund awards loans for the benefit of students of the University above the freshman year. The Loan Fund of the Class of 1903 was established by the class in the year of its graduation. “Application for a loan may be made by any college student having senior standing.” The Loan Fund of the Class of 1909 was established by the class in the year of its graduation and accepted by the Regents in August of that year. Loans are available “for juniors and seniors in the University only.” The Loan Fund of the Class of 1911 was established by the class in the year of its graduation and accepted by the Regents in June of that year. The fund is available for loans to deserving students, without stated restric- tion as to classes. - The Grubstake W Loan Fund was established through gift of a stranger who in September, 1908, called upon the President of the University. describing himself as a messenger from a man “up in the woods” who wished to “grubstake” some student who was working his way and needed a little money to help him finish his college course. The gift was reported by the President to the Regents, and is used in accordance with the desire of the donor as a loan fund. Loans are given to men only and by prefer- ence to students in the engineering colleges, especially the college of mining. The University Medal Loan Fund was created by the Regents through sale to the United States mint of three gold medals which the medalists preferred not to accept. The fund is available for loans to students. The Hammerslag Loan Fund was founded in February, 1910, in accord- ance with the terms of the will of Mr. A. Hammerslag. Loans are made in monthly sums or other periodical amounts to such students as would other- wise be unable, or find it extremely difficult to continue their course in the University. Preference is, in accordance with the desire of the donor, given to students in scientific courses and, when possible, to students who in the opinion of the President are likely to do original work in any branch of SC lence, ## p. 127 (#145) ############################################ Medals, Prizes. 127 MEDALS. The University Medal, by direction of its founders, is bestowed upon the most distinguished scholar of the graduating class of each year. The Carnot Medal, given annually (beginning 1895) by the Baron de Coubertin, in honor of the late President Carnot of France, is competed for by three representatives each of Leland Stanford Junior University and the University of California, debating upon some topic connected with contemporary French political affairs. The debate is held in the month of February. The award is made to the student who displays the highest merits as a speaker. PRIZES. The Bonnheim Contests were inaugurated by Mr. Albert Bonnheim in 1902, his purpose being to promote a wider interest in ethical problems. There are two contests, one for the Upper Division and one for the Lower Division. In the Upper Division the subject assigned is some question from the general field of current conduct, private, public, or corporate. Four Essay Prizes of $15 each, two for seniors and two for juniors, and a Discussion Prize of $100 are provided. The subject for 1911-12 is, “The moral obligation of a citizen as regards membership in a political party.” In the Lower Division the subject is some question closely connected with the morals of college life. Four Essay Prizes of $10 each, two for sopho- mores and two for freshmen, and a Discussion Prize of $50 are offered. The subject for 1911-12 is, “The dormitory as a factor in college life.” Copies of the regulations governing the contests may be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties. The Bryce Historical Essay Prize of $100 was established by Regent R. J. Taussig, to be awarded annually to the writer of the best essay on an historical subject to be chosen by the board of judges. The subject for 1911-12 is, “English voyages to the Pacific Coast during the Eighteenth Century.” Committee in charge: Professors Stephens, Scholz, and a third to be selected by them. All essays entered in competition should be in the hands of the Recorder by April 1, 1912. The Dante Prize of $100, offered each year by the Dante Society of Harvard University, is open to students in any department of this Univer- sity, or to a graduate of not more than three years’ standing. Inquiries may be addressed to the Secretary of the Society, Professor F. N. Rob. inson, Cambridge, Massachusetts. The Bennett Prize, yielding at present about twenty-five dollars an- nually, has been established by Mr. William Jennings Bryan, as trustee for ## p. 128 (#146) ############################################ 128 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. the late Philo Sherman Bennett, for the best essay discussing the oppor- tunities of a free government. Committee in charge: Professor Reed, Dr. W. Brown, and Mr. Blanchard. The Emily Chamberlain Cook Prize in Poetry.-Albert S. Cook, formerly a professor in the University of California and now of Yale University, has given to the University of California the sum of one thousand dollars, yielding about $50 per annum, to establish an annual prize in poetry in commemoration of his deceased wife, formerly Emily Chamberlain, of Berkeley, California. Competitive poems for 1911-12 must be in the hands of the Recorder of the Faculties, California Hall, by March 15, 1912, 5 p.m. A circular containing fuller information may be obtained from the Recorder. W. C. T. U. Prize Essay-An annual essay prize of $50, to be known as the “Berkeley W. C. T. U. Prize,” is offered to all University of California students through the Minnehaha Club of the University. Essays must be in the hands of the Recorder of the Faculties not later than April 1 of each academic year. The essay winning the prize is entered in the intercollegiate contest for a prize of $75; the winning essay in the intercollegiate contest is entered in the interstate contest for the Susan J. Steele Prize of $100. Further details will be announced in the University Calendar or upon the bulletin boards. The Truaxtun Beale Prizes.—Regent Truxtun Beale has given to the University the sum of $1,000, to be used for a first prize of $600 and a second prize of $400, for essays on the work of Leo Tolstoy, What Shall We Do Then 2 Essays must be in the hands of the Recorder of the Faculties on or before January 15, 1912. A circular containing fuller information may be obtained from the Recorder. INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE. The students of Leland Stanford Junior University and the University of California have an intercollegiate debate in April of each year. SCHOLARSHIPS. PRIMARILY FOR UNDERGRADUATES. The Phoebe A. Hearst Scholarships for Women.—Eight scholarships for worthy young women in the University of California, of an annual value of $300 each, are given annually by Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst. Two scholarships were given in 1891, and the others have been added since that time. The award is made by the Academic Council of the University, but any school officer of this State may recommend candidates. In accordance with the express desire of the founder, the qualifications are noble character and ## p. 129 (#147) ############################################ Undergraduate Scholarships. 129 high aims; further, the award is not to be made as a prize for honors in entrance examinations, and it is understood that without this assistance a university course would in each case be impossible. The State of California Scholarships.-In accordance with action taken March 9, 1897, the Regents of the University set apart annually, out of the income furnished to the University by the State, the sum of $3500, to be distributed equally among the eight Congressional Districts of the State, for the purpose of aiding poor and deserving students to attend the Uni- versiy. The scholarships so founded are known as the State of California Scholarships, and do not exceed twenty-eight in number for any one year. The eight Congressional Districts of California are as follows: 1. The counties of Del Norte, Humboldt, Siskiyou, Trinity, Tehama, Shasta, Modoc, Lassen, Plumas, Sierra, Nevada, Placer, El Dorado, Amador, Calaveras, Alpine, Mono, Mariposa, and Tuolumne. 2. The counties of Mendocino, Glenn, Colusa, Butte, Sutter, Yuba, Sacramento, Yolo, Lake, Napa, Sonoma, and Marin. 3. The counties of Alameda, Contra Costa, and Solano. 4. All that portion of the city and county of San Francisco bounded as follows: Commencing at the point of intersection of the center of Lyon street and the Bay of San Francisco, continuing thence along the center of the following named streets: Lyon to Washington, Washington to Baker, Baker to Geary, Geary to Van Ness avenue, Van Ness avenue to Grove, Grove to Polk, Polk to Market, Market to Tenth, Tenth to Howard, Howard to Twentieth, thence along Twentieth to the Bay of San Francisco, thence along the shore of said bay to Lyon street, the point of beginning; together with all the waters of the Bay of San Francisco, and the islands contained therein, situate within the boundaries of the city and county of San Francisco. 5. All that portion of the city and county of San Francisco not in- cluded in the Fourth Congressional District, with the islands known as the Farallon Islands, together with the counties of San Mateo and Santa Clara. 6. The counties of Santa Cruz, Monterey, San Benito, Fresno, Kings, Madera, Merced, Stanislaus, and San Joaquin. 7. The county of Los Angeles. 8. The counties of San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, Ventura, Kern, Tulare, Inyo, San Bernardino, Orange, Riverside, San Diego, and Imperial. The Levi Strauss Scholarships.-At the same meeting of the Regents at which provision was made for the State of California Scholarships, Mr. Levi Strauss of San Francisco duplicated the action of the Regents ## p. 130 (#148) ############################################ 130 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. by providing for additional scholarships, not to exceed twenty-eight in number, to be distributed and awarded on precisely the same terms as those prescribed for the State of California Scholarships. Mr. Strauss died September 26, 1902. The Levi Strauss Company has generously pro- vided for the continuance of these scholarships. The Cornelius B. Houghton Scholarship was established in 1899 by Mrs. Cornelius 13. Houghton of Benicia, California, in memory of her late husband. The award amounts to $150 annually, and is made by the Academic Council on the basis of character, ability, and need, preference being given to students who may reside in or be otherwise connected with Benicia or its neighborhood. - The Oakland High School Scholarship, of the value of $100 a year, is maintained by the Alumni Association of the Oakland High School. Appli- cations should be addressed to the Secretary of the Association, Oakland High School. The San Francisco Girls' High School Scholarships are under the control and management of the Scholarship Association of the San Francisco Girls' High School. Usually two scholarships of $125 each have been maintained. The Scholarships Association is formed and supported solely by the pupils of the school, and awards the scholarship to meritorious graduates of the school, to enable them to pursue a course in the University of California. Applications should be addressed to the Secretary of the Scholarship Association, Girls' High School, San Francisco. The San José High School Scholarship, of the value of $125, is awarded annually by the faculty of the San José High School, to a graduate of the school who is or intends to become a student in the University of California. The applicant must have been in the San José High School at least three years. Applications for the scholarship must be filed with the faculty of the school not later than the 10th of June immediately preceding the student’s entrance to the University of California. The Alpha Sigma Delta Scholarships of the Los Angeles High School, three in number and amounting to $230 each, are maintained by the young women pupils of the school. In 1899 a society composed of the young women of the Senior class was organized for the purpose of providing loan funds which should enable graduates of the Los Angeles High School to pursue further studies wherever they may desire. Successive senior classes have carried forward the work. The awards are to be made to members of the graduating class chosen for scholarship, character, and need. Beneficiaries must engage to refund to the organization the amount received as soon as possible after becoming wage earners. ## p. 131 (#149) ############################################ Undergraduate Scholarships. 131 º º The Santa Cruz High School Scholarship, of the value of $100 a year, is maintained by the Alumni Association of the Santa Cruz High School. The scholarship is awarded annually to some graduate of the Santa Cruz High School, upon the basis of character, ability, and need. The Ernest V. Cowell Scholarship Fund.—In January, 1904, Ernest V. Cowell of the class of 1880, of Santa Cruz, California, established four scholarships, each of the value of $250 a year. The fund is administered by a Board of Trustees appointed by Mr. Cowell. The awards are made annually to meritorious graduates of the Santa Cruz High School, or, at the discretion of the Board of Trustees, to other persons of marked ability, good character, and pressing need. The Hinckley Scholarship of $300 may be awarded each year by the Trustees of the William and Alice Hinckley Fund (San Francisco) to “some young man in the University of the State, or in some school.” The Joseph Bonnheim Memorial Fund.—On April 5, 1897, Albert Bonn- heim and wife, of Sacramento, California, founded the Joseph Bonnheim Memorial Fund, the proceeds of which are used in assisting worthy girls and boys to receive an education by means of which they may become self-supporting. The fund is named in memory of a deceased son of the donors, and is administered by a board of trustees. The fund at present maintains fifteen scholars in the University of California. Applications for scholarships to be awarded in accordance with the provisions of this fund should be addressed to the Trustees, care of Albert Bonnheim, Secre- tary, Sacramento, California. The Sheffield Sanborn Scholarships.-Mrs. Frances B. Sanborn, widow of Sheffield S. Sanborn of the Class of '94, has established three scholar- ships, to be known as the Sheffield Sanborn Scholarships. Each yields for the year 1911–12 the sum of $250. One of the scholarships is for a student in medicine, one for a student in law in the Berkeley colleges, and one for a student in Hastings College of the Law. The scholarships are open only to students who have not received a degree in law or medicine and who otherwise would not have the opportunity to acquire a university training. - The Albert Sydney Johnston Memorial Scholarship.–Chapter 79 of the United Daughters of the Confederacy makes provision for the support in the University of an undergraduate scholarship with the foregoing desig- nation. The appointment is made by the Chapter, subject to the approval of the Regents or Faculties of the University. The candidate must be a descendant of a Confederate veteran or of a Daughter of the Confederacy and must have complied with the entrance requirements of the University of California. ## p. 132 (#150) ############################################ 132 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. Applications for Scholarships.-Applications for undergraduate scholar- ships, with letters and testimonials connected therewith, sheuld be in the hands of the Recorder of the Faculties at Berkeley on or before the firs day of April preceding the academic year for which the awards are to be made. Awards will be announced in May, if possible, and notice thereof will be sent by mail to each applicant. Payments are made at the office of the Secretary of the Board of Regents, in California Hall, in ten monthly installments, beginning September 1st. A blank form of application may be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties. FELLOWSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS. FOR GRADUATES. NOTE.-Graduate scholarships and fellowships are awarded as a mark of honor, on the basis of scholarship—not of need; and the holders thereof are expected to devote all their time to their work in the University. The University Fellowships.-In April, 1909, the Regents of the Univer- sity provided for ten fellowships of the annual value of $400 each. For 1911–12 these fellowships have been awarded as follows: one in Mathe- matics, one in Palaeontology, one in Agricultural Chemistry, one in As- tronomy, two in Zoology, one in History, and two in English. Applica- tions should be made through the Recorder of the Faculties to the Com- mittee on Graduate Scholarships and Fellowships. The LeConte Memorial Fellowship Fund has been established by the Alumni Association of the University, in memory of Professors John and Joseph LeConte. Its annual income is $600, which may be devoted to the support of one or more fellowships, at the discretion of the Board of Administration of the Fund. Appointees must be graduates of the Uni- versity of California of not more than three years’ standing at the time of award; the sole test is superior excellence, as determined at its dis- cretion by the Board; and recipients are to pursue their studies either at the University of California or elsewhere, as the Board may determine. Application forms may be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties. The John W. Mackay Junior Fellowships.-Under the terms of an endow- ment made by Mr. Clarence W. Mackay of New York City, jointly with his mother, Mrs. John W. Mackay, the University of California has estab- lished two John W. Mackay Junior Fellowships in Electrical Engineering, of an annual value of six hundred dollars each. These fellowships are open to all properly qualified university graduates. The object is not to facilitate ordinary engineering or scientific study, but to enable students who have completed a college course to do research work in electrical ## p. 133 (#151) ############################################ Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships. 133 engineering, with a view to aiding the advance of the application of electricity to scientific and industrial purposes. The place of residence of those holding the fellowships is to be at the University of California. Experimental or other work, however, may be carried on outside the labor- atories of the University. The appointment to each fellowship shall be for one year, which appointment may, however, be renewed, at the discretion of the Academic Council of the University. The Professor F. V. Paget Scholarship was created by the will of the late Madame Emmanuel M. Paget in memory of her husband, formerly Professor of French in the University. The will directs that the income of the fund shall be given annually to some deserving student in the department of French of the University of California. The award will ordinarily be made to a graduate student. The value of this scholarship is $150. The Bonnheim Research Fellowship in English was founded in 1907 by Albert Bonnheim of Sacramento. Its value is $650 a year; and the re- cipient may study at this or any other University. The fellowship is awarded on the basis of competition open to men of the graduating class or of the graduate body who are pursuing advanced studies in English. Applications, accompanied by an outline of academic career, testimonials, and a thesis (typewritten) in evidence of ability to conduct research, must be in the hands of the chairman of the Committee of Award (the head of the English Department) on or before the first day of May preceding the academic year for which the fellowship is desired. For further particulars apply to the chairman. Lick Observatory Fellowships, two or three in number, are usually maintained annually by the University. The appointees devote their attention to graduate study and assist in the work of the Observatory. The Whiting Bequest. A bequest of twenty thousand dollars was made in 1895, by the will of Harold Whiting, formerly Associate Professor of Physics in the University. The net income from this sum is expended under the joint direction of the President and the Professor of Physics of the University. In the years 1898 to 1902 a traveling fellowship (value $600) was maintained from that income. Since 1902 two travel- ing fellowships, of the value of $600 each, have been awarded. In cases of distinct merit, similar awards may be made from time to time, as an encouragement to advanced study and research in Physics. The Yale Alumni Association Fellowship. Beginning 1901-02, the Yale Alumni Association of California has awarded annually the sum of $300 (to which the authorities of Yale University agree to add an amount ## p. 134 (#152) ############################################ 134 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. equal to the charge for tuition there) to some graduate of the University of California or of Leland Stanford Junior University, the money to be used by the recipient in the pursuit of graduate study at Yale University. Applications for the fellowship should be addressed to Mr. John Shepard Eells, Secretary of the Yale Alumni Association, 430 California street, San Francisco. The Flood Fellowships in Economics. Two fellowships in Economics of $400 each per year have been established from the income of the fund donated to the University by Miss Cora Jane Flood. Application forms may be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties. The Willard D. Thompson Memorial Fund, established by the will of Mrs. Jennie D. Thompson of Salt Lake, as a memorial to her son, of the class of 1895, provides for scholarships for the higher education of worthy young men and women, residents of Utah, who shall have completed at least a four years’ course of some high school of recognized standing. For the year 1911–12, the fund will support five graduate scholarships, yielding about $600 each. - The Harvard Club Scholarship. The Harvard Club of San Francisco has usually awarded annually since 1887 a sum of not less than $200 to some graduate of the University of California or of Leland Stanford Junior University, the money to be used by the recipient in pursuit of graduate study at Harvard University. - The James M. Goewey Scholarship, founded in January, 1904, by the family of the late James M. Goewey, yields about $250 annually, and is awarded to a student in one of the departments of natural science. At present the awards will be limited to graduate students. Applications should be filed with the Recorder of the Faculties on or before April 15. Blank forms of application may be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties. The Frank M. Pia:ley Scholarship was founded by Mrs. Amelia V. R. Pixley, who bequeathed to the University $3563.22 as an endowment to be administered by the Regents of the University of California. It was the desire of the donor that the income from this fund should be used for the maintenance of some student in law. For 1910–11 the income of the endowment was $200. University Fellowship in Pacific Coast History.—The Order of the Native Sons of the Golden West has provided for the payment annually to the Regents of the University of California the sum of $1500 for the main- tenance of a fellowship in Pacific Coast history. Candidates must be graduates of a university and must have done at least one year of grad- uate work upon Pacific Coast history. They must present some written ## p. 135 (#153) ############################################ Fellowships; Special Lectureships. ' 135 work showing knowledge and capacity for research upon some subject in the history of the Pacific Coast. - The names of the candidates for the fellowship, with their qualifica- tions and evidence of their training for historical research in the form of written work shall be submitted by the department of history of the University of California on or about the first of May in each year, to a committee chosen by the Grand Parlor of the Native Sons of the Golden West at its annual session, and the name of the candidate selected by the committee shall be submitted to the President of the University to be announced by him on Commencement Day. The holder of the fellowship may be a candidate for re-election upon submitting proof of his fitness, either by thoroughness of the work done during the year of his term, or by promise for the completion of larger investigations. Applications for Scholarships and Fellowships.-Applications for all fellowships or scholarships in the graduate school, with letters and testi- monials connected therewith, should be in the hands of the Recorder of the Faculties at Berkeley on or before the first day of March preceding the academic year for which the awards are to be made. Awards will be an- nounced during April, if possible, and notice thereof will be sent by mail to each applicant. Payments are made at the office of the Secretary of the Board of Regents, in California Hall, in ten monthly installments, beginning September 1st. A blank form of application may be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties. SPECIAL LECTURESHIPS. The Barbara Weinstock Lectureship on the Morals of Trade was created by Mr. Harris Weinstock of Sacramento on May 14, 1902, with an endow. ment of $5000. The purpose of the lectureship was stated by the founder to be the education of young men ‘‘to the belief that success in business is more profitable and more lasting if conducted upon a high ethical plane, and that true success lies in developing character, rather than in heaping up gold.” The lecture does not form a part of the regular courses of instruction. The Charles M. Hitchcock Endowment Fund of $10,000 was established by Mr. Hitchcock as an endowment for ‘‘a professorship in the University of California for free lectures upon scientific and practical subjects, but not for the advantage of any religious sect, nor upon political subjects.” ## p. 136 (#154) ############################################ 136 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. / UNIVERSITY EXTENSION. The Department of University Extension was organized during the year 1902-03 to carry on, as the work of a separate department of the University, extension courses in different parts of the State of California. Courses of University Extension lectures, with classes for study in con- nection with the lectures, are given wherever University Extension Centers may be organized, and the control and selection of these courses is left entirely to the committees of the various local centers. Each course con- sists of twelve lectures delivered at fortnightly intervals on days and in places chosen by the local committees, and University credit is given for work done in the University Extension classes after regular examinations. University Extension Traveling Libraries, containing several copies of the books needed for study in connection with the lectures and classes are sent to the local centers, and for courses in which they are needed lantern slides and other illustrative material are also supplied. It is the function of the Department of University Extension at the University to aid in the formation of centers and to supply lecturers, not necessarily members of the instructing staff of the University, to meet the requirements of these local centers. Particulars with regard to the cost of University Extension courses, the manner of organizing local centers, the aims and scope of extension work, and the credit towards a University degree to be obtained by doing the work laid out for Extension classes, can be found in the circular on University Extension, which will be sent on application to the Secretary of University Extension, University of California, Berkeley. Syllabuses of the courses at present offered by the Department can be obtained at the rate of ten cents a copy. During the year 1910-11 four University Extension centers were successfully maintained and in each of these four centers a University Extension course of lectures was delivered. One course on “Problems of Twentieth Century Citizenship ’’ was given in Sonora by Thomas H. Reed, Associate Professor of Government; one course in Sacramento on “The Physiography of California, ’’ by R. S. Holway, Assistant Professor of Geography; a course in Napa, given jointly by Professors Holway, Scholz, and Smith; and a course on “The End of the Eighteenth Century in Europe,” by Professor H. Morse Stephens, under the auspices of the Mechanics’ Institute of San Francisco. ## p. 137 (#155) ############################################ University Ectension. 1:37 The names of the officers of the local Centers were as follows: Bakersfield Center. President—W. D. Nelson. Secretary—Miss Blanche Weill. Napa Center. President—Derrel L. Beard. Sacramento Center. President—Albert Bonnheim. Sonora Center. President—Judge G. W. Nicol. Secretary—Crittenden Hampton. Stockton Center. President—Dr. Sanderson. Secretary—Mrs. S. R. Langdon. Treasurer—P. B. Fraser. San Francisco : Mechanics’ Institute Center. President—R. J. Taussig. Vice-President—Livingstone Jenks. Secretary—Joseph M. Cumming. Watsonville Center. President—T. S. MacQuiddy. ## p. 138 (#156) ############################################ 138 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. APPOINTIMENT REGISTRY. In January, 1898, the Regents of the University established, in the President’s Office, a Registry for teachers and others who desire the co- operation of the University in securing employment. The aim is to obtain complete information in regard to all University candidates for the teaching profession or for other callings. A Secretary is in charge of the lists of applicants, which include the names of many who have already won success in their professions, or in the business world. The Secretary secures evidence in regard to the scholarship, experience, and personal quali- fications of each candidate, and on the basis of this information the President answers inquiries from appointing authorities. . The purpose is to secure such information as will enable the President to name the best available person for a given position. The practice of giving written recommendations to students, to be used at their own dis- cretion, has been discontinued. Reports from instructors are filed in the President's Office. Copies of these reports will be mailed to school officers, or to professional or business men, at their request, or at the request of the student concerned. But the President reserves the right of refusing to extend the coöperation of the University to students when they apply for positions for which they are manifestly unfit. Official recommendations for positions are made only on request of those in authority. Letters requesting such recommendations should state explicitly the subjects to be taught, or the work to be done, the salary paid per year, and the time when the engagement begins. Prompt answer will be made to such letters throughout the summer vacation as well as during the University year. The Secretary will consult any member of the Faculty whose advice is especially desired. There are no fees for the services of this office. Communications should be addressed to the Appointment Secretary, University of California, Berkeley. ## p. 139 (#157) ############################################ Summer Session. 139 SUMMER SESSION. The Summer Session of six weeks is designed for teachers and other persons who are unable to attend the University during the regular sessions There are at present no formal entrance requirements, except that applicants must be persons of good moral character and must be considered by the Faculty to be of sufficient maturity and intelligence to profit by attendance upon the exercises of the Session. The courses of instruction are mainly of University grade, and credit toward the University degrees may be given to attendants who comply with such conditions of work and examinations as may be imposed by the instructors in charge. The tuition fee is fifteen dollars, regardless of the number of courses taken. An Announcement of the Summer Session is issued in March of each year and may be obtained by addressing the Recorder of the Faculties, Berkeley, California. The Summer Session of 1911 began June 26 and ended August 5. The Summer Session of 1912 will begin June 24 and end August 3. ## p. 140 (#158) ############################################ 140 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. LIBRARY, MUSEUMS, AND LABORATORIES. LIBRARY. The General Library, housed in the newly completed building, provided for by the bequest of the late Charles F. Doe, now contains over 215,000 volumes. It is constantly augmented by donations and exchange, and by large purchases of books with the income from the Michael Reese, James K. Moffitt, Jane K. Sather, E. A. Denicke, and other funds. The extensive Bancroft collection of manuscripts and books relating to Pacific Coast history is in process of arrangement for use by historical students. The major portion of the manuscripts has been calendared. The resources of the Library are supplemented by borrowings from other libraries; and, similarly, the Library lends its books, under proper regulation, to other institutions. - The various departments of instruction have separately kept collec- tions of books, useful for ready reference and class-room work. The Library and Reading Room of the Department of Agriculture, situated in Agricultural Hall, receives the publications of the Experiment Stations of the United States and other countries, as well as pamphlets on agricultural subjects published by various Governments and Commis- sions. About one hundred and forty dailies, weeklies, and monthlies are regularly received. ARCHAEOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS. The collections in classical archaeology comprise many original pieces of Greek, Etruscan, and early Italian material. A large series of repro- ductions covers the principal periods of antique art. The University has a cabinet of about three thousand coins and medals, including some eighteen hundred ancient coins of Greek states and kingdoms, coins of early Italy republics, gentile coins of Rome, coins of the nations of Gaul, and of the Imperial period. There are also sets of wall maps of ancient countries, many engravings, photographs, and squeezes and about three thousand lantern slides illustrating the topography, epigraphy, monuments, art, and life of ancient Greece and Rome. The classical exhibits of the Phoebe A. Hearst Collections, to be in- corporated in the projected Museum of Anthropology, acquaint the student ## p. 141 (#159) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 141 with classical groups of Cypriote, Greek, Roman, and Etruscan vases. There are, besides, the contents of fifteen Etruscan, Graeco-Etruscan, and Roman Etruscan tombs from the antique cemeteries of Abbadia del Fiume, Sovana, and Aurinia-Saturnia in Southern Etruria. A group of sepulchral pottery, and of stone effigies, from the neighborhood of Viterbo, includes a dozen life-size portraits of well-to-do Etruscan citizens reclin- ing on the lids of their own sarcophagi. The collections contain selected electrotype copies of the gold and silver objects from the royal tombs of Mycenae, which are preserved in the National Museum at Athens. The sepulchral traditions of the race to which Herodotus credits the invention of glass find illustration in a collection of antique glasses and other tomb furniture from Syria. A group of facsimile reproductions after glass vessels of the Roman period, found in the Rhine valley, supplements it. There are, besides, weapons, stone carvings, terra-cotta figurines, and small bronzes of sepulchral association. A collection of about one hundred examples of Greek and Roman sculpture in marble includes some speci- mens of considerable value which occupy a definite place in the history of ancient art. It is an assemblage, by purchase, of pieces recently dis- covered in Italy, Greece, and Asia Minor. A collection of plaster casts, copies partly from antique bronzes both large and small, reproduces their oxidation; and facsimiles of a few antique pieces of note in bronze similarly oxidized, and in terra-cotta, indicate the progress of minor decorative sculpture down into the Middle Ages. Finally, there is a unique series of facsimile copies after the portrait panels of Greek mummies discovered in the Fayoum, Egypt, and preserved in the collec- tions of Theodore Graf, Vienna, and of the British Museum and National Gallery, London, besides three original masks and one original painting. A group of Byzantine eikones from Italy and Russia illustrates the long survival in Christian art of Greek methods of painting. MUSEUMS. The several collections composing the University Museum have, by action of the Regents, been more closely coördinated with the depart- ments of instruction to which they pertain than was formerly the case. Owing to the extremely crowded condition of the University buildings, it is possible at present to place on public exhibition only a very small portion of the collections. The materials have been obtained from many sources, chief among which are the following: (1) The State Geological Survey, which con- tributed not only its extensive collection of minerals, of fossils, and of marine and land shells, but especially that series of skins of California ## p. 142 (#160) ############################################ 142 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. birds which were the type-specimens of the species described in its report on ornithology. (2) The Pioche collection of shells, fossils, minerals, and ores illustrative of Pacific Coast forms, though principally from South America. (3) The collection of D. O. Mills, containing a large series of California land shells, and of native ores and rocks. (4) The collection of James R. Keene—a costly group of minerals. (5) The various expedi- tions of the Zoological Department. (6) The ethnological and natural history collections made by the Alaska Commercial Company in Alaska. (7) The series of type vertebrate skeletons purchased for the Zoological Department by Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst. (8) Several large collections of vertebrate fossils brought to the Museum by expeditions sent out by friends of the University. Recent additions have been numerous and valuable. Type specimens of new species are placed in the Museum, as are also specimens of various species, genera, etc., illustrating interesting cases of variation, geographical distribution, and other facts in the natural history of the California marine and terrestrial fauna. MUSEUMS, LABORATORIES, ETC. Anthropology.—The archaeological and ethnological collections of the University are in charge of the Department of Anthropology, which has been established and supported as a research and museum department through the generosity of Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst. This department has been particularly active in Egypt, Greece and Italy, Peru, and California, and has made explorations in several other regions. Collections have been formed from all parts of the world, which have placed the Museum on a broad and cosmopolitan basis. Collections and gifts have also been received from the Honorable William Randolph Hearst, Mr. Cornelius E. Rumsey, the Crocker Fund for Archaeological Research in Mexico, the Alaska Commercial Company, Mr. H. W. Seton-Karr, Mr. Jesse Peter, Mrs. Blanche Trask, and many others. Owing to the increase of the collections, a fire-proof storage building, erected for the department on the University grounds in Berkeley at the time of its organization, became so congested by 1903 that it was neces- sary to remove the principal portion of the collections to the westernmost of the University’s buildings at the Affiliated Colleges in San Francisco. Although lack of installation facilities prevents the public opening of the Museum, the larger part of the collections have been arranged and are available to students and to those specially interested in anthropology or any of its branches. The two upper floors of this building are given over to such installation, and are open to the public, in limited parties under supervision, on Thursday afternoons, throughout the year, from one to ## p. 143 (#161) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 143 four o'clock, except when Thursday is a legal holiday. Arrangements are being made to open the entire building to the public daily, beginning some time during the year 1911–12. The storage building in Berkeley is now also used for exhibition. In the main room is displayed a collection of reproductions of ancient sculpture and architectural art, while in the gallery a special synoptical collection, illustrative of general anthropology, has been arranged for use in connection with anthropological instruction. The Graeco-Roman collections, both in Berkeley and San Francisco, are described under Archaeological Collections. (See page 140.) The principal other collections of the department, as arranged or stored at the Affiliated Colleges, are the following: The archaeology and ethnology of California is illustrated by exten- sive collections. These represent, to a greater or less degree, every sec- tion of the State. An endeavor is being made, through the Ethnological and Archaeological Survey of California, to build up the collection in such a manner that every part of the State will be as fully represented by specimens as possible. The present archaeological collections are most extensive from the mounds of the San Francisco Bay region, from caves in Shasta county where explorations concerning the antiquity of man have been conducted, from nearly all of the Santa Barbara islands, and from the coast region between Monterey and Santa Barbara. In ethnology the Indians of Northwestern California are particularly well represented on account of continued investigations carried on among them by the department. The arts and industries, as well as the dress and cere- monies, of these Indians are fully illustrated. A special feature is the basketry, which has been collected with particular reference to methods of technique and design. Besides the Yurok, Karok, and Hupa Indians, the Tolowa, Lassik, Wiyot, Sinkyone, Shasta, and other tribes are illus- trated. From the great Central ethnological area of California there are collections from the Wailaki, Yuki, Pomo, and Wappo of Mendocino, Sonoma, and Lake counties, and the Modoc, Achomawi, Maidu, Yana, Wintun, Miwok, Washo, Yokuts, and Mono of the Sierra Nevada and San Joaquin-Sacramento Valley. From Southern California the various Shoshonean and Yuman tribes inhabiting this region, especially the Mohave, Chemehuevi, Cahuilla, Luiseño, and Diegueño, are illustrated. From North America other than California there are extensive collec- tions from the Eskimo, Athabascans, and Tlinkit of Alaska; the Selishan tribes of Puget Sound; the ancient Cliff Dwellers, modern Pueblos, and other Indians of the Southwest; and from the Omaha and Ponka, Kiowa, Sioux, Blackfeet, and other tribes of the prairies and great plains. The archaeology of the eastern United States is illustrated by collections obtained in excavations made by the department near Kimmswick, Mis- ## p. 144 (#162) ############################################ 144 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. souri, and Trenton, New Jersey. There are also collections of plaster reproduction of ancient objects from Mexico, and of ethnological speci- mens from the modern Indians of southern Mexico; from Guatemala, illustrating the life of the present Indians; and from Panama, from which there is an extensive series of prehistoric specimens from the Chiriqui region. The South American section consists chiefly of collections obtained through expeditions maintained for a number of years in Peru. These collections were formed at Trujillo, Supe, Chancay, Ancon, Lima, Chincha, Ica, Nazca, Chala, and other coast points, and at Huamachuco and Cuzco in the interior, thus covering nearly the entire extent of Peru. Besides containing large series of pottery, important for the determina- tion of the various cultures and periods of ancient Peruvian civilization, these collections are rich in works of metal, stone, and more perishable materials, as well as in somatological specimens. The Pacific Island region is represented by collections from most of the more important Polynesian, Micronesian, and Melanesian groups, among which are many valuable pieces. There are also special collections from British New Guinea, and from the Mohammedan, Christian, and Pagan populations of the Philippine Islands. The Egyptian collections are among the most extensive in the museum. They are the result of systematic excavations by the Hearst Egyptian Expedition for a number of years, and represent various periods, from the pre-dynastic to the Coptic. They were obtained principally at Coptos, Der-el-Ballas, El-Ahaiwah, Ballas, Naga-ed-Der, and Gizeh. These collec- tions, including a large somatological series, have furnished the evidence for a number of new conclusions regarding the history, customs, and race of the ancient Egyptians. From Europe the museum contains a series of original and facsimile specimens illustrating palaeolithic and neolithic man. There is also a collection representing the life of the peasantry of Sweden a few genera- tions ago. The Graeco-Roman collections have been described under “Art Collections.” - Collections in physical anthropology include over two thousand skulls or skeletons from California, the Southwest, Peru, Egypt, and from many other localities. There is a collection of photographs of racial types; one of sixty plaster life-masks and busts of North American Indians; and a series of ninety portraits of North American Indians painted from life by J. H. Sharp. The museum possesses also 1,600 phonographic cylinders recording religious and secular songs, instrumental music, prayers, charms, and ## p. 145 (#163) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 145 ceremonial formulas, myths, traditions, and historical and personal nar- ratives, mainly in the languages of the California Indians; 5,300 photo- graphic negatives of anthropological subjects; 1,200 lantern slides; and 10,000 mechanical tracings and graphic records of Indian speech and song. A detailed description of the work, collections, and publications of the department of anthropology may be found in a pamphlet to be obtained on application to the department, or to the University Press. Mathematical Models. The department of mathematics has a collec- tion of about three hundred models of mathematical curves and surfaces in plaster, thread, wire, wood, and celluloid, including the Brill collection and the Schroeder models of descriptive geometry. Botany. The botanical collections of the University contain the fol- lowing: I. A Phaenogamic Herbarium of over one hundred and sixty thousand sheets of mounted specimens and fully as much unmounted material which is gradually being incorporated. The nucleus of this herbarium was formed by a set of the plants collected on the State Geological Survey, from 1860 to 1867, augmented by a set of duplicates of this collection recently received from the herbarium of Professor W. H. Brewer, of Yale University. To this have been added: (1) a number of important herbaria and many smaller collections donated by alumni and other friends of the University, (2) specimens collected by members of the Botanical Department, amounting to several thousand sheets each year, and (3) plants received as a result of exchanges carried on with other institutions. While the aim has been to bring together plants from all parts of the world, particular attention has been given to the Pacific Coast flora, which is especially well repre- sented in this herbarium. Furthermore, there has been acquired by gift during the last twenty years a large number of important collections, among them the herbaria of Mr. and Mrs. T. S. Brandegee, of Mrs. R. W. Summers (presented by Regent Phoebe A. Hearst), of Professor W. C. Blasdale, of Professor E. R. Drew, of Professor V. K. Chesnut, of Mr. J. H. Barber, and many thou- sands of specimens from the resident collectors of California, Oregon, and Washington. II. A Cryptogamic Herbarium, containing twenty-one thousand sheets, particularly illustrating the California species. The collection of Algae and the considerable collections of other groups of Cryptogams of Pro- fessor Setchell have been incorporated with the University collections and are now available to students in these lines. ## p. 146 (#164) ############################################ 146 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. III. A. Botanical Museum, containing at present a valuable collection of native woods, fibres, barks, cones, acorns, and fruits, besides a large number of drugs and an economic collection. This material is available for class and research work, and is constantly being added to by donations from all parts of the world. Zoology. The department of Zoology has an excellent collection of both invertebrates and vertebrates, which is being constantly augmented. The collections of marine invertebrates from the Pacific Coast, especially of the groups of marine protozoa, coelenterata, bryozoa, echinodermata, annelida, mollusca, crustacea, and tunicata, are large and are being rap- idly increased. In entomology the Agricultural Department possesses a collection of over two thousand well determined species of beetles and a large collection of lepidoptera. The collections of amphibia, reptilia, birds, and mammalia are fairly representative of the West North American fauna in these groups. A special teaching collection of the local bird fauna has been recently secured. The collection of vertebrate skeletons has been greatly enriched by additions selected with the view to supple. ment the forms already possessed. The collection is fairly complete for the purposes of general instruction in comparative anatomy. The California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, established and main- tained by Miss Annie M. Alexander, gives the University by far the most complete collection of the West American land vertebrate fauna that has hitherto been brought together for purposes of research. The work is being pushed with vigor both in the field and in the museum. Palaeontology. The collections of the Geological Survey, which have become the property of the University, contain either the types or repre- sentative specimens of nearly all the known Californian fossils. In addition to this, the palaeontology of the State is illustrated by a collection of splendidly preserved fossils, presented to the University by Hon. D. O. Mills. A large collection represents fully the development of invertebrate life in North America. * As the result of the work of several palaeontological expeditions sent out by friends of the University, there has been brought together a large collection of vertebrate fossils representing fully the extinct fauna of this Coast. A number of valuable invertebrate and vertebrate fossils have been donated to the University during the last year. The Museum of Geology and Mineralogy comprises an extensive suite of minerals and ores illustrating the chief phenomena of crystals and of economic deposits. There are, besides, many crystallographic models, and ## p. 147 (#165) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 147 relief maps geologically colored. There is a similarly extensive suite of petrological specimens affording a fairly good illustration of the subject of Petrology; and many specimens illustrative of the more interesting features of structural geology. Agriculture. A collection of more than two thousand specimens of the soils of this State, to which frequent additions are made, fully illustrates the character of the several agricultural regions of California. This material forms the basis for continuous investigations in the agricultural laboratory. It includes also a large number of complete vertical sections of typical soils of the State taken to depths of ten and twelve feet, each foot being separately shown. A general collection of seeds is being formed, for the purpose of study as well as of a seed-control station. By Act of the Legislature the College of Agriculture received on Jan- uary 1, 1896, the collection of viticultural and enological apparatus and the library gathered during fourteen or fifteen years by the State Viti- cultural Commission. Donations to the museums of the University are gratefully received. Messrs. Wells, Fargo & Co. will transport such gifts to the University gratis if the weight of the package does not exceed twenty pounds. Special instructions for collecting and forwarding any particular kind of material will be furnished to any who may desire them. LABORATORIES. The Psychological Laboratory is well equipped for instruction and for research. The entire second and third floors and part of the basement. of the Philosophy Building are set apart for this use. The laboratory contains a demonstration room furnished for class instruction, which can be darkened when necessary, and an office used also for conferences. For research and special demonstrations there is an optical room, provided with north light; a special dark room, which may also be used as a silent room, being protected with double walls, floors, and doors; an acoustical room, with a specially devised contrivance for the direct transmission of sound to the silent room; and three other rooms, which can be adapted to any special problems. In addition to these, there is an apparatus room, a photographic room, a battery room, and a shop in which those working in the laboratory can construct the simpler contrivances for special research. Besides its own batteries, the laboratory is connected with the central electric power-plant of the University; and a switchboard having terminals of from four to eight wires in each of the above rooms makes electric power from either source available in any part of the laboratory. In addition to this, an independent circuit provides light throughout the building. ## p. 148 (#166) ############################################ 148 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. The equipment includes the more important psychological instruments, of late pattern, from the best makers. There is also a good collection of models, casts, and charts, of the brain and the sense organs, and a full assortment of materials for demonstration and experiment. The Physical Laboratory occupies the entire basement floors of South Hall and East Hall, and thus secures favorable conditions as regards stability and evenness of temperature. There are set apart rooms for elementary and for advanced work, for photometry, for spectroscopic re- search with a Rowland grating, for dynamos, and for a workshop. The apparatus includes many instruments and standards for fundamental meas- urements from makers of the best reputation, and the laboratory employs two competent mechanicians, who are continually increasing the equipment from original designs. It offers good facilities to students who wish to pursue the study of physics beyond the limits of the prescribed courses, whether for the sake of physics itself, or in connection with other subjects, like electrical engineering, astrophysics, the practical uses of polarized light, and physical chemistry. Such students may make special arrange- ments for using the laboratory. The Students’ Observatory (Berkeley Astronomical Department). The equipment of the observatory consists of the following instruments: An eight-inch reflector, gift of the Hon. Wm. M. Pierson; a six-inch refractor with position micrometer; a five-inch refractor, gift of Mr. and Mrs. Herman Oelrichs; a six-inch photographic telescope and a five-inch photo- graphic telescope with a three-inch guiding telescope, all equatorially mounted with driving clocks; a three-inch Davidson combination transit- and-zenith telescope; a two-inch altazimuth instrument; a surveyor's transit with solar attachment; spectroscopes; a Repsold measuring engine for measuring astronomical photographs; a Gaertner microscope for measuring spectrograms; an electro-chronograph; a Harkness spherometer; a level- trier; six sextants; three chronometers; a Howard M. T. clock; all neces- sary electric connections for recording time and determining longitude by the telegraphic method; a set of meteorological instruments with which observations are regularly recorded and forwarded to the United States Weather Bureau in Washington, D. C. For particulars concerning the organization and aims of the under- graduate and graduate instruction in the various branches of astronomy in the Berkeley Astronomical Department, consult the “Special Announce- ment to Students,’’ issued in 1901 by the Lick and Berkeley Astronomical Departments. Visitors are received at the Students’ Observatory on the first Friday of each month, in the evening from eight to ten o’clock. ## p. 149 (#167) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 149 The Lick Observatory. For circular of information concerning this department of the University, address the Recorder of the Faculties, Berkeley, California, or The Director of the Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, California. The Chemical Laboratories are large and commodious, well lighted and well ventliated, and offer excellent facilities for the study of chemistry. They comprise the following: An Elementary Laboratory for beginners; a Qualitative and a Quantitative Laboratory, each containing all the usual ap- pliances; an Organic Laboratory for special and advanced studies in organic chemistry; a well equipped laboratory for Physical Chemistry; a laboratory for Physiological Chemistry; and two large Research Laboratories. Special rooms are devoted to volumetric analysis, gas analysis, spectrum analysis, and electrolysis. Ample facilities are provided for chemical analysis and for investigations in foods, drinking waters, mineral waters, poisons, etc. A chemical museum, with a large collection of chemical products and apparatus, is open daily for inspection and study. A Botanical Garden furnishes abundant material for the classes in botany, and affords favorable opportunities for original studies and exper- imentation. About three and one-half acres are under cultivation. Over two thousand species of plants, one-half of these California species, are being grown, and this number is being constantly increased through the donations of friends and the efforts of the various members of the Botanical Department. The Botanical Laboratories are well lighted and equipped with the necessary instruments and reagents for work in morphology, histology, and physiology both of flowering and flowerless plants. Special facilities are provided for students desiring to pursue research work. The Conservatory is situated on the slope between the Botanical Garden and the Students’ Observatory. The structure has five subdivisions, ar- ranged for different temperatures, according to the needs of different classes of exotics. The Conservatory, in connection with the old plant houses (which are now used as propagating houses), is used for the im- portant work of plant introduction which has been carried on by the Department of Agriculture for a number of years. In the Conservatory a large collection of exotic plants is kept for illustration in horticultural and botanical instruction. All the decorative plants used at University functions are supplied from the Conservatory collection and whenever possible cut flowers are furnished to the Students’ Infirmary. The old propagating houses, lately improved by the building of an addition to the potting rooms, now serve also as a horticultural laboratory. The Zoological Laboratories occupy the greater part of the first floor and part of the second of East Hall. The laboratories, both for elemen- ## p. 150 (#168) ############################################ 150 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. tary and advanced work in general morphology, microscopical anatomy, and embryology, are large and well lighted. Special facilities are offered to students who wish to pursue their studies beyond the limits of the undergraduate courses. By provision of the Regents, the work of the department may be trans- ferred to the seaside during the summer vacation, it being the purpose of the University to make use of the exceptional advantages in this field offered by the California coast. The Rudolph Spreckels Physiological Laboratory. Undergraduate in- struction is given in the east and west wings of the building erected for the University by Mr. Rudolph Spreckels, of San Francisco. There are laboratory facilities for about forty students. The central part is reserved for research. This part corresponds in its arrangements with the traditional physiological laboratory, and offers all the facilities for work in special physiology. Provision is also made for work in general physiology and experimental biology. The Department Library, situated in the central part of the building, contains complete sets of all the important physiological journals, and the more important monographs on physiological and related subjects. The Mineralogical Laboratory is provided with a large collection of minerals, and is well equipped with the necessary apparatus for research work in crystallography both as regards goniometric work and the deter- mination of physical constants. The Petrographical Laboratory contains a large collection of rocks, and several thousand thin sections. It is supplied with all necessary apparatus for instruction in petrography and for detailed research. Mechanical and Electrical Laboratories. The Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Building contains the laboratories of steam engineering, hy. draulic engineering, and electrical engineering. The equipment of these laboratories is unusually complete in all departments of experimental engineering. The Machine Shops have, in the aggregate, a floor area of 6000 square feet and comprise the following: - 1. The main machine room, fully equipped with metal working machines, and with bench and hand tools. - 2. The wood working, carpentry, and pattern rooms, which contain a complete equipment of wood working machines and tools. 3. The blacksmith room. 4. A room for delicate metal work, especially equipped with the finer machines and tools for the construction of special instruments. Much of the apparatus for use in the laboratories is from original de- signs, and has been constructed entirely in the machine shops. - ## p. 151 (#169) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 151 The laboratories have a total area of approximately 12,000 square feet, of which 6300 square feet consists of a covered court in which are installed the apparatus and equipment of the hydraulic laboratory. The east wing of the building is set apart for the electrical engineering laboratories, while the north wing of the building is used for steam engineering laboratories. The mechanical engineering laboratories contain a number of experi- mental steam engines, gas engines, and an air compressor, including con- densers, hot wells, and apparatus and instruments for obtaining quantitative results in steam and gas engine experiments. Two water tube, high pres- sure boilers, having an aggregate capacity of 300 H. P., are available for experiments in the generation of steam, these boilers being equipped with oil burning furnaces. In electrical engineering, the dynamo laboratory contains a 100 H. P. Ball engine which is used to drive through a countershaft electrical gener- ators of various types. In addition, there is also a 50 H. P. Straight Line engine which may be belted to alternating or direct current generators as desired. For constant speed, a 100 H.P., 4000 volt, 3 phase, synchronous motor, directly connected to a countershaft, is available for the driving of smaller alternating and direct current generators. When a variable speed is desired for tests, current is available from the central power station on the south side of the campus and the electrical machinery is driven by motors. The machines in the dynamo laboratory range in size from 100 K. W. down. Direct current, constant potential and constant current types, and single and polyphase alternating current generators, and induction and synchronous motors are all represented in this laboratory, including many dynamo electrical machines constructed by students in the machine shops. Dynamometers of various types are used for efficiency tests. The multiple plug switchboards, of which there are four, may be used either for alternating or direct current and contain in all more than 2000 terminals. These switchboards are connected with the machines and also with the instrument table, so that tests may be readily and accurately conducted. These switchboards are connected with the machines and also with the ammeters, voltmeters and wattmeters. A special bank of transformers for the transformation of polyphase currents, including single, 2 phase, 3 phase, and 6 phase current, is connected permanently with the alternating current switchboard, the aggregate normal rating of the transformers being 100 K. W. For high voltage and insulator tests a 10 K. W., 100,000 volt, oil- insulated transformer is used. The standardizing laboratories contain Kelvin Electric Balances, electro- static voltmeters, Weston laboratory standard ammeters and voltmeters, Wheatstone and Nalder bridges, and a full equipment of dead beat astatic galvanometers. ## p. 152 (#170) ############################################ 152 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. In connection with the photometric and other experiments requiring a constant potential, a storage battery of 60 cells is available. The instru- ment rooms are all supplied with solid masonry piers for the mounting of sensitive instruments. The hydraulic laboratory has recently been fully equipped. An arti- ficial head of water is available for tests upon impulse wheels. Two experimental water wheels, each of 50 H. P. capacity, with interchangeable buckets and completely equipped with absorption dynamometers, are avail- able for efficiency tests. A stand-pipe, giving various heads up to 60 feet, is used for experiments requiring constant heads. The laboratory equip- ment includes a number of standard weirs for the accurate measurement of water used in the tests of water wheels, turbines or the discharge from centrifugal pumps under test. Civil Engineering Equipment. The department has an excellent assort- ment of models and specimens of trade products. It has a museum of engineering materials and apparatus; also a department library containing engineering reports and specifications of actual work, trade catalogues, and a large assortment of photographs and blue prints of existing European and American structures. These collections may be consulted by students and instructors. They are also drawn upon for illustration in the class room. A collection of photographic lantern slides of engineering struc- tures is in use by the department and represents mainly the fields of structural engineering, foundations, testing of materials, railroading, sani- tation, irrigation, roads and pavements, surveying and masonry structures. For purposes of instruction in the regular session at Berkeley and at the Summer School of Surveying held near Santa Cruz, the department has a supply of surveying and geodetic instruments. It has also a collec- tion of drawing and computing instruments such as planimeters, special- ized slide rules and railroad curves, for the use of upper division students. Civil Engineering Laboratory. The Testing Laboratory is fitted with apparatus to determine the elasticity and resistance of the materials used in engineering construction and for the inspection of cements and manufactured products. Testing machines of large capacity are avail- able for practical tests of beams and columns. Facilities are offered for original investigation of the physical properties of the materials of engineering. The laboratory is provided with a well equipped machine shop for shaping test specimens of metal or wood and for the manu- facture of special apparatus. Materials and building stones of the Pacific Coast receive special attention in the laboratory. The Sanitary and Municipal Laboratories of the Department afford facilities for routine and research work on problems relating to the ## p. 153 (#171) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 153 determination of chemical, bacteriological and physical properties of water, sewage, air, municipal refuse. Apparatus is available for special studies of rainfall rates and run-off in streams and sewers. Practical problems in hydraulics, water and sewage purification, municipal refuse disposal and ventilation either can be studied in the laboratories or solved elsewhere with the use of the laboratory equipment. Special opportunities for tests upon materials for road and pavement construction are also offered. The Hearst Memorial Mining Building, now occupied by the depart- ment of mining and metallurgy of the University of California, is the gift of Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst, as a memorial to her husband, the late United States Senator George Hearst. From east to west the building measures one hundred and eighty-one feet. Its greatest length from north to south is two hundred and twenty-seven feet. It is of fire- proof construction throughout. The outer walls are constructed of brick on the interior and of Raymond granite from the Sierra Nevada on the exterior. The frame is steel; the floors are of reinforced concrete; and the roofs are of the same material covered with red tile. The building includes four working floors. The principal entrance is in the center of the south façade. This opens into the Memorial Vesti- bule and Museum, forty feet wide by eighty feet long, lighted on the southern side by three arched windows, and from above through three circular domes fifty feet above the floor. The vestibule runs through three stories in height and is surrounded by balconies at the level of the second and third floors. It is finished throughout in buff pressed brick, with marble pavements. The floors of the building are sixteen feet apart, giving practically fourteen feet of working space on each floor, and leaving ample room for the construction of mezzanine floors in the laboratories whenever needed. The First Floor is a large and well lighted basement, entered from the west by a tunnel, through which heavy trucks may be driven directly to the storage and supply rooms. It contains steam heating and ventil- ating appliances, and there is now installed a 15-horsepower electrically driven air compressor and a 100-horsepower compound duplex air com- pressor driven by a condensing steam engine, both of the Cincinnati gear. Compressed air is now supplied continuously to all working parts of the building by the 15-horsepower compressor; the larger machine supplies power for the operation of air drills in the mining laboratory. These two air compressors serve to familiarize the students with standard appliances and methods of supplying compressed air for power in mining. On this floor are two large store-rooms carefully designed for the storage in a systematic manner of the varied chemicals and other ## p. 154 (#172) ############################################ 154 Letters. Sciences, and Engineering. - supplies used in the building. One of these rooms is devoted exclusively to chemicals, crucibles, muffles, and other supplies and applianees used in the assaying laboratory. The other is devoted exclusively to the storage of mining and metallurgical machinery and apparatus, where they may be free from chemical fumes. Each of these store rooms is served by a separate electric elevator. by means of which supplies are distributed to local distribution points connected with each of the four laboratory suites of the upper floors. On this floor, adjoining the store-rooms, are two sets of very con- venient locker rooms and lavatories with shower baths; separate suites being provided for the Senior and Junior mining students respectively. In the heart of the building on this floor is the Mining Laboratory. This room is 64 feet high and about 50 feet wide by 120 feet long. It is surrounded by galleries on the second and third floors. It is lighted both from the sides and from above. It is provided also with an electric elevator capable of earrying a load of five tons. Its entire length will be covered by a traveling electrie erane with a capacity for handling five tons. - To the right and left of this room on the ground floor are wings, arranged like the arms of a Roman eross. In the right wing are the forge-rooms, provided with down-draught forges for the working of iron and steel, partieularly equipped for miners' drill and tool sharp- ening. On the left are the metal and wood working shops. These shops serve not only for the instruction of students, but as well for the equip- ment and experimental work of the department. | - In the mining laboratory, with its adjuncts, there will be instruction in the methods of rock-drilling, both single and double hand; machine rock drills of every type will be used; and practical instruction will be given in the use of diamond and artesian drill boring tools, together with some experimental work with the leading types of hoisting and ventilating machines. From a central switchboard on this floor the electric service of the building is distributed. The working rooms of the building are provided with compressed air, water, steam, gas, and electricity. The large motors in the building are driven by a two-phase alternating current, at a pressure of 440 volts. The lighting of the building is provided for by a 220-volt single-phase alternating eurrent. There is also avail. * able for the elevators a 220-volt or if desired a 110-volt direct current. It will be seen from the foregoing that the principal methods of electric power service are illustrated in the equipment of the building. | Second or Main Floor. The entrance to the second or main floor is in the center of the south façade, and opens into the memorial vestibule and museum of mining and metallurgy. This noble room measures ## p. 155 (#173) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 155 40 x 88 feet, and rises through three stories to a height of 50 feet. The room is beautifully lighted from the side and from above. Surrounding this room are balconies at the level of the third and fourth floors. In this museum it is intended to illustrate all phases of the mining and metallurgic art. It will contain plans and models of mines and mining and metallurgical machinery, and collections illustrating the various stages of ore-dressing and metallurgical processes, from the raw material to the finished product. Opening off the museum, on the second, third, and fourth floors, there are three large lecture rooms, and a number of offices, studies, and reading rooms. A comfortable and well lighted reading room on the second floor is provided for the use of Senior and Junior mining students. The assaying laboratory opens off the right of the museum, forming the east wing of the building on the second floor, and contains six large rooms fitted up to illustrate the use of assay furnaces of different standard types, including soft coal, coke and gasoline furnaces. In the left or west wing of the building is a similar suite of rooms, devoted to work on an experimental scale in concentration, chlorination, and amalgamation of gold and silver ores; to hyposulphite lixiviation and to cyanide work. In the rear end of the building is a tower 50 feet square, extending up through three stories, from the second to the fourth, devoted to the dry crushing and sampling of ores. This room contains several sets of rock crushers, a pair of Krom 's 16-inch swinging pillow block steel rolls, a Sturtevant centrifugal mill, a Krom 's fine grinder and several sample grinders, together with a bucket elevator, a Krom hexagonal trommel and set of shaking sizing screens. The highest floor of this tower contains a number of ore bins and shelves for stock of ore samples, and a fine sampling floor. The three floors of the rock crushing tower are connected by an elevator, giving ready access to all parts thereof. To the right of the dry crushing and sampling tower, and adjoining the Assaying Laboratory, is a large smelting laboratory which will be devoted to various types of roasting and smelting furnaces. To the left of the dry crushing and sampling tower is a large room extending up through three stories, devoted to the wet crushing and amalgamating of gold, silver, copper, and lead ores. Third Floor. Connecting the front and the rear end of the building on the third floor are, on the right side, six large rooms directly over the assaying laboratories, which will be devoted to advanced work in metallurgy by Senior mining students. On the left is a similar suite of six rooms devoted to research work. ## p. 156 (#174) ############################################ 156 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. Fourth Floor. The fourth floor of the building will be used as a large steel stack room containing a reference library of mining and metallurgy, and two suites of five rooms each, lighted from above, will serve as draughting, designing, photographic and blue printing rooms. The building cost over $600,000; the present equipment represents an outlay of at least $100,000. When completed the building and equipment will represent an outlay of at least a million dollars. The Laboratories of Agricultural Chemistry, Soil and Cereal Investi- gations, Viticulture, and Zymology are located in the Agricultural Experi- ment Station Building, and that of Plant Pathology, Bacteriology and Veterinary Science, of Fertilizer Control, of Entomology, and for experi- ments in milling and oil making are in adjoining structures. A special Laboratory is devoted to investigations in the physics and chemistry of soils, and to instruction in the Chemistry and Physics of Soils. The Laboratory of Agricultural Chemistry is devoted primarily to the prosecution of chemical researches in relation to general agriculture, such as the chemical examination of waters, foods, agricultural products, etc., and the determination of technical questions relating to agricultural pro- cesses or manufactures. The results of this work are reported to the per- sons interested; so far as they are of general interest, they are published currently in the form of bulletins. Laboratory instruction has been pro- vided by desk room in the laboratories for twenty-five advanced students (i.e., those who have taken silicate analysis in the chemistry department) and for special students for work in agricultural analysis. The Offices of the Department of Irrigation Engineering are located on the upper floor of the building. The Fertilizer Control Laboratory, for the analysis of commercial fer- tilizers, established by Act of the Legislature, occupies a new building planned and constructed especially for its use. In an addition to this building is located the State Pure Food Laboratories. The Cereal Laboratory is equipped for work entrusted to the Experi- ment Station by the Governor of California under the law of 1905, and is associated with field work at cereal stations in different parts of the State. The laboratory operations consist of selection and analysis of cereals, and analysis of soils and fertilizers used in their production; also baking tests to determine commercial value and suitability of the flours secured from the varieties included in field and milling experiments. Sugar-House Practice is maintained by facilities for practical instruction in sugar-house control, in which the student receives practice in the analysis of sugar-house products. ## p. 157 (#175) ############################################ Library, Museums, and Laboratories. 157 The Viticultural Laboratory is intended not only for the analysis of musts and wines, but also for the experimental production of wines on a small scale. The outfit for the latter purpose occupies part of the base- ment, and three cellar-rooms of the Agricultural Building. Students de- siring to become familiar with such work, or with the theory and art of wine-making, are admitted to laboratory and cellar practice. Zymological Laboratory. This laboratory is intended for both instruc- tion and investigation in the theory and practice of fermentation. It is provided with the necessary apparatus, and has accommodations for twelve students. For olive testing, by actual manufacture of oil from different varieties, an outfit of the most approved machinery has been provided. The picking of olives is also made the subject of instruction and investigation. Entomological Laboratories. The elementary laboratory is equipped with the usual apparatus such as microscopes, microtomes, breeding cages, etc., and the research laboratories have been well equipped for many lines of investigation. Bacteriology and Veterinary Science. The laboratories for instruction and investigation in bacteriology and for the study of diseases of live stock are accommodated in a structure adjoining the Agricultural Building. Plant Pathology. Facilities for laboratory instruction and investigation in plant diseases are at present provided in a structure adjoining the Agricultural Building, where the necessary equipment is available for this purpose. The University Dairy. The hill lands of the University at Berkeley are used for the maintenance of a dairy herd and are furnished with barns, corrals, and a milk house with good arrangements for sanitary milk hand. ling, the product being sold to local consumers. The operation of the dairy serves a good instructional purpose. The University Farm. The University Farm, purchased in accordance with a California statute of 1905, comprises 780 acres of first-class valley land under irrigation at Davis, Yolo County. It is provided with buildings for instruction in practical agriculture and horticulture, including a com- mercial creamery, stock pavilion, horticultural building, dairy barn, cereal building, mechanical shops, and a dormitory building and dining hall. The University Farm is both for experiment and instructional uses. In- struction is provided in short courses for adults, secondary instruction for youth, and practical instruction for University students. Full information concerning the farm and its uses can be had by applying for special publications to the Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station. ## p. 158 (#176) ############################################ 158 Letters, Sciences, and Engineering. The Ea:periment Station and Sub-Stations of the College of Agriculture make provision for systematic experimentation in the culture of the various farm products of Cailfornia. There are at present eight stations at which this work is prosecuted. The Central Station at Berkeley, from which all work connected with the various sub-stations is directed, was organized in the year 1875. Por- tions of the University grounds are set aside for experimental culture. The University Farm at Davis is used in part for experiment station work in Agronomy, Horticulture, Viticulture, Animal Industry, Veterinary Science, Plant Pathology, and Irrigation. The Kearney Farm at Fresno is also used in part for experimental cul- tures of cereals, vines, and other crops. The Plant Disease Laboratory and Sub-Station at Whittier is devoted to research and experiment in the nature and control of plant diseases and in the culture of fruits and vegetables. This sub-station was provided by the legislature of 1905. A building for laboratory and office purposes was completed in 1907. A special publication giving details of the building and its operation is available. The Citrus Eaſperiment Station at Riverside is devoted to experimental and variety cultures of various species and varieties of the citrus group of plants and a new building soon to be erected will be used for laboratory and office purposes. The Imperial Valley Sub-Station (not yet officially located) will be used for experimental cultures of interest in the region concerned. Two Forestry Stations, one at Santa Monica, Los Angeles County, the other near Chico, Butte County, are used for experimental growing of trees likely to be of practical value in this State. The management of these stations was transferred to the University by the legislature in 1893. Co-operative Earperiments.-In addition to work at formal establish- ments the divisions of the experiment station use private lands in co- operative experiments of various kinds for which individuals or communi- ties provide for local expenditures. Ea:periment Station Publications.—To obtain a list of available publi- cations apply to the Director for the latest bulletin which contains the list desired. HARMON GYMNASIUM. The Gymnasium, presented to the University by the late A. K. P. Harmon, is well equipped, and provides all the students with opportunities for physical culture. Besides the main hall, rowing room, and athletic ## p. 159 (#177) ############################################ Gymnasiums. 159 quarters, there are one hundred and sixty-five shower-baths, and two thou- sand lockers. .The exercises in the gymnasium are conducted systematically under the supervision of the Professor of Physical Culture. HEARST HALL. Hearst Hall was presented to the University by Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst for a Women's Gymnasium. It contains the very best of modern equip- ment, with special facilities to overcome deformities and to correct physical defects. In a separate building, and connected with the gymnasium, are one hundred shower-baths, with hot and cold water. There are two hun- dred dressing-rooms, and nine hundred lockers. The lower hall is used as a general gathering place for the women of the University. Connected with the gymnasium is an enclosed court, 150 feet long and 80 feet wide, with a seating capacity of one thousand, also the gift of Mrs. Hearst. It is used as an outdoor gymnasium, as well as for basket- ball and other games suitable for women. ## p. 160 (#178) ############################################ 160 The Council of the Alumni Association. THE COUNCIL OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION. 1911-12. James K. Moffitt, President ...................................... First National Bank, S F B.S. 1886. Leslie R. Hewitt, First Vice-President..1212 South Alvarado st, Los Angeles B.L. 1890. Charles H. Bentley, Second Vice-President ........................ 120 Market st, S F A.B. 1891. Milton T. Farmer, Secretary .......................................... 201B California Hall, B B.L. 1909; J.D. 1911. Perry T. Tompkins, Treasurer .............................................. 2107 Addison st, B A.B. 1902; M.A. Harvard University 1903. Warren Gregory ........................................................................ La Loma Park, B A.B. 1887; LL.B. 1890. Frank Otis ...................….......…..…....…..…............. 1609 Santa Clara av, A A.B. 1873; M.A. 1876. - Clement C. Young ........................................................................ 2729 Derby st, B B.I. 1892. Max Thelen …...…...............…...................….......….... 2320 Bowditch st, B B.L. 1904. Mrs. E. B. Stanwood ............................................................................ Marysville B.L. 1898. Adolphus E. Graupner, Law Representative ........................ Grant blåg, S F LL.B. 1897. Luis Graham, Dental Representative ............................ 240 Stockton st, S F D.D.S. 1904. Haydn M. Simmons, Pharmacy Representative............ 1200 Webster st, SF Ph.G. 1895; M.D. 1901. Wallace I. Terry, Medical Representative......................240 Stockton st, S F B.S. 1890; M.D. 1892. C. Chapel Judson, Art Representative............ Cor. Cedar st and Leroy av, B ## p. 161 (#179) ############################################ Statistical Summaries. 161 SUMMARY OF STUDENTS, 1910-11. NOTE.-In the columns showing number of students, the upper left-hand figures refer to men, the lower to women; the figures on the right side are the totals. GRADUATE STUDENTS. —— - | — — Cand. Cand. Cand. Cand. Cand. Cand. Cand. Cand. Cand. Not CoLLEGE P.T. M. M.A. M. º. A. E. E. S. G. Totals - ––––––– - 3 3 ......... 8 ........ '----------------------------------- 13 27 Letters...} 1 4 0 3 ......... 20 28 … … … … … 18 31 39 66 t Social { 8 11 … ........ 11 ... 68 | 98 Sciences 0 8 1 12 ......... ......... 28 39 ... 122 190 151 249 Natural ſ 13 --------- 2 .........….. 11 … …..…. 39 65 Sciences U 0 13 .......... 0 2 ......... ! --------- 9 20 "......... .........l.......... 28 67 37 102 | | - Com- { 1 ... ... 0 - 5 6 merce 1 2 . 2 2 0 5 3 9 Agri- { ! ---------------.......... … 10 * ~~~~ 16 27 culture 0 1 . . 1 11 2 18, 3 30 | - - 1 ... 3 - 4 8 Mech nies' 0 1 … 0 & -- ~~~~ 0 4 0 8 ------ º 1 3 4 Mining ... { ------ -- | ---- 0 1 0 3 0 4 Civil { - 1 … … … 7 8 Engin'r'gl ........ .......... ......... ! ------------------- 0 1 ............. 0 7 0 8 Chem- { ------- ... 4 ---------- ------ 3 7 istry ........ … … … 1 5..…. * ----- - - - ---------- 4 7 5 12 Medicine |º ... 6 º ... 0 1 ......... !------------------! --------- 6 16 Total ( ; º' is '.. I jºsº ºn tº --------- --------- 1 158 260 ---. 2 * 1 15 & 172028.28 2013 43................ 0 1 1174 332,244 504 - | Deduct for names entered more than once: Graduate student candidate M.A. and Ph.D................. } * 1 Graduate student candidate M.S. and Ph. D................ } 1 Graduate student candidate M.S. and M.D...... ........... Total, duplicates deducted.… }; 243 501 ## p. 162 (#180) ############################################ 162 Students at Berkeley. UNDERGRADUATEs. Col. Lee E. SEN. Ju N. soph. Fresh. spec. LARGE to TALs - - –– - - - - - - 11 13 13 15 6 1 59 Letters - 28 39 26 39 28 41 23 38 6 12 2 3 113 172 Social ſ 55 54 82 107 54 13 365 Sciences ....... 124 179 142 196 171 253 244 351 82 136 23 36 786 1151 Natural | 50 75 83 115 20 6 349 Sciences ............... 28 78 57 132 64. 147 94 209 12 32 5 11 260 609 - - ſ 25 39 68 90 32 4 25 Commerce................. | 0 25 1 40 0 68 4 94 0 32 0 4 5 263 º i. ſ 24 42 64 96 34 10 270 Agriculture............... 3 - 27 0 42 3 67 1 97 3 37 0 10 10 280 • **i.e. ſ 49 61 69 84 30 - 1 294 Mechanics................. i o 49 0 61 o 69 o sº "o 30 0 1 0 29, - s | - t - i - - 63 38 51 42 15 ------------ 209 Minine … } 0 63 0 38 0 51 0 42 0 15 ..... 0 209 - Civil { 47 47 40 76 23 3 236 Engineering............ 0 47 0 47 0 40 0 76 0 2.3 0 3 0 236 * - 10 9 11 19 6 '------------ 55 Chemistry..... ........... | 1 1 0 9 0 1 1 20 0 < … 2 57 t i | Medicine | … …, 12 15 … 27 ----------- ------------------ ---------... .......... . . 1 13 2 17 ------------- 3 30 Total | 334 378 493 659 220 38 2122 Ota IS ----------------- 184 518 226 604 267 760 369 1028 103 323, 30 68,1179 3301 | Deduct for undergraduates registered in both the College of Natural }* Sciences and the College of Medicine...................... ...................................... 3 29 Total undergraduates, duplicates deducted....................... --------------- ; 3272 Total in the Colleges at Berkeley (deducting! !. 27 } for graduate students who o received their degrees as undergraduates in December, 1910)................. ----- { i: 3746 ## p. 163 (#181) ############################################ Statistical Summaries. 163 SUMMARY OF STUDENTS.–Continued. In San Francisco: - JUN. -- - SEN o: ºp. soph. FRESH. spec. TOTALs. San Francisco Institute of { 2 12 27 95 136 Art:----------------… 4 6, 15 27, 23 50; 90 185 - - - -------- 132 268 - t 21 37 42 4 104 Hastings College of the Law.} 0 al 1 38|----------- 0 42 () 4 1 10.5 - - 6 12 - t 18 Medical Department.............. { 0 6 0 12 ~~ !------------'--------------- | 0 18 15 18 31 64 Dental Department......... { 0 15 0 18 ----------- 0 31 --------------- () 64 Y., R - :... aſ * 4 35 39 78 California coll of Pharmacy{ { * * * … 4 43 “------------- 7 85 - - - - - - - - - - -- w 48 114 27 207 4 400 Totals ........................... { 5 53 18 132 23 50, 94 301 0 4, 140 540 | In Los Angeles: - ar) ºn 1- 11 17 |............ | ---------- |- 28 Medical Department.............. { 5 16, 1 18 ------------ '… … 6 34 Deduct for names entered more than once: Students in the San Francisco Institute of Art, listed also { 1 in the Colleges at Berkeley.............................................. 1 2 Students in Hastings College of the Law, listed also in the 4 Colleges at Berkeley........................................................ . l 0 4 - fTotal in the University, duplicates deducted ................................ ..... { #. 4314 Summer Session, 1910 (including 243 also registered regular session 1910–11)... 1051 Extension Courses (approximately) .............................................................. 600 University Farm at Davis (including 18 also registered in Colleges at Berkeley)...........................…..… 99 C f This does not include persons enrolled only in Summer Session or Extension Ourses. - ## p. 164 (#182) ############################################ 164 Officers. SUMMARY OF OFFICERS, 1910-11. Administration: Regents......... .............................…....…----------------------- 23 Directors of Hastings College of the Law............................................... 9 Directors of California College of Pharmacy............................................. 7 Directors of the San Francisco Art Association.................................... 10 Other Administrative Officers............................................................... 14 Assistants to Administrative Officers ............... .............. ---...--...--...---------. 8–71 Instruction and Research: ACADEMIC COLLEGES: Professors ......................................................................................... 47 Emeritus Professors........................... ------------------------------------------------ 10 Honorary Professors .................................................. ------------------------ 3 Honorary Lecturers.......................................................................----- 2 Associate Professors.......................................................................... 29 Assistant Professors .......................................................................... 64 Instructors.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. 57 Lecturers … … 14 Department Assistants......... ............................................................. 75 Department Mechanicians.................................................................. 6 Librarian and Assistants ................................................................... 19 Directors and Curators of Museums ................................. ................ 6 Fellows … ---------------------------. 7 –339 Lick Observatory: Astronomers .................................. .. ---------------------------------- --------------- 6 Assistant Astronomer......................................................................... 1 Fellows.… … 3 Assistants.…. 2 Carnegie Assistants ............................................................. ............... 2 Mills Assistants ..................................................................................... 2 Instrument Maker and Machinist......................................................... 1 – 17 In the Colleges in San Francisco : ART: Professors............................. -------- - ------- - ------------------------------------------ 3 Assistant Professors.................................................................... ...... 4 Instructor..… 1 Assistant Instructor............................................................................. 1 - 9 HASTINGS COLLEGE OF THE LAW : Professors … … 2 Assistant Professors .................................................................... ------ 2 Instructors.............…..…...…..................... 2 – 6 ºf ## p. 165 (#183) ############################################ Statistical Summaries. 165 SUMMARY OF OFFICERS–Continued. SAN FRANCISCO DEPARTMENT OF THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE: Professors ...........… Emeritus Professors..................................... .................................... Associate Professors............ ............................................................. Assistant Professors............................................... .................. ........ Instructors ........ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lecturer....................… Assistants.......................................... ----------------------------------------------- COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY: Professors ................. ------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Assistant Professors........................................................... .............. Instructors.................... ------------------------------ -------------------------------------- Assistants … … … Lecturers.…............ … ...…..... … Curator.............................................................….. … - ------------ CALIFORNIA College of PHARMACY: Professors................................................................. ------------------------ Emeritus Professor.............................. ------------------- ----------------------- ----- Instructor....................................................................…....…. Lecturers…..… … Los ANGELEs DEPARTMENT OF THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE: Professors ................................ --------------------------------------- --------- ------ - Emeritus Professors ............................................................................ Assistant Professors ........ ----------------------- ----------------------------- -------- - - - - Instructors ... ....... ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lecturer.… … -------- --------------- Assistant Instructors............--------------------------------------------------------------- Assistants … … 12 MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT LA Jolla: Professors.….............. ................... Assistants.-----------…..…... Deduct for names counted more than once ...................................... Total … … … 6 10 25 1 4 3 — 61 ## p. 166 (#184) ############################################ 166 Inder. INDEX. A, Subject, 48. Absence, leave of, 105. Academic Council, 43. Academic Senate, 15. Academic Senate, alphabetical list, 19. Accredited schools, admission from, 71. list of 73. Administration, 39. Administrative officers, 10. Admission, from accredited schools, 71. from normal schools. 77. from oriental schools, 79. from secondary schools outside of California, 78. methods of, 69. on teachers' diplomas, 77. to advanced standing, 78. to graduate courses, 80. to graduate standing, 110. to undergraduate status, 48. Admission requirements, 48. Advanced standing, 77. Agricultural laboratory, 147. Agriculture, curriculum of the college of, 90. Albert Sydney Johnston Scholarship, 131. Algebra, for admission, 54. Alpha Sigma Delta scholarship, 130. Anthropological museum, 142. Applications for scholarships and fel- lowships, 132, 135. Applied art, for admission, 65. Appointment registry, 138. Appointment secretary, 125. Archaeology, classical, 140. Architecture, course in, 50, 85. curriculum of the college of, 88. Association of American Universities, 111. Athletics, regulations concerning, 106. At large, courses, 47. Authority of instructors, 102. Bachelor's degrees, requirements for, 87. for a graduate student, 113. Bennett prize, 127. Hoard and lodging, 124. Bonnheim contests, 127. t t e Bonnheim memorial fund, 131. Bonnheim research fellowship, 133. Bookkeeping, for admission, 68. Botanical collections, 145. Botany, for admission, 59. Bryce essay prize, 127. - Calendar, 5. California scholarships, 129. Candidacy for higher degrees, 111. Carnot medal, 127. Certificate, requirements for the junior, 81. Chemical laboratories, 149. Chemistry, curriculum of the college of, 98. for admission, 59. Civil Engineering, curriculum of the college of, 96. Civil engineering equipment, 152. Class of 1886 loan fund, 126. Class of 1895 loan fund, 126. Class of 1903 loan fund, 126. Class of 1909 loan fund, 126. Class of 1911 loan fund, 126. Classical archaeology, 140. Climate, site and, 41. College Entrance Examination Board, 70. College of Medicine, 50. admission to, 84. - Colleges and Departments of the Uni versity, 14. Commerce, Curriculum of the college of, 89. Conditions and failures, 104. Conservatory, 149. Cooking, for. admission, 65. Council, Academic, 40, 43. Alumni Association, 160. University, 40. Courses at large, 47. Cowell scholarships, 131. Dante prize, 127. Dairying, for admission, 65. Dean of the Lower Division, 123. Dean of Women, 123. Deans, duties of, 123. Degree requirements, 87. ## p. 167 (#185) ############################################ Imder. 167 Degrees, regulations concerning, 108. requirements for higher, 110. Dentistry, College of, 50. Discipline, 106. Dissertations, 119. Dividing of entrance examinations, 70. Doctor's degrees, requirements for, 111, 114. Domestic science, for admission, 65. Drawing, for admission, 64. Economic geography, for admission, 67. Emily Chamberlain Cook prize in poetry, 128. Engineering degrees, requirements for, 117. English, for admission, 53, 61. 2ntrance examinations, 69. Fxaminations, entrance, 69. regulations concerning, 103. Excess matriculation credit, 51. Expenses of students, 123. Extension, courses in, 136. Failures and conditions, 104. Fees, gymnasium and infirmary, 123. Fellowships, 132. applications for, 135. Final examinations, regulations con- cerning, 103. Five-year courses, 46. Flood fellowships, 134. Four-year courses, 46. French, for admission, 62. Funds, 42. General information, 123. General Science, for admission, 60. Geometry, for admission, 54, 58. German, for admission, 63. Girls' High School scholarship, 130. Goewey scholarship, 134. - Grades of scholarship, 104. Graduate courses, 110. admission to, 80. Graduate standing, admission to, 110. Graduate students, 47. regulations concerning, 110. Grammar grade certificate, requirements for, 122. Greek, for admission, 57. Grubstake W loan fund, 126. Hammerslag loan fund, 126. Harmon Gymnasium, 158. Harmony, for admission, 68. Harvard Club scholarship, 134. Hearst Hall, 159. Hastings College of the Law, 50. Hearst Memorial building, 153. Hearst scholarships, 128. High school certificate, recommendation for, 120. Higher degrees, candidacy for, 111. requirements for, 110. Hinckley scholarship, 131. History, for admission, 55, 57, 61, 67. of the University, 33. - Hitchcock lectureship, 135. Honorable dismissal, 105. Honorable mention, 108. Honors, regulations concerning, 107. Horticulture, for admission, 66. Houghton scholarship, 130. Hygiene, 101. - Industrial arts, for admission, 65. Infirmary fee, 123. Instruction, organization of, 46. Intercollegiate debate, 128. Joseph Bonnheim memorial fund, 13 1. Junior Certificate, requirements for, 82. Jurisprudence, course in, 50. Laboratories, description of, 147. Laboratory fees, 124. Latin, for admission, 55. Law, Hastings College of the, 50. course in the academic colleges, 50. LeConte fellowships, 132. Leave of absence, 105. Lectureships, special, 135. Library, 140. Lick Astronomical Department, 116. Lick Observatory, 149. Lick Observatory fellowships, 133. Life diploma, admission on, 77. Limited students, 47, 51. Liquor law, the one-mile, 123. Loan funds, 125. Mackay fellowships, 132. Major courses, 86. Master's degrees, requirements for, 111, 113. Mathematical models, 145. Matriculation, deficiencies, 50. examinations, dividing of, 70. requirements for, 47. Mechanical arts, for admission, 65. Mechanical and electrical laboratory, 150. Mechanics, curriculum of the college of, 92. Medals, 127. ## p. 168 (#186) ############################################ 16S Indear. Medicine, college of, 50. Methods of admission, 69. Military Science, 101. Military uniforms, 124. Mineralogical laboratory, 150. Mining, curriculum of the college of, 94. Music, for admission, 68, 69. Museums, 141. N. S. G. W. fellowship in Pacific Coast History, 134. Normal school graduates, admission of, 77. Observatory, Lick, 116, 149. Officers, administrative, 10. Organization of instruction, 46. Organization of the University. 39. Oriental schools, admission from, 79. Paget scholarship, 133. Partial courses, 47. Pharmacy, California College of, 51. Physical Culture, 101. Physical Geography, for admission, 60. Physical laboratory, 148. Physics, for admission, 58. Physiology, for admission, 60. Physiological laboratory, 150. Pixley scholarship, 134. Poetry, Emily Cook prize in, 128. Preparatory subjects, 48. description of, 52. Prizes, 127. Professional degrees in engineering, 117. Prytanean loan fund, 125. Psychologieal laboratory, 147. Recommendation for the high school certifieste, 120. Resents, S. Regular students, 47. Resistration, routine of, 100. Regulations concerning graduate stu- dents, 110, Regulations concerning undergraduate students, 99. Requirements, for bachelor’s degrees, S7. for engineering degrees, 117. for hish school certificate, 120. for his her degrees, llo. for matriculation and junior certifi- cate. Sº, Residence as graduate students, lll. at the University. So, for master's destree, l 14, San Jose blish School scholarship, 130. Santa Cruz High School scholarship, 131. Scholarship, grades of, 104. Scholarships, 128. applications for, 132. Self-support of students, 124. Senate, Academic, 15. Sewing, for admission, 65. Sheffield Sanborn scholarships, 131. Site and climate, 41. Spanish, for admission, 64. Special lectureships, 135. Special students, 47, 52. Standing Committees, 12. of the Academic Senate, 12. of the Academic Council, 12. Status of students, 47. Stenography and typewriting, for ad- mission. 68. Strauss scholarships, 129. Students at large, 47. 51, 83. Students, classification of, 47, 99. expenses of, 123. Study-list limits, 101. Subject A, 48. Summer session, 139. Surplus matriculation credit, 51. Teachers' certificates, requirements for, 120. Teachers' courses, 110. Theses, 107. 119. Thompson memorial fund, 134. Trigonometry, for admission, 58. Tuition, 80. Typewriting, for admission, 68. Undergraduate students, admission of 99. regulations concerning. 99. Uniforms, military. 124. Units of work and credit. 101. University Extension. 136. University Farm. 157. University fellowships, 132. University medal. 127. University medal loan fund. 126. Upper Division. 85. Walton loan fund. 126. W. C. T. U. Prize, 128. Weinstock lectureship. 135. Whiting bequest. 133. Yale alumni fellowship. 133. Y. M. C. A. and Y. W. C. A., 125. Zºological eollection. 146. Zoºesy. for admission. 59. ## p. 169 (#187) ############################################ REGISTER—PART II - COLLEGES OF LETTERS, SCIENCES, AND ENGINEERING ( º ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES FOR 1911–12 JUNE, 1911 ## p. 170 (#188) ############################################ ## p. 171 (#189) ############################################ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA ANNOUNCEMENT COURSES OF INSTRUCTION IN THE COLLEGES OF LETTERS, SOCIAL SCIENCES, NATURAL SCIENCES, COMMERCE, AGRICULTURE, MECHANICS, MINING, CIVIL ENGINEERING, AND CHEMISTRY AND THE FIRST AND SECOND YEARS OF THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR, 1911-12 BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 1911 - ## p. 172 (#190) ############################################ INDEX. Agricultural Chemistry, 189. Agricultural Education, 182. Agricultural Technology, 191. Agriculture, 180. Agronomy, 185. Anatomy, 207. Animal Industry, 192. Anthropology, 42. Apiculture, 196. Arabic, 45. Archaeology, 66. Architecture, 176. Argumentation, 74. Astronomy, 112. Bacteriology, 209. Biology. (See under Zoology, Physi- ology and Botany.) Botany, 127. Celtic, 97. Chemistry, 121. Chinese, 48. Civil Engineering, 159. Comparative Study of Literature, 211. Dairy Industry, 194. Drawing, 174. Economics, 31. Education, 9. Electrical Engineering, 154. English, 70. Entomology, 195. Experimental Agronomy, 185. French, 90. General Science, 106. Geography, 118. Geology, 146. German, 83. Germanic Philology, 82. Greek, 54. Gymnasium, 204. Hebrew, 45. History, 20. Honors, 213. Horticulture, 186. Hygiene, 139. Insecticides, 198. Irish, 97. Irrigation, 167. Italian, 95. Japanese, 48. Jurisprudence, 14. Latin, 60. Law, 14. Library, 1. Mathematics, 100. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, 154. Medicine, 207. Military Science, 203. Mineralogy, 151. Mining and Metallurgy, 169. Modern Languages, 69. Music, 214. Nutrition, 189. Oriental Languages, 48. Palaeontology, 144. Parasitology, 199. Pathology, 209. Philosophy, 3. Physical Culture, 204. Physics, 107. Physiology, 137. Plant Pathology, 200. Polish, 98. Political Science, 27. Poultry Husbandry, 193. Romanic Languages, 90. Russian, 98. Sanskrit, 52. Semitic Languages, 45. Slavic Languages, 98. Sociology, 39. Soils, 187. Spanish, 93. Syriac, 45. Theses, 214. Veterinary Science, 193. Zoology, 131. - ## p. 1 (#191) ############################################## CLASSIFICATION AND NUMBERING OF COURSES. CLASSIFICATION. I. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES. 1. Lower Division Courses. (a) A prescribed course is one that is required specifically or as an alternative for graduation in any particular college. (b) A free-elective course in the Lower Division is any course that is not prescribed. A free-elective course may be taken as a prerequisite for a more advanced elective in the same field. 2. Upper Division Courses. (a) A major course is an Upper Division course of advanced work in a department of study that has been pursued in the Lower Division, or of elementary work in a subject of such difficulty as to require the maturity of Upper Division students. All major courses are definitely announced as such, and are given the numbers 100-199, as is explained below. Concerning Honor courses, see p. 213. - (b) A free-elective course in the Upper Division is a course for which the Junior Certificate or junior standing is normally prerequisite, but which does not demand necessarily any pre- liminary knowledge of the subject. Lower Division courses may be taken as free electives in the Upper Division, but Upper Division courses, whether free-elective or otherwise, are not open to students of the Lower Division without the special permission of the department concerned. II. GRADUATE COURSES. NUMBERING. Excepting only the major courses, all undergraduate courses, whether in the Lower or Upper Division, are numbered from 1 to 99, inclusive. Honor courses, see p. 213, are designated by the letter H, following the course number. Undergraduate major courses are numbered from 100 to 199, inclusive. Graduate courses are numbered from 200 to 299, inclusive. Year Courses; Double Numbers. A course designated by a double number (for example, History 1A-1B) is continued through two succes- sive half-years, that is, from August to May, or from January to December. The student will use the first number in registering for the course during its first half-year. and the second number during its second half-year. A final report will be made by the instructor at the end of each half-year; “provisional mid-year reports” in year courses have been discontinued. The student may discontinue the course at the end of the first half-year, with final credit for the first half of the Course. ## p. 2 (#192) ############################################## THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY. The new University Library building, which was made possible by the bequest of the late Charles F. Doe, was first occupied in June, 1911, at the opening of the Summer Session. The accommodations for students are much greater than in the past. The library at present contains about 250,000 volumes. A collection of between 15,000 and 20,000 volumes will be gradually accumulated on open shelves in the large reading room, where they will be free of access to all students; and, in addition, the seminar rooms, in which special collections on various subjects will be installed, will provide accommodations for more advanced workers. Among the more important special collections may be mentioned the Bancroft Library of western American history, which is unique in its field, and the Weinhold collection on Germanic philology and folklore. The law library of something over 9,000 volumes is separately housed in the new Boalt Hall of Law. The current periodicals, amounting to considerably over 3,000 titles, will be housed in a special room on the ground floor of the University Library. Much unusual material, especially in the field of foreign scien- tific publications, is received in exchange for the publications of the University and will be included here. The resources of the library are supplemented by an inter-library loan system, and information as to the resources of certain other large libraries, which can be drawn upon when necessary, will be provided by the depository catalogue which will be installed in the course of the year. This will contain in a single alphabet the printed cards of the Library of Congress, the John Crerar Library in Chicago, and the Harvard Univer- sity Library, as well as cards on special subjects published by the Royal Library in Berlin. - ## p. 3 (#193) ############################################## COURSES OF INSTRUCTION OFFERED IN THE COLLEGES AT BERKELEY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR, 1911-12. PHILOSOPHY. GEORGE H. HowIson, M.A., LL.D., Professor of Philosophy, Emeritus. GEORGE M. STRATTON, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology on the Mills Founda- tion. CHARLEs H. RIEBER, Ph.D., Professor of Logic. ARTHUR U. Pope, M.A., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. *GEORGE P. ADAMs, M.A., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. WARNER BRow N, Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology. FRANCIS C. BECKER, A.B., Instructor in Philosophy. CLARENCE I. LEwis, Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. Although these courses properly fall within the first two years of undergraduate work, and are prerequisite, as specified below, to the major courses in the Upper Division, they are all open as free electives to any student in the University, unless restrictions are explicitly stated. 1. Formal Logic. Professor RIEBER, Mr. BECKER, and Dr. LEwis. Division; definition; the forms and transformations of judgments; the syllogism, deductive and inductive; and fallacies. 3 hrs., either half-year. M W F. In three sections. Section I, 9; section II, 10; section III, 1. 2A. General Psychology. Professor STRATTON. The facts of consciousness, their relation to one another and to their physical correlates; with demonstrations, lectures and reading. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. *Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 4 (#194) ############################################## 4 Philosophy. 2B. Applied Psychology. Professor STRATTON. Lectures and reading on the bearing of certain results of modern psychology upon the work of the lawyer, the physician, the teacher, and the minister. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. Courses 2A and 2B are planned to supplement each other; but while it is recommended that 2A or some equivalent study of psychology precede, yet students without such preliminary work may be admitted to 2B by special permission of the instructor. 2C. Laboratory Exercises. Dr. BROWN. A series of disconnected experiments supplementing courses 2A and 2B, and illustrating some of the methods of psychological experimenta- tion. 2 hrs., 1 unit, either half-year. Open only to students taking course 2A or 2B. Hours to be arranged. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. Normally, free elective courses in the Upper Division are restricted to students holding the Junior Certificate. But other students whose record gives evidence of proper qualification may be admitted, provided they have been in residence not less than a year. Such students must make application in person to the officer in charge of the course sought, prior to its opening. 103A-103B. History of Philosophy. Professor RIEBER. Critical account, in outline, of the course of Occidental thought, with references to the thought of the Orient. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. 104A-104B. Ethics, Theoretical and Practical. - Assistant Professor POPE. History and criticism of the chief ethical theories, with an applica- tion of the results to the main problems of conduct, individual and social. Lectures and conferences. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9, with an additional hour for conference, in sections. 105. The Philosophy of Kant. Assistant Professor POPE. The cardinal distinctions and doctrines of the system expounded and criticized. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisites: courses 103A-103B; and the course should, if possible, be supplemented by course 123. (Course 116 should also accompany this course, if not previously taken.) 105H. The Philosophy of Kant. Assistant Professor POPE. An honor course in connection with the preceding. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 105H, not for 105. ## p. 5 (#195) ############################################## - Philosophy. 5 106A. Introduction to Psychological Experiment. Dr. BROWN. Characteristic groups of experiments, with individual practice. Sen. sation, Emotion, Perception; with especial reference to psycho- logical analysis. 4 hrs., 2 units, first half-year. Tu Th, section I, 10 to 12; section II, 1 to 3. Prerequisite: course 2A or 2B. - 106B. Introduction to Psychological Experiment. Dr. BROWN. Time-perception. Movement, Memory, Association; with especial refer- ence to methods of measurement. 4 hrs., 2 units, second half-year. Tu Th, section I, 10 to 12; section II, 1 to 3. Prerequisite: course 2A or 2B. Courses 106A and 106B supplement each other, but either may be taken separately. 106c. Laboratory Practice. Dr. BROWN. Experiments supplementing courses 106A and 106B, and affording an opportunity for more thorough work in the same subjects. 2 hrs., 1 unit, either half-year. Hours to be arranged. *124. History of Psychology. Professor STRATTON. Psychological theory and method through early Hindu and Greek thought, and thence to the present time. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. Though not a prerequisite, course 2A would be advisable as preparation. 133A-133B. Advanced General Psychology. Dr. BROWN. Lectures, recitations, and reports, upon special aspects of modern theory. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: course 2A. *134. Abnormal Psychology. The mental physiology underlying the pathology of the mind; mental dissociations, syntheses, special pathology; methods of examina- tion and treatment of mental abnormality. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W, 4. 110. Logic of Science. Mr. BECKER. A philosophic criticism of the presuppositions and methods of the sciences. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 1. 116. Plato and Aristotle. Dr. LEWIS. Introduction to their systems by a comparative study. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 103A-103B. This course may be counted as a major in Greek, for students who read the Plato and the Aristotle in the original. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 6 (#196) ############################################## 6 Philosophy. 121. English Philosophy from Hobbes to Spencer. Mr. BECKER. A critical study of the development of empiricism. - 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 103A-103B. 123. German Idealism after Kant. Dr. LEwis. Fichte, Schelling and Hegel: a study of the development of the Kantian philosophy in Germany. 3 hrs., second half-year. Prerequisite: courses 103A-103B and 105, if this has not been completed previously. *129. Philosophy of Religion. Assistant Professor ADAMs. The nature, types, and development of religion; the interaction be- tween religion and reflective thought; the relation between religion and art, science, morality. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: course 103A-103B. *129H. Philosophy of Religion. - Honor course in connection with the preceding. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 129H, not for 129. 137. Advanced Ethics. Assistant Professor POPE. 3 hrs., second half-year. Hours to be arranged. Prerequisite: course 104A-104B. 138. Continental Rationalism in the Seventeenth Century. Mr. BECKER. A detailed study of Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibnitz, with some atten- tion to their contemporaries. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 103A-103B. 139. Political Philosophy. Mr. BECKER. Historical and critical study of philosophical theories of the state. A constructive attempt to determine fundamental political principles. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 104A-104B. 140A-140B. Psychological Experiments. Professor STRATTON and Dr. BROWN. A study of special yet connected problems, by means of experiment, reading, and discussions in common. The general topic for the work of the year 1911-12 will probably be Suggestion without Hypnosis. Not less than 6 hrs. throughout the year. 3 units. Units and hours to be arranged with each student, at times within M Tu W Th F, 10-12 and 1-4. Prerequisites: 106A and 106B, or their equivalents. *Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 7 (#197) ############################################## Philosophy. 140AH-140BH. Psychological Experiments. Professor STRATTON and Dr. BROWN. Honor course in connection with the preceding. 10 hrs., 5 units, throughout the year. Students in this course should register for 140AH-140BH, not for 140A-140B. FREE ELECTIVE COURSEs. 35A-35B. Nineteenth Century Thought. Dr. LEWIS. Some of the chief philosophical movements of the nineteenth century, and their relations to science, literature, and religion. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. 36A-36B. Aesthetics. Assistant Professor POPE. The definition, types, and standard of the Beautiful; the Beautiful in Nature and in the Fine Arts; the relation between aesthetic values and ethical and religious values. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. GRADUATE COURSEs. The qualifications for each course are indicated in its prerequisite. Qualified undergraduates may be admitted by special permission of the officers in charge. 211A-211B. Theory of Knowledge. Professor RIEBER. Logic as the method of truth. Development and criticism of the leading theories of knowledge, aiming at a constructive result. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: a good knowl- edge of Kant's critical writings, and of the attempted continuation of his principles by Fichte and Hegel. 211AH-211BH. Theory of Knowledge. Professor RIEBER. Honor course in connection with the preceding. 5 units each half- year. Students in this course should register for 211 AH-211BH, not for 211A-211B. 213A-213B. Psychological Seminar. Professor STRATTON and Dr. BROWN. The investigation of special problems, selected with regard to the individual interest of those electing the work; reports and dis- cussions. - 2 hrs., consecutive, throughout the year, Tu, 8-10 p.m. Prerequisite: course 106A and 106B or 133A-133B. 215A-215B. Psychological Research. Professor STRATTON and Dr. BrowN. Special problems, assigned individually for original investigation in the laboratory. ## p. 8 (#198) ############################################## 8 Philosophy. Not less than 8 hrs., throughout the year, 4 units each half-year; but at least 12 hrs., 6 units each half-year, recommended. Units and hours arranged with each student, at times within M Tu W Th F, 10-12 and 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 106A and 106B, or their equiva- lent; permission to elect the course, obtained from the instructor in charge. 220A-220B. Philosophical Seminar. Professor RIEBER. Subject for 1911-12: Hegel's Logic. 2 hrs., consecutive throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. Pre- requisite: Thorough acquaintance with the history of metaphysical and logical theories. 220AH-220BH. Philosophical Seminar. Professor RIEBER. Honor course in connection with the preceding. 5 units, each half- year. Students in this course should register for 220AH-220BH, not for 220A-220B. In addition to the foregoing regular courses, special lines of study will be arranged for qualified graduates who are candidates for higher degrees, or who wish to carry on advanced work. ## p. 9 (#199) ############################################## Education. () EDUCATION. - ALExis F. LANGE, Ph. D., Professor of the Theory and Practice of Edu- cation. CHARLEs E. RUGH, M.L., Associate Professor of Education. *W. Scott THoMAs, A.B., Assistant Professor of Education and Examiner of Schools. HERBERT G. LULL, M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Education. RICHARD G. Boon E, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education. ELMER. E. BRow N, Ph.D., Honorary Professor of Education. JoHN SWETT, M.A., Honorary Lecturer in Education. DAVID P. BARRows, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. Undergraduate and graduate courses are offered in the history and the theory of education, which may serve non-professional as well as professional purposes. It is believed that such courses provide instruction which is desirable for the ends of individual culture and training and as preparation for that intelligent participation in public and private educa- tion which good citizenship demands of educated men and women. Seminar courses are intended to serve the purpose of graduate students who wish to engage in research in the field of education, and particularly those who are candidates for higher degrees. The courses prerequisite to a major subject in the department of education are Philosophy 1 (Logic), or Zoology 1 or Physiology 1, Philosophy 2A or 2B (Psychology), and Philosophy 104A-104B (Ethics). The course in ethics may, however, be taken concurrently with work in the major subject. The major subject may include one of the following courses: Jurisprudence 109 (School Legislation in California), Economics 142 (Contemporary Theories of Social Reform), Economics 150 (The Child and the State), and Hygiene 2 (Public Health). Special provision is made for the professional training of teachers, of three classes: A. Those preparing to become teachers in secondary schools or in colleges. For the conditions under which recommendations for Teachers’ Cer- tificates of the high school grade are issued, see Circular of Information for the Academic Colleges. Requirement (b) Professional Knowledge, of those conditions, must be satisfied by twelve units in the department of education. For the year 1911-12 those units may be made up as follows: I. Either Education 103B (History of Education: Later Periods), 3 units; or Education 125 (The History of American Education), 3 units. * Absent visiting schools, second half-year, 1911-12. ## p. 10 (#200) ############################################# 1 () Education. II. Either Education 104 (Social Aspects of Secondary Education), 3 units; 105A (The Theory of Education), 3 units; 105B, (The Prin- ciples of Secondary Education), 3 units; or Education 121 (The High School), 3 units; or Education 127 (Moral Training), 2 units. III. Either Education 226 (Introduction to Educational Method), 2 units; or Education 222 (Study and Presentation), 2 units; 223 (School Management), 3 units; or Education 218A (Language and Litera- ture in Secondary Schools), 3 units. 1W. Education 201 (The Practice of Teaching), 4 units. It is very desirable that Philosophy 2A or 2B (Psychology) be taken as preliminary to these courses or as a companion course with one or more of them. Students who have not had such preparation will be expected to take readings in psychology in connection with the courses listed above. For other desirable courses see the foregoing statements concerning a major subject. In case of need the whole of requirement (b) Professional knowledge may be satisfied in the graduate year required of candidates for the teachers’ recommendation. Students are advised to distribute the work over the two half-years of their graduate period, or, preferably, over their senior and graduate years. Courses in divisions III and IV are open to graduates only. B. Those preparing to engage in school administration, to become principals or superintendents of public schools, or to teach in normal schools or in college departments of education. Special courses will be arranged to meet the needs of individual stu- dents; but these courses should ordinarily include: I. Philosophy 1 (Logic), 3 units; Philosophy 2 (Psychology), 3 units; and Philosophy 104A-104B (Ethics, Theoretical and Practical), 4 units. II. Education 103A (History of Education: Earlier Periods), 3 units; either Education 105A (Theory of Education), 3 units; or 110 (The Psychological Basis of Secondary Education); or Education 116 (Selected Topics in the Theory and Practice of Secondary Educa- tion), 2 units; 106 (School Systems), 2 units. III. The courses required for the high school teachers' recommendation. IV. Special graduate studies, and particularly research in the field for which the student is preparing. Those preparing for the principal. ship or the superintendency should include courses 202, 222, 223, and Hygiene 2 (Public Health). C. Graduates of normal schools, who are making further preparation for teaching in elementary schools. |UPPER DIVISION COURSES. *103A. The History of Education: Earlier Periods. Professor LANGE. The development of educational thought and practice up to the close of the medieval period. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 11 (#201) ############################################# Education. 11 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: courses 2A or 2B and 104A-104B in Philosophy. 103B. The History of Education: Later Periods. Assistant Professor THOMAS and Dr. BOONE. The development of educational thought and practice from the Renaissance to the present, viewed as a phase of social progress. 3 hrs., either half-year. M W F, 3; M W F, 8. 104. Social Aspects of Secondary Education. Assistant Professor LULL. 3 hrs., first half-year. 125. The History of American Education. Dr. BOONE and Assistant Professor LULL. An historical study of the leading ideas and ideals of American educa- tion and of the institutions in which they have been embodied. 3 hrs., either half-year. M W F, 8. 105A. The Theory of Education. Professor LANGE. A study of fundamental principles, processes, and methods, with spe- cial reference to national culture and ideals. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. 105B. The Principles of Secondary Education. Professor LANGE. A study of the theoretical and the broader practical aspects of the secondary stage of education, with special reference to the Ameri- can high school system. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. 111. Educational Psychology. 3 hrs., first half-year. 121. The High School. Assistant Professor THOMAS. Primarily a study of the concrete problems of the high school, with particular reference to questions of aims, curriculum, instruction and management. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 4. 127. Moral Education. Associate Professor RUGH. Moral life as a personal response to the social order; complexity of present social situation; the necessity of instruction; the neces- sity of training; the child's stock of instincts and impulses; sug- gestion; imitation; imagination; development of volition; develop- ment of control, -physical, prudential, and moral; development of notions and standards of conduct; elements of character; power and development of power; development of systems of desire; value of right thinking; the school as an instrument of moral education; authority and obedience; moral motives; school sub- jects and school activities, social and athletic; rewards and punish- ments; ethical freedom in school; coöperation of home and school in character building. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. Assistant Professor LULL. ## p. 12 (#202) ############################################# 12 Education. 110. The Psychological Basis of Secondary Education. Dr. BOONE. An investigation into the processes and methods of learning and of teaching from the point of view of the psychology of adolescence. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: courses 2A or 2B and 4A-4B in Philosophy. *106. School Systems. Assistant Professor THOMAs. A study of the development and present status of typical European systems of education, particularly those of Germany and England. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: courses 2A or 2B and 4A-4B in Philosophy. 116. Selected Topics in the Theory and Practice of Secondary Education. Professor LANGE and Dr. BOONE. Pro-seminar. 2 hrs., each half-year. COurSeS. Prerequisite: at least one of the preceding 117H. Honor Course. Special assignments in connection with the regular exercises of 103A or 110 or 116. 5 units. Students in this course are to register for 117H, not for 103A, 110 or 116. School Legislation in California. |See Jurisprudence 109.] Contemporary Theories of Social Reform. [See Economics 142.] The Child and the State. [See Economics 150.] Public Health. [See Hygiene 1A.] FREE ELECTIVE COURSES FOR UPPER DIVISION STUDENTS. *8. Vocational Opportunities for Women. Lectures by representatives of various vocations and professions. 1 hr., first half-year. Th, 4. *9. Higher Education and Citizenship. Professor LANGE. Lectures and debates. 1 hr., first half-year. Th, 4. 12. The Schools of California. Lectures by superintendents, high school principals, and high school teachers. 1 hr., second half-year. Th, 4. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 13 (#203) ############################################# Education. 3 GRADUATE COURSES. 207. Educational Seminar. Dr. BOONE. Topics changed from year to year. Admission only on consultation with the instructor in charge. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. School Administration. Seminar. [See Political Science 205.] 2 hrs., first half-year. Hours to be arranged. 215. Special Studies. - The DEPARTMENT STAFF. Credit value, hours, and topics to be arranged. 226. Introduction to Educational Method. Associate Professor RUGH. The school subjects, their nature and subdivisions into lessons; the nature, place, and assignment of the lesson; the recitation; prin- ciples of explanation applied to high school subjects. 2 hrs., either half-year. Tu, 4; S, 8. 222. Study and Presentation. Professor THOMAs. Typical processes and methods. - 2 hrs., first half-year. S, 10-12. 223. School Management. Assistant Professor LULL. 3 hrs., second half-year. 218. Language and Literature in Secondary Schools. - Professor LANGE. Language and literature as educational means; principles, material, and methods of instruction; the arts of interpretation and transla- tion; practical exercises, oral and written. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. 203. Educational Conference. Professor LANGE. 2 hrs., second half-year. S, 10-12. 201. The Practice of Teaching. Associate Professor RUGH. Lectures, readings, and conferences, together with school observation and practice of teaching, under the direction of the instructor. The school observation and practice of teaching ordinarily require one period daily for five days a week, but students are expected to have two consecutive, free hours between 9 and 3 o'clock through- out the week in order to facilitate making the teaching assign- ments. Required of all candidates for the Teachers’ Recommenda- tion whose pedagogical training is taken at this University. 4 hrs., either half-year. W, 4; S, 9; and a conference hour to be ar. ranged. Prerequisite: I, Education 103B or 125; II, Education 105B or 110 or 121; and III, Education 218A or 222A or 226. But the courses elected under II and III may be taken in conjunction with this course. ## p. 14 (#204) ############################################# 14 Jurisprudence. JURISPRUDENCE. WILLIAM CAREY Jon Es, M.A., Professor of Jurisprudence. GEORGE H. BoKE, M.A., LL.B., Professor of Law. ORRIN K. McMURRAY, Ph.B., LL.B., Professor of Law. CURTIs H. LINDLEY, Honorary Professor of the Law of Mines and Water. ALEXANDER M. KIDD, A.B., LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law. MATTHEw C. LYNCH, B.L., J.D., Instructor in Law. *WARREN OLNEY, Jr., A.B., LL.B., Lecturer in Law. LESTER H. JACOBs, Ph.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Law of Insurance. MAX THELEN, B.L., M.A., Lecturer in Law. CARLos G. WHITE, B.L., J.D., Lecturer in Law. FARNHAM. P. GRIFFITHs, B.L., A.B., Lecturer in Law. ARTHUR G. TASHEIRA, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer in Law. *Jose.P.H. P. CHAMBERLAIN, LL.B., Lecturer in Law. WILLIAM EDwARD Col.BY, LL.B., Lecturer on Law of Mines. MAURICE E. HARRIsoN, A.B., J.D., Lecturer on Commercial Law. ALLAN P. MATTHEw, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on the Law of Interstate Transportation. SCOPE OF THE DEPARTMENT OF JURISPRUDENCE. The design of the department of jurisprudence is to furnish instruc- tion, whether historical, theoretical, or practical, in the whole orbit of law, international, public and private. On the historical and theoretical side it offers courses in international law, Roman law, jurisprudence, or the theory of law, and on various topics in the history of the common law. - - On the practical side, it offers a complete professional curriculum, based on at least three years of academic training. The main body of this curriculum is of general application, constituting a preparation for the practice of law in any jurisdiction founded on the common law. At the same time, emphasis is given to courses which direct attention to local legal conditions and practice in the Western states, such as mining law and code procedure. BOALT HALL OF LAW. The department of jurisprudence occupies the Boalt Memorial Hall of Law, a building designed exclusively for the purposes of legal instruc- tion. It was erected through the generosity of Mrs. Elizabeth Boalt, sup- plemented by subscriptions from California lawyers, as a memorial to her husband, the late John H. Boalt. * Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 15 (#205) ############################################# Jurisprudence. 15 LAW LIBRARY. The law library contains a large collection of the books most needed by the student, and is being constantly extended and improved. It is conveniently placed in connection with the reading room of the Boalt Hall of Law. ADMISSION TO THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM. The following persons will be admitted, without examination, as candidates for the degree of Juris Doctor: (1) graduates of any college of the University of California, and of other colleges and universities of approved grade; (2) students of the University of California having senior standing in the College of Letters or of Social Sciences. The same privileges are open to regular students having senior standing in other colleges of the University, provided they have completed at least six units of Latin. Students who enter the professional curriculum with senior standing may obtain the academic bachelor's degree on the satisfactory comple- tion of the first year of such curriculum, provided that not more than twenty-six units of professional law work will be counted toward the bachelor's degree. ADVANCED STANDING. Any person who, after becoming entitled to enter the professional curriculum as a regular student, has been in regular attendance for at least one academic year at another law school, having similar admission requirements, may, in the discretion of the department of Jurisprudence, and on such terms, with or without examination, as it may prescribe, receive credit for the work done at such other law school not exceeding in any case two years. The last year must be spent in residence in the department of Jurisprudence. CoNDITIONS REQUIRED FOR THE DEGREE IN LAw. The degree conferred by the University on the satisfactory comple- tion of the professional curriculum is Juris Doctor (J.D.). Except as provided for students admitted to advanced standing, candidates for this degree must have been in residence in the department of Jurisprudence during three academic years, and must have completed satisfactorily the curriculum prescribed for the first year and forty-four units of work in the second and third years. Credit for not more than twelve units in the second and third years will be given for any half-year, and at least eight units must be passed in order to maintain residence. Work done in the Summer Session may be counted for units, but not for residence. Every candidate for the degree of J.D. must present an acceptable dissertation on some legal topic. PRACTICE WORK AND MOOT COURTS. Attention is given, in connection with the courses in procedure and practice, to the subjects of brief-making and legal forms. ## p. 16 (#206) ############################################# 16 Jurisprudence. The students have organized two Law Clubs for the primary purpose of holding Moot Courts. These courts are aided with the advice and direction of members of the Faculty. ADMISSION TO THE BAR. Section 280b of the California Code of Civil Procedure provides that any person producing evidence of having satisfactorily completed the three years’ course of law prescribed by the department of Jurisprud- ence of the University of California shall be entitled to a license to practice law in all the courts of the state, subject to the right of the chief justice of the Supreme Court to order an examination as in ordi- nary cases of applicants without such evidence. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 10A-10B. Elementary Law. Dr. WHITE. The general principles of the Law. Designed for students of the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, and Commerce. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 8. 18A-18B. Commercial Law. - Dr. HARRISON. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M W, 8. Designed especially for stu- dents in the College of Commerce. Students intending to pursue the professional curriculum are not advised ordinarily to take this Course. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 103A-103B. Principles of International Law. Mr. THELEN. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 8. 105. Roman Law. - Mr. GRIFFITHS. A systematic and historical exposition of the principles of Roman law. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 2. The student is advised to take this course in the junior year. Required for the major in juris- prudence and for the degree of J.D.; but students may take instead Latin 121 and 181. [See below.] Elementary Roman Law. [See Latin 121.] Professor MERRILL. The Institutes of Justinian. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Select Titles from the Digest. [See Latin 181.] Professor MERRILL. Books 18, 19, 20, 21, and 13.7, being part of the law of contracts. 3 hrs., second half-year. F, 11. Other hours to be arranged. ## p. 17 (#207) ############################################# Jurisprudence. 17 106. Jurisprudence. Mr. GRIFFITHS. Lectures and recitations, with assigned reading, on the science of law and theory of legislation, with special reference to Maine, Austin, Bentham, and the present-day writers. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 2. 109. School Legislation in California. [1912-13.] Professor JONES. An interpretative and critical study of California school law as a resultant of social and political conditions and forces. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11. This course is also listed in the department of education. THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM. First Year. 111A-111B. The Law of Property, I. (a) Personal Property; (b) Intro- duction to Real Property. Professor MCMURRAY. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 8. 112A-112B. The Law of Torts. Professor JONEs. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. 2 hrs., second half-year. W F, 9. 113. Criminal Law and Procedure. Assistant Professor KIDD. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 11. 115A-115B. The Law of Contracts. Professor BOKE. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Tu W Th, 10. 119. Common Law Procedure. Professor KIDD. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. 120. Agency. Dr. LYNCH. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th F, 2. ' GRADUATE COURSES. THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM. NoTE.—While all the courses in the second and third years are elec- tive, they are distributed by years and are so arranged on the schedule of exercises. Except as to alternating courses and “examination courses,” the student is advised to observe this arrangement by years, so as to secure the advantage of proper sequence of study and avoid conflict in hours of lecture. The alternating coures are given to classes of second-year and third-year students combined. The courses entitled “examination courses’’ will be conducted as research courses on the part of the individual student under the super- vision of a member of the faculty. A student may pursue any one such course in any half-year, four such courses being thus possible during the last two years. Proficiency will be tested by an examination at the end of the half-year. - ## p. 18 (#208) ############################################# 18 Jurisprudence. Second Year. 217A-217B. The Law of Property, II. (a) Conveyances; (b) Wills and Administrations. Professor MCMURRAY. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 9. 222A-222B. Equity, I. (Principles of Equity.) Professor BOKE. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 11. 221A-221B. The Law of Evidence. Assistant Professor KIDD. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. 226. The Law of Public Service Companies and Carriers. [1912-13. ] (Alternating course.) Professor JONES. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. 208. The Law of Municipal Corporations. [1912-13.] (Alternating course.) Professor JONES. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. 224. The Law of Sales. Dr. LYNCH. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M. W, 8. 230A-230B. Negotiable Instruments. Mr. TASHEIRA. 2 hrs., throughout the year. F, 3-5. 216A-216B. The Law of Mines, I. Mr. COLBY. This course is adapted to the needs of students in the department of mining as well as to those of law students. - 1 hr., throughout the year. Th, 8. 232A-232B. The Law of Insurance. Mr. JACOBs. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu S, 8. 223. Contracts. (Second year.) Mr. JACOBs. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu S, 8. 244. Admiralty. (Examination course.) 2 units, either half-year. 245. Partnership. (Examination course.) 2 units, either half-year. 246. Studies in the History of the Common Law: (a) History of Criminal Law; (b) History of Law of Real Property; (c) History of Con- tract. (Examination courses.) 2 units, either half-year for any one topic. ## p. 19 (#209) ############################################# Jurisprudence. 19 Third Year. 202A-202B. Constitutional Law. (Alternating course.) Professor JONES and Mr. MATTHEW. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M. W., 10; F, 8. 240A-240B. Conflict of Laws. . Mr. GRIFFITHS. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 4. - 227A-227B. Equity II. (Trusts.) Professor BOKE. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 8. 225A-225B. The Law of Corporations. Dr. LYNCH. 2 hrs., throughout the year. W F, 9. 218. Law of Mines, II. Mr. Colby. A course in original research upon assigned topics, with class reports and criticisms. Open to qualified students who have completed course 216. 1 unit, either half-year. 241. The Law of Suretyship. [1912-13.] Mr. JACOBS. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu S, 8. 242. The Law of Mortgage. [1912-13.] Dr. LYNCH. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. 229. Code Procedure. Professor MCMURRAY. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. 233A-233B. Practice. - Assistant Professor KIDD. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 2. NoTE.—Students planning to take the law courses in their senior year should have all other college work completed by the end of their junior year. Students in the College of Commerce who desire to take more than courses 10A-10B, 18A-18B, and 103A-103B should consult the head of the department. Graduate standing implies that the student has credit for courses 105, 111A-111B, 112, 113, 115A-115B, 119, 120. Latin 121 and 181 may be included in the advanced work in juris- prudence. ## p. 20 (#210) ############################################# 20 History. HISTORY. H. MoRSE STEPHENs, M.A., Litt.D., Professor of History. THoMAs R. BACON, A.B., B.D., Professor of Modern European History. HERBERT E. BolTON, Ph.D., Professor of American History. FREDERICK J. TEGGART, A.B., Associate Professor of Pacific Coast History, and Honorary Curator of the Bancroft Library. JACOB N. Bow MAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Medieval History. RICHARD F. SCHOLZ, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ancient History. EUGENE. I. McCoRMAC, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of American History. DONALD E. SMITH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History and Geography, Acting Director of University Extension, and Secretary of the Department of History. CHARLEs E. CHAPMAN, M.A., Teaching Fellow in History. — —, Teaching Fellow in History. — —, Teaching Fellow in History. — —, Teaching Fellow in History. The attention of students is called to the unusual opportunities for historical research offered by the Bancroft collection of manuscripts and books relating to the countries bordering upon the Pacific Ocean from Alaska to Panama. The results of investigations completed in connection with the work of the department appear in the University of California Publications in History and in the Publications of the Academy of Pacific Coast History. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. Students may satisfy any requirement of history for the Junior Certifi- cate by taking course 1. Students electing to take history as their major subject in the upper division must, while in the lower division, take History 1, and one of the three courses: Political Science 1, Economics 1, or History 2; and are recommended to acquire a reading knowledge of French, German, or Spanish. 1A-1B. General History. Professor STEPHENS. Lectures on the growth of western civilization from the earliest times to the end of the nineteenth century. This course is designed as an introduction to the study of history, and for the purpose of affording a general perspective of the development of society, politics, and literature in Europe. No textbook is used, but a syllabus is provided for the contents of eighty lectures, forty to be delivered in each term. The first half-year's work extends to the beginning of the thirteenth century, and the second half-year’s work from the thirteenth to the nineteenth century. The class is divided into sections in which recitations, examinations, and con- ## p. 21 (#211) ############################################# History. 21 ferences are conducted by the teaching fellows in history. Examina- tions are held at the end of each half-year, both on the lectures and on the special work of the sections. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. 2A-2B. Historical Geography. Assistant Professor SMITH. (A) An introduction to the study of geography and its relation to history. (B) A study of the map of the world with particular reference to political boundaries and geographical development. Course 2B may be taken before or after course 2A. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th S, 10. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. FREE ELECTIVE COURSES. Courses 1 and 2 are open as free elective courses in the upper division to students in the colleges of engineering and chemistry, as in these colleges six units of the requirement in history may be deferred until the year following the granting of the Junior Certificate. 48A-48B. Europe in the Eighteenth Century to 1789. Professor BACON. With special reference to intellectual and literary history. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M. W., 10. 49A-49B. Europe in the Nineteenth Century from the Congress of Vienna. - Professor BACON. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. MAJOR COURSES. The minimum requirement for students taking history as a major sub- ject is twelve units (two full year courses of major work), selected from courses 111, 121, 141, 151, 161, 171, 181; and four units selected from the advanced courses (112, 122, 142, etc.) offered. The advanced courses in the upper division—with the exception of 152, 172, and 173–presume a reading knowledge of French, and either German or Spanish. 101AH-101BH. Honor Course. Professor STEPHENS. Only such students as have done conspicuously good work in the junior year, and are recommended by the department, are eligible for this course. The number of such students is limited to six. 2 hrs., throughout the year, with a maximum of 5 hours credit each half-year. W, 3-5. 111A-111B. Ancient History. Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. (A) To the death of Alexander. (B) To 800 A.D. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 10. ## p. 22 (#212) ############################################# 22 History. 112A-112B. Hellenism, its Spread and Transformation. Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. *(A) Greek civilization from its beginnings to the second century A.D., with special emphasis on the Hellenistic period. (B) The spread and transformation of Hellenism from the time of Con- stantine to the fall of Constantinople (1453). 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. 113A-113B. Ancient Imperialism. Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. (A) From Alexander the Great to Constantine. The political and religi- ous aspects are studied intensively. (B) * The Roman Empire from Augustus to Charlemagne. Special emphasis is laid on the pro- vincial and municipal government and administration of the Early Empire, and on the relations between the eastern and western parts of the Empire from Constantine to Charlemagne. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. 121A-121B. History of the Middle Ages. Assistant Professor Bow MAN. A general survey of the Middle Ages from the fifth and sixth cen- turies to the beginning of the sixteenth century. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 1. 122. The Early Germans. Assistant Professor BOWMAN. The wandering of the nations, and the German kingdoms to the ninth century. - 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 1. 123. Civilization during the Middle Ages. Assistant Professor Bow MAN. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 1. *141A-141B. Modern European History. Professor STEPHENS. Lectures on the history of Europe from 1600 to 1890, based on Stephens, Syllabus of a Course of Lectures on European History. A reading knowledge of French, German, or Spanish is required. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 1. 142A-142B. The French Revolutionary Period in Europe. Professor STEPHENS. An intensive study of the French Revolution from 1789 to 1799, and its influence on Europe. A reading knowledge of French is required. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 2. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 23 (#213) ############################################# History. 23 151A-151B. History of England. Assistant Professor —. Lectures on the political and constitutional history of England with the study of documents contained in Adams and Stephens, Select Documents of English Constitutional History. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 9. 152A-152B. Constitutional History of England. Assistant Professor A detailed study of the origin and growth of the English constitution. Especially designed for students of law. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. 161A-161B. History of Spain and Spanish America. * Assistant Professor SMITH. An outline of the history of Spain from the earliest times to the nineteenth century, with special attention to the establishment and growth of her colonial empire. The second half-year is de- voted principally to Mexico, with less detailed reference to the other Latin-American republics. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. 171A-171B. American History. Assistant Professor MCCORMAC. A general course dealing with the English colonies and the political history of the United States. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 9. 172A-172B. Growth of the American National Government. Assistant Professor MCCORMAC. Colonial governments; formation of the national constitution; histori- cal development of constitutional government in the United States. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. *173A-173B. The Civil War and Reconstruction. Assistant Professor MCCORMAC. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. 181A-181B. The History of the West. Professor BOLTON. A study of the settlement and development of the West, and of the influence of the West upon national and international affairs at each stage of advance. The emphasis of the course is upon the Trans-Mississippi West and the Far West. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 10. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 24 (#214) ############################################# 24 History. 182A-182B. Spain in the Southwest. Professor BOLTON. An intensive study of some portion or phase of the region from Texas to California which formerly constituted the northern provinces of New Spain but is now included within the United States. The topic for 1911-12 will be: The northern frontier of New Spain in the later 17th century. A reading knowledge of Spanish is required. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M. W., 11. 191A-191B. Historical Bibliography. Associate Professor TEGGART. Instruction in the methods of bibliography, followed by a detailed presentation of bibliographical information necessary for historical research. During the second half-year special attention is given to American history. 1 hr., throughout the year. Tu, 11. GRADUATE COURSES. Students desirous of pursuing graduate work in history must register, immediately upon entrance, with the secretary of the department, Pro- fessor D. E. Smith, 108 California Hall. A member of the department is appointed to supervise the work of each graduate student. Graduates from other institutions, before admission to graduate work, will be tested as to their knowledge of both European and American history. Candidates for the master's degree in history must have completed satisfactorily the work required of an undergraduate major student in history; they are recommended to take course 191 and course 201,–which is preliminary to other graduate work,+unless exempted from it by having been admitted to course 101 H. - Students planning to undertake research work in connection with the Bancroft collection must have a thorough knowledge of Spanish. The department of history issues a separate announcement which contains its requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 201A-201B. The Critical Study of History. Professor STEPHENS. An introduction to the materials and processes of historical writing, based on Langlois and Seignobos, Introduction to the Study of History. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Th, 3-5. 211A-211B. Ancient History. Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. For 1911-12 the subject will be: Studies in the history of Roman Law. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Th, 3-5. 221A-221B. Medieval History. Assistant Professor BOWMAN. For 1911-12 the subject will be: Gregory of Tours. 2 hrs., throughout the year. F, 3-5. ## p. 25 (#215) ############################################# History. 25 222A-222B. Church History. Professor BACON. For 1911-12 the subject will be: The Protestant Revolution. 1 hr., throughout the year. Time to be arranged. 241A-241B. Modern European History. Professor STEPHENS. For 1911-12 the subject will be: Diplomatic relations of the states of Europe from 1759 to 1776. 2 hrs., throughout the year. F, 3-5. 251A-251B. English History. Assistant Professor For 1911-12 the subject will be: Studies in the history of English Law. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Th, 1-3. 261A-261B. Spanish History. Assistant Professor SMITH. For 1911-12 the subject will be: The making of the Spanish State by Ferdinand and Isabella. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Th, 3-5. 271A-271B. American History. Assistant Professor MCCORMAC. For 1911-12 the subject will be: The diplomatic history of the United States during the Civil War. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu, 1-3. 281A-281B. Western History. Professor BOLTON. For 1911-12 the subject will be: Frontier relations of the United States with Spain and Mexico from 1803 to 1845. 2 hrs., throughout the year. W, 3-5. 282A-282B. Pacific Coast History. Associate Professor TEGGART. For 1911-12 the subject will be: The Exploration of the Pacific Coast from 1769 to 1792. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu, 3-5. 292A-292B. Historical Geography. Assistant Professor SMITH. Subject and time to be arranged. 2 hrs., throughout the year. TEACHERS’ CERTIFICATE. Candidates desirous of obtaining the recommendation of the depart- ment for the teachers’ certificate in history will be held responsible for courses 111, 121, 141, 151, 171, of which two must be taken in the Uni- versity of California; examinations may be substituted for the remain- ## p. 26 (#216) ############################################# 26 History. ing courses. Candidates are recommended to take course 301. Upon the satisfactory conclusion of the work designated, a final examination, con- ducted by the department, will be given on the history subjects usually taught in the high school. 301. The Teaching of History. MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. A discussion of the teaching of history in secondary schools, with special reports and criticism of text-books. The course is given by the officers of instruction who teach subjects taught in the high schools of the state. 2 hrs., either half-year. Tu, 3-5. ## p. 27 (#217) ############################################# Political Science. 27 POLITICAL SCIENCE. BERNARD Moses, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of History and Political Science, Emeritus. DAVID P. BARRows, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. THoMAs H. REED, A.B., LL.B., Associate Professor of Government. GEORGE R. Noy Es, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Slavic Languages. FRITZ Konrad KRüger, Ph.D., Teaching Fellow in Political Science. RoBERT A. CAMPBELL, A.B., Lecturer in Government. The general prerequisites to all courses in the Upper Division are any two of the following three: History 1A-1B, 121A-121B, and Political Science 1A and 1B. - LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A. Government. Associate Professor REED. The institutions and operation of the British and American govern- ments, with a study of political parties. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. 1B. Government. Associate Professor REED. The government and parties of continental Europe. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: course 1A. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 105. Studies in Actual Politics. Professor BARROWS. Mexico, Central America and the Caribbean. The races, governments, and political problems. Relations with the United States. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. 106. Studies in Actual Politics. Professor BARROWs. The Far East. The governments of China and Japan. European and American dependencies. International relations. American diplo- macy in the Orient. 3 hrs., second half-year. M. W. F., 8. 109. Russian Political Institutions. Associate Professor NOYEs. The development of Russian central and local institutions, with special reference to the present situation in Russia. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. ## p. 28 (#218) ############################################# 28 Political Science. 110A. Local Government. Associate Professor REED. The relations of local and central government in western Europe and America, with a comparative study of the forms of rural local government. Prerequisite: courses 1A and 1B, or the consent of the instructor. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. 110B. The Government of Cities. Associate Professor REED. The growth, causes of growth, and structure of population, of modern municipalities; the development and present status of the govern- mental organization and activities of German, French, British, and American cities. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: courses 1A and 1B, or the consent of the instructor. 111. Contemporary Political Questions. Associate Professor REED. This course will be open to lower division students who have had course 1A and to upper division students without prerequisite. 1 hr., first half-year. Tu, 2. 112. State Government. Associate Professor REED. Based upon a careful study of the government of California. 1 hr., second half-year. Tu, 2. Prerequisite: courses 1A and 1B, or the consent of the instructor. 113. Legislative Procedure and Problems. A study of the method of procedure of legislative bodies, together with a consideration of important state problems and the preparation of bills. Prerequisite: courses 1A and 1B, or the consent of the instructor. 2 hrs., second half-year. M, 2-4. GRADUATE COURSES. Graduate students in political science will find opportunities for research in several fields. The University Library is sufficiently equipped for the study of government in western Europe, the United States and South America. The Bancroft Library contains extensive materials for the insti- tutions and politics of Spanish North America down to 1875. The situation of the University of California affords opportunity for investigation of the political problems resulting from Asiatic immigration, experiments in municipal government and in the state control of public utilities, recent constitutional innovations as those of Arizona and New Mexico, and the problems incident to the United States as a Pacific power. A reading knowledge of French and German is requisite, and in the case of the study of the governments of Spanish America or the Philip- pines, Spanish. ## p. 29 (#219) ############################################# Political Science. 29 201. Political Science. Professor BARROWS. A reading course in political writings of the first importance. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 3. 205. Seminar in Administration. Professor BARROWS. A general examination by the class of the field of comparative public administration. Special studies in American federal and state administra- tion by candidates for higher degrees. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Th, 2-4. 211. Seminar in Municipal Government. Associate Professor REED. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu, 3-5. COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS. General History. [See History 1A-1B.] Professor STEPHENS. Lectures on the growth of western civilization from the earliest times to the end of the nineteenth century. History of the Middle Ages. [See History 121A-121B.] Assistant Professor Bow MAN. A general survey of the history of western Europe to the end of the Reformation movement. Ancient Imperialism. [See History 113A-113B.] Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. Modern European History. [See History 141A-141B.] Professor STEPHENS. Growth of the American National Government. [See History 172A-172B.] Assistant Professor MCCORMAC. The History of the West. [See History 181A-181B.] Professor BOLTON. International Law. [See Jurisprudence 103A-103B.] Mr. THELEN. Constitutional Law. [See Jurisprudence 202A-202B.] Professor Jon Es. Constitutional law of the United States, both State and Federal. Roman Law. [See Jurisprudence 105.] Mr. GRIFFITHS. Jurisprudence. [See Jurisprudence 106.] Mr. GRIFFITHS. The Law of Municipal Corporations. [See Jurisprudence 208.] Professor JONES. Studies in the History of the Common Law. [See Jurisprudence 246.] The following are courses in Economics, but will be accepted as major courses in Political Science. Economics 109 may be counted as lower division work. ## p. 30 (#220) ############################################# 30 Political Science. 109. Introduction to Public Finance. Professor PLEHN. The theory and methods of taxation. The expenditure and adminis- tration of public funds; public debts. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: Economics 2. This course may be counted as lower division work. *209A. Taxation. Professor PLEHN. An intensive study of the principles of taxation as illustrated by the practices of different countries. 3 hrs., second half-year. Prerequisite: Economics 109. *209c. Municipal Finance. Professor HATFIELD. A study of the revenues, expenditures, debt management and fiscal administration of American cities. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: Economics 109. 110A-110B. Statistics. Professor PLEHN. The history, theory, and methods of statistics. 3 hrs., throughout the year, including one laboratory period. Tu Th. 11, and a laboratory period to be arranged. Prerequisite: Econom- ics 2, and at least junior standing. Mathematics 120A must be taken in conjunction with this course. The class to be limited at the discretion of the instructor. 131. Consular Service. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. The training and duties of consuls and the practice of the leading com- mercial nations in regard to appointments, etc. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 2. Prerequisite: senior standing. The consent of the instructor must be obtained before enrollment. *142. Contemporary Theories of Social Reform. Assistant Professor PEIxoTTO. The principles and programmes of the leading reform movements of the day which aim at the partial or total reconstruction of indus- trial society. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: course 2 and at least junior standing. 143. History of Social Reform Movements. Assistant Professor PEIxoTTO. An historical review of those social movements usually roughly grouped as socialistic. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: Economics 2 or its equivalent. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 31 (#221) ############################################# Economics. 31 ECONOMICS. *ADolph C. MILLER, M.A., Flood Professor of Political Economy and Commerce. - CARL C. PLEHN, Ph.D., Professor of Finance, on the Flood Foundation. *HENRY R. HATFIELD, Ph.D., Professor of Accounting, on the Flood Foundation. WESLEY C. MITCHELL, Ph.D., Professor of Political Economy, on the Flood Foundation. ALBERT W. WHITNEY, A.B., Associate Professor of Mathematics and of Insurance Methods, on the Flood Foundation. LINCOLN HUTCHINson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Commerce, on the Flood Foundation. JESSICA. B. PEIXOTTO, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. STUART DAGGETT, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Railway Economics, on the Flood Foundation. JOHN G. BRooks, S.T.B., Lecturer in Social Economics. LUcy W. STEBBINs, A.B., Lecturer in Charities. Facilities for Graduate Study.--Students in Economics will find oppor- tunities for research in a number of fields. The University library is well supplied with works on economic subjects. The library is particu- larly well supplied with official statistical publications of the chief com- mercial countries of the world. These materials, with the official trade documents of the San Francisco Custom House, afford opportunity for the study of the trade, resources, and economic geography of particular countries and ports. The unique collection of local materials in the Bancroft library is available for research in the economic history of the Pacific Coast. A collection of state reports and documents on public finance, complete for the last five years, and in some instances extending over a longer period, may be consulted in the private library of Pro- fessor Plehm. Special facilities also exist at Berkeley for the study of economic problems at first hand. San Francisco is the banking center of the Coast; and the banking system, here is peculiar because of the actual circulation of gold coin, direct Oriental and European exchange and crop movements practically continuous throughout the year. San Fran- cisco is also the terminus of three great railways. The distance of Cali- fornia from the Middle West has given great importance to questions of transportation, and rate questions are continuously subjects of dispute. In 1911 a radical railroad regulation bill passed the California legisla- ture, and within the next few years a valuation of all the railroad prop- erty in the state will be undertaken. Mention may also be made of the completeness of labor organization in some parts of California and its absence in others, of the presence of newly opened oil fields free as yet °, in residence second half-year only, 1911-12. ## p. 32 (#222) ############################################# 32 Economics. from the control of the trusts, of irrigation plants, lumbering on a large scale, experiments in coöperation, and the like. Any of these topics would be a fruitful subject of study. To those interested in social work the high level of income in San Francisco and the consequent importance of preventive or constructive charity will also afford matter for investigation. - The courses prerequisite to a major subject in the department of economics are Economics 2 and either Political Science 1A and 1B or His- tory 1A-1B. No part of the work in the major subject is to be under- taken until the prerequisite courses shall have been completed. But students who plan to take less than twelve units of Upper Division work in this department may proceed immediately with the advanced courses for which they have the particular prerequisites. Beginning in August, 1912, a new course, Economics 1A-1B will be given, extending through both the fall and the spring terms. Economics 1A-1B will be prescribed for all sophomores in the College of Commerce. It may be taken by other students in place of Economics 2, and will be required for entrance to those of the upper division courses in economics which name it as a prerequisite. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. *A. Lectures on Commerce. A series of lectures on subjects relating to modern business and cur- rent questions of an economic or commercial character by men of affairs and members of the staff. 1 hr., throughout the year, 14, unit each half-year. M., 4. Prescribed each year for all students in the College of Commerce. *B. Lectures on Contemporary Social Problems. Assistant Professor PEIXOTTO. A series of lectures on problems of immediate social interest by mem- bers of the faculty and others. 1 hr., throughout the year, $4 unit each half-year. W, 4. *1A-1B. Introduction to Economics. Professor MILLER. A systematic view of the leading principles of economics on the basis of a selected text. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Prescribed for all students in the College of Commerce. Prerequisite: At least sophomore standing. This course will be given for the first time beginning August, 1912. 2. Principles of Economics. Professors PLEHN, MITCHELL, and Assistant Professor DAGGETT. Designed for students who wish a briefer survey of the principles of economics than that given in Economics 1A-1B. Not open after August, 1912, to students who have taken or are taking Economics 1. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 33 (#223) ############################################# Economics. 33 3 hrs., either half-year. M W F, 1; and Tu Th S, 9. Prerequisite: at least sophomore standing. N.B.-This course or Economics 1 is required of all students who intend to take any advanced courses in economics. 3A. Introduction to Economic Geography. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. A study of the relations between geography and economics. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: Geography 1A or matriculation Subject 12e. 3B. The Materials of Commerce. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. The geographical distribution of useful animal, vegetable, and mineral products. Factors determining the location of industries with special reference to the United States. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 3A. 11A. Insurance. Associate Professor WHITNEY. An elementary course. Mathematical treatment will be avoided, so far as possible. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. 14A-14B. Introduction to Accounting. Professors HUTCHINSON and HATFIELD. The interpretation of accounts with regard to the needs of the busi- ness manager rather than those of the accountant. 3 hrs., including one laboratory period. Tu Th, 1; and a laboratory period to be arranged. Prerequisite: at least sophomore standing, and for Economics 14A the consent of the instructor. Students enrolled in this course may take an extra laboratory period with one additional unit credit. *41. Geography of Latin America. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. A general description of the countries of South and Central America; their geology, topography, climate, population, natural resources, industries, foreign trade, etc. - 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 2. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. *103c. Economic Geography of the United States. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. . Special attention is given to California and the other Pacific Coast States. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: courses 3A and 3B, or their equivalent. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 34 (#224) ############################################# 34 Economics. 104. Economic History of the United States. - Assistant Professor DAGGETT. t Development of agriculture, manufactures, transportation, and the like, from the colonial period to the present time. º 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 2. *106A. History and Theory of International Trade. - Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 2 and one course in European History. *106B. American Commercial Policy. Assistant Professor DAGGETT. | With special reference to the economic effects of the tariff. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 2. Prerequisite: course 2. 107. Modern Industrialism. - Professor MILLER. The workings of competition in the nineteenth century and the recent tendency toward the formation of industrial monopolies will re- ceive particular attention. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 2. Class to be limited at the discretion of the instructor. . 107 H. Modern Industrialism. Professor MILLER. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 107. 5 units. Students in this course are to register for 107H, not for 107. 108. Theory and History of Banking. Professor MITCHELL. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 2. *108A. Banking Practice. Professor HATFIELD. The internal organization and administration of the modern bank. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: course 108. 108B. Money. Professor MITCHELL. A study of the economic problems centering around the monetary system. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: course 2. *108C. Foreign Exchange. Professor MITCHELL. Methods of making international payments; bills of exchange, arbi- trage, bank drafts, cable orders, shipment of specie, etc. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: course 108. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ~, ## p. 35 (#225) ############################################# Economics. 35 109. Introduction to Public Finance. Professor PLEHN. The theory and methods of taxation; the expenditure and administra- tion of public funds; public debts. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 2. This course may be counted as lower division work. Theory of Probabilities Elementary course. [See Mathematics 120A.] Associate Professor WHITNEY. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. This course is prerequisite to Economics 110A-110B and 111B. 110A-110B. Statistics. Professor PLEHN. The history, theory, and methods of statistics. 3 hrs., throughout the year, including one laboratory period. M W F, 3, and a laboratory period to be arranged. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least junior standing. Mathematics 120A must be taken in conjunction with this course. Class to be limited at the dis- cretion of the instructor. 110AH-110BH. Statistics. Professor PLEHN. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 110A-110B. 5 units each half-year. Students taking this course are to register for 110AH-110BH, not for 110A-110B. 111B. Actuarial Science. Associate Professor WHITNEY. The mathematical theory of life insurance. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. 111C. Actuarial Science. Associate Professor WHITNEY. A continuation of course 111B. 3 hrs., first half-year. Hours to be arranged. 111D. Fire Insurance. Associate Professor WHITNEY. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 10. NoTE.—Students who wish to prepare themselves for actuarial work should consult with the instructor concerning the best choice of their mathematical courses. *112A. History of Economic Thought. Professor MILLER. A critical review of the leading systems of economic thought since the sixteenth century. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 2 and at least junior standing. *113. Problems of Labor. - The position of wage-earners in the economic organization of to-day. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least junior standing. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 36 (#226) ############################################# 36 Economics. 102. Interest. Associate Professor WHITNEY. Theory of interest and sinking funds, with special reference to mine valuation and the depreciation of manufacturing plants. 1 hr., second half-year. Tu, 11. 114A. The Investment Market. Professor HATFIELD. Investment securities, the various classes of stocks and bonds, the construction and use of bond tables, the course of prices in the investment market. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 3. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least junior standing. 114B. Advanced Accounting. Professor HATFIELD. A consideration of the more complicated problems of accounting. 3 hrs., second half-year, including one laboratory period. Tu Th, 1; and a laboratory period to be arranged. Prerequisite: course 14, or its equivalent. Students enrolled in this course may take an extra laboratory period with one additional unit credit. *114C. Corporation Finance. Professor HATFIELD. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least junior standing. *114D. Auditing. Professor HATFIELD. A study of principles, accompanied with practice in auditing actual accounts. Open only to students who have completed courses 14 and 114B and who give other evidence of competence. 2 hrs., first half-year. Hours to be arranged. 114E. Cost Accounting. Professor HATFIELD. 2 hrs., second half-year. Open to advanced students on consent of instructor. . . 114EH. Cost Accounting. Professor HATFIELD. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 114E. 5 units. Students in this course are to register for 114EH, not for 114E. 115. American Financial Policy. Professor PLEHN. A detailed study of the legislation and experience of the United States touching currency, banking, debt, taxation, expenditure, etc. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least junior standing. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 37 (#227) ############################################# Economics. 37 116A. Railway Economics. Assistant Professor DAGGETT. A general discussion of railway history, rates, finance, and regulation. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least junior standing. 116B. Railway Finance. Assistant Professor DAGGETT. An advanced study of railway finance. Questions of capitalization, valuation, reorganization, and the like, with detailed discussion of individual railway systems. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 2. Prerequisite: courses 114c and 116A. 117. Railroad Rates and Regulation. Assistant Professor DAGGETT. The theory and practice of rate construction, and the experience in railroad regulation of England, Canada, and the United States. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: course 116A. 117H. Railroad Rates and Regulation. Assistant Professor DAGGETT. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 117. 5 units. Students in this course are to register for 117H, not for 117. 120C. Mathematical Economics. Associate Professor WHITNEY. The mathematical treatment of the theory of value. 1 hr., second half-year. Hour to be arranged. *123. Modern Industrial Processes. . The development and present condition of leading modern industries, with particular reference to the Pacific Coast; emphasis will be laid on the technical processes. - 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 1A-1B or 2. *124A. Business Forms and Practice. Professor PLEHN. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 1. Prerequisite: course 2. 124B. Business Administration. Professor PLEHN. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 1. Prerequisite: course 2. 125. Economic Crises and Depressions. Professor MITCHELL. Recurrent fluctuations of business activity; periods of active specu- lation, panic, liquidation, depression, and revival; the phenomena and their interpretation. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 9. Prerequisite: courses 108 and 108B. 127A-127B. Commercial Reviews and Trade Journals. Professor PLEHN. Reading of current commercial, business and trade journals, and similar publications. * Not to be given. 1911-12 ## p. 38 (#228) ############################################# 38 Economics. 1 hr., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. M., 4. Prerequisite: at least senior standing and 15 units of economics. Prescribed for all seniors in the College of Commerce. 130. Foreign Trade. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. A comparative study, from official statistical sources of selected problems connected with the recent trade of the principal com- mercial nations. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: junior standing, and a reading knowledge of at least one modern language other than English. The consent of the instructor must be obtained before enrollment. 130H. Foreign Trade. Assistant Professor HUTCHINsoN. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 130. 5 units. Students in this course are to register for 130H, not for 130. 131. Consular Service. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. The training and duties of consuls and the practice of the leading commercial nations in regard to appointments, etc. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 2. Prerequisite: senior standing. The consent of the instructor must be obtained before enrollment. *142. Contemporary Theories of Social Reform. Assistant Professor PEIXOTTO. The principles and programmes of the leading reform movements of the day which aim at the partial or total reconstruction of indus- trial society. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: course 2 and at least junior standing. 143. History of Social Reform Movements. Assistant Professor PEIXOTTO. An historical review of those social movements usually roughly grouped as socialistic. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: course 2 or its equivalent. 145. Advanced Economics. - Professor MILLER. Designed for students who wish to make a more thorough study of economic theory than can be undertaken in courses 1A-1B and 2. The aim is to work out a tenable system of economics on the basis of an examination of the theories of leading writers, past and present. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least senior standing. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 39 (#229) ############################################# Economics. 39 146. Economic Psychology. Professor MITCHELL. A critical examination of the psychological preconceptions of current economic theory, followed by a constructive discussion of the psychology of economic activity. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor before enrollment. 118. Poverty. - Assistant Professor PEIxoTTO. The facts and causes of poverty and the contemporary social pro- gramme for improved conditions of life and work among the poor. Lectures, reports and field work. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 2, and at least junior standing. 119. Care of Dependants. Assistant Professor PEIxoTTo. The problems of outdoor and institutional care of the dependent and defective classes. Lectures, reports and field work. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 118, or its equivalent. 119H. Care of Dependents. Assistant Professor PEIxoTTO. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular work of 119. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 119H, not for 119. - 150. The Child and the State. Assistant Professor PEIXOTTO. Modern methods of social intervention for the protection and devel- opment of the child and the problems such action involves. One lecture and at least two hours of conference weekly. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu, 9. Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- tor before enrollment. 150H. The Child and the State. Assistant Professor PEIxoTTo. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular exercises of 150. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 150H, not for 150. *151. Crime as a Social Problem. - Assistant Professor PEIxoTTO. The character of crime and the criminal; their relation to organized society. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 2. 152. The Household as an Economic Agent. Assistant Professor PEIXOTTO. Studies in the theory and practice of spending, with special reference to household budgets. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu, 3-5. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 40 (#230) ############################################# 40 Economics. 153. The Needy Family and the Community. Miss STEBBINS. A study of the resources for betterment which a community may offer dependent families, and of the organization of charity. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 118 or its equivalent. 154. The Dependent Child. Miss STEBBINS. The methods and problems of care for dependent children with spe- cial reference to the defective and delinquent classes. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 2. Prerequisite: course 118 or its equivalent. 155. Advanced Steps in Social Reconstruction. Mr. BROOKS. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 1. Prerequisite: course 2 and at least junior standing. - 156. Democracy and Industry. Mr. BROOKS. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: at least junior stand- ing. Economic Conference. Professor MILLER and other members of the department. * The conference provides an organization of the students enrolled in any of the honor courses of the department. All such students are expected to attend and to present reports upon their work from time to time. No additional credit will be allowed. GRADUATE COURSES. See also courses 110A-110B, 111c, 112A, 116B, 146 and 145 above, which are for graduates and advanced undergraduates. *209A. Taxation. Professor PLEHN. The principles of taxation as illustrated by the practices of the dif- ferent countries. - 3 hrs., second half-year. Prerequisite: course 109. *209c. Municipal Finance. Professor HATFIELD. The revenues, expenditures, debt management, and fiscal administra- tion of American cities. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 109. *220. History and Theory of Prices. Professor PLEHN. The methods of scientific investigation applicable to a study of prices and the causes of their fluctuations. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 41 (#231) ############################################# Economics. 41 The course runs throughout the year and credit will be given accord- ing to work done. A good training in economics and mathematics and a reading knowledge of French and German are prerequisite. 226A-226B. Seminar in Economics. Professor MILLER and other members of the department. Under this head are included arrangements for the guidance of the work of individual students, or groups of students, competent to engage in economic research. Properly qualified undergraduates will be admitted after consultation with the instructor. The re- sults will be presented to the seminar for discussion as occasion may suggest. 2 hrs., throughout the year. W, 3-5. 238. Commercial Resources of the Latin-American Countries. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. Detailed study of the geography, natural resources, and possibilities of development of these countries, devoting a year to each. Par- ticular attention is given to commercial relations with the United States. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. Open only to graduate students who satisfy the instructor of their preparation for the work. COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS. Physical Geography. [See Geography 1.] - Assistant Professor Holway. General Introduction to Anthropology. [See Anthropology 1A-1B.] Associate Professor KROEBER. Commerce of China and Japan. [See Oriental Languages 101A.] Professor FRYER. Economic Botany. [See Botany 14.] Assistant Professor H. M. HALL. Irrigation Institutions and Economics. [See Irrigation 1.] Assistant Professor CHANDLER. Elements of Analysis; for second-year students in the College of Com- merce. [See Mathematics 2C-2D.]. Associate Professor WHITNEY. Theory of Probabilities; advanced course. [See Mathematics, 120B.] Associate Professor WHITNEY. Calculus of Finite Differences. [See Mathematics 117.] - Mr. BERNSTEIN. Formal Logic. [See Philosophy 1.] . Professor RIEBER. General Psychology. [See Philosophy 2A.] Professor STRATTON. Ethics. [See Philosophy 104A-104B.] Commerce of Mohammedan Countries. [See Semitics 25A-25B.] - Assistant Professor POPPER. ## p. 42 (#232) ############################################# 42 Anthropology. ANTHROPOLOGY. A. L. KROEBER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology; Secretary of the Department of Anthropology; Curator of the Anthropological Museum. DAVID P. BARRows, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. NELs C. NELSON, M.L., Instructor in Anthropology and Assistant Curator. THOMAs T. WATERMAN, A.B., Instructor in Anthropology and Assistant Curator. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A-1B. General Introduction to Anthropology. Associate Professor KROEBER, Mr. NELSON, Mr. WATERMAN. The origin and development of man, his physical features, racial divisions, distribution, arts, industries, customs, languages, institu- tions, and religions. - 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 10. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 103A. Ethnology of Asia. Associate Professor KROEBER. Past and present peoples and civilizations of Asia, and their devel- opment. 2 hrs., first half-year. W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 1A-1B. 103B. Ethnology of Europe, Africa, and Oceania. Associate Professor KROEBER. Ancient and recent peoples and civilizations and their development. 2 hrs., second half-year. W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 1A-1B. 104. Origin and Antiquity of Man. Mr. NELSON. The origin and antiquity of man and the beginnings of human cul- ture. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. 105A. American Archaeology. Mr. NELSON. The prehistoric cultures and peoples of America. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: course 1A-1B. 105B. American Ethnology. Mr. WATERMAN. The recent and present native cultures and peoples of America. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: course 1A-1B. ## p. 43 (#233) ############################################# Anthropology. - 43 124. Primitive Religions. Mr. WATERMAN. Conspicuous elements in primitive religions, and survivals of these among historic peoples. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. 125. Social Origins. Mr. WATERMAN. Two or three social phenomena will be taken up each year and their origin and history retraced, as far as possible, by means of reports and class discussions. In 1911-12 the work will cover: (1) mar- riage, the family, and the clan, including totemism and exogamy; (2) language, pictography and the art of writing. 2 hrs., second half-year. F, 3-5. Prerequisite: the consent of the instructor. 126. The Influence of Heredity in Civilization. Associate Professor KROEBER. The nature and operation of hereditary forces as regards race, civiliza- tion, and capacity in man. 2 hrs., first half-year. W F, 2. 130. Types of Linguistic Structure. Associate Professor KROEBER. Some fundamental principles of linguistic structure as exemplified by several unrelated languages of contrasting type. 2 hrs., first half-year. W. F. 3. Prerequisite: sufficient philological training to satisfy the instructor. 131. North American Languages. Associate Professor KROEBER. The principal characteristics of North American languages. 2 hrs., second half-year. W F, 2. FREE ELECTIVE COURSE. *15. Peoples of the Philippines. Professor BARROWs. An outline of Malayan ethnology; sources of Philippine culture; pagan and Mohammedan peoples. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. - GRADUATE COURSES. 207A-207 B. Advanced Work in Ethnology. Associate Professor KROEBER. Throughout the year. 208A-208B. Advanced Work in Languages. Associate Professor KRoEBER. Throughout the year. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 44 (#234) ############################################# 44 Anthropology. 209A-209B. Advanced Work in Archaeology. Associate Professor KROEBER. Throughout the year. Facilities for Graduate Study.—The University's anthropological museum is one of the half dozen largest museums of anthropology in the country, and ranks among the three foremost American University collections illustrative of human development. It is richest in the fields of Egyptian, Graeco-Roman, Peruvian, and California Indian archaeology and ethnology, but contains numerous other collections, such as from the North and South American Indians, Polynesia, the Philippine Islands, etc., that make it cosmopolitan in scope and afford ample material for com- parative purposes. Many of the collections have never been described, and are open as a field of original investigation. Included in the museum are specimens of physical anthropology, phonograph records of American Indian music, and negatives, each to the number of Ševeral thousand; also photographic, phonographic, phonetic, anthropometric and other apparatus. While the collections, for lack of a permanent building on the Uni- versity campus, are essentially in a condition of storage in the western building at the Affiliated Colleges in San Francisco, they have been so installed as to be practically in a state of exhibition, and at the same time are even more readily accessible to the student than museum speci- mens in glass or storage cases usually are. In the instance of students performing work which requires a large part of their time to be spent with the collections in San Francisco, such time is counted as residence in Berkeley. A selection of specimens is kept in the building on the University grounds known as the Museum. This collection chiefly serves under- graduate instruction. It has often been possible to provide ethnological, archaeological, or linguistic field work in California to advanced students. This field is one of the richest in American anthropology, and on account of the accessibility both of living Indians and ancient sites, as well as frequent visits to the museum of Indians, unusual opportunities are afforded for original investigation. Some eight papers in the University's series of publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology are from the pen of graduate students of advanced standing, and others are in preparation. Library facilities are satisfactory, even without recourse to the notable collection of documents in the Academy of Pacific Coast History (Ban- croft Library). The University library contains probably the largest collection of anthropological books to be found in the western half of the country. ## p. 45 (#235) ############################################# Semitic Languages. 45 SEMITIC LANGUAGES. WILLIAM PopPER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Semitic Languages. Students intending to prepare themselves for the ministry or other- wise interested in the work offered by the department are advised, on the basis of a good knowledge of the classical and modern languages, to take in their junior year courses 1A-1B, 3A-3B, and 7A-7B, and in their senior year courses 104A-104B, and 111A-111B, or 113A-113B. Courses 25A- 25B and 116C-116D are adapted particularly for students in the College of Commerce and those who are preparing themselves for active work in Mohammedan countries. The graduate work provides for research along the lines of Biblical exegesis, Arabic literature, and Semitic philology in general. The courses to be given in any year and the time thereof will be decided in accordance with the requirements of students; courses 104A- 104B, 206A-206B, 207C, 212A-212B, 214A-214B, and 215A-215B may be repeated indefinitely, without duplication of work. Facilities for Graduate Study.—The Semitic section of the University library contains practically all of the works requisite for the pursuit of advanced Semitic studies. The Biblical and general Hebrew collec- tions are largest; the Greenbaum, Louis Sloss, Elkan Cohn, and Jacob Voorsanger (Deinard) collections alone contain over 3,000 titles, and include such valuable examples as the editio priceps of the Talmud Babli, of Alfasi, of the Kuzari, of the Mishne Tora, and of the Miklol; and in the case of several other important Rabbinical works, two or more editions of each are to be found. The Arabic section of the library is now fairly representative, and is growing rapidly along the lines of the department’s insistence on the importance of Arabic studies, not only as a matter of scholarship, but also as essential for the understanding of cultural and political conditions in the great modern Mohammedan world. The University library is a subscriber to all the important Semitic periodicals, and possesses complete sets of back numbers. UPPER DIVISION COURSEs. 104A-104B. Hebrew. Assistant Professor POPPER. Second course: Rapid reading of selections from the historical books of the Old Testament. Text-books: Hebrew Bible; Gesenius- Kautzsch, Hebrew Grammar. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu, 9; Th, 1. Prerequisite: course 3A-3B. 111A-111B. Syriac. Assistant Professor POPPER. Text-book: Brockelmann, Syrische Grammatik. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Time to be arranged. ## p. 46 (#236) ############################################# 46 Semitic Languages. 113A-113B. Arabic. Assistant Professor POPPER. Text-books: Socin, Arabic Grammar, Brünnow, Chrestomathy. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Time to be arranged. 116C-116D. Arabic, Commercial. Assistant Professor POPPER. Reading of commercial documents, newspapers, etc. Time to be arranged. Prerequisite: course 113A-113B. º FREE ELECTIVE COURSES. 1A-1B. Introduction to the Study of the Semitic Languages. Assistant Professor POPPER. Lectures on the nature and classification of the Semitic Languages. 1 hr., throughout the year. 3A-3B. Hebrew. Assistant Professor POPPER. First course: The elements of the language, with exercises in trans- lating from Hebrew into English and from English into Hebrew, followed by the grammatical interpretation of the Book of Ruth. Text-books: Davidson, Hebrew Grammar; Hebrew Bible, ed. Hahn; Gesenius, Hebrew Lexicon, ed. Brown-Briggs-Driver. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Time to be arranged. 7A-7B. Biblical Archaeology. Assistant Professor POPPER. Lectures on the archaeology, languages, customs, civil institutions, religions, etc., of the nations and peoples of the Old Testament: *(a) Egyptians, Babylonians, Assyrians, Hittites; (b) Hebrews, with especial reference to the historical develop- ment of the religious and political institutions of the Jewish people. 1 hr., throughout the year. Hour to be arranged. *25A-25B. The Mohammedan Countries. Assistant Professor POPPER. Lectures on the geographical, social, economic, commercial, and politi- cal conditions in Asiatic Turkey, Egypt, and North Africa. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M W, 11. GRADUATE COURSES. 206A-206B. Exegetical Course. Assistant Professor POPPER. Philological interpretation of one or more of the prophetical and poetical books of the Bible. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu, 2-4. Prerequisite: course 104A-104B. 207 C. Post-Biblical Hebrew Literature. Assistant Professor POPPER. Selected readings from works of the Talmudic, Medieval, and Modern periods. - * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 47 (#237) ############################################# Semitic Languages. 47 210A-210B. Biblical and Targumic Aramaic. Assistant Professor PoPPER. Selections from the Aramaic portions of the Old Testament and from the Targumim. Text-books: Marti, Grammatik der bibl.-aram. Sprache; Merx, Chrestomathia Targumica. 1 hr., throughout the year. Th, 11. 212A-212B. Syriac. Assistant Professor POPPER. Rapid reading of various authors, with reference to Nöldeke's Syrische Grammatik. - 2 hrs., throughout the year. M., 11, 3. 214A-214B. Arabic. Assistant Professor POPPER. Selections from Arabic historians dealing with the Crusades and with the Moslem empire in Spain. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu, 10-12. 215A-215B. Arabic. Assistant Professor POPPER. (a) Arabic poetry (selected). (b) The Koran, with commentary. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Courses a and b in alternate years. M Th, 10. 219A-219B. Semitic Epigraphy. Assistant Professor POPPER. Interpretation, in successive years, of selected (a) Phoenician, (b) Aramaic, and (c) South Arabian inscriptions. 1 hr., throughout the year. Prerequisite for (a) course 104A-104B ; (b), 210A-210B and 212A-212B ; for (c) 214A-214B. M, 2 220A-220B. Semitic Seminar. Assistant Professor POPPER. 1 hr., throughout the year. M., 4. ## p. 48 (#238) ############################################# 48 Oriental Languages. ORIENTAL LANGUAGES. John FRYER, LL.D., Agassiz Professor of Oriental Languages and Litera- tures. Yoshi S. KUNo, M.S., Instructor in Japanese. —, Instructor in Chinese. All courses in this department are intended primarily for graduates. Only undergraduates who have, in the opinion of the instructor, done suitable preparatory work for any course will be allowed to take it. Some of the courses are accepted by the College of Commerce and other colleges as part of their regular curriculum or as equivalent for prescribed work. Students wishing to take up these Oriental studies may therefore find it to their advantage to consult with the Dean of their college as to the arrangements that can be made in that direction. In addition to the lecture and language courses mentioned below, Professor Fryer will offer special assistance to students who wish to take up other branches of study connected with China and Japan. He will also act as advisor to students coming from or going to the Orient. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. LECTURE COURSES. *1. History of China. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 4. 2. The Philosophies and Religions of China: Confucianism and Taoism. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 4. 7A-7B. The Relations between Japan and Korea. Mr. KUNO. Open only to students taking courses 9A-9B, 90-9d, or 110A-110B. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M. W., 3. *11. The History of the Laws, Government, and Social Conditions of China. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 4. 12. The Philosophies and Religions of China; Buddhism, Mohammedan- ism, and other Religions. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 4. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 49 (#239) ############################################# Oriental Languages. 49 *12A. The Philosophies and Religions of Japan: Ancient and Modern. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 4. The above lecture courses form a series; but any of them may be taken singly. They are adapted for students in general, but particularly for those who look forward to relations with the Orient. LANGUAGE COURSES. 3A-3B. Elementary Study of Kuan-hua. Professor FRYER. Introduction to Kuan-hua, the language spoken by the officials and about four-fifths of the population of China. Series of progressive, elementary lessons and exercises in reading, speaking, translation, and composition. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 9. 9A-9B. Elementary Study of the Japanese Language. Mr. KUNO. Introduction to the Japanese language, with the use of both the Katakana and Hiragana forms of letters. Series of progressive elementary lessons and exercises in reading, speaking, and writing. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 1. 90-9D. Second Year of Elementary Japanese. Mr. KUNO. Continuation of the preceding course, introducing the use of common Chinese characters; with selections from modern Japanese writers. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. ' 9AB-9CD. Elementary Japanese: Double course. Mr. KUNO. This course combines the work of courses 9A-9B and 9C-9D. and is intended for beginners who wish to prepare in one year for course 110A-110B. - 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 8. UPPER DIVISION COURSEs. 102A. Chinese Language. Professor FRYER. Lectures on the principal features of the Chinese spoken and written language. 1 hr., first half-year. M., 11. 102B. Chinese Literature. Professor FRYER. Lectures on Chinese literature, with selections from English transla- tions of the principal books. 1 hr., second half-year. M., 11. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 50 (#240) ############################################# 50 Oriental Languages. LANGUAGE COURSES. 104A-104B. Advanced Study of Kuan-hua. Professor FRYER. Series of progressive advanced lessons and exercises in reading, speak- ing, translation, and composition. Selections from Kuan-hua litera- ture. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 3A-3B. 105A-105B. Elementary Study of Wen-li, the classical written language of the empires of China and Japan. Professor FRYER and Mr. KUNO. Progressive selections from various kinds of current literature and official documents, with exercises in translation and composition. Selections from the Four Books. The Japanese section is taught by Mr. KUNo. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Prerequisite: course 104A-104B or 110A- 110B. 106A-106B. Advanced Study of Wen-li. Professor FRYER and Mr. KUNo. Progressive selections from the higher classical literature, with exer- cises in translation and composition. Selections from the Five Classics, essays, technical books, and poetry. The Japanese section is taught by Mr. KUNo. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Prerequisite: course 105A-105B. 110A-110B. Advanced Study of the Japanese Language. Mr. KUNO. Series of progressive advanced lessons and exercises in reading, speak- ing, translation, and composition, with selections from the best Japanese literature. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 3. Prerequisite: course 9AB-9CD. LECTURE COURSES. *101A. The Commerce of China and Japan: Historical Features. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. *101B. The Commerce of China and Japan: Geographical Features. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. 111A. The Commerce of China and Japan: Economic Features. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. 111B. The Commerce of China and Japan: Political Features. Professor FRYER. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. The above four lecture courses form a series; but any of them may be taken singly. They are adapted for students in general, but particu- larly for those in the College of Commerce. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 51 (#241) ############################################# Oriental Languages. 51 GRADUATE COURSES. 214. Oriental Seminar. Professor FRYER. Philological problems relating to the language, literature, history, and other subjects connected with the Far East. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu, 4-6. Prerequisite: sufficient preparatory work in the Oriental or other departments of the University. 215. Oriental Seminar. Professor FRYER. International problems relating to commercial diplomatic, educational, and other branches of intercourse with the Far East. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu, 4-6. Prerequisite: same as course 214. Courses 214 and 215, though primarily for graduates, are, under cer- tain conditions, open to properly qualified seniors. They may be repeated indefinitely, without duplication of work. ## p. 52 (#242) ############################################# 52 Sanskrit. SANSIKRIT. ARTHUR W. RYDER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sanskrit. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 101. Elementary Sanskrit. Assistant Professor RYDER. Perry's Primer; Whitney's Grammar; Lanman's Reader. Grammar, composition, and reading. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 11. 102. Elementary Sanskrit (continued). Assistant Professor RYDER. The classical texts in Lanman's Reader, and other easy Sanskrit. Reading at sight. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 11. 103. Second-year Sanskrit. Assistant Professor RYDER. Rapid reading of simple classical texts. The fables of the Hito- padega. 3 hrs., first half-year. 104. Second-year Sanskrit (continued). Assistant Professor RYDER. Classical Sanskrit texts. Selections from the Kathâsaritsägara and Daçakumâracarita. 3 hrs., second half-year. 105. Advanced Classical Sanskrit. Assistant Professor RYDER. Reading of more difficult texts, and study of their position in the literature. The Epigrams of Bhartrihari. The Meghadūta of Râlidasa. 3 hrs., first half-year. 106. Advanced Classical Sanskrit (continued). Assistant Professor RYDER. Introduction to the drama, and to the Prākrit languages. The Çakuntalà of Kālidasa. The Mricchakatika of Çüdraka. 3 hrs., second half-year. The reading matter of courses 103, 104, 105, and 106 may be varied in accordance with the tastes and purposes of the students. SANSKRIT LITERATURE.-FREE ELECTIVE COURSES. The following courses do not require a knowledge of any Indian language, and are open to all students of the Upper Division. Together, they aim to give an outline history of Sanskrit literature, but any one of them may be taken independently. - ## p. 53 (#243) ############################################# Sanskrit. 53 20. The Veda and the Philosophical Systems. Assistant Professor RYDER. Lectures and reading. In connection with an outline of Vedic litera- ture, the earlier forms of Brahmanism will be treated; then the development of ritualism and philosophy, the revolt which found expression in Buddhism and Jainism, the struggle between Brah- manism and Buddhism, and the rise of Hinduism. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. 21. Classical Sanskrit Literature. Assistant Professor RYDER. Lectures and reading. Outline treatment of the great epics and of the classical literature, exclusive of the drama. The following subjects will be treated: the Mahābhārata; the Rāmāyana; the Kāvya's (minor epics); lyric and elegiac poetry; novels and ro- mances; fables and epigrams; the law-books; rhetoric and poetics; scientific literature. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. *22. The Sanskrit Drama. Assistant Professor RYDER. Lectures and reading. The Hindu canons of dramaturgy. Dramatic production in India, from its beginnings in the Rigveda, with spe- cial study of the masterpieces of the classical period. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 54 (#244) ############################################# 54 Greek. GREEK. Edward B. CLAPP, Ph.D., Professor of the Greek Language and Litera- ture. IsAAC FLAGG, Ph.D., Professor of Greek, Emeritus. JAMEs T. ALLEN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Greek. IVAN M. LINFORTH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Greek. OLIVER M. WASHBURN, A.B., Assistant Professor of Archaeology. RICHARD F. Scholz, M.A., Assistant Professor of Ancient History. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. Students who have credit for matriculation subjects 8 and 9 should take courses 1 and 2 in their freshman year, and courses 7 and 8 in their sophomore year. Students who have credit for matriculation sub- ject 8 only should take course C-D in their freshman year, and courses 1 and 2 in their sophomore year; but, in order that they may be admitted to major courses in their junior year, they may, with special permission, take courses 7 and 8 in addition to, or instead of, courses 1 and 2. Stu- dents who have no matriculation credit in Greek should take course A-B in their freshman year and course C-D in their sophomore year. Students taking course C-D may also, with special permission, take course 2 in the second half of the year in addition to course D. It is thus possible for students of marked ability, who begin Greek in the University, to be ready for major courses in the second half of the junior year. The pre- requisite for course 3 is either matriculation subject 8, or one year of Greek in the University; course 3 must precede course 4. UPPER DIVISION COURSES, ETC. (a) Major courses. The prerequisites to all major courses in Greek are (1) the Junior Certificate, (2) course 7, and (3) at least one of courses 1, 2, and 8. Courses 105 and 106 have as a special prerequisite courses 3 and 4. Students are advised to consult instructors in the department concerning the election of major courses. (b) Free-elective courses. There is no prerequisite to the free-elective courses in the Upper Division other than the Junior Certificate. COURSES NOT REQUIRING A KNOWLEDGE OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE. Special attention is called to the following courses, in which no knowledge of the Greek language is required: Courses 41, Greek Litera. ture; 40, Greek Art; 49, Centers of Greek Life. ## p. 55 (#245) ############################################# Greek. 55 Teachers’ Certificates. Students will be recommended for teachers’ certificates who have completed with credit (1) 20 units of Greek chosen from those courses in which a knowledge of the language is required (courses A-B and C-D may not be included), (2) courses 3, 4, 105, and 106, in addition to the above 20 units, and (3) at least one course chosen from the free-elective courses in the Upper Division or the courses in allied departments which are announced on page 58. Honors. Courses 121, 123, 124, 133, 135, and 137 may be taken as honor courses with additional credit in accordance with the regulations concerning honors by qualified seniors after consultation with the instructors. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. A-B. Greek for Beginners. Associate Professor ALLEN. Simple dialogue and narrative in Attie Greek based upon Aristo- phanes, Plato, Menander and the New Testament. Thorough mastery of essential forms, with special emphasis upon the acquire- ment of reading power. The language is taught by the conversa- tional method supplemented by reading, writing, and the memor- izing of selected passages. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 8. C-D. Attic Prose, Homer’s Iliad. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. Reading of simple Attic prose, with special study of the language, during the first half-year. Reading of Books i-iii of the Iliad, with systematic study of the Homeric dialect and vocabulary, during the second half-year. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 9. E-F. Rapid Reading. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. This course is intended primarily for those who have finished the double course A-B C-D, but it is open to others who can read three pages of average Greek per day. The work will begin with Homer’s Odyssey, selections from the last twelve books, but other authors will be read as the year advances. 5 hrs., throughout the year. M Tu W Th F, 8. - 1. Homer’s Odyssey—Books IX-XII. Professor CLAPP. The chief object of this course is to gain the ability to read Homer, both in Greek and in English, with accuracy and ease. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. 2. Plato's Apology, Crito, and Selections. Professor CLAPP. This course is intended to carry forward the student's training in the vocabulary, syntax, and style of Attic prose. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. ## p. 56 (#246) ############################################# 56 Greek. 3. Prose Composition I. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. Elementary accidence, syntax, and idiom. Valuable as a supplement to course A-B. 1 hr., first half-year. Tu, 9. 4. Prose Composition II. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. A continuation of course 3. 1 hr., second half-year. Tu, 9. 7. Introduction to Greek Tragedy. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. The Medea and the Iphigenia among the Taurians of Euripides with practice in the intelligent reading of the trimeters and anapaests. In connection with this course a series of lectures will be given, on the representation of Greek dramas. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. 8. Attic Orators Assistant Professor LINFORTH. Reading of selections from Lysias and other orators who preceded Demosthenes. Special attention will be given to the prose style, and to the Greek thought, politics, and manners which are dis- played in the speeches. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. 17A. Sight Reading. Professor CLAPP. Practice in rapid reading from easy authors. This course will be specially useful for students who desire to use Greek in their general literary studies. 2 hrs., first half-year; 1 unit. Tu Th, 3. 17B. Sight Reading. Professor CLAPP. A continuation of course 17A. 2 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. Tu Th, 3. FREE-ELECTIVES AND COURSES IN ARCHAEOLOGY OPEN TO THE UNIVERSITY. 40. History of Greek Art. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Illustrated lectures, assigned readings and papers. Architecture, painting, and sculpture are the chief subjects for study. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 3. 41A. Greek Literature: The Poets. Professor CLAPP. Lectures and readings. No knowledge of the Greek language is required. - 1 hr., first half-year. Th, 11. ## p. 57 (#247) ############################################# Greek. - 57 41B. Greek Prose Literature. Professor CLAPP. Lectures and readings as in 41A. 1 hr., second half-year. Th, 11. 43. Ancient Athens. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Illustrated lectures on the topography and monuments of ancient Athens, with brief papers based on the sources. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 3. 47. Greek Gods and Heroes. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Lectures on the chief characteristics of classical mythology illustrated from the monuments of antiquity. 1 hr., first half-year. Tu, 7 p.m. 49. Centers of Greek Life. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Illustrated lectures on Athens, Delphi, Olympia, Epidaurus, Troy, Knosos, etc. 1 hr., second half-year. Tu, 8 p.m. See also courses listed on page 66. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 121. Sophocles. Professor CLAPP. The Oedipus Tyrannus and the Antigone. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. 133. Plato's Phaedo. Associate Professor ALLEN. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. 137. Greek Comedy. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. Reading of one or more plays of Aristophanes and the recently dis- covered portions of Menander. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W., 11. 123. Demosthenes. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. Reading of the Philippic and Olynthiac orations, and the other shorter speeches which discuss the relations between Athens and Philip. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11. 124. Thucydides. Book vii. Professor CLAPP. A study, mainly historical, of the siege of Syracuse. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. 135. The Greek New Testament. Associate Professor ALLEN. A philological study of some characteristic features of the language of the Greek New Testament. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. ## p. 58 (#248) ############################################# 58 Greek. 105. Prose Composition III. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. Original paragraph writing and translation of English prose into Greek. 1 hr., first half-year. Th, 9. 106. Prose Composition IV. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. A continuation of course 105. 1 hr., second half-year. Th, 9. Courses 105 and 106 may be repeated with additional credit. *120. Euripides. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. *122. Aeschylus. - Associate Professor ALLEN. *125. The Gorgias of Plato. Professor CLAPP. *130. Theocritus. Professor CLAPP. *131. Herodotus. Assistant Professor LINFORTH. *138. Aristotle's Poetics. Associate Professor ALLEN. COURSES IN ALLIED DEPARTMENTS IMPORTANT TO STUDENTS OF GREEK. These courses cannot be counted as majors in Greek, but must be elected under the regulations of their own departments. Introduction to Classical Archaeology. [Latin 189.] Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Ancient History. [See History 111A-111B.] Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Hellenism, Its Spread and Transformation. [See History 112A-112B.] Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. 2 hrs., throughout the year. GRADUATE COURSES. The library, enriched by very large additions during the ten years past, contains practically everything that an advanced student is likely to need. Considerable apparatus for Palaeography and Epigraphy is provided, and the University Museum furnishes a large collection of casts of the masterpieces of Greek art, as well as a few originals. *To be given in 1912-13. ## p. 59 (#249) ############################################# Greek. 59 The following courses are intended for graduate students only, and one or more of them will be given each year, according to the needs of students. Many graduate students will find it profitable to take also some of the Upper Division courses for undergraduates. 200. Greek Conference. Associate Professor ALLEN. A course for the discussion of various problems in the teaching and study of Greek. 1 hr., throughout the year. Time to be arranged. Open with permis- sion of the instructor to qualified seniors. 253A-253B. Greek Seminar. Aeschylus. Associate Professor ALLEN. A study of the extant plays and fragments with special reference to literary style and dramatic representation. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Time to be arranged. |Latin 283.] Seminar in Archaeology, Greek and Italian. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. *251. Plato's Republic. Professor CLAPP. *252. Pindar. Professor CLAPP. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 60 (#250) ############################################# 60 - Latin. LATIN. WILLIAM A. MERRILL, Ph.D., L.H.D., Professor of the Latin Language and Literaturé. LEON J. RICHARDSON, A.B., Associate Professor of Latin. CLIFTON PRICE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin. HERBERT C. NUTTING, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin. OLIVER M. WASHBURN, A.B., Assistant Professor of Archaeology. ToRSTEN PETERsson, Ph.D., Instructor in Latin. MonroE E. DEUTsch, Ph.D., Instructor in Latin. SERENO B. CLARK, Ph.D., Instructor in Latin. Classification of courses. All courses in the Lower Division may be taken as free-elective work in the Upper Division. The specific Upper Division courses are divided into major and free-elective courses: to the former certain Lower Division courses in Latin are prerequisite, but to the latter the Junior certificate is in some cases alone necessary. Atten- tion is called particularly to the value and aim of the courses in sight translation; these are open to students who enter with the minimum entrance requirement in Latin. A sequence of free-elective courses may be taken throughout the whole, or any part, of the four years’ course. Colleges of general culture. Students in the colleges of general cul- ture who have credit for matriculation subject 6 may satisfy any pre- scription of additional Latin by approved combinations of courses A, B, C, D, E, 1B, 5B, aggregating 6 units. Excess of matriculation credits in Latin will not be counted as cancelling any portion of the units required for graduation unless the student passes the regular matriculation exam- inations and receives credit therefor. Teachers’ Certificates. The requirements for recommendation by the department for a major certificate in Latin at the end of the period of graduate residence, are normally (a) 30 units of work in Latin, which must include course 4A-4B in Latin composition (but which must amount in all to two full years of actual class-room attendance, with added work in course 112A if necessary) and must be distributed in such a way as to show acquaintance with Ante-Classical and Imperial Latin, and with poetry as well as prose; (b) Greek, ordinarily six units of either matricu- lation or any University courses given in the Greek department. Candi- dates should arrange a programme with the head of the department not later than the beginning of the senior year. All candidates for the teacher’s recommendation must have a teaching knowledge of the elements of Latin. Proficiency in specialized advanced work will in no case be allowed to offset this requirement. In the graduate year students should plan to take three units of work in Latin. The three units should be for candidates for the master’s de- gree with Latin as a major, course 234A-234B ; for others, either courses 112A-112B or 113A-113B or 285, and two units additional; but if the candi- ## p. 61 (#251) ############################################# Latim. - 61 date has already taken course 112A-112B then any three units may be selected. Honors. Certain major courses may be extended to senior honor courses under conditions that may be learned from the instructors. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. Courses A, B, D, and E are intended mainly for matriculants who desire to satisfy the requirements of 12 units in Latin for the Junior Certificate in the College of Social Sciences. Students will be assigned by the department to such courses as will be most advantageous for them to take. B. Third-year Latin, Ciceronian Prose. Assistant Professor NUTTING, Drs. CLARK and PETERsson. 3 hrs., first half-year. Three sections. Tu Th S, 8. Prerequisite: matriculation subject 6. A. Third-year Latin, Augustan Poetry. Assistant Professor NUTTING, Drs. CLARK and PETERsson. 3 hrs., second half-year. Three sections. Tu Th S, 8. This course is intended for students enrolled before in course B. D. Fourth-year Latin, Augustan Poetry. Dr. CLARK. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 9. Planned especially for students who enter with but nine units of matriculation Latin. E. Fourth-year Latin, Ciceronian Prose. Dr. CLARK. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th S, 9. Continuation of course B or D. Planned especially for students who enter with but nine units of matriculation Latin. 1. Cicero and Pliny. Assistant Professor PRICE and Dr. DEUTSCH. The Cato Maior of Cicero, eight weeks, and the Letters of Pliny, eight weeks. Systematic study of syntax and synonyms. Prac- tice in reading aloud and in translation at hearing, and in pro- nunciation, phrasing, and emphasis. 3 hrs., either half-year. First half-year, three sections. M W F, 8, 10, Assistant Professor PRICE; 9, Dr. DEUTsch. Second half-year, one section. Tu Th S, 9, Dr. DEUTscII. Prerequisite: matricula- tion subjects 7A and 7B or their equivalents. 2. Livy and Plautus. Assistant Professor PRICE and Dr. DEUTSCH. Selections from Livy, eight weeks, and rapid reading of one play of Plautus. 3 hrs., either half-year. First half-year, one section. Tu Th S, 9, Dr. DEUTsch. Second half-year, three sections. M W F. 8, 10, Assistant Professor PRICE; 9, Dr. DEUTsch. Prerequisite: course 1. ## p. 62 (#252) ############################################# 62 Latim. 5. Horace and Virgil. Associate Professors RICHARDSON and PRICE. The Odes and Epodes of Horace. Private readings of selections from Virgil's Aeneid, VII-XII. 3 hrs. First half-year, two sections. M W F, 9, Assistant Professor PRICE; Tu Th, 9, W, 4, Associate Professor RICHARDsoN. Prere- quisite: course 2. 7. Tacitus, Germania and Agricola. Mackail's Roman Literature. Associate Professor RICHARDSON. 2 (or 3) hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9; W, 4. Prerequisite: course 5, completed or in progress. 10. Horace, Satires, and Epistles. Assistant Professor PRICE. 2 (or 3) hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course o, completed or in progress. COURSES IN SIGHT TRANSLATION. The object of these courses is to gain ability to read the Latin lan- guage with facility similar to that secured in the study of modern lan- guages. Courses 1B and 5B will be found especially useful to students who have found it necessary to give up the study of Latin in the ordinary courses. 1B. Sight Translation I. Dr. CLARK. Practice in reading at sight from easy authors, with incidental inter- pretation. 2 hrs., either half-year; 1 unit. M. W., 2. Prerequisite: matriculation subject 6. This course may be repeated the second half-year if taken the first half. It is intended especially for freshmen in all colleges, but may be taken by more advanced students, in either the Lower or Upper Division, who do not pursue other courses in Latin; or without credit by advanced students in Latin. Students may enter this course either in August or January. 5B. Sight Translation II. Associate Professor RICHARDSON. Translation at sight of more difficult Latin. 2 hrs., either half-year; 1 unit. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 5 completed or in progress, or course 1B or the consent of the instructor. This course may be repeated the second half-year if taken the first half. It is intended especially for sophomores, and may be taken by more advanced students, whether pursuing other courses in Latin or not; but as a free-elective and not as major work. Students may enter this course either in August or January. - COURSES IN LATIN WRITING. The object of the courses in Latin writing is, at first, training in forms and syntax; later, in idiom, style, and periodology, through imita- tion of classical examples; and, finally, in original composition. C. Latin Composition. Dr. DEUTSCH. ## p. 63 (#253) ############################################# Latin. 63 1 (or 2) hrs., either half-year. M. W, 8. Prerequisite: matriculation subject 6B. This course may be taken as a two-hour course in any half-year as an equivalent of matriculation subject 7C1 or 7C2; as a two-hour course throughout the year as an equivalent of sub- ject 7C; or as a one-hour course throughout the year as an equiva- lent of subject 7C1 or 7C2. 3A-3B. Latin Composition, I. Assistant Professor NUTTING. Exercises in writing Latin prose narrative. 1 hr., throughout the year. Two sections. Th, 1, 2. Prerequisite: matriculation subject 7c, or its equivalent. 4A-4B. Latin Composition II. Dr. PETERSSON. Writing Latin in Periodic style. Retranslation of English versions of Latin and Greek authors and of selections from English classic writers. 1 hr., throughout the year. Two sections. Tu, 1, 2. Prerequisite: course 3A-3B. This course may be counted as major work if taken in the Upper Division. 112A-112B. Latin Composition, III. Associate Professor RICHARDSON. Extended idiom; translation of English masterpieces and of Latin poetry into Latin prose. Training in Latin expression and con- struction.. 1 hr., throughout the year. F, 1. Prerequisite: course 4A-4B. 113A-113B. Latin Composition, IV. Professor MERRILL. Original Latin essays; practice in narrative and argumentation. 1 hr., throughout the year. Prerequisite: course 112A-112B. 285. Advanced Latin Composition. [See graduate courses.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES. Courses A, B, D, E, 1, 2, 5, 8, 9, 10, author courses; 1B, 5B, sight read- ing; C, 3A-3B, 4A-4B, composition courses; all of which are described above with the prerequisites necessary, may be taken as free-electives by students in the Upper Division. The specific prerequisite for all of the major courses is one course selected from courses 6 to 10; or credit for courses 5 and 5B. 104. Latin Composition, II. [See 4 above.] 112A-112B. Latin Composition, III. [See above.] 113A-113B. Latin Composition, IV. [See above.] ## p. 64 (#254) ############################################# 64 Latim. 115. Roman Elegiac Poetry. Dr. DEUTSCH. Selections from Tibullus and Propertius. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 1. 116. Ovid; Propertius. Associate Professor RICHARDSON. Ovid, Fasti; Propertius, Book IV. Roman religion and folk-lore, with modern parallels. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 10. 117. Virgil's Georgics. Associate Professor RICHARDSON. Reading, translation, and exegesis. Theory of the Virgilian hexa- meter, and the art of reading classical Latin poetry. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. 118A. Tacitus: Histories. Assistant Professor NUTTING. Selections from the Histories of Tacitus. 2 hrs., second half-year. M W, 1. 119. Patristic Latin. Professor MERRILL. The Confessions of St. Augustine and the Christian Hymn Writers, with particular reference to the language. - 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. 121. Elementary Roman Law. Professor MERRILL. The Institutes of Justinian. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. This course is also listed in the department of Jurisprudence. It is open also to students who have credit for course 5B. 122. Roman Literature. Dr. PETERSSON. Lectures, and reading in Latin and English. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 9. 123. Tacitus, Suetonius. Professor MERRILL. Tacitus, Annals; Suetonius, Tiberius. The character of Tiberius. 2 hrs., first half-year. M W, 11. 125. Lucretius: De Rerum Natura. Dr. PETERSSON. Criticism and interpretation of the poem and outline of the Epi- curean system. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. 126. Quintilian: Institutio Oratoria. Associate Professor RICHARDSON. The theory of education and the theory of oratory, together with the bearing of these on the training of a lawyer. Comparison of Quintilian's theory with that of his predecessors and followers. 2 hrs., first half-year. M W, 8. ## p. 65 (#255) ############################################# Latin. 65 132. Bucolic Poetry. Dr. CLARK. The Bucolics of Virgil, and other Latin bucolic poems, with informal lectures on the development of the pastoral among the Romans. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W., 10. 137. Catullus. Professor MERRILL. Criticism and interpretation. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11. 139. Roman Comedy. Dr. PETERSSON. Selected plays of Plautus and Terence. Study of the language and versification, and of the poets’ relations to their sources and to earlier comedy, with some consideration of the customs of the Roman stage. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. 140A. Latin Grammar: Forms; Syntax of the Noun. Assistant Professor NUTTING Lectures, with occasional tests, on the forms of declension and con- jugation and on the syntax of the cases. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W., 2. 140B. Latin Grammar: Syntax of the Verb. Assistant Professor NUTTING. A survey of some of the important problems of Latin syntax. Prep- aration of assigned work and lectures. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. 141. Palaeography and Text Criticism. Assistant Professor PRICE. Lectures on palaeography and practice in reading fac-similes and original manuscripts. Practical exercises conducted by students. Recommended as a preparation for course 234A-234b. 3 hrs., second half-year. M., 4-6; W, 4. 151. Cicero: Tusculan Disputations. Assistant Professor NUTTING. Criticism and interpretation. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 1. 153. Roman Private Life. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Lectures illustrated from the antiquities of Pompeii and Rome. Collateral reading with reports. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. 154. Ancient Rome. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. An historical study based chiefly on the monuments and topography of the city. Collateral reading and reports. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. ## p. 66 (#256) ############################################# 66 Latim. 173. The Aeneid of Virgil. Dr. CLARK. Study of the poem as a literary type, with comparison of other epics; lectures on the sources, composition, and literary technique; brief special reports on assigned topics. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 8. 181. Select Titles from the Digest. Professor MERRILL. Books 18, 19, 20, 21, and 13.7, being part of the law of Contracts. 3 hrs., second half-year. F, 11; other hours to be arranged. The previous consent of the instructor must be obtained before regis- tration in this course. Course 181 is listed also in the depart- ment of jurisprudence. - 189. Introduction to Classical Archaeology. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Illustrated lectures with assigned readings outlining the history of the subject and reviewing briefly its principal branches. Some attention will be paid to the more important sites where excava- tions have been made. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. 191. Cicero. Dr. PETERSSON. A study of Cicero's character and his political and literary attitude as influenced by events in his life. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th S, 9. 193. Virgil from the Monuments. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. The mythology, geography, and archaeology of the Aeneid. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. FREE ELECTIVE COURSES. 22B. Masterpieces of Roman Literature. Dr. PETERSSON. Lectures and private reading. No knowledge of any foreign language is required. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: junior standing in any college. 35. Teachers’ Training Course. Associate Professor RICHARDSON. Problems in teaching Latin; estimates of text-books. Examinations of questions in pronunciation and syntax; exercises in teaching preparatory authors. - 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing. 97. Teachers’ Reading Course. Dr. DEUTSCH. A course in rapid reading designed to assist prospective teachers in introducing into the school curriculum authors not commonly read. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: course 5 or 5B. ## p. 67 (#257) ############################################# Latin. 67 GRADUATE COURSES. The facilities for advanced study in Latin are ample. There are com- plete sets of all the important journals, and a reasonable number of edi- tions of the classical authors and of handbooks, and sufficient illustrative material. In the University Library one room is set apart for the use of the Latin seminar and another for use in epigraphy, palaeography and classical archaeology. There is sufficient material in these latter subjects for students’ work, not only in the library, but in the museum of classical archaeology. 230A-230B. Latin Verse Composition. Associate Professor RICHARDsoN. Writing of Latin hexameters, elegiacs, sapphics, asclepiads, and alcaics. Seniors who have completed course 112A-112B may be admitted after consultation with the instructor. 1 hr., throughout the year. 234A-234B. Latin Seminar. Professor MERRILL. Criticism and interpretation of the Silvae of Statius. Training in philological method and in textual criticism. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units first half-year, 5 units second half-year. Th, 4; S, 10-12. Required of all candidates for higher degrees who make Latin their major subject. 259A-259B. Seminar in Latin Syntax. Assistant Professor NUTTING. The work of the first half-year will be mainly the collection of material; the second half-year will be devoted to seminar exercises. A reading knowledge of German is essential. Open to qualified seniors with permission of the instructor. 2 hrs., throughout the year. 260A. Roman Epigraphy. Assistant Professor PRICE. Lectures on epigraphy and exercises in interpretation of inscriptions in the Corpus and from squeezes and fac-similes. Open also to qualified seniors. 3 hrs., first half-year. M., 4-6; W, 4. 260B. Roman Epigraphy. Assistant Professor PRICE. Lectures on epigraphy, and exercises in interpretation of inscriptions in the Corpus and from squeezes and fac-similes. Continuation of course 260A. Open also to qualified seniors. 3 hrs., second half-year. 266. Catiline's Conspiracy. Assistant Professor NUTTING. A study from the sources, of the causes and events of Catiline's Con- spiracy. The data will be collected in part through private reading. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu, 3. ## p. 68 (#258) ############################################# 68 Latin. 283A-283B. Seminar in Archaeology. Assistant Professor WASHBURN. Greek and Italian vases as documents in ancient history. Such prob- lems as the Dorian invasion, Ionia, colonizing, the Etruscans, the Gallic invasion, trade-routes and commerce. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Open to qualified seniors. 285. Advanced Latin Composition. Assistant Professor NUTTING. A course in composition from the point of view of teaching the subject. Practice in correcting papers, and in the making of English exercises for translation into Latin. Collection of material bearing on the style and idiom of Cicero. 1 hr., first or second half-year as may be determined on consultation with the instructor. F., first half-year, 2; second half-year, 1. ## p. 69 (#259) ############################################# Modern Languages. 69 MODERN LANGUAGES. The courses announced below may be taken as free electives by all stu- dents in the Upper Division. None of them require a knowledge of any language other than English. COURSE IN LANGUAGE. 1. Phonetics. Assistant Professor DEMETER. An elementary introduction to the general principles of phonetics, with illustrations from English, French, and German. This course is valuable as an introduction to English 111A and 112A, French 106A, or German 121A, and to any advanced work in linguistic theory. 1 hr., first half-year. W., 2. COURSES IN LITERATURE. Attention is called to Anthropology 130 (Types of Linguistic Structure). 10. Periods of European Literature. Associate Professor HART. Lectures introductory to the comparative study of medieval and mod- ern European literature. 1 hr., second half-year. M., 11. 11. 1 Representative Authors of European Literature. A series of lectures, with assigned reading, by members of the depart- ments of modern languages, on some of the most important authors of medieval and modern European literature, such as Dante, Chaucer, Cervantes, Molière, Goethe, and Tolstoy. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. ## p. 70 (#260) ############################################# 7() English. ENGLISH. CHARLEs MILLs GAYLEY, Litt.D., LL.D., Professor of the English Lan- guage and Literature. - - CoRNELIUs B. BRADLEY, M.A., Professor of Rhetoric, Emeritus. WILLIAM D. ARMEs, M.L., Associate Professor of American Literature. CHAUNCEY W. WELLs, A.B., Associate Professor of English Composition. WALTER M. HART, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English Philology. MARTIN C. FLAHERTY, Ph.B., Associate Professor of Forensics. THoMAs F. SANFORD, A.B., Assistant Professor of English Literature. BENJAMIN P. KURTz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. *CHARLEs D. VON NEUMAYER, Instructor in Public Speaking. GEORGE A. SMITHSON, Ph.D., Instructor in English Philology. FREDERIC T. BLANCHARD, M.A., Instructor in English. HERBERT E. CoRY, Ph.D., Instructor in English. GEORGE R. MACMINN, A.B., Instructor in English. LEONARD BACON, A.B., Instructor in English. HAROLD L. BRUCE, M.L., Teaching Fellow in English. SIGURD B. HUSTVEDT, A.B., Teaching Fellow in English. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. Prescribed and Prerequisite Courses. Regular students who under- take the work of this department must have credit for entrance English 1 or 14, and special students must have credit for 1 and 14. Of the University courses 1A-1B or 1C-1D, and 2 or 5 (or 3A-3B and either half of 2 or 5), must precede those constituting a major subject under Upper Division courses. Course 1A-1B, or 1C-1D, fulfills the prescrintion for all colleges and curricula. Elective Courses. Courses listed 2 to 5, inclusive, are open to all students, subject only to the restrictions stated under each course. Courses 6B, 6C, 16A, 111, and 112, also may be taken as Lower Division electives by sophomores who have had course 1. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. Elective Courses. Courses 6B, 6c, 7D, 7E, 10c-10D, 16A, 25, 111, 112, 116B, 117A, 121A-121B, are open as electives, without any prerequisition, to all students in the Upper Division. * Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 71 (#261) ############################################# English. 71 To all other courses 1A-1B or 1C-1D, and 2 or its equivalent are prere- quisite. Major courses. The major subject may be made from any of the Upper Division courses indicated by numerals of 100 to 131. But stu- dents must include in the list six units from courses 111-112 unless they can present twelve units of university credit in Latin and Greek, or in either (exclusive of beginners’ courses A and B). It is recommended that they include also a course in composition, 106-108; a course in the theory of literature, 109-110; and one in authors, literary types, periods, or movements, 113B to 131. The requirements for honors indicate the aim and scope of such higher study in English. Honors. The candidate must pass with distinction the English Finals in at least two of the divisions of study, 1-4, listed below, or in an honor course and the division of Finals covering that subject; and he must pre- sent a satisfactory essay dealing with some aspect of one of the divisions. Failure in any attempt to pass an English Final will preclude recommenda- tion for honors. The honor courses 109H, 111H, 115H, are designed to assist candidates for honors; but they are not a substitute for the final examination for honors. Teacher's Certificate. The candidate must pass the English Finals in divisions 1-5, listed below. The emphasis in these examinations will be laid, not so much on detailed information as (a) on grasp of the subject of English in its two-fold aspect—the language and the litera- ture—and (b) on scholarly methods and workmanship. The Finals are open to seniors and graduates only. Students intending to take them must notify the secretary of the department at the beginning of the aca- demic year. English Final Examinations. The equipments required are: 1. A scholarly acquaintance with each of the three main periods of the English language and with the history of its development to the present time; 2. Familiarity, obtained at first hand, with the chief masterpieces of English literature, with the history of its development and with the principles and methods of historical study; 3. Satisfactory special knowledge of one of the greater authors or of one of the main literary movements; - 4. Training in the principles of poetry and prose, and in the methods of criticism requisite to the advanced study of literature; 5. Skill in organizing and presenting thought, orally and in writing. Candidates are warned against supposing that the purpose of these examinations can be attained by mere accumulation of courses in Eng- lish. It will always be presupposed, however, that candidates present- ing themselves for the Teacher's Certificate have an equivalent of 27 units of English to their credit, inclusive of at least one of the courses 111A to 112b. But course 138 in Greek will be accepted as an equivalent for course 109A in English. Candidates must have a reading knowledge of French or German; and they are urgently advised to include in their general preparation at least twelve units of university Latin or of Greek, of higher grade than beginners’ courses ## p. 72 (#262) ############################################# 72 English. The Minor Recommendation to teach English is in the hands of the Committee on Teachers’ Certificates; but the candidate is advised to complete courses 1 and 2 (12 units) and six units in maior courses. Three of the latter units should be in 112A or 253; and three may be in Upper Division Latin or Greek. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. - 1A-1B. General Composition. Assistant Professor KURTZ, Dr. SMITHSON, Mr. BLANCHARD, Dr. CoRY, Mr. MACMINN, Mr. BACON, Mr. BRUCE, and Mr. HUSTVEDT. Compositions, oral and written. Analysis of prose specimens, with a view to instruction in the principles and practice of rhetorical arrangement and style. First half-year, Narration and Descrip- tion; second, Exposition. 1A-1B, or 1C-1D must precede courses 2, 3A-3B, 5, and the courses for a major in English. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Sixteen sections. Sections I, II, M W F, 8; III, IV, M W F, 9; VI, VII, M W F, 10; V, IX, M W F, 1; VIII, X, M W F, 2; XI, M W F, 3; XII, XIII, M W F, 4; XIV, Tu Th S, 8; XV, Tu Th S, 9; XVI, Tu Th S, 10. Section I (KURTZ); II (SMITHSON); III, VI, XII (MACMINN); IV, VII (BRUCE); V, VIII (HUSTVEDT); IX, X (CoRY); XI, XIII (BLAN- CHARD); XIV, XV, XVI (BAcon). 1C-1D. Exercises in the Art of Discourse. Associate Professor FLAHERTY. Designed primarily, though not exclusively, for students who intend taking the courses in argumentation and public speaking. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th S, 9. 2. General History of English Literature. The development of English literature from the Beowulf to the year 1800. An historical outline, supplemented by the study of repre- sentative masterpieces. This course, or six units from 3 and 5, must precede the major subject. Prerequisite: 1A-1B, or 1C-1D. 2A. From the Beginnings to the Death of Spenser. Associate Professor ARMEs, Assistant Professors SANFORD and KURTz, Mr. BLANCHARD and Dr. CORY. - 3 hrs., first half-year. Five sections. Section I, (ARMEs), M W F, 8; II (SANFORD), M W F, 9; III (BLANCHARD), M W F, 2; IV (Cory), M. W. F. 4. The same course is given also the second half-year, M W F, 9 (KURTz). 2B. From the Death of Spenser to the Nineteenth Century. Associate Professor ARMES and Assistant Professor SANFORD. 3 hrs., second half-year. Sections I, II, III, IV, as in 2A. The same course is given also the first half-year, M W F, 9 (KURTz). ## p. 73 (#263) ############################################# English. - 73 3A-3B. Foundations in Argumentative Writing. Associate Professor FLAHERTY. Principles, methods, and practice. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: 1c-1D. This course is preliminary to the courses in debating. *3C-3D. Vocal Expression. Mr. VON NEUMAYER. Drill in elocution, gesture, vocal emphasis, reading, and the declama- tion of public addresses. Open to students of any year. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Three sections. Tu Th, 9, 10, 2. Open to students of any year. 4J-4K. Great Books. Professor GAYLEY and a Reader. A discussion of masterpieces, English and foreign. Lectures, reading, and reports. The course is given in series, each of which may be taken once. Series A-B, Books of Wisdom; Series C-D, Epics and other Poems; Series E-F, Dramas; Series G-H, Poets and Romancers of To-day. In 1911-12 Series J-K. (subject to be an- nounced). - 1 hr., throughout the year. F, 4. In the first half of the year this course is open to all students. In the second half it is limited to students in the colleges of applied science and commerce, and such others as have the permission of the instructor. 5A. Literary Interpretation. Associate Professor WELLs. Primarily a course in composition. An introduction to the more important critical principles and their application to standard English poetry and prose. 3 hrs., either half-year. M W F, 3. Open only to students who have credit for entrance English 14 (including the outline of the his- tory of English literature) and for course 1A-1B, or 1C-1D, above. Permission to enter must be obtained of the instructor. 5B. English Prose Style. Dr. SMITHSON. An historical and critical study of characteristics of style in selected authors. Exercises in composition. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisites as for 5A. - |UPPER DIVISION COURSES. FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS. To meet the needs of students, several of these courses are given in alternating series. Courses given in previous years and to be expected in 1911-12 are: 108A, Narrative Prose (HART); 109D, Principles of Dramatic Art (GAYLEY); 112C, Old English Laws (SMITHSON); 114c, Elizabethan English (HART); 117A-117C, 117E, Shakespeare, Elizabethan and Stuart Dramatists (GAYLEY). * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 74 (#264) ############################################# 74 English. CoMPosition, SPEAKING, AND DEBATING. *6B. Frequent Writing. Mr. BLANCHARD. Daily one-page exercises; lectures on style; weekly appointments for criticism. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 2. 6c. Advanced Composition. Mr. MACMINN. Method, class discussions, fortnightly papers, and one piece of ex- pository writing calling for special investigation of material and study of organization throughout the term. Weekly appointments for consultation. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. Free elective in the upper division, or major for those who do more intensive work. 106E. Essay Writing. Associate Professor WELLs. Training in investigation and in presentation, oral and written; fort- nightly compositions, and frequent precis and short articles. Class- study of a topic of present-day interest as a basis for writing. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: courses 1 and 2, and the consent of the instructor. 106F. The Times of Queen Anne. Associate Professor WELLs. A course in literary-historical composition, oral and written, based upon a survey of the background of literature as seen in standard verse and prose, and in the diaries and letters of the period. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 1. Prerequisite: courses 1 and 2, and the permission of the instructor. 107A. Oral Argumentation and Debate. Associate Professor FLAHERTY. Preparation of briefs; presentation of arguments. 3 hrs., first half-year. Th, 3-5. Supervision of briefs and delivery, by personal appointment. Prerequisite: courses 3A and 3B, and the permission of the instructor. Some preliminary training in vocal expression, and in economics or political science, is advisable. 107 B. Forensics. Associate Professor FLAHERTY. Practice in debating. Arguments concerning moot-questions in poli- tics and economics. . 3 hrs., second half-year. Th, 3-5. Supervision of briefs by personal appointment. Open only to students selected from the class in Argumentation, 107A. Oral Debates Upon Literary Topics. - Professor GAYLEY. Training in the literary aspects of argumentative discourse, and in the fundamental principles of literary criticism. 3 hrs, first half-year. M., 4-6. Open to students who have taken 107A and 107B. In 1911-12, this course will be identical with 121c; see below. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 75 (#265) ############################################# English. 75 *7D-7E. Public Speaking Mr. WON NEUMAYER. The principles underlying extemporaneous speaking; exercises based upon assigned topics in current events. 2 hrs., throughout the year. W F, 10. Free elective in the Upper Division. - 108B. Advanced Narration. Associate Professor WELLs. Semi-weekly, weekly, and fortnightly compositions in personal nar- ratives and in stories. Practice based on the lectures and reading of course 109C. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 2; third hour to be arranged. Prere- quisite: courses 1 and 2, and the consent of the instructor. Limited to twelve students. 108c. Masterpieces of Journalism. Associate Professor WELLs. Study of the best journals, American and foreign; class-reports, dis- cussions, reviews and criticisms. Training in the preparation of matter for newspapers and periodicals. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: courses 1 and 2, and the consent of the instructor. PRINCIPLEs of LITERATURE; INTERPRETATION AND CRITICISM. 109A. The Theory of Poetry. Assistant Professor KURTZ. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. As a preparation for honors or for teacher's certificate, course 38 in Greek will be regarded as the equivalent of course 109A in Eng- lish. 109B. Problems of Literary Criticism. Assistant Professor KURTZ. The characteristics and development of literary types (chosen from lyric, idyl, and epic). 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. 109C. The Theory of Fiction. Associate Professor WELLs. Lectures on narrative art, based on representative histories, auto- biographies, novels, and short stories. Ten such books to be read; and ten formal reports to be written in criticism of them. Stu- dents taking course 108B are advised to take this course at the same time. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 1; third hour to be arranged. Pre- requisite: courses 1 and 2, and the consent of the instructor. 109H. Honor Course in Criticism. Assistant Professor KURTZ. Special assignments in connection with the regular exercises of 109B. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 109H, not for 109B. The course aims to assist candidates for honors in English Finals 4 (Poetics). * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 76 (#266) ############################################# 76 - English. 10c-10D. The History of English Prosody. Mr. BACON. The development of English verse from the beginnings; based upon Saintsbury's History of English Prosody and Schipper's Eng- lische Metrik, and the study of representative specimens. In the first half-year special attention will be paid to foot and metre in early poetry; in the second, to blank verse and the heroic couplet. No student will be admitted to the second half of the course, who has not taken the first. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 3. Free elective in the Upper Division. HISTORY OF THE LANGUAGE. 111A. Old English. Associate Professor HART and Dr. SMITHSON. Introductory course. Phonology and grammar. Reading of selected prose and poetry. 3 hrs., first half-year. Two sections. M W F, 9 (HART); 10 (SMITH- SON). 111B. Beowulf. . Dr. SMITHSON. Reading of the Old English text; interpretation; study of the Beo- wulf as an Epic. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 111A. 111C. Middle English. Associate Professor HART. Phonology and grammar. Relations to Old and Modern English. Study of selections from English literature from 1200 to the time of Chaucer. Training in the collection and interpretation of material. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 111A. But with the consent of the instructor the courses may be taken together. 111H. Honor Course in Philology. Associate Professor HART. Special assignments in connection with 111C. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 111H, not for 111c. Prerequisite: courses 111A and 111B. This course aims to assist candidates for honors in English Finals 1 (Language). 112A. History of the English Language. Dr. SMITHSON. A general survey of the origin and growth of the English tongue, as a basis for a right understanding of its present condition and features. Especially adapted to the needs of prospective teachers. Either 112A or 253 is required of candidates for the minor teacher's recommendation. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. ## p. 77 (#267) ############################################# English. 77 *112B. Introduction to English Grammar. Dr. SMITHSON. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. The proper sequel to 112A. A gen- eral acquaintance with at least two languages other than modern English is advisable. Courses 112A and 1.12B are open without prerequisite to all students in the Upper Division. They are given in alternate years. HISTORICAL AND CRITICAL STUDY OF THE LITERATURE. 113B. Chaucer. Associate Professor HART. Pro-seminar. The narrative art of Chaucer as exemplified in the Canterbury Tales; the life of his times. Reading; interpretation; reports and theses. This course forms a natural introduction to course 242. Open only to seniors and graduates. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. 114A. The Drama from its Beginning to 1550. Associate Professor ARMEs. Lectures; copious reading; reports and discussions. This course alter- nates with 120. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th S, 9. 115A. Elizabethan Poetry. Assistant Professor SANFORD. Especially the non-dramatic poetry of the Elizabethan and early Stuart periods; with incidental reference to its classical and renaissance sources. Lectures, and reports, on collateral and as- signed reading. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. This course alternates with 119A, The Age of Dryden. 115B. Spenser. Assistant Professor SANFORD. A literary, critical and historical study of the poetry of Edmund Spenser. Lectures, essays on assigned topics. This course alternates with course 119B, The Age of Pope and John- SOIl. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. 115H. Honor Course in Spenser. Assistant Professor SANFORD. Special assignments in connection with 115B. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 115H, not for 115B. It aims to assist candidates for honors in English Finals 3 (Author). 16A. The Bible. Professor GAYLEY and a Reader. Introduction to the literary study of the Bible in English; Lectures; reading and monthly examinations. 1 hr., second half-year. M, 2. Free elective without prerequisite in the Upper Division. Open also to sophomores who have had course 1. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 78 (#268) ############################################# 78 English. 116B. The Bible in English Literature. Professor GAYLEY and a Reader. Literary types; qualities of thought and style; careful study of selected books. Reports and discussions. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. This course includes 16A, but is open only to students of the Upper Division. 117D. Studies in Shakespeare. Associate Professor HART. The reading and interpretation of three plays. In 1912, Lear, 1 Henry IV, and All’s Well. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. 118. Milton and Bunyan. Professor GAYLEY. Pro-seminar. Study of selected works in connection with the his. torical background. Topics assigned for investigation. Theses and oral discussions. Open only to seniors whose major is Eng- lish, and who are taking 116B ; and to graduates. 3 hrs., second half-year. M., 4-6, and a third hour by arrangement. *119A-119B. The Age of Dryden; the Age of Pope and Johnson. Assistant Professor SANFORD. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 10. Course 119 alternates with 115. 119C. Eighteenth Century Prose Writers. Mr. BLANCHARD. Pro-seminar. Topics assigned for investigation; oral and written reports; discussions. Open only to seniors and graduates. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu, 3-5. *120. The English Drama in the Nineteenth Century. Associate Professor ARMEs. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th S, 9. This course alternates with 114A. 121A-121B. History of Poetry in the Nineteenth Century. Professor GAYLEY and a Reader. Lectures; reading and reports. Course 121A, Poetry from 1789-1850 (given 1910-11); 121B, Poetry from 1850 to the Present Day (to be given, 1911-12). 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. Open only to students in the Upper Division. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 79 (#269) ############################################# English. 79 121C-121D. Victorian Prose and Poetry. Professor GAYLEY. Pro-seminar. 121 C, Prose:–Intensive study of selected masterpieces dealing with problems of critical, philosophical, and political thought. Topics assigned for investigation. Theses and oral discussions. Open to seniors whose major is English, and who are taking 121B. Also to those who take it as Oral Debates upon Liter- ary Topics; and to graduates. 121c alternates with 121D:–Master- pieces of poetry dealing with the philosophy of life. 3 hrs., first half-year. M., 4-6, and a third hour by arrangement. 25. King Arthur in English Literature. Dr. CORY. From Nennius to Tennyson. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W., 11. Free elective in the Upper Division; or major for those who do more intensive work. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 130. The General History of American Literature. Associate Professor ARMEs. A general view, illustrated by copious reading; lectures, reports, dis- cussions, and papers. Introductory to 131, and to 249 (Californian Literature). 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. 131. American Authors. Associate Professor ARMEs. Intensive study of practically all the work of one of the more im- portant American authors. As the same author will not be studied in two consecutive years, this course may be taken more than once. The following authors have been studied: Irving, Poe, Longfellow, Emerson, Hawthorne, Whittier, and Lowell. Lectures, reading, reports and discussions. Prerequisite: 130. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. GRADUATE COURSES. Graduates electing these courses must have a reading knowledge of French or German. Candidates for the higher degrees, desiring to take English as a major or minor subject, should have to their credit at least twelve units of university Latin or Greek; and they must, at some time during the course, pass the English Finals required for the Teacher's Certificate. Candidates for the doctor’s degree must, in addition, pass an oral examination, conducted by the department, in either English literature or English philology, before attempting the university exam- inations for the degree. 231. Philological Seminar. Associate Professor HART. Linguistic and literary studies in Shakespeare's Twelfth Night. 2 hrs., second half-year. M, 2-4. Prerequisite: 111C, or some knowl- edge of Middle English. ## p. 80 (#270) ############################################# 80 English. *240A-240B. The History of Aesthetic. Professor GAYLEY. From a study at first hand of the principal authorities. Seminar. 2 hrs., throughout the year. W, 3-5. This course must be preceded by course 109A or 109B. 241A-241B. Seminar in Literary Investigation. Professor GAYLEY. 2 hrs., throughout the year. W, 3-5. Open only to candidates for the higher degrees who have had the requisite courses. *242A-242B. The Comparative Study of Literature. - Associate Professor HART. Seminar in the short story, medieval and modern. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M, 2-4. 243. Seminar in the Popular Ballad. Associate Professor HART. Investigation of special problems, involving a comparative study of the type. 2 hrs., first half-year. M, 2-4. *244A-244B. The Romantic Movement. Assistant Professor SANFORD. Seminar in the romantic, sentimental, and naturalistic movement from Pope to Swinburne; with incidental reference to the parallel movement on the Continent. 3 hrs., throughout the year. As preparation for this course, students are advised to take courses 115B, 118, 119A, 119B. It alternates with 245A-245B. 245A-245B. Seminar in Scott and Byron. Assistant Professor SANFORD. A detailed and chronological study, with reference to the history and development of the Romantic Movement. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M. W., 11; W, 1. First half-year, Scott; second half-year, Byron. 249. The Development of Californian Literature. Associate Professor ARMEs. Lectures, copious reading, reports, discussions, and papers. Open only to graduates who have had 130 or its equivalent. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 9. 251. Thesis Writing (in the preparation for the master's thesis). Associate Professor HART. Alternate Fridays at 11, throughout the year. Open to any candi- dates for the master's degree who desire to avail themselves of training in methods of research and in the organization of mate- rials and results. No credit in units. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 81 (#271) ############################################# English. - 81 253. Teaching of English. Associate Professor WELLS. The organization of the high school course in English; especially the application of composition to literary study. 3 hrs., first half-year; to be arranged. Open to candidates for the teacher’s certificate. Required, optionally with 112A, of those who desire the minor recommendation. May be taken by students in the Upper Division with the permission of the instructor. The course will not be given if less than ten duly qualified students elect it. 260A-260B. Special Study. The instructors in English hold themselves ready to assist and advise competent students who may propose plans of special study which meet the approval of the department. ## p. 82 (#272) ############################################# 82 -Germanic Philology. GERMANIC PHILOLOGY. For the courses in English and German Philology see the department announcements. The courses in Germanic Philology are open to compe- tent undergraduates, at the discretion of the instructor. GRADUATE COURSES. 201. Introduction to Germanic Philology. Professor SCHILLING. The Indo-Germanic Race, its history, and the phonology of its lan- guages. The Germanic sound-shifting and the phonological devel- opment of the Germanic dialects. 2 hrs., first half-year. 202. Gothic. Professor SCHILLING. Grammar, with special reference to the other Germanic dialects. Reading. 3 hrs., second half-year. *203A-203B. Old Norse. Outlines of the grammar; readings. The linguistic and literary rela- tions of Old Norse to English. 2 hrs., throughout the year. *204. Norse Mythology. Lectures and topical study. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11. *205. Germanic Antiquities. Professor SCHILLING. The prehistoric civilization of the Indo-Germanic race. The private, political, legal, and military antiquities of the Germanic peoples from prehistoric times to the end of the middle ages. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 83 (#273) ############################################# German. - 83 GERMAN. HUGo K. SCHILLING, Ph.D., Professor of the German Language and Litera- ture. ALBIN PUTzKER, M.A., Professor of German Literature, Emeritus. J. HENRY SENGER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of German. LUDwig J. DEMETER, M.A., Assistant Professor of German. *CLARENCE PASCHALL, M.A., Assistant Professor of German. W. R. RICHARD PINGER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German. PAUL BOEHNCKE, A.B., Assistant in German. F. A. WYNEKEN, M.L., Assistant in German. FERDINAND SCHRAIDT, M.A., Assistant in German. FRANZ SCHNEIDER, A.B., Assistant in German. Students who wish to make a special study of German literature are advised to acquire a reading knowledge of French and a general knowl- edge of the history of philosophy. In the graduate courses some knowl- edge of Greek is highly desirable. Teachers’ Certificates. Students who desire the teachers’ certificate should do not less than twenty units of Upper Division work in German including German 106A-106B, 106c-106D, 106G-106H, 116A, 118A-118B, and 121A, and are urgently advised to take also course 116B. The recommenda- tion for the certificate is not, however, given in course, but only for high scholarship and general proficiency in German, as judged by the depart- ment on the basis of the applicant’s University record and, if necessary, a special oral and written examination. - LOWER DIVISION COURSES. A-B. Elementary German. Associate Professor SENGER, Mr. WYNEKEN and Mr. SCHNEIDER. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 8, 9, 10. This course is intended as an equivalent for matriculation subject 15b 2. AB. Elementary German. - Mr. BOEHNCKE. 5 hrs., second half-year. M Tu W Th F, 1. Identical, in scope and subject matter, with course A-B and with the first half of course AB-CD. AB-CD. Elementary German. (Double course.) Assistant Professor PINGER. 5 hrs., throughout the year. M Tu W Th F, 8. * Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 84 (#274) ############################################# 84 German. Combines the work of courses A-B and C-D, and is intended for begin- ners who wish to prepare, in one year, for the Upper Division courses in German, or to acquire a reading knowledge of the lan- guage sufficient for use in other studies. C-D. Modern Stories and Plays. - Mr. BoEHNCKE, Mr. WYNEKEN, Mr. Schraidt and Mr. SCHNEIDER. Selections from prose and poetry, including one of Schiller's dramas; grammar and composition. The course is conducted mainly in German. It is intended as an equivalent for matriculation subjects 15b8 and 15b.4. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 8, 9, 10, 2; Tu Th S, 9. Pre- requisite: course A-B (or AB) or credit in matriculation subject 15b 2. CD. Modern Stories and Plays. Mr. BoEHNCKE. 5 hrs., first half-year. M Tu W Th F, 1. Identical, in scope and subject matter, with course C-D. Prerequisite: course A-B (or AB) or credit in matriculation subject 15b 2. 3A-3B. Technical Prose. - Associate Professor SENGER. Subjects in the natural sciences, history, and economics. Special read- ing assigned to students in connection with their courses. Compo- sition and reading at sight. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course A-B (or AB) or credit in matriculation subject 15b2. Course 3A-3B provides special training in the reading of more or less technical texts. The regular courses leading to the upper division courses in German are C-D and CD. Students who have had course 3A-3B may, however, take course 106A-106B; and they may be admitted to course 105A-105B, if they take at the same time course 106A-106B or satisfy the department that they are not deficient in grammar and composition. - 6A-6B. Conversation and Composition. Mr. BoEHNCKE. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Two sections: Tu Th, 10, 2. This course is designed to afford additional training in speaking and writing German, and is open only to students who are taking C-D, or CD. FREE ELECTIVE COURSE. 9A-9B. Outlines of the History of German Literature. Professor SCHILLING. Lectures and collateral reading of representative works (in English translations). 1 hr., throughout the year. Tu, 11. This course is open to students in all departments of the University, as a free-elective, and does not require a knowledge of German. It is not intended for those who pursue the study of German beyond course 105A-105B; no student will receive credit for both German 9A-9B and German 118A-118B. ## p. 85 (#275) ############################################# German. 85 UPPER DIVISION COURSES. The courses in this group (except courses 9A-9B and 121A-121B) are conducted in German. 105A. Introduction to Recent Literature. Assistant Professor PINGER, Mr. BoEHNCKE and Mr. WYNEKEN. Selected works of Hauptmann, Sudermann, Wildenbruch, and Fulda. Composition. - 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9, 1, 2. Prerequisite: course AB-CD, C-D or CD, or credit in admission subject 15b.4; or, conditionally, course 3A-3B. 105B. Classics of the Eighteenth Century. Assistant Professor PINGER, Mr. BoEHNCKE and Mr. WYNEKEN. Selected works of Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller. Composition. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9, 1, 2. Prerequisite: course 105A. 107A-107B. Outlines of the History of German Civilization. Associate Professor SENGER. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. Readings and lectures on the cultural development of the German speaking nations. Prerequisite: same as for course 105A-105B. 106A-106B. Grammar, Composition, and Conversation. First course. Assistant Professor PINGER, Mr. SchRAIDT and Mr. SCHNEIDER. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Three sections: Tu Th, 10, 11, 1. Pre- requisite: same as for course 105A. 106c-106D. Grammar, Composition, and Conversation. Second course. Assistant Professor DEMETER. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: first or second grade of scholarship in course 106A-106B. 106E-106F. Exercises in Conversation and Writing. Assistant Professor DEMETER. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 11. This course is supplementary to 106C-106D, and is ordinarily to be taken in connection with that course. Taken alone, however, it does not lead up to 106G-106H. Prerequisite: same as for course 106C-106D. 106G-106H. Composition. Third course. Assistant Professor DEMETER. Themes and Essays. Practice in the correcting of written exercises. One conference a week with each student, at an hour to be ap- pointed by the instructor. Prerequisite: first or second grade of scholarship in course 106C-106D. ## p. 86 (#276) ############################################# 86 German. 110A-110B. The German Ballad. Professor SCHILLING. German Ballad poetry from Schiller and Goethe to the present day. 1 hr., throughout the year. W., 11. Prerequisite: same as for course 105A. 111A-111B. Novelists of the Nineteenth Century. Assistant Professor PINGER. Selected novels of Hauff, Freytag, Ludwig, Keller, Meyer, Sudermann and others. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: course 105A-105B, 106A-106B, or 107A-107B. *113A-113B. The German Folk-Song. Professor SCHILLING. A study of the history of German folk-poetry from the Middle Ages to the present. Lectures and reading. 1 hr., throughout the year. Th, 3. Prerequisite: course 105A-105B, 106A-106B, or 107A-107B. 118A-118B. General History of German Literature. Professor SCHILLING. First half-year, the Middle Ages; second half-year, from the Reforma- tion to the death of Goethe. Lectures and discussions; collateral reading; essays. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 105A. 105B, or 107A-107B. 121A. German Phonology and Orthography. Assistant Professor DEMETER. 1 hr., first half-year. W, 3. 121B. The Teaching of German. - Professor SCHILLING. A course in methods, text-books, and teacher’s aids, with practical demonstrations. 1 hr., second half-year. W, 3. 116A. Middle High German. Assistant Professor DEMETER. Outlines of grammar. Selections from the Nibelungenlied, the Kud. run, and the epics of chivalry. Translation into modern German. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 105A-105B, 106A-106B, or 107A-107B. *116B. Outlines of the History of the German Language. Elementary course. Assistant Professor PASCHALL. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 116A. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 87 (#277) ############################################# German. 87 116AH. Honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular exercises of 116A. W F, 9. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 116AH, not for 116A. 125AH-125B.H. Honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular exercises of 225A- 225B. M. W. Th, 11. 5 units each half-year. Students, in this course should register for 125AH-125BH, not for 225A-225B. 130AH-130BH. Honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular exercises of 230A- 230B. Tu Th, 2. 5 units each half-year. Students in this course should register for 130AH-130BH, not for 230A-230B. 150A-150B. Special Study. Topics selected with the approval of the department and studied privately under the direction of one of the instructors. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES. (But open also to properly qualified undergraduates.) The Weinhold Library contains about 8500 books and pamphlets, and provides excellent opportunity for investigation in Germanic philology. Prerequisite: for the literary courses, course 118A-118B; for those in philology, ordinarily courses 116A-116B and 106C-106D. *222A-222B. The Faust Legend and Goethe's Faust. Professor SCHILLING. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 2. *223A-223B. The Poems of Goethe. Professor SCHILLING. 1 hr., throughout the year. Th, 2. 225A-225B. The Romantic School. Associate Professor SENGER. I. The Schlegels, Novalis, Tieck, Schleiermacher, Fichte. II. Brentano, Arnim, Fouqué, Eichendorff, Heine. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W Th, 11. *226A-226B. The German Drama in the Nineteenth Century. Associate Professor SENGER. I. Kleist, Grillparzer, Immermann, Mosen, Halm. II. Hebbel, Ludwig, Geibel, Freytag, Heyse. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W Th, 11. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 88 (#278) ############################################# 88 German. 228B. German Art of the Nineteenth Century in its Relation to the Lead- ing Literary Movements. Assistant Professor DEMETER. 1 hr., second half-year. Th, 3. 230A-230B. The German Drama of the Present Day. - - Professor SCHILLING. The drama and the stage from the beginning of the naturalistic move- ment to the present. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 2. 241A-241B. Goethe as an Exponent of his Time. Assistant Professor PINGER. Goethe in his relation to contemporary movements in art, science and literature; social conditions of his time, with special reference to life in Old-Weimar. 1 hr., throughout the year. M., 11. *243A-243B. German Literature in the Sixteenth Century. Seminar. Associate Professor SENGER. 1 hr., throughout the year. 244A-244B. German Literature in the Seventeenth Century. Seminar. Associate Professor SENGER. 1 hr., throughout the year. *245B. The ‘Storm and Stress’ in the Eighteenth Century. Seminar. Assistant Professor DEMETER. 1 hr., second half-year. 246A-246B. The Works of Hebbel. Seminar. Assistant Professor DEMETER. 1 hr., throughout the year. *247. German Poetry During the Decadence of Chivalry. Professor SCHILLING. Ulrich von Lichtenstein, Neidhart von Reuental, der Tannhäuser, der Stricker, Werner der Gärtner. 3 hrs., second half-year. Introduction to Germanic Philology. [See Germanic Philology 201, p. 82.] Professor SCHILLING. Gothic: Grammar and Reading. [See Germanic Philology 202, p. 82.] *235. Old Saxon. Outlines of Germanic Metrics. Professor SCHILLING. 3 hrs., second half-year. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 89 (#279) ############################################# German. 89 *237. Old High German. Professor SCHILLING. 3 hrs., first half-year. *240. Historical Grammar of the German Language: Middle High Ger- man and Modern German. Assistant Professor PASCHALL. 1 hr., throughout the year. *Germanic Antiquities. [See Germanic Philology 205, p. 82.] Professor SCHILLING. 250A-250B. Germanic Seminar. Professor SCHILLING. Original investigation in linguistic and literary fields chosen with regard to the needs and wishes of each student. S, 8:30. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 90 (#280) ############################################# 90 Romanic Languages. ROMANIC LANGUAGES. LUCIEN Foulet, Lic. *s L., Lic. d’Anglais, Professor of the French Lan- guage and Literature. RUDolph SCHEVILL, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish. FRIEDRICH WILM's EN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of French. *SAMUEL A. CHAMBERs, M.A., Assistant Professor of French. John T. CLARK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romanic Philology. GUSTAVE FAUCHEUx, B. es L., B. es Sc., Assistant Professor of French Literature. JoHN A. CHILD, A.B., Assistant Professor of Italian. CARLos BRANSBY, M.A., Litt.D., Assistant Professor of Spanish. CHARLEs H. HowARD, M.A., Instructor in Spanish. EMMANUEL B. LAMARE, Instructor in French. ALFRED SolomoN, M.A., Instructor in French. JEANNE H. GREENLEAF. B.L., Instructor in French. The Teacher's Certificate. French.-A minimum of 20 units of Upper Division work in French, including French 106A, 107A-107B, 130A-130B, 130C-130D, 130E-130F, 132A-132B. Spanish.-A minimum of 20 units of Upper Division Spanish, including Spanish 106A-106B, 107A-107B, 108A-108B, and 4 units of graduate work. The recommendation for the certificate, however, is not given for mere accumulation of courses, but for proficiency in the foreign language, based on the student's record and on a special oral and written examina: tion. - - Honors. Provision has been made for graduation with honors in French, Italian, or Spanish. Consult the head of the department for information. FRIENCH. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. A. PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN. Stress is laid on accurate pronunciation, which is treated phonet- ically, and on the essentials of grammar. A-B. First-year French. Associate Professor WILMSEN, Assistant Professor CLARK, Mr. LAMARE and Mrs. GREEN LEAF. Grammar; easy short stories and plays. * Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 91 (#281) ############################################# Romanic Languages. 91 3 hrs., throughout the year. Seven sections. Section I, M W F, 8; section II, M W F, 9; section III, M W F, 10; section IV, M W F, 1; section V, M W F, 2; section VI, Tu Th S, 8; section VII, Tu Th S, 9; section VIII, Tu Th S, 10. This course is intended as an equivalent for matriculation subject 15a2. AB-CD. Elementary French. Mr. LAMARE. This course combines the work of French A-B and French C-D. It is intended for students preparing for the junior courses in one year, or needing a knowledge of French for use in other studies. 5 hrs., throughout the year. M Tu W Th F, 9. AB. Elementary French. Mr. SOLOMON. This course covers the ground of French A-B. It is intended mainly for students matriculating in January, or intending to enter French C-D the following August. 5 hrs., second half-year. M Tu W Th F, 2. B. PRIMARILY FOR SOPHOMORES. Further study of grammar, especially syntax. Reading and discussion of texts, as far as possible in the foreign language itself; com- position and writing. C-D. Second-year French. Professor Four, ET, Associate Professor WILMSEN, Mr. Solo MON and Mrs. GREENLEAF. The reading of contemporary French prose, some comedy, and some verse. Supplementary reading outside of the class. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Six sections. Section I, M W F, 8; sec- tion II, M W F, 9; section III, M W F, 10; section IV, M W F, 1; section W, M W F, 2; section VI, Tu Th S, 9. This course is intended as an equivalent for matriculation subjects 15a3 and 15a 4. *French Literature of the Nineteenth Century. - Assistant Professor CHAMBERS. Lectures; reading of texts in English translation. A free-elective course open to students of the Upper Division. No knowledge of French is required. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 104A. Modern French. Assistant Professors CLARK, FAUCHEUx, Mr. SolomoN. Writers of the Romantic School, such as Victor Hugo, Musset, George Sand. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 92 (#282) ############################################# 92 Romanic Languages. 3 hrs., first half-year. Four sections. Section I, M W F, 9; section II, M W F, 10; section III, M W F, 1; section IV, M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course AB-CD or C-D, or credit for matriculation subject 15a1. 104B. Modern French. Assistant Professors CLARK, FAUCHEUx, Mr. SoLoMon. Writers of the Realistic School and recent writers, such as Balzac, Flaubert, Anatole France. 3 hrs., second half-year. Four sections. Section I, M W F, 9; section II, M W F, 10; section III, M W F, 1; section IV, M W F, 2. Prerequisite: course 104A. 106A. French Phonetics. Mrs. GREENLEAF. A study of pronunciation and the teaching of it by the phonetic method. Analysis of selections, both prose and verse, and practice in reading, and speaking. A teacher’s course. 3 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. M W and alternate F, 11. Prere- quisite: the Junior Certificate and first or second grade in French D. Another course in French must be taken at the same time. 107A-107B. A Survey of French Literature. Professor FOULET. A study of the principal writers with selections from their most important works. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. *117B. French Drama since Molière. Assistant Professor CHAMBERS. The development of the drama as dramatic art and as literature. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. 120A. Classical Drama. Assistant Professor FAUCHEUX. Molière and the comedy of character; brief consideration of La Fon- taine and La Bruyère. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. 120B. Classical Drama. Assistant Professor FAUCHEUx. Corneille and Racine, with collateral study of Descartes and Pascal. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. 120AH-120BH. Classical Drama. Assistant Professor FAUCHEUX. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular work of 120A-120B. 5 units. Students in this course should regis- ter for 120AH-120BH, not for 120A-120B. 125A. The Teaching of French. Professor FouleT. A study of the methods, text-books, and materials used in elementary instruction. 1 hr., first half-year, to be arranged. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 93 (#283) ############################################# Romanic Languages. 93 129. Special Study. The instructors in Romanic Languages are ready to advise and assist students who may propose plans of special advanced study. 130A-130B. Grammar, Composition and Conversation. First Course. - Mr. LAMARE. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: same as for course 104A. 130C-130D. Grammar, Composition, and Conversation. Second Course. Assistant Professor FAUCHEUx. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: first or second grade in course 130A-130B. 130E-130F. Studies in French Style and Composition. Third Course. Professor FOULET. 1 hr., throughout the year. Tu, 10. Prerequisite: first or second grade in course 130C-130d. 132A-132B. Outlines of the History of the French Language. Assistant Professor CLARK. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Prerequisite: course 104A-104B. 132AH-132BH. Outline of the History of the French Language. Assistant Professor CLARK. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular work of 132A-132B. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 132AH-132BH, not for 132A-132B. SPANISH. (See introduction to the corresponding division in French.) LOWER DIVISION COURSES. A-B. Elementary Spanish. Professor SCHEVILL, Mr. HowARD and Assistants. Grammar, composition and reading of simple modern prose. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Eight sections. Section I, M W F, 8; sections II, III, IV, M W F, 10; section W, M W F, 1; section VI, M W F, 2; section VII, Tu Th S, 8; section VIII, Tu Th S, 9. This course is intended as an equivalent for matriculation subject 15c. AB-CD. Elementary Spanish. (Double Course.) Assistant Professor BRANSBY. Combines the work of courses A-B and C-D, and is intended for stu- dents who wish to prepare for junior courses in Spanish, in one ## p. 94 (#284) ############################################# 94 Romanic Languages. year, or who need a knowledge of the language for use in other studies. 5 hrs., throughout the year. M Tu W Th F, 8. C-D. Second-year Spanish. Assistant Professor BRANSBY, Mr. HowARD, Mr. —. For students who have had A-B or its equivalent. Advanced grammar, composition, reading of modern novels and plays. Assigned read- ing also to be done outside of the class. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Three sections. Section I, M W F, 9; section II, M W F, 2; section III, Tu Th S, 8. |UPPER DIVISION COURSES. A. PRIMARILY FOR JUNIORs. 104A-104B. Modern Spanish Prose. Professor SCHEVILL. A detailed study of the grammar; advanced composition and transla- tion into Spanish of modern English classics; analysis of the style of Spanish writers since 1830. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Prerequisite: first or second grade in Spanish C-D; no student will be admitted at the beginning of the second half-year, who has not completed the work of the first, with- out an examination. M W F, 9. B. For JUNIORS AND SENIORS 106A-106B. Conversation and Composition in Spanish. Assistant Professor BRANSBY. A teachers’ course in advanced written and oral expression. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 3. C. PRIMARILY FOR SENIORs. 107A-107B. A Survey of Spanish Literature. Professor SCHEVILL. A study of the principal writers with selections from their most important works; lectures in connection with reports to be made by the students on work assigned outside of the class. Limited to fifteen students, admitted only by special permission of the instructor. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. 108A-108B. The Spanish Drama. Assistant Professor BRANSBY. A study of the drama of the Golden Age; plays by Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Calderon, during the first half-year; the drama of the nineteenth century, with plays by the best authors, during the second half-year; lectures and reports. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. ## p. 95 (#285) ############################################# Romanic Languages. 95 129. Special Study. Students who wish to undertake special advanced work may apply to the department for advice and guidance, especially as regards the use of the library. - ITALIAN. (See introduction to the corresponding division in French.) LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A-1B. First-year Italian. Assistant Professor CHILD. Essentials of grammar. Short stories by contemporary writers. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. 2A-2B. Second-year Italian. Assistant Professor CHILD. A careful review of Italian syntax. Reading of modern authors. Hours to be arranged. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 104A-104B. The Literature of the Renaissance. Assistant Professor CHILD. Macchiavelli, Benvenuto Cellini, Ariosto, Tasso. 3 hrs., throughout the year. 106A-106B. Selections from Dante, Petrarch, and Boccaccio. Assistant Professor CHILD. 2 hrs., throughout the year. GRADUATE COURSES. Students who enter the graduate school with the purpose of taking the doctor's degree in the department of Romanic languages must have a good reading knowledge of Latin and German. FRENCH. 201A. Montesquieu and Voltaire. Seminar. Professor FOULET. Special stress on Les Lettres Persanes and Les Lettres Anglaises. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu, 4-6. 201B. La Fontaine and Chénier. Seminar. Professor FOULET. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu, 4-6. ## p. 96 (#286) ############################################# 96 Romanic Languages. 210A-210B. A Study of French Versification. Seminar. Assistant Professor FAUCHEUx. 1 hr., throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. 225A-225B. Old French. Assistant Professor FAUCHEUx. Rapid reading: Chanson de Roland; Aucassin et Nicolette; Marie de France, Lais ; etc. 2 hrs., throughout the year. 231A-231B. Seminar in French Literature. Professor FOULET. Literary investigation. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. SPAINISH. 205A-205B. The Prose of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Cer- vantes, Quevedo, Mariana, Santa Teresa. Professor SCHEVILL. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. ## p. 97 (#287) ############################################# Celtic. 97 CELTIC. JOSEPH J. O'HEGARTY, Reader in Irish. The ultimate purpose of these courses is to enable students to read classical Irish both Old and Middle, but the means of approach will be Modern Irish, which does not differ radically from the ancient tongue. Conversation, reading, writing in the living language. 1A-1B. First-year Celtic. Mr. O’HEGARTY. Essentials of grammar. Short stories and poems by contemporary writers. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 2. 2A-2B. Second-year Celtic. Mr. O’HEGART Y. A careful review of Irish syntax. Reading of modern authors. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 3. So far as possible, opportunity will be afforded for students who may wish to do more advanced work. ## p. 98 (#288) ############################################# 98 Slavic Languages. SLAVIC LANGUAGES. GEORGE R. Noy Es, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Slavic Languages. LOWER DIVISION COURSE. 1A-1B. Elementary Russian. Associate Professor NOYES. Motti, Russian Grammar. Boyer and Speranski, Russian Reader. Practice in conversation. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 1. By special arrangement with the instructor, this course may be counted as work of the Upper Division, as a major course in Slavic Languages. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 102A-102B. Second-year Russian. Associate Professor NOYES. Mandelkern, Russisches Elementar-Lesebuch. Composition. Practice in conversation. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 8. 106A-106B. Polish. Associate Professor NOYES. Wicherkiewicz, Polnische Konversations-Grammatik. Reading of Sien- kiewicz and Mickiewicz. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. 110A-110B. Bohemian. Associate Professor NOYES. Elements of Bohemian grammar. Reading of the Labyrint Světa of Comenius. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. FREE ELECTIVE COURSEs. The following courses do not require a knowledge of any language other than English, and are open to all students of the Upper Division, By special arrangement with the instructor, they may be taken as major courses in Slavic Languages. Course 126H, which must be taken as a major course, is listed below for convenience. 20. The Russian Novelists. Associate Professor NOYES. Lectures and reading. Authors: specially Tolstoy; also Pushkin, Gogol, Turgenev, Dostoevski, Gorki, and others. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 3. ## p. 99 (#289) ############################################# Slavic Languages. 99 126H. The Life and Work of Leo Tolstoy. Associate Professor Noy Es. A honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of course 20. 5 units. Students in this course are to register for 126H, not for 20. 21. Russian Literature. Associate Professor NOYES. Lectures and reading. An outline history of Russian literature, ex- clusive of the novelists. Russian folk-lore. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. 22. Slavic Literature. Associate Professor NOYES. Lectures and reading. A brief account of the literature and folk- lore of Poland, Bohemia, Servia, and Bulgaria. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 2. 25. History of Russia and Poland from 862 to 1905. Associate Professor NOYES. An elementary sketch of the political and institutional history of the two chief Slavic nations. - 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. GRADUATE COURSE The University library offers ample material for advanced study of Russian literature and philology, and for the comparative study of the Slavic languages. 213. Old Church Slavic. Associate Professor Noy Es. Leskien, Handbuch der altbulgarischen Sprache. Study of the rela- tions of Old Church Slavic to the other Indo-European languages. 3 hrs., second half-year. Hours to be arranged. COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS. Russian Political Institutions. [See Political Science 109.] - Associate Professor Noy Es. ## p. 100 (#290) ############################################ 100 Mathematics. MATHEMATICS. MELLEN W. HAs KELL, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. GEORGE C. Edwards, Ph.B., Professor of Mathematics. *DERRICK N. LEHMER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. "CHARLEs A. Noble, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics and Assistant Examiner of Schools. ALBERT W. WHITNEy, A.B., Associate Professor of Insurance and Mathe- matics. - THOMAs M. PUTNAM, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. John H. McDon ALD, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BENJAMIN A. BERNSTEIN, A.B., Instructor in Mathematics. CHARLEs KUSCHKE, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics. BALDw1N M. Woods, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics. FRANK IRWIN, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. THOMAS BUCK, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. WALLACE A. NEwlin, B.S., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics. ADELAIDE SMITH, A.B., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics. HARRY N. WRIGHT, B.S., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics. Course 1 is designed only for students who wish to take the minimum of mathematics, without reference to further study of that subject or related subjects. Students who prefer to have a foundation for further mathematical study or for studies in other fields requiring a knowledge of mathematics are advised to select other Lower Division courses. In every case the student should be guided in his selection by the advice of the departments in which he expects to pursue his advanced work. Students wishing to make a specialty of mathematics should consult the members of the department as early as possible. The Upper Division. Courses A, C, D, and 9 are prerequisite to work in the Upper Division. Teachers’ Certificates. The department will, in general, recommend as qualified to teach mathematics in high schools only such graduates as have passed with credit in at least eighteen units of Upper Division work. Candidates for the teacher's certificate are strongly recommended to elect courses 218A, 218B, 238A, 238B. The department will exact a prac- tical test of the candidate's ability to present a clear and interesting exposition of subjects taught in the high school. The University library contains an excellent collection of standard and current works in all branches of mathematics, including complete sets 1 In residence, first half-year only, 1911-12. 2 In residence, second half-year only, 1911-12. ## p. 101 (#291) ############################################ Mathematics. - 101 of nearly all the mathematical periodicals and the publications of learned societies. The department has also a good collection of geometri- cal models. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. A. Elementary Algebraic Theory. Dr. BUCK, Mr. NEWLIN and Miss SMITH. 3 hrs., either half-year. Tu Th S, 9, 10. Course A is equivalent to matriculation subject 4a, and is prerequisite to course 8. B. Solid and Spherical Geometry. Professor EDWARDs and Assistant Professor MCDONALD. 2 hrs., either half-year. Tu Th, 9. Course B is equivalent to matricu- lation subject 4b. C. Plane Trigonometry. Professor EDWARDs, Associate Professor Noble, Dr. IRWIN, Mr. BERN- STEIN, Mr. NEWLIN, Miss SMITH, and Mr. WRIGHT. 2 hrs., either half-year. Tu Th, 9, 10, 11. Course C is equivalent to matriculation subject 12a2. - D. Introduction to Plane Analytic Geometry. Associate Professor NoBLE, Dr. IRWIN, Mr. WRIGHT and Mr. BERN- STEIN. 2 hrs., either half-year. Tu Th, 10, 11. Course D is equivalent to matriculation subject 12a3. E. Introduction to Projective Geometry. Professor HASKELL and Mr. WOODS. 3 hrs., either half-year. First half-year, M W F, 4; second half-year, M W F, 10. Course E includes matriculation subject 12a1. 1A-1B. Elements of Analysis. Professor HASKELL. An exposition of general principles as distinguished from mathemati- cal technique. Fundamental ideas of algebra, trigonometry, and analytic geometry. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 10. 2A-2B. Elements of Analysis. Assistant Professor PUTNAM and Mr. WOODs. A practical course in trigonometry, analytic geometry, algebra and the elements of the calculus, with extensive applications to the theory of compound interest, annuities and bonds. 5 hrs., throughout the year. M Tu W Th F, 8, 9. Prescribed to all freshmen in the College of Commerce. ## p. 102 (#292) ############################################ 102 Mathematics. 2C-2D. Elements of Analysis. Associate Professor WHITNEY. A practical course, especially designed for second-year students of the College of Commerce, in algebra, differential and integral calculus with extensive application to the theory of compound interest, annuities, and bonds. Course 2C-2D will be included in 2A-2B after 1911-12). 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: courses C and D. 3-4. Elements of Analysis, with Applications. Professor EDWARDs, Associate Professor LEHMER, Assistant Professors PUTNAM and McDon ALD, Dr. IRWIN, Dr. BUCK, Mr. BERNSTEIN, Mr. KUSCHKE, Mr. Woods, Mr. NEWLIN, Miss SMITH, and Mr. WRIGHT. A practical two-year course in algebra, analytic geometry, the dif- ferential and integral calculus, adapted particularly to the needs of students in engineering, architecture, and chemistry. 3A-3B. 3 hrs., throughout the year, beginning either half-year. M W F, 8, 9, 10. 3AB. 6 hrs., second half-year. Daily at 10. For freshmen entering in January only. 4A-4B. 3 hrs., throughout the year, beginning either half-year. M W F, 8, 9; Tu Th S, 8. 5. Plane Analytic Geometry. Professor HASKELL and Assistant Professor McDonald. The straight line, the circle, and the conic sections, including a dis- cussion of the general equation of the second degree. 3 hrs., either half-year. First half-year, M W F, 10; second half- year, M W F, 9. Prerequisite: courses C and D. 8. Algebra. Mr. KUSCHKE and Dr. BUCK. Inequalities and limits, exponentials and logarithms, permutations and combinations, binomial theorem for any index, expansion of functions in series, convergency of series. 3 hrs., either half-year. Tu Th S, 9. Prerequisite: course A or matric- ulation subject 4a. 9. Differential Calculus. Associate Professor NOBLE. 3 hrs., either half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: courses C and D. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. These courses are open to students in the Lower Division who have the necessary prerequisites. Course 120A has no prerequisites and is available as free-elective in any college. ## p. 103 (#293) ############################################ Mathematics. 103 109. Integral Calculus. Associate Professor LEHMER. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 9. Students desiring to elect course 109 in the first half-year may substitute course 4B. 110A. Advanced Calculus. Associate Professor Noble and Dr. BUCK. The differential equations, both ordinary and partial, which occur most frequently in the applications, with special stress on approxi- mate numerical solutions. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. 110B. Advanced Calculus. Dr. BUCK. Definite integrals, multiple integrals, theory and use of infinite series, applications to practical problems. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. 111. Determinants and Theory of Numerical Equations. - Professor EDWARDS. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. 112. Analytic Geometry of Three Dimensions. Professor EDWARDS. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Open only to students who have taken, or are taking, course 9. 113. Synthetic Projective Geometry. Mr. WOODS. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 9. Prerequisite: course E. 114. Analytic Geometry (advanced course). Professor HASKELL. Introduction to modern methods in analytic geometry, especially with reference to algebraic plane curves. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 5. 115. Theory of Numbers. Associate Professor LEHMER. Elementary properties of numbers, theory of congruences, residues of powers, primitive roots, quadratic forms. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th S, 9. *116. Vector Analysis. Assistant Professor McDon ALD. A comparative study of the various systems of Hamilton, Grassmann, Gibbs, and others, with applications to mathematical physics. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 3. 117. Calculus of Finite Differences. Mr. BERNSTEIN. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: course 109. 118. Algebra of Logic. Mr. BERNSTEIN. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. * Not to be given 1911-12. ## p. 104 (#294) ############################################ 104 Mathematics. 119. Theory of Differential Equations. Dr. IRWIN. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. 120A. Theory of Probabilities; Elementary Course. Associate Professor WHITNEY. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. 120B. Theory of Probabilities; Advanced Course. Associate Professor WHITNEY. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 120A and a thorough course in calculus. 121AH-121 BH. Higher Analysis. [Honor Course.] Assistant Professor MCDONALD. An advanced course in the differential and integral calculus. Lectures and seminary exercises. 5 units. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 3. GRADUATE COURSES. 214. Theory of Algebraic Surfaces. Assistant Professor McDONALD. 3 hrs., second half-year. 218A-218B. Logic of Mathematics. Assistant Professor MCDONALD and Mr. BERNSTEIN. Analysis of the foundation principles of geometry and algebra. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 9. Designed especially for teachers and prospective teachers of mathematics. 223. Partial Differential Equations. Professor HASKELL. The important partial differential equations of applied mathematics. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 2. 224. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. Dr. IRWIN. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. 226. Elliptic Modular Functions. Seminar. Professor HASKELL. 2 hrs., first half-year. 231A-231B. Theory of Numbers; Advanced Course. Assistant Professor PUTNAM. 3 hrs., throughout the year. 232. Theory of Substitutions. Mr. KUSCHKE. 3 hrs., second-half year. 234. Calculus of Variations. Associate Professor NOBLE. 3 hrs., first half-year. ## p. 105 (#295) ############################################ Mathematics. 105 238A-238B. The Teaching of Elementary Mathematics. Professor EDWARDS. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 10. 240. Mathematical Seminar. Professor HASKELL. Conferences on topics in higher mathematics, under the direction of Professor HASKELL. Meetings once a week. Tu, 2-4. COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS. Analytic Mechanics. [See Physics 105.] - Professor SLATE and Associate Professor RAYMOND. Method of Least Squares. [See Astronomy 107.] Mr. EINARSSON and Mr. MEYER. Interpolation, Use of Tables and Mechanical Quadratures. [See Astronomy 108 and 109.] Mr. EINARsson. Theoretical Astronomy. [See Astronomy 106.] Professor LEUschNER. Descriptive Geometry. [See Drawing 2.] Associate Professor KOWER, Assistant Professor WYTHE and Mr. MONGES. ## p. 106 (#296) ############################################ 106 General Science. GENERAL SCIENCE. Open to the University without prerequisite. May be chosen as part of the prescribed work in natural science in the colleges of general culture and of commerce. Enrollment for these courses will be limited to two hundred. Applica. tions for enrollment will be received in room 217 Chemistry Building, at the first meeting of the class. 1. The Physical Sciences. Assistant Professor MORGAN, Professors LEwis and LEUSCHNER, and Associate Professor MERRIAM. The important underlying principles. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 4. 2. The Biological Sciences. Professors Koroid and STRATTON, Associate Professors MERRIAM and TORREY. The important underlying principles. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 4. NotE: General Science and Philosophy 1 fall within the same examin- ation group. Both of these courses, therefore, cannot be taken in one half- year. ## p. 107 (#297) ############################################ Physics. - 107 PHYSICS. FREDERICK SLATE, B.S., Professor of Physics. E. PERCIVAL LEWIs, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. WILLIAM J. RAYMOND, B.S., Associate Professor of Physics. RALPH. S. MINOR, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 2 ELMER. E. HALL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. THoMAs S. ELSTON, Ph.D., Instructor in Physics. RAYMOND B. ABBOTT, B.S., Instructor in Physics. WILLIAM R. STAMPER, Mechanician in the Department of Physics. OSTWALD G. STEINITZ, Mechanician in the Department of Physics. Eight assistants and two helpers. Courses 1A-1B to 3A-3B are fundamental and designed to meet the needs of students preparing for applications of physics, or advanced work in the subject itself. Students will profit greatly if they supplement the course of laboratory work regularly laid out. For credit on special and supplementary laboratory work see course 118. The physical laboratory will be open five days a week throughout the year, and may be used, under the guidance of the instructors concerned, by advanced students. The equipment of the laboratories is modern and extensive; and the University Library contains complete sets of all the important physical journals, and the proceedings and transactions of most of the academies and other societies. The laboratory deposit for courses 1A, 1B, 3A, and 3B is ten dollars each; for courses 2C and 2D, five dollars each; in all other courses, at the rate of five dollars a half-year for each laboratory exercise a week. The average amount returned to the student at the end of the half-year, after deduct- ing for the cost of materials used and for breakage of apparatus, is about four dollars in courses 1A and 1B, two dollars in courses 3A and 3B; one dollar in courses 2C and 2D; and about two-fifths of the deposit in other COurSeS. Students who choose Upper Division courses in physics must include an adequate amount of laboratory exercises in the work chosen; the instructor should be consulted on this point. Such students are strongly advised to take courses 105A, and 105B or 105c in the junior or senior year. Teachers’ Certificates. Twenty-four units of physics will be required for recommendation for the teacher’s certificate. Applicants for the recommendation in physics, in making up this number of units, must include in their work the equivalent of courses 2A-2B and 3A-3B. See statements under these headings, and under course 118. (In all cases proposed combinations of courses should be submitted for approval to the Professor in charge of the department of physics.) 2 In residence, second half-year only, 1911-12. ## p. 108 (#298) ############################################ 108 Physics. 1A-1B. General Physics. Associate Professor MINOR and Dr. ELSTON. Mechanics, properties of matter, and heat. Lectures, recitations, and laboratory exercises, each once a week. 5 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Lectures and recitations: section A, Tu Th, 1; section B, M F, 1. Laboratory sections: I, M, 2.4; II, Tu, 10-12; III, W, 2-4; IV, Th, 10-12; V, F, 2-4; VI, S, 10-12. The fifth hour will be used for supplementary laboratory work or for conferences. Prerequisite: matriculation physics, subject 11 (but see 2A-2B, below). Prescribed in the Col- leges of Engineering. 2C-2D. General Physics. Associate Professors MINOR and HALL and Mr. ABBOTT. Sound, light, energy transformations, electricity, and magnetism pre- sented as a continuation of course 1A-1B. Lectures, recitations, and laboratory exercises, each once a week. 5 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Lectures and recitations, M W F, 10; six laboratory sections, M W F, 1-4; Tu Th S, 9-12. Prescribed in the Colleges of Engineering. 2A-2B. General Physics. Professor LEWIs and Associate Professor MINOR. Lectures with experimental illustration, recitations, and problems. Mechanics, properties of matter, heat, sound, light, energy trans- formations, electricity, and magnetism. Prerequisite: matricula- tion physics, subject 11. 5 hrs., throughout the year; 4 units each half-year. Lectures, Tu Th S, 11. Recitations: section I, Tu Th, 9; section II, W F, 9. The lectures may be taken separately with a credit of 2 units each half-year. These lectures (but not the accompanying recitations, nor the laboratory courses 3A-3B), may be taken without the prerequisite in matricu- lation physics. The completion of this part of courses 2A-2B admits stu- dents of the Colleges of Engineering to course 1A; other students, either to course 1A, or to the remainder of the work in courses 2A-2B. and 3A-3B. 3A-3B. Physical Measurement. Associate Professor MINOR. Experimental work in mechanies, properties of matter, heat, sound, light, electricity and magnetism, requiring quantitative results. Methods are selected so as to show instructive relations of physical principles, and their adaptation to practical problems. Laboratory exercises twice a week. These courses are usually taken in conjunc- tion with 2A-2B. Prerequisite: matriculation physics, subject 11. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 2 units each half-year. Tu Th, 1-4. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 105A-1058; 105c. Analytic Mechanics. Professor SLATE, Associate Professor RAYMOND, and Dr. ELSTON. 105A-105s. The mathematical treatment of principles of dynamics and statics that are fundamental, illustrated by problems and applica- tions, ## p. 109 (#299) ############################################ Physics. 100 3 hrs., throughout the year. Three sections: I and II, M W F, 8; III, M W F, 10. Prerequisite: Mathematics 9 and 109 or 3-4. 105c. Mechanics for students of Physics. 3 hrs., second half-year; an alternative continuation of course 105A. Prerequisite: Mathematics 9 and 109 or 3-4; Physics 2A-2B. 107A-107B. Electrical Measurements. Associate Professor RAYMOND. Elements of the mathematical theory of electricity and magnetism, with applications of the principles to the measurement of magnetic field, direct and alternating electric current, electro-motive force, resistance, power, capacity and inductance. Calibration and use of the more important types of measuring instruments. 107A. Two lectures and one laboratory exercise a week. 5 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Lectures, Tu Th, 10; laboratory, section I, Tu, 1-4; II, W, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 2C-2D; Mathematics 9 and 109 or 3-4. 107B. One lecture and two laboratory exercises a week. 7 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Lecture, W, 10. Laboratory, section I, M F, 1-4; II, Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 105A and 107A. *108. Physical Optics. Associate Professor HALL. Lectures, with experimental illustrations and recitations, on selected topics in light, relating to the theory of optical instruments. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 2A-2B and Mathematics 9. - 108A. Polarized Light. Professor LEWIS. Laboratory work, with occasional lectures. Methods of producing and detecting plane, circularly, and elliptically polarized light. Prac- tical applications in crystallography, saccharimetry, and metallic reflection. Optical activity. 6 hrs., second half-year. Prerequisite: courses 1A-1B, 2A-2B, and 3A-3B, or their equivalent. 109A. Molecular Physics. Associate Professor HALL. A descriptive study of the gaseous, liquid, and solid states of matter. Lectures with reading and discussion. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: courses 1A-1B and 2A-2B and Mathematics 9 and 109 or 3-4. *110A. Electricity. Associate Professor HALL. Elements of the theory of magnetism and electricity, with laboratory exercises in electrical measurements. 8 hrs., first half-year; 4 units. Lectures, Tu Th, 11. Laboratory, Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 2A-2B and Mathematics 9 and 109 or 3-4. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 110 (#300) ############################################ 110 Physics. 111A-111B. Electric Discharges through Gases. Professor LEwis. 111A. Lectures, experimentally illustrated, on phenomena of the flame and electric arc, spark, and vacuum-tube; and on cathode rays, Röntgen rays, and radio-activity. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: course 2A-2B. This course is recommended as preliminary to course 211-211c. 111B. Laboratory work for students who wish to supplement course 111A by the individual study of practical problems. 3 or 6 hrs., first half-year. *112A. Energetics. Professor SLATE. A non-mathematical account of forms and transformations of energy. Lectures; open to qualified students. 2 hrs., second half-year. 112B. Heat Measurements. Associate Professor HALL. Selected problems in thermometry, calorimetry, pyrometry, intensity of radiation, and general heat measurements, adapted for students in physics, chemistry, and engineering. Laboratory work with readings and discussions. 2 units, second half-year. 113. Physical Optics. Associate Professor HALL. Laboratory exercises connected with course 108, and in extension of it. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1-4. 114. Advanced Physical Measurement. Associate Professor RAYMoND. Problems involving accurate measurement and mathematical work. Laboratory exercises twice a week. 6 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Tu Th, 1-4. fl18. Special Undergraduate Study. THE STAFF. All special laboratory work not included in courses announced above. Credit value to be fixed in each case. By special arrangement, this course may be made the equivalent of parts of the regular labora- tory work under courses 1A-1B and 3A-3B. GRADUATE COURSES. 206A. Harmonic Motion. Associate Professor RAYMOND. The analytical treatment of vibratory and wave-motion, with applica: tion to sound, light, and electricity. Lectures with experimental illustrations. - 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: courses 105A, and 105B or 105c, and course 2A-2B. - * Not to be given, 1911-12. # May be chosen as upper division and major work by special arrange- ment only. ## p. 111 (#301) ############################################ Physics. - 111 º 206B. Electric Waves and Oscillations. Associate Professor RAY MOND. 2 hrs., second half-year. Lectures, with experimental illustrations. Prerequisite: course 206A. 211-211c. Spectroscopy. Professor LEWIS. 211. Lectures, with experimental illustrations, on methods and results of investigation, and spectroscopic theories. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: course 108. Course 111A will also be found helpful. 211c. Laboratory work for students who wish to familiarize themselves with the use of spectroscopic apparatus, or to supplement course 211 by the individual study of practical problems. 3 or 6 hrs., second half-year. *212. Thermodynamics. Associate Professor. HALL. Lectures twice a week. First half-year. 215. Dynamics of Rotation. Professor SLATE. Theory of the gyroscope, and related problems. 3 hrs., second half-year. Prerequisite: courses 105A, and 105B or 105c. *215A. Precession and Nutation. Professor SLATE. 3 hrs., first half-year, M W F, 10, in alternate years with course 215. Prerequisite: courses 105A, 105B or 105c and 215. 216. Special Advanced Study and Research. THE STAFF. Laboratory work throughout the year, on problems assigned according to the preparation and needs of individual students. Credit value to be fixed in each case. - 217. Readings and Discussions. Professor SLATE. Work for graduates upon topics selected in consultation. For 1910-11 the special subject was: The vector equations of the electromag- netic field. 2 hrs., throughout the year. 220. Seminar Course. - Associate Professor HALL. Designed for prospective teachers of physics. In part a library course, having the general purpose of gaining some familiarity with sources of information, and with methods of finding the literature on a given topic. 2 hrs., second half-year. S, 10-12. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 112 (#302) ############################################ 112 Astronomy. ASTRONOMY. ARMIN O. LEUsch NER, Ph.D., Sc.D., Professor of Astronomy, and Director of the Students’ Observatory. *RUssell, T. CRAw Ford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Practical As. tronomy. ALEXANDER McADIE, M.A., Honorary Lecturer on Meteorology. DANIEL W. MoREHouse, M.S., Instructor in Astronomy. STURLA EINARssoN, A.B., Instructor in Practical Astronomy. WILLIAM F. MEYER, B.S., Instructor in Astronomy. ANNA ESTELLE GLANCY, A.B., Watson Assistant in Astronomy. SoPHIA H. LEvy, B.S., Watson Assistant in Astronomy. Special Announcement. A special announcement concerning the facili- ties and the courses of instruction in the Berkeley Astronomical Depart- ment, and in the Lick Astronomical Department, at Mount Hamilton, has been published. Copies may be obtained from the Director of the Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, California, or from the Director of the Students’ Observatory, Berkeley, California. Courses 1, 2, and 5 are designed especially to fulfill the requirement in prescribed natural science for students in the colleges of general culture. A part of courses 1 and 101 consists of special lectures at the regular hour by the Director and Astronomers of the Lick Observatory. Geodesy, navigation, and nautical astronomy, especially adapted to the needs of students in the College of Commerce, will be included in course 2A. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. Elements of Astronomy. Professor LEUSCHNER. An introductory course. General facts and principles underlying the science of astronomy in all its bränehes. 2 hrs., either half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite to Geography 9. Beginning 1912-1913 this eourse will be given as a 3-hr. course. 2. Practice in Observing. Mr. MoREHOUSE and Mr. MEYER. This course is supplementary to eourses 1 or 101 or 103A-103B, and is open to students who are taking or have taken any one of these courses. The student may enroll for from 1 to 4 units by electing one or more of the divisions specified below. * Absent on leave, 1911-13. ## p. 113 (#303) ############################################ Astronomy. 113 2A. Mr. MOREHOUSE. Practical work at the observatory for beginners with special emphasis on the elementary methods of determining time, latitude and longi- tude. Navigation and nautical astronomy. Constellation study. Descriptive observations of celestial objects. Prerequisite to Geog- raphy 9. 3 hrs., either half-year; 1 unit. Th, 7-10 p.m. 2B. Mr. MOREHOUSE. Practical work at the observatory for beginners with special emphasis on astrophysical and photographic observations. 3 hrs., either half-year; 1 unit. Alternating weeks: Tu, 7-10 p.m., or S, 9-12 a.m. 2C. Continuation of course 2A. Mr. MEYER. 3 hrs., either half-year; 1 unit. M, 7-10 p.m. Prerequisite: course 2A. 2D. Continuation of course 2B. Mr. MOREHOUSE. 3 hrs., either half-year; 1 unit. Alternating weeks: Tu, 7-10 p.m., or S, 9-12 a.m. Prerequisite: course 2B. 2E. The subject matter of courses 2A and 2C. Mr. MEYER. 6 hrs., either half-year; 2 units. M, 1-4; W, 7-10 p.m. 2F. The subject matter of courses 2B and 2d. Mr. MOREHOUSE. 6 hrs., either half-year; 2 units. Th, 1-4; W, 7-10 p.m. 5. History of Astronomy. Mr. MEYER. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: course 1. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 101. Modern Astronomy. Mr. EINARssoN, the Director and Astronomers of the Lick Observatory. Progress in astronomy through modern methods, especially spectro- scopic and photographic. - 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. For observatory work supplementary to this course students may elect course 2B, 2D, or 2F. 103A. General Astronomy. Mr. MOREHOUSE. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: Mathematics C and 5, and Physics 1A-1B. For observatory work in connection with this course, students may elect one or more sub-divisions of course 2, 104A, or 104B, subject to the prerequisites announced. 103B. General Astronomy. Mr. MOREHOUSE. Continuation of course 103A. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 103A. ## p. 114 (#304) ############################################ 114 Astronomy. * 104. Practical Astronomy. Mr. MOREHOUSE. Lectures and observatory work. Geodesy, navigation, and nautical astronomy. Practical work at the observatory with sextant, clock, chronograph, transit-and-zenith telescope, equatorial telescope, photographic telescope, reflector, altazimuth instrument. Com- puting. 7 hrs., either half-year; 3 units. Lectures and recitations, Tu Th, 9; observatory work, F, 7-10 p.m. Prerequisite: Mathematics C and 5; Physics 1A-1B, and either course 1 or 103A in astronomy. The course should also be preceded by a course in differential calculus. 105H. Special Problems in Practical Astronomy. Mr. EINARSSON. Determination by extended series of observations of the longitude (by the telegraphic method) and the latitude (by the method of Tal- cott). An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 104 or 114. 5 units. 106H. Theoretical Astronomy. Professor LEUSCHNER. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 206. 5 units. Undergraduates in this course are to register for 106H, not for 206. 107. Method of Least Squares. Mr. EINARSSON and Mr. MEYER. The fundamental principles and processes of the method of least squares, and their application to the solution of astronomical physi- cal, and engineering problems. 4 hrs., 2 units, first half-year. Lecture Tu or Th, 10. Practical appli- cations; 3 hrs., section I, Tu, 1-4; section II, Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: working knowledge of the differential and integral calculus. 108. Introduction to Interpolation, Use of Tables, and Mechanical Quadratures. -- - Mr. EINARSSON. The more useful formulae of interpolation, and their application in the use of astronomical and other tables. Development of the formulae of numerical differentiation and integration, and their application in the construction of tables. Practice in extensive numerical computations, with special aim at rapidity and exact- Iless. . - - 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 8. Prerequisite: Mathematics 9A or 109B. 109. Interpolation, Use of Tables, and Mechanical Quadratures. - Mr. EINARSSON. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: course 108. *110. The Theory of Astronomical Refraction. Associate Professor CRAWFORD. 2 hrs., first half-year. Hours to be arranged with the instructor. Pre- requisite: course 104A or 104B. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 115 (#305) ############################################ Astronomy. 115 *110H. The Theory of Astronomical Refraction. Associate Professor CRAWFORD. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 110. 5 units. 112. Eclipses. Mr. MEYER. 2 hrs., second half-year. Hours to be arranged with the instructor. Prerequisite: course 104A or 104B. 112H. Eclipses. Mr. MEYER. An honor course. Special assignments, in connection with the regular exercises of 112. 5 units. CourSES PRIMARILY FOR ENGINEERS. 3. Surveyor’s Course in the Elements of Spherical Trigonometry and Astronomy. [Lower Division Course.] Mr. EINARSSON and Mr. MOREHOUSE. The principles of spherical trigonometry and astronomy adapted to the needs of surveyors, with particular reference to the solar at- tachment transit. Computing. 3 hrs., 1 unit, second half-year. W, 1-4. For field work the class will be divided into six sections. Prerequisite: civil engineering 1A- 1B, 1C-1D, 3A. 114A-114B. Practical Astronomy. Mr. EINARSSON. The subject-matter of course 104A more briefly presented, and adapted to the needs of students of civil engineering. 4 hrs., 2 units, first half-year; 4 hrs., 2 units, second half-year. Each half-year, lecture, Tu or Th, 9, and one observatory period. The observatory is open for this course two evenings, and Saturday mornings. The arrangement of the work depends so largely upon weather conditions, that the student should reserve for this course several observatory periods. Prerequisite for students not in the College of Civil Engineering: . Mathematics C and 5; Physics 1A-1B; and either course 1A or 103A in Astronomy. GRADUATE COURSES. 206. Theoretical Astronomy. Professor LEUSCHNER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 1 or 103A; mathematics 9A or 109B; ordinarily also physics 105A-105B, open to advanced undergraduates. 207. Theoretical Astronomy. Professor LEUSCHNER. This course treats of the relative accuracy of the various methods of determining preliminary orbits. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 206. * Not to be given in 1911-12. ## p. 116 (#306) ############################################ 116 - Astronomy. #208A. Introduction to Celestial Mechanics. Professor LEUSCHNER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 2. f208B. A continuation of course 208A. Professor LEUSCHNER. Second half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. #209. Special Perturbations. Mr. MEYER. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. *#210A. The General Perturbations of the Minor Planets after Hansen, Newcomb and Hill. Associate Professor CRAWFORD. First half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. *#210B. A continuation of course 210A. Associate Professor CRAwFoRD. Second half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. #211A. Theory of Perturbation after Bohlin, Gylden, and Brendel. Professor LEUSCHNER. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 5. #211B. Theory of Perturbation after Bohlin, Gylden, and Brendel. - Professor LEUSCHNER. A continuation of course 211A. Second half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. *#212A. The Lunar Theory. Professor LEUSCHNER. First half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. *#212B. The Lunar Theory. Professor LEUSCHNER. A continuation of course 212A. Second half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. *#213A. Selected Topics in Celestial Mechanics. Professor LEUschNER. First half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. - *#213B. Selected Topics in Celestial Mechanics. Professor LEUSCHNER. Second half-year. Hours and credit value to be arranged with the instructor. * Not to be given, 1911-12. # These courses form a series which the student can complete in about three years. From two to three of these courses are offered every term, the selection being based on the needs and the preparation of the grad- uate students in Astronomy. ## p. 117 (#307) ############################################ Astronomy. 117 214. Advanced Practical Astronomy. Mr. EINARSSON. 5 hrs., 3 units, first half-year. M. W., 11; M, 7-10 p.m. Prerequisite: course 104A. 215. Advanced Study and Research. Professor LEUSCHNER. Investigation of special problems to be selected according to the prep- arations and needs of individual students. Hours and credit value to be arranged in each case. *216. Measurement and Reduction of Astronomical Photographs; Spectro- grams. 2 hrs., second half-year. Th, 1-3. COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS. Vector Analysis. [See Mathematics 116.] Assistant Professor MCDONALD. Dynamics of Rotation. [See Physics 215.] Professor SLATE. Precession and Nutation. [See Physics 215A.] Professor SLATE. Spectroscopy. [See Physics 211-211c.] Professor LEWIS. LICK OBSERVATORY. The Lick Observatory at Mount Hamilton forms a separate depart- ment of the University. The unrivaled facilities for advanced astrono- mical work which are offered by its fine equipment, in this favorable loca- tion, are too well known to require description here. The department is open to graduate students under regulations prescribed by the Regents. The degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy are offered to students who have fulfilled the required conditions. (See Circular of Information for the Academic Departments.) For information relating to graduate work at the Observatory, intending students should address the Recorder of the Faculties at Berkeley, or the Director of the Lick Observatory, at Mount Hamilton, Santa Clara County, California. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 118 (#308) ############################################ 118 Geography. GEOGRAPHY. RULIFF S. Holway, A.B., M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Geography. GEORGE DAVIDSON, Ph.D., Sc.D., Professor of Geography, Emeritus. , Instructor in Geography. LINCOLN HUTCHINSON, M.A., Assistant Professor of Commerce, on the Flood Foundation. - DoN E. SMITH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History and Geography. Teacher’s Certificate. The preliminary science training for applicants for the teacher’s certificate in physical geography should include at least one laboratory course in physics and in chemistry. A minimum of three courses in geology should be taken. A total of 30 units will be required for the recommendation if taken in geography only. This maximum will be reduced if the certificate includes an allied subject. Applicants should consult the head of the department early in their course. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A. General Physical Geography. Assistant Professor HOLWAY. Present land forms; the forces and processes that have resulted in these forms; their effect upon human development. Planetary relations that control climate. Brief discussion of leading coun- tries of the world as to topography and climate. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. 1B. General Physical Geography. Meteorology; a study of the properties, temperature, pressure, and general circulation of the atmosphere; storms, the work of the Weather Bureau, and some consideration of climate in relation to plant and animal life. Laboratory work in observing and chart- ing weather phenomena. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. 11. Relief Modeling. - - Laboratory work in making relief models. Second half-year. Hours and credit to be arranged. Prerequisite: course 1. Introduction to Economic Geography. [Economics 3A..] Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. A study of the relations between geography and economics. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: Geography 1A or matriculation subject 126. - ## p. 119 (#309) ############################################ Geography. 119 Geography of Latin America. [See Economics 41.] Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. A general description of the countries of South and Central America; their geology, topography, climate, population, natural resources, industries, foreign trade, etc. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 2. Historical Geography. [See History 2A-2B.] - Assistant Professor SMITH. An introduction to the study of geography and its relation to history. A study of the world with particular reference to political bound- aries and geographical development. Students entering in January are recommended to take course 2B. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th S, 10. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 102. Field Physiography Assistant Professor HOLWAY. A study of the topography in the vicinity of San Francisco Bay. A course in the observation and interpretation of topographic forms. 1 unit, first half-year, eight field days. Prerequisite: Geography 1, Geology 1A and 103A. Traveling expenses may amount to $12. 109. Mathematical Geography. Assistant Professor HOLWAY. Fundamental planetary relations in geography. Non-mathematical study of common map projections. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 1 and As- tronomy 1. - 113. General Climatology. The broader aspects of climate, especially in relation to man. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W., 11. Prerequisite: Geography 1B. 114. Oceanography. Assistant Professor HOLWAY. A study of the ocean and the oceanic circulation in their geographic relations. Particular attention is given to the polar regions, and recent explorations. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: Geography 1B. 115. Geography of California. Assistant Professor HOLWAY. A study of the physiographic provinces of California—their climate and physical features, with particular reference to their effects upon life. 3 hrs., second half-year. Prerequisite: Geography 1A. 116. Geography of North America. Regional geography. Relief and its relation to human affairs. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: Geography 1A and 1B, or Geology 1A. ## p. 120 (#310) ############################################ 120 Geography. | | ! | 118. Advanced Physiography. Assistant Professor Holway. A study of the principles controlling the evolution of topography. 3 hrs., second half-year. M. W. F. Prerequisite: Geography 1, Geology 1A and Geology 103A. 11SH. Advanced Physiography. Assistant Professor Holway. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with regular exer. cises of 118, 5 units. Students in this course should register for 118H, not for 118. Economic Geography of the United States. [See Economics 103c.] Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. Special attention is given to California and the other Pacific Coast states. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: courses 3A and 3B, or their equivalent. Geology 102A-102B, 107, and 114 may be counted as major units in geography. GRADUATE COURSES. 219. Research. Assistant Professor HOLWAY. Students registering for field work should have at least two days free in each week or, preferably, should register for summer work. This course may also include library study in collating geographi- cal data from scientific reports of Pacific Coast work in geology, botany, irrigation, and other allied subjects. Not less than 2 units each half-year. Hours to be arranged. 220. The Teaching of Physical Geography. Assistant Professor Holway. The teaching of physical geography in secondary schools, with a study of recent text-books, laboratory manuals, and laboratory and field work. 4 hrs., second half-year. 2 units. M. W. 3-5. Seminar in Historical Geography. [See History 292A-B.] Assistant Professor SMITH. The opportunity for research work in the physical geography of Cali- fornia is almost unlimited. Within a few hours of the University the coast line topography is most striking and many special problems in con- meetion with ocean terraces and sea-cliff erosion will yield valuable results. The meteorology and elimatology of the state also offer abund- ant work both for original observation and study of the extensive data collected by the Weather Bureau. Opportunities are by no means eonfined to physieal geography, for problems of equal interest in eommercial geography are multiplying with the rapid growth of the coast eities and with the transportation changes coming with the opening of the Panama Canal. ## p. 121 (#311) ############################################ Chemistry. 121 ** * CHEMISTRY. EDMOND O’NEILL, Ph.B., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry. WALTER C. BLASDALE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. HENRY C. BIDDLE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. WM. CoNGER MoRGAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. EDWARD Booth, Ph.B., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Eight Assistants. Matriculation chemistry, subject 12b, is usually prerequisite to all courses in chemistry, excepting courses 1C and 1d. To students who have not taken chemistry in the high schools, an opportunity to do preparatory work is offered during the Summer Session of the University. Courses 1A-1B and 3A-3B are prerequisite to all other courses in chem- istry, with the exception of course 40. Course 5A or 5B is prerequisite to courses 109-131. Courses 1A-1B, 3A-3B, 5A, 8A, 8B, 110A, 118, and 128A-128B are pre- requisite for a teacher's recommendation in chemistry. Laboratory deposits are fifteen dollars a half-year for course 3A-3B. and ten to twenty-five dollars a half-year for the other laboratory courses. The average amount returned to the student at the end of the half-year after deducting for cost of materials, gas, etc., actually used, and for break- age of apparatus, is about three dollars in course 3A-3B, and about five dollars in other courses. The chemical laboratory is well equipped for research and the library of the University affords access to practically all the important literature of the subject. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1C, Elements of Chemistry. Professor O'NEILL. Lectures on the general principles of chemistry, with experimental illustration. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 10. 1D. Elements of Chemistry. Professor O’NEILL. Continuation of the above course with special reference to the applica- tions of chemistry. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. 1A-1B. General Inorganic Chemistry. Assistant Professor MoRGAN. Lectures, with study of a manual, and full experimental illustration. ## p. 122 (#312) ############################################ 122 Chemistry. 3 hrs., throughout the year. Two sections. , M W F, section I, 9; sec- tion II, 10. Usual prerequisite: matriculation chemistry, subject 12b. This course is ordinarily taken in conjunction with course 3A-3B. 3A-3B. Laboratory: Qualitative Analysis. Assistant Professors MORGAN and BOOTH. Laboratory practice in qualitative analysis; designed to familiarize the student with the facts and principles of general inorganic chemistry. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 2 units each half-year. Four sections: sec- tion I, Mº F, 1-3, Assistant Professor MoRGAN; II, Tu Th, 9-11, Assistant Professor Booth; III, Tu Th, 1-3, Assistant Professor Booth; IV, W, 1-3, and S, 9-11, Assistant Professor Booth. Pre- requisite: matriculation chemistry, subject 12b. Section I is for students in the Colleges of Chemistry and Natural Sciences, sec- tions II, III, and IV for students in the Colleges of Engineering. 5A. Laboratory: Quantitative Analysis—Gravimetric and Volumetric. Associate Professor BLASDALE. Elementary course in the principles of quantitative analysis; practice in gravimetric and volumetric analysis, with weekly lectures and discussions. 7 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Lecture, W, 1. Laboratory, M. F, 1-4. Prerequisite: alternately with 5B, to courses 109-131. 5B. Laboratory: Quantitative Analysis—Gravimetric. Associate Professor BLASDALE. General principles; practice in gravimetric determination, with weekly lectures and discussions. - 7 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Two sections: section I, lecture M, 1; laboratory W F, 1-4; section II, lecture Tu, 1; laboratory Th, 1-4; S, 9-12. Prescribed, optionally with 5A, to students in the College of Agriculture who intend to elect work in the agricultural and viticultural laboratories. 6. Laboratory: Quantitative Analysis—Volumetric. Associate Professor BLASDALE. General principles, with weekly lectures and discussions. 7 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Two sections: section I, lecture M, 1; laboratory W F, 1-4; section II, lecture Tu, 1; laboratory Th, 1-4; S, 9-12. Prerequisite: course 5A or 5B. 8A. Organic Chemistry. Assistant Professor BIDDLE. The fundamental principles of organic chemistry, an introductory course continued under 8B throughout the year. Lectures with full experimental illustration. Course 110A ordinarily follows, or may be taken in conjunction with the course . Prescribed, sophomore year in the College of Chemistry. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. ## p. 123 (#313) ############################################ Chemistry. 123 8B. Organic Chemistry. Assistant Professor BIDDLE. Continuation of course 8A. Lectures illustrated with experiments. Prescribed, sophomore year, in the College of Chemistry. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: course 8A. 40. Chemistry in Daily Life. Assistant Professor BIDDLE. The principles of chemistry, particularly in their application to the household and to matters of daily experience. Lectures, fully illus- trated by experiments. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 3. Desired prerequisite: matriculation chemistry, subject 12b. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 107A-107B. Chemistry of the Metals. Associate Professor BLASDALE. Lectures on the sources and methods of preparation of the metallic elements and their alloys; their more important chemical and physical properties and technical applications. 2 hrs., throughout the year. M. W., 10. 109A. Organic Chemistry. Assistant Professor BIDDLE. A critical study of typical organic reactions and a consideration of important classes of organic substances, such as the sugars, the amino-acids and the proteins. Lectures and recitations, with refer- ences to original articles on special topics. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: courses 8A and 8B. 109B. Organic Chemistry. - Assistant Professor BIDDLE. The chemistry of the alkaloids, the dye-stuffs and other important classes of organic substances. Lectures and recitations, with refer- ences to original articles on special topics. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: courses 8A and 8B. 110A. Laboratory: Organic. Assistant Professor BIDDLE. Supplementary to courses 8A and 8B. The preparation of organic com- pounds and the study of their properties, including methods of analysis. The course is introductory in character, and is designed to familiarize the student with the general facts and principles of organic chemistry. Prerequisite: courses 8A and 8B, which may either precede or be taken in conjunction with 110A. 9 hrs., either half-year; 3 units. M W F, 1-4. 110B. Laboratory: Organic. Assistant Professor BIDDLE. Continuation of course 110A. 6 to 15 hrs., either half-year; 2 to 5 units. ## p. 124 (#314) ############################################ 124 Chemistry. 111A-111B. Physical Chemistry. - - The fundamental principles of chemistry from the standpoint of thermodynamics and molecular theory, special emphasis being laid upon the topics of reaction velocity and equilibrium in homogen- eous and heterogeneous systems. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: Chemistry 5A or 5B and 8A ; Physics 1A-1B, 3A-3B, and 2A-2B ; Mathematics, familiar. ity with the differential and integral calculus. 111C. Flectrochemistry. - - The historical development and present state of electrochemical theories, with brief reference to their practical applications. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu, 9-10; Th, 9-11. Prerequisites: same as for course 111A. 112A. Laboratory: Physical Chemistry. - - - A series of laboratory experiments in connection with course 111A. 9 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Tu W Th, 1-4. Prerequisites: same as for course 111A. 112B. Laboratory: Electrochemistry. A series of laboratory experiments in connection with course 111B. 6 or 9 hrs., second half-year; 2 or 3 units. Tu W Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: same as for course 111B. 113. Electrochemical Analyses. Associate Professor BLASDALE. A study of the use of the electric current in quantitative analysis; one lecture hour per week devoted to a discussion of principles and methods; one laboratory period devoted to the actual analysis of alloys and ores. 4 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Prerequisite course 5A or 5B. 114A. Chemical Technology. Professor O’NEILL. The chemistry and manufacture of the more important technical chemical products. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: courses 109A or 109B, 110A, 110B, 111A, and 111B. 114B. Chemical Technology: Laboratory. Professor O’NEILL. Laboratory work supplementary to 114A. 6 hrs., 2 units, second half-year. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: same as for 114A, and 5 and 6. 115. Sanitary Chemistry. Assistant Professor BOOTH. Lectures designed primarily for students in the sanitary course of the College of Civil Engineering. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: Chemistry 8A. ## p. 125 (#315) ############################################ Chemistry. 125 116. Ore Analysis. Associate Professor BLASDALE. Special methods of analysis of minerals and ores of complex composi- tion. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 5A or 5B, and 6; Physics 3A-3B. 117A. Chemistry of Structural Materials. Assistant Professor BOOTH. Chemical character and methods of manufacture of materials of con- struction. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. 118. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Assistant Professor MORGAN. A laboratory course in the preparation of certain inorganic substances which require advanced knowledge and manipulative skill, together with a study of the properties of some of the typical elements from an advanced standpoint. One hour a week will be devoted to a discussion of the results obtained in the laboratory periods. Pre- requisite: course 5A or its equivalent. Three units, second half- year. Hour for discussions Wednesday at 1 p.m. Laboratory hours arranged to suit individual students. 124. Seminar in Organic Chemistry. Assistant Professor BIDDLE. The presentation and discussion of recent investigations in organic chemistry. 1 unit, either half-year. Prerequisite: courses 109A or 109B, and 110A. 126. Rare Metals. Assistant Professor BOOTH. A consideration of some of the elements not usually discussed in the elementary courses. 2 units, second half-year. Prerequisite: course 5A or 5B. 127. History of Chemistry. Professor O'NEILI. The development of modern chemistry. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: courses 109A or 109B, 110A, 111A, 111B. 128A-128B. Teachers’ Course. Assistant Professor MORGAN. Training course for students intending to become teachers of chemistry. 3 hrs., throughout the year: 1 hour lecture, 1 period (3 hrs.) assisting in laboratory instruction, and 1 period (3 hrs.) of laboratory work. Prerequisite: courses 5A, or 5B, 8, 110A, and 118. 129. Summer Course. Practical laboratory exercises especially adapted to the needs of teachers in the secondary schools of the state, supplemented by lectures upon the principles involved. [See Summer Session announcement.] ## p. 126 (#316) ############################################ 126 Chemistry. 130A. Special Undergraduate Study and Research. All special lecture courses not included in the courses announced above. Credit value to be fixed in each case. 130B. Special Undergraduate Study and Research. All special laboratory work not included in the courses announced above. Credit value to be fixed in each case. 133H. Special Undergraduate Study and Research. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with course 130A or 130B. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 133H, not for 130A or 130B. GRADUATE COURSES. 231. Graduate Course. Work adapted to the special needs of each student. Credit value to be fixed in each case. 232. Thesis Work in Chemistry. The Chemical laboratory is well equipped with apparatus for research work and investigation of chemical problems. Courses under 130 and 231 are given by all instructors in the depart- ment, according to circumstances. See schedule of exercises. COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS. Agricultural Chemistry. [See under Agriculture, Horticulture, and Ento- mology.] Assaying. [See under Mining.] Blowpipe Analysis. [See under Mineralogy.] ## p. 127 (#317) ############################################ Botany. 127 BOTANY. WILLIAM A. SETCHELL, Ph.D., Professor of Botany. WILLIs L. JEPson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Dendrology. HARVEY M. HALL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economic Botany and Assistant Botanist to the Agricultural Experiment Station. ARTHUR R. MooRE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiolgy. TownsenD S. BRANDEGEE, Ph.B., Honorary Curator in the Herbarium. C. A. PURPUs, Pharm.D., Botanical Collector. T. H. GooDSPEED, A.B., Assistant in Botany. HARLEY P. CHANDLER, B.S., Assistant in Botany. Courses 1A-1B, 2, and 3 are elementary courses and may be counted for prescribed science in the colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences. Course 14 is also elementary, but as it deals more largely with applied botany, it is recommended to students in the colleges of Com- merce, Chemistry, and Agriculture. Courses 104A-104B and 105A-105B are of especial value to students of forestry. Courses 2 and 3 lead up to advanced work in the department of botany. Those desiring the teacher's certificate are advised to take courses 104A-104B, 105A-105B and 109A-109B, with the prerequisites, but should consult with the head of the department early in their course. Courses 108, 115, and 118 are designed for students of the Upper Division who desire to become candidates for honors. Lec- ture courses in Summer Session may be equivalent to courses 1A and 1B in part, and credit will not be given for both in such case. A laboratory fee of two dollars and a half will be imposed each half- year for each laboratory course. This rule applies to courses 2, 3, 104A- 104B, 105A-105B, 106A-106B, 107A-107B, 108, 109A-109B, 111A-111B, 112A- 112B, 113A-113B, 114, 115, 225, 226, and 227. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A-1B. Fundamentals of Botany. * Professor SETCHELL. Lectures, illustrated as far as possible by means of specimens, dia- grams, and preparations; designed to set forth in a general way the important facts, problems, and theories with which botanical science is concerned. - 3 hrs., throughout the year. M W F, 8. Either 1A or 1B may be taken. separately. 2. General Plant Physiology. Assistant Professor MOORE and Mr. GooDSPEED. Experimental investigation of the fundamental life-processes of the plant, with especial reference to the relation of the plant to its environment. ## p. 128 (#318) ############################################ 128 Botany. 6 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Tu Th, 8-11. Chemistry, at least course 1A-1B, is strongly advised either before or in connection with this course. . 3. General Plant Morphology. a Associate Professor JEPSON and Mr. GOODSPEED. Morphological study in laboratory and garden of types of flowering plants, with especial reference to the organs of reproduction. 6 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Tu Th, 8-11. 14. Economic Botany. Assistant Professor HALL. Laboratory work on the morphology, relationships, properties, and geographical distribution of the plant families which furnish important commercial products and agricultural crops, accom- panied by lectures on the uses, origin, cultivation, collection, and commerce of plant products. 6 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. M W F, 8-10. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 104A-104B. General Phaenogamic Botany. Associate Professor JEPsoN. A general study of representative orders of seed-bearing plants, deal- ing especially with their habits of growth, structure, classification, and geographical distribution. Laboratory work and lectures. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Tu Th, 1-4, with 3 hrs. field work to be arranged. Prerequisite: courses 2 and 3. 105A-105B. General Cryptogamic Botany. Professor SETCHELL. A general study of the orders of spore-bearing plants from the points of view of structure, development, and economic importance. Lab- oratory work and informal lectures. 6 hrs. laboratory, 1 hr. lecture, throughout the year; 3 units each half- year. M F, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 3. May be taken either half-year by properly prepared students. The first half is pre- requisite to Plant Pathology 21. 106A-106B. Phycology and Mycology. Professor SETCHELL. Laboratory work upon the structure, development, and classification of the algae, fungi, and lichens, with informal lectures and the assignment of outside reading. Intended for students who desire some critical knowledge of the lower cryptogamous orders. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Hours to be arranged with the instructor. Prerequisite: course 105A-105B. 107A-107B. Pteridology and Bryology. Professor SETCHELL. The structure, development, and classification of the higher crypto- gams (hepatics, mosses, ferns, and fern allies) will be treated in the same way as the lower cryptogams in course 106A-106B. ## p. 129 (#319) ############################################ Botany. 129 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Prerequisite: course 105A-105B. 108AH-108BH. Cryptogamic Botany. Professor SETCHELL. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with either 106A- 106B or 107A-107 B. - 5 units, each half-year. 109A-109B. Vegetable Histology. A laboratory course in the microscopical anatomy of the higher plants, treated with reference to function and the influence of environ- ment. It includes practice in embedding, use of the microtome, staining on the slide, microchemical tests, etc. Laboratory work and lectures. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Tu Th, 1-4. Pre- requisite: courses 2 and 3. 111A-111B. Vegetable Cytology. — —. The anatomy and physiology of the cell, including the cell division, chromosome reduction, fertilization, and a consideration of heredity and development from the standpoint of cytology. Laboratory work and lectures. - 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Tu Th, 14. Pre- requisite: course 109A-109B. 112A-112B. Morphology of the Compositae. Associate Professor JEPSON. Studies in the general morphology of the compositae, leguminosae, pinaceae, or some similar group, mainly from the taxonomic stand- point, followed by the critical examination of various West Ameri- can genera. At least part of the summer in the year previous to the election of this course should be spent in field work, preferably in California. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Tu Th, 1-4; field work to be arranged. Prerequisite: course 104A-104B. 113A-113B. Taxonomy and Phylogeny of the Phaenogams. Associate Professor JEPSON. Characters and affinities of the classes and more important orders of seed plants, accompanied by informal discussions of phylogenetic problems. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Tu Th, 1-4; field work to be arranged. Prerequisite: courses 104A-104B and 105A- 105B. 115H. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular work of either 112 or 113. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 115H, not for 112 or 113. - ## p. 130 (#320) ############################################ 130 Botany. 118 H. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with course 228A-228B. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 118H, not for 228A-228B. GRADUATE COURSES. The equipment of the botanical department is fairly complete. per- mitting of a wide range of studies. It includes the following collections: (1) A phaenogamic herbarium of 150,000 sheets of mounted specimens and a large quantity of unmounted material which is avaliable for use by responsible investigators. The flora of Western America is here better represented than in any other collection, which permits of satisfactory work in preparing revisions of monographs of these plants. The economic section contains representatives of the more common cultivated plants, particularly of those grown in California. (2) A cryptogamic herbarium consisting of 25,000 mounted sheets. The representation of the West Coast Algae is undoubtedly the most complete in existence. These collections, together with the ease with which the marine forms may be collected, render the study of cryptogams, and particularly of algae, very satisfactory. (3 A botanical museum containing valuable sections of woods, bark, cones, etc., available for class and research work. (4) A botanic garden where native plants are grown and where cul- tural experiments may be carried on by qualified students. 225A-225B. Advanced Cryptogamic Botany. Professor SETCHELL. Advanced and research work on the cryptogamic plants of California, particularly on the algae. 226. Advanced Phaenogamic Botany. Associate Professor JEPsoN. Special problems requiring the original investigation of some particu- lar order or smaller group of flowering plants; involves work in the field as well as in the laboratory. Tu Th, 1-4. 227. Advanced Histology and Cytology. - Special problems in histology and cytology will be assigned to properly prepared students. M F, 1-4. 228A-228B. Advanced Economic Botany. Assistant Professor HALL. Special problems involving the investigation of some group of plants yielding commercial or agricultural products. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 2 units each half-year. M. W., 1-4. 230. Botanical Seminar. Professor SETCHELL, Associate Professor JEPsoN, and Assistant Pro- fessor HALL. Graduates and advanced undergraduates meet once or twice a month for the discussion of special topics. ## p. 131 (#321) ############################################ Zoology. 131 ZOOLOGY. CHARLEs A. Koford, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. *WILLIAM E. RITTER, Ph.D., Scientific Director of the Marine Biological Station of San Diego, and Professor of Zoology. JoHN C. MERRIAM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Palaeontology and His- torical Geology. HARRY B. ToRREY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology. J. FRANK DANIEL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology. Joseph A. LoNG, Ph.D., Instructor in Zoology. Joseph GRINNELL, M.A., Director of California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. RoBERT G. SHARP, B.S., Assistant in Zoology. ASA C. CHANDLER, A.B., Assistant in Zoology. CHARLEs W. FENDER, A.B., Assistant in Zoology. DUNNLEIGH CoREY, B.S., Assistant in Zoology. ELIZABETH HEALD, M.S., Agassiz Research Assistant. The courses are designed to meet the needs of various classes of stu- dents. For certain specific ends the following recommendations are made: (1) Students planning to take zoology as a major subject should com- plete courses 1 and 2 as early in their course as is feasible. These courses are prerequisite for major work and except as noted below for all courses in the department. (2) For general students, courses 1, 2, 103, 107, 108, 109, 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 19, and 20. Courses 1 and 2 may be elected as prescribed science in the lower division. (3) For students planning to study medicine, courses 1, 2, 103, 106, 108, 110, 111, 111C. (4) For teachers in secondary schools, the minimum recommendation is courses 1, 2, 103, 113, 223, and one course each from the three follow- ing groups. (a) 106, 107, 108; (b) 109, 111, 112; (c) 114, 116. Students planning to enter instruction or research in zoology as a profession should lay a broad foundation not only in the courses in zoology but should also include at least the fundamental courses in chemistry and physics in their course of study. Courses in botany, physiology, palaeontology, or entomology may be included to advantage and a reading knowledge of German and French is essential. Research in biometrics requires a knowledge of higher mathematics (Math. 120) and statistical methods (Econ. 110). * On duty in Berkeley only during the last ten weeks of the second half-year. ## p. 132 (#322) ############################################ 132 Zoology. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. General Zoology. Professor Koroid, Mr. SHARP, and Mr. FENDER. An introduction to the facts and principles of animal biology, wit special reference to the evolution of animal life. - Lectures 2 hrs., demonstrations 4 hrs., first half-year; 4 units. Lec- tures Tu Th, 10. Demonstrations, section I, Tu Th, 8-10; section II, Tu Th, 2-4; section III, W, 2-4, S, 8-10. The demonstrations are laboratory exercises involving little dissection or other technical work. They are essentially illustrative of lectures and are based on the examination of living and prepared specimens, supple- mented by models and charts. Opportunities are thus afforded for obser- vations not possible in the lecture room, yet necessary for a proper grasp of the subject-matter of the course. 2. General Zoology. Assistant Professor DANIEL and Mr. CHANDLER. Lectures, laboratory, and recitations. A continuation of course 1. A study of the behavior, structure, and development of animal types, with special reference to the lower vertebrates. 6 hrs., second half-year; 4 units. Lectures, Tu Th, 10. Laboratory, section I, Tu Th, 8-10; section II, Tu Th, 2-4; section III, W, 2-4, S, 8-10. 4. Microscopical Technique. Dr. LONG. Preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination; use of microscope and microtome; methods of fixation, sectioning, and staining. Laboratory and reading. 3 or 6 hrs., either half-year; 1 or 2 units. Hours to be arranged. Pre- requisite: course 1 and elementary chemistry. 5. Elementary Embryology. Dr. LONG. 8 hrs., second half-year; 4 units. Lecture Tu Th, 8; laboratory Tu Th S, 10-12. Prerequisite: course 1. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 103. Experimental Zoology. Associate Professor TORREY. An application of the experimental method to the problems of general zoology. The factors that control growth and differentiation in normal development and regeneration will be especially considered. The course is planned to serve as an introduction not only to ex- perimental zoology (115) but to vertebrate embryology (108). 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: course 1. 103c. Experimental Zoology. Associate Professor TORREY. Laboratory supplementary to 103. 4 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 9-11. ## p. 133 (#323) ############################################ Zoology. - - 133 104. The Behavior of Organisms. Associate Professor TORREY. Lectures and demonstrations. The conditions that govern the behavior of organisms; the role of consciousness; consciousness and body structure; reflex actions and instincts; the beginning of intelli- gence; mental evolution; the relation of biology to psychology. 3 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. M W F, 2. 106. Comparative Anatomy of the Higher Vertebrates. Associate Professor MERRIAM, Assistant Professor DANIEL, . and Mr. CHANDLER. A continuation of course 2, including comparative osteology (under Professor MERRIAM), dissection of a reptile, a bird and a mammal, and lectures on the organology of vertebrates. 10 hrs., first half-year; 4 units. Lectures Tu, 11. Laboratory, section I, M W F, 1-4; section II, Tu Th S, 8-11; section III, Tu Th, 1-4, W, 8-11 (or three other hours). 107. Cytology. Dr. LONG and Mr. COREY. Structure, activities and chemistry of the cell; cell-division, maturation of the sex cells, fertilization, parthenogenesis, and cleavage; rela- tion of cytological phenomena to normal and abnormal growth, to differentiation, to sex, and to theories of heredity and evolution. 8 hrs., first half-year; 4 units. Lectures Tu Th, 9; laboratory Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 2. 108. Embryology. Dr. LONG and Mr. SHARP. The phenomena of animal development, fundamental facts of repro- duction, comparative embryology and organogeny of the higher vertebrates. Lectures, reading, and laboratory. 8 hrs., second half-year; 4 units. Tu Th, 9; Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 2. 109. Biology of Water. Professor KOFOID and Mr. FENDER. Biological problems of the microscopic life of fresh water and of the sea from the distributional, ecological and experimental stand- point. Laboratory, field work and thesis. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. W F, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 2 or Botany 105. 109c. Biological Examination of Water. - Professor KOFOID and Mr. FENDER. The biology of waters of reservoirs and streams, with especial refer- ence to water supply and sewage disposal. A field and laboratory course dealing with the microscopic organisms of fresh water, other than bacteria, their occurrence, distribution, and control, and their relation to problems of sanitary engineering. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. F, 1-4. Prescribed, in the second year of the Sanitary Course, College of Civil Engineering. Open to students of domestic science. - ## p. 134 (#324) ############################################ 134 Zoology. 110. Protozoology. Professor KOFOID and Mr. SHARP. Structure, life-history, and ecology of the protozoa with reference to the problems of biology; the relations of protozoa to disease in man and other animals. - 5 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. M W, 8. Prerequisite: course 2. Stu- dents in medicine, veterinary science, and agriculture with labora- tory experience also admitted. 111. General Parasitology. Professor ROFOID. A general biological discussion of the relations of animals to the causation and transmission of disease, with special reference to the animal parasites of man and the domesticated animals; the methods of biological prevention and control. Lectures and dem- onstrations. 9 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 2 or 103. Students of medicine, public health, agriculture, domestic or veterinary science who have had some biological training will also be admitted. 111C. The morphology and life-history of animal parasites. Professor KOFOID and Mr. FENDER. 6 hrs. laboratory, second half-year; 2 units. M W, 1-4. Prerequisite: See course 111. 112. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. Dr. LONG and Mr. CoREY. Lectures, reading, laboratory, and field work, dealing with the mor- phology, habitats, habits, and life-histories of the invertebrates, with special reference to local fauna, both marine and fresh- Water. 7 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Lectures M, 9; laboratory M, 1-4, and 3 hours to be arranged. Prerequisite: course 2 or 103. 113. Advanced General Vertebrate Zoology. Professors KOFOID and RITTER. A systematic and ecological study of the vertebrate fauna of Cali- fornia. The work is confined to the study of the mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians of the Pacific Coast. Lectures, field and laboratory and museum work, and papers on assigned topics. 3 units, second half-year. Th, 1-4; S, 8-12. Prerequisite: course 1. Courses 2 and 106 are also recommended. 114. Evolution, Variation and Heredity. Associate Professor TORREY. The data of evolution, with especial reference to the significance of recent developments in the fields of variation and heredity. 3 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: either 2 or 103. ## p. 135 (#325) ############################################ Zoology. 135 115. Advanced Experimental Zoology Associate Professor ToRREY. Readings, discussions and the investigation of special problems. 6 hrs., second half-year; 4 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 103. 116. Masterpieces of Biological Science. - Associate Professor TORREY. Lectures and discussions intended to provide a historical background for the interpretation of modern tendencies in biology. 2 hrs., first half year; 2 units. M W, 4. 117A-117B. Special Undergraduate Study. The Staff. All special work not included in courses announced above. Credit value to be fixed in each case. 117AH-117BH. Special Undergraduate Study. The Staff. Honor course. Special assignments in connection with 117A-117B involving original investigation and a thesis. 5 units. Students in this course should register for 117AH-117BH, not for 117A-117B, 118A-118B. Journal Club. The instructors and advanced students hold weekly meetings, at which reports are made on the research work of members of the zoological staff, and on important current papers, followed by informal discussion. Students who wish to become active mem- bers should consult Professor KOFOID. 1 hr., 1 unit, each half-year. F, 4. FREE ELECTIVE COURSES. 19. General Lectures on Local Zoology. Professors KoRoID, RITTER, TORREY, and Mr. GRINNELL. Various aspects of the animal life of Berkeley and the Bay region, particularly of the birds and certain marine animals, will be dealt with. 1 hr., second half-year. M., 4. Without prerequisite. Open to the public. 20. Ethical and Educational Problems from Their Biological Aspects. Professor RITTER. A treatment of educational and sociological problems of modern civi- lization from the standpoint of the biologist. The course is based on a discussion of the conception of “Biological Integrity” as applied to human beings. From this application is derived evidence on the prob- lem of the most effective educational procedure for the development of the “whole man.” The biological foundation for the conception of the Brotherhood of Man, and for the “Struggle for Existence” in its working out in Modern Commercialism, are discussed in rela- ## p. 136 (#326) ############################################ 136 Zoology. tion to the laws of organic life. The relation between man and woman is shown to be of fundamental, far-reaching significance for all aspects of human life; and the evolution and ethical importance of the family are set forth. 2 hrs., 1 unit, second half-year. Tu Th, 4. Registration may be made with Professor Kofoid, 1A East Hall. Open to the public. GRADUATE COURSES. 221A-221B. Research work. The Staff. Original study on special topics in the field, laboratory, and Museum. The work may be carried on in the laboratories at Berkeley or at the San Diego Station at any season of the year. 222A-222B. Zoological Seminar. The Staff. Designed for the discussion of special topics, including the more important contemporaneous advances in this field of science. A reading knowledge of French and German is essential. During the last six weeks Professor RITTER will have charge of the sem- inar and will lead in a discussion of the conception of the “organism as a whole.’’ 1 hr., throughout the year. 223. Teachers Course. Associate Professor TORREY. Will be conducted as a seminar, with a laboratory for practical dem- onstrations. Its special aim is to help teachers with their concrete problems. The results to be attained by elementary zoology in the schools will be considered, and methods developed for utiliz- ing the local environments of the school. 3 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. W, 1-4. The work done during the last few years on the marine invertebrate fauna of the Pacific Coast has served to reveal more and more clearly the richness, in many respects unique, of the opportunities here afforded for making important contributions to zoological science. The museum collections are all accessible to students pursuing advanced studies, and are particularly valuable to those pursuing investi- gation in marine zoology. The recently established Museum of Verte- brate Zoology, the gift of Miss A. M. Alexander, affords exceptional opportunities for investigation in its field. The results of studies carried sufficiently far to make them distinctly contributions to the science may be published in the University of Cali- fornia Publications in Zoology. The San Diego Marine Biological Station located at La Jolla is equipped with a new building containing laboratories, aquaria, appara- tus, and a working library, and with a sea-going vessel, the ‘‘Alexander Agassiz.” The station is open throughout the year and work carried on in its laboratories under the direction of members of the staff by registered students receives University credit. Residence at the station may be counted as residence at the University. ## p. 137 (#327) ############################################ Physiology. 137 PHYSIOLOGY. SAMUEL S. MAxwell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology. T. BRAILSFORD ROBERTson, Ph.D., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Physi- ological Chemistry. ARTHUR R. MooRE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology. THEODoRE C. BURNETT, M.D., Instructor in Physiology. C. B. BENNETT, A.B., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry. L. R. BEAUCHAMP, Technical Assistant. For the general student who wishes to obtain some elementary infor- mation concerning the subject-matter and methods of physiology, courses 1 and 2 are offered. No prerequisites are required for these courses. For the science and general students the prerequisites for a further study of physiology are as follows: Matriculation physics and chemistry; chemistry 1. No zoology, botany, histology, or anatomy is required, but a student having these latter qualifications in sufficient degree may be permitted to drop the requirement chemistry 1. For the science and general students the following series of courses are offered: 1, 2, 103, 104, 105, 111A, 111B, 212, and 213. These courses are all related and each one serves as an introduction to the course immediately following it; they may, however, be taken in any order or separately, provided the student has, in the opinion of the instructor, sufficient knowledge of related subject-matter to enable him to carry on the work intelligently. Appli- cants for the teacher's recommendation in physiology should make definite arrangements at the beginning of the year. For the major in physiology, work equivalent to courses 103 or 104 will be required. For the medical student the prerequisites are as prescribed for the College of Medicine. The following series of courses is required: 103, 104, 105, and 106. Attention should be called to the fact that the equipment of the depart- ment offers unusual opportunities for research both in the Rudolph Spreckels Laboratory at Berkeley and in the Herzstein Research Labora- tory at New Monterey. The equipment in the Rudolph Spreckels Physiological Laboratory comprises in addition to the apparatus and conveniences for the tradi- tional lines of work in physiology ample facilities for research in physi- ological chemistry and experimental biology. . The department library contains complete sets of all the important physiological journals, and the more important monographs on physiological and related subjects. The Herzstein Research Laboratory at New Monterey offers facilities for the investigation of problems in marine biology. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. Introductory Physiology. Dr. BURNETT. A general outline of physiology with especial reference to the human, designed for non-medical students. First half-year; 6 units. Lectures Tu Th S, 9; laboratory, 10-12. ## p. 138 (#328) ############################################ 138 Physiology. 2. Introduction to Experimental Biology. Assistant Professor MooRE. Illustrations of life-phenomena. Laboratory with occasional lectures. Free elective. 6 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. M W, 1-4. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 103. Biochemistry. Associate Professor Robertson and Mr. BENNETT. Chemistry of the constituents of living matter; chemical dynamics of life-phenomena; chemical physiology of the blood, digestion and metabolism. - Lectures 5 hrs., laboratory 15 hrs., second half-year; 12 units. Free elective. *104. Physiology. Associate Professor MAXWELL. Physiology of the muscle, nerve, central nervous system and sensa- tion, circulation, respiration and secretion. Lectures 5 hrs., laboratory 15 hrs., first half-year; 12 units. 105. Physiology of the Nervous System and Special Senses. Associate Professor MAXWELL and Dr. BURNETT, Lectures 3 hrs., laboratory 9 hrs., first half-year; 6 units. M W F, 8-12. Free elective. 106. Pharmacology. Associate Professor ROBERTSON. Lectures 2 hrs., laboratory 3 hrs., first half-year, sophomore year; 3 units. Tu, 1-5; Th, 1-2. 111A. Advanced Physiology. Associate Professor MAXWELL. Laboratory three afternoons a week with occasional lectures; first half-year. 4 units. 111B. Advanced Chemical Biology. Associate Professor ROBERTSON. Laboratory three afternoons a week with occasional lectures; second half-year; 4 units. 212. Research Work in Physiology. Graduate. Associate Professor MAxwell. 213. Research Work in Physiological Chemistry. - Associate Professor RoberTson. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 139 (#329) ############################################ Hygiene. 139 HYGIENE. GEORGE F. REINHARDT, B.S., M.D., Professor of Hygiene and University Physician. CHARLEs R. GREENLEAF, M.D., Brig. Gen. U. S. A., retired, Honorary Pro- fessor of Military and Public Hygiene. WILBUR A. SAwYER, A.B., M.D., Director of the State Hygienic Labora- tory. *ELEANOR S. BANCROFT, M.D., Lecturer in Hygiene and Medical Exam- iner of Women. ERNEST B. HoAG, M.A., M.D., Lecturer in Public Hygiene. John N. Force, M.D., M.S., Lecturer in Hygiene. FLORENCE M. SYLVESTER, B.L., M.D., Lecturer in Hygiene. RoMILDA PARONI, B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Hygiene and Medical Examiner. EUGENE S. KILGORE, B.S., M.D., Medical Examiner. CHARLEs B. McGLUMPHY, Ph.C., M.D., Assistant in the State Hygienic Laboratory. ETHEL SHERMAN, Superintendent of the Infirmary. Laboratory fees are five dollars for courses 102A and 102B, and ten dollars for course 108. Five dollars additional deposit is required in each laboratory course and will be refunded, less deduction for breakage, at the end of the half-year. The Hygienic Laboratory of the State Board of Health, which is situated on the campus, provides material for investiga- tion and research in the laboratory of applied hygiene. The laboratories and hospital of the U. S. Public Health and Marine-Hospital Service and the hospital of the U. S. Army in San Francisco, and the U. S. quarantine station on Angel Island, are open to students in hygiene by special arrange- ment. Travel and commerce with the Orient bring to the Pacific Coast many tropical diseases which may be studied to advantage at the federal institutions. Teacher’s Certificate: Students who have completed eighteen units of Upper Division work in approved courses bearing on hygiene, at least ten of which units are in the department of hygiene, may obtain the recom- mendation for the high school certificate, provided they have satisfied the necessary educational requirements. Sanitary Inspectors: Students who have completed twenty-six units of prescribed Upper Division work in hygiene or allied subjects and have been * Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 140 (#330) ############################################ 14() - Hygiene. graduated with the degree of B.S. may be recommended to the State Board of Health for certification as Sanitary Inspectors. Professional Course in Public Health: The department has arranged a course of study equivalent to that which leads to the degree of Doctor of Public Health or Diploma in Public Health in many European and several American universities. (The Academic Senate has now under con- sideration the question of granting a degree in public health). The course is open to students holding the degree of Bachelor in Science or its equiva- lent from a recognized college or university, and requires the completion of sixty units in hygiene, sanitary engineering, nutrition and allied subjects. Persons holding professional degrees in medicine, or sanitary engineering may reduce this requirement to eighteen units in hygiene or allied subjects. A thesis is required in all cases. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. General Hygiene. Professor REINHARDT and Dr. PARONI. Lectures on personal hygiene and general sanitation, including the consideration of infectious diseases. 2 hrs., first half-year. Three sections: Sections I and II for men, Professor REINHARDT, Tu Th, 8 and 11; section III, for women, Dr. PARONI, M W, 11. Prescribed to all undergraduates during their first year of residence. 2. Public Hygiene. Dr. HoAG. Methods for the conservation of vital efficiency in town, city, state, and nation. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 101. School Hygiene. Dr. HoAG. Primarily for teachers, but also open to students making a special study of hygiene. Particular attention is given to the subjects of health supervision of schools, and to the practical sanitation of schools and grounds. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8. 102A. Laboratory Study in the Teaching of Hygiene. Dr. HoAG. A course in methods for presenting hygiene in the grammar grades and high schools. 3 hrs., first half-year; 1 unit. S, 8-11. ## p. 141 (#331) ############################################ Hygiene. 141 102B. Laboratory Course in School Hygiene. Dr. HoAG. A laboratory and field study of the health and development of school children, and of school sanitation. Special attention is given to the health supervision of schools. Hygiene 101 must precede or accompany this course. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. S, 8-11. 104. Sanitary Surveys and Epidemiology. Dr. FORCE. The conduct of sanitary surveys with field work. The bearing of sanitary surveys on epidemiology. The non-medical aspect of epidemic control. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 11. 106. Sanitary Organization and Vital Statistics. Dr. FORCE. A lecture course on federal, state, and municipal sanitary procedure, and the interpretation of vital statistics. Comparisons are made with the laws and ordinances of foreign countries. Development of sanitary codes. The framing of city health ordinances. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. 108. Applied Hygiene. - Dr. SAWYER. A laboratory course in the application of physical, chemical, biologi- cal and bacteriological methods to the problems of public health. Instruction in standard methods of examination of air, water, and milk. Laboratory practice in the detection of communicable dis- eases. Testing of disinfectants. Standardization of biologic products. 9 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. M W F, 8-11. 110. First Aid. Professor REINHARDT, Drs. KILGORE, HoAG and Force. A course for men in the recognition and emergency treatment of com- mon accidents. Students completing this course will be recommended to the American Red Cross for the First Aid Certificate. Sections limited to twenty. 2 hrs., second half-year. Four sections. Section I, Professor REIN- HARDT, Tu Th, 8; section II, Dr. KILGORE, Tu Th, 11; section III, Dr. HoAG, Tu Th, 4; section IV, Dr. Force, Tu Th, 8. 112. Home Care of the Sick. Drs. PARONI, SYLVESTER, and Miss SHERMAN. A course for women in general therapeutic measures of use in caring for invalids at home. Instruction in First Aid will be included. Students completing this course will be recommended to the Ameri- can Red Cross for the First Aid Certificate. Sections limited to twenty. 2 hrs., second half-year. Sections and hours to be arranged. ## p. 142 (#332) ############################################ 142 Hygiene. GRADUATE COURSES. 201. Research in Hygiene. Special problems worked out in the field or in the laboratory of applied hygiene. Credit value to be fixed in each case. Public health research problems meeting the approval of the depart- ment of hygiene and satisfactorily completed in the laboratories of pathology, nutrition, sanitary engineering and veterinary science may be credited toward advanced degrees in hygiene. 203. Tropical Diseases. — —. A course in the epidemic control of diseases peculiar to the tropics, designed especially for students contemplating residence in the Insular Possessions. 2 hrs., first half-year. CURRICULA SUGGESTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HYGIENE. FOR RECOMMENDATIONS IN HYGIENE. As Teacher As Sanitary Inspector 18 units required. 26 units required. Hyg. 2 .............. 3 Hyg. 2 .............. 3 Hyg. 101 .......... 2 Hyg. 104 .. ... 3 Hyg. 102A ........ 1 Hyg. 106 .. 2 Hyg. 102B ........ 1. Hyg. 108 .. 3 Hyg. 104 .......... 3 C.E. 9B ... 1. C.E. 24 ....... ... 3 C.E. 11A . 2 Path. 1 ............ 3 C.E. 11B . - 1 Elective ............ 2 C.E. 25 .............. 2 - Parasit. 115 .... 3 18 Nut. 2 ............. 2 Elective. Vet. Sci. 115.... 2 Elective ............ 2 Hyg. 110 .......... 2 - Econ. 118 . 3 26 Econ. 119 . 3 - Physiol 2 . 3 Elective. Nut. 3 .... 2 Hyg. 101 .......... 2 Nut. 112 ... 2 Hyg. 110 .. ... 2 Nut. 116 .......... 2 C.E. 9A .... 2 Phys. Cult. 105 2 C.E. 26 .... 2 Phys. Cult. 106 2 An. Ind. 2 ........ 2 Parasit. 126 .... 2 Path. 1 ............ 3 Parasit. 129 .... 2 Parasit. 126 .... 2 Parasit. 226 .... 2 Parasit. 129 .... 2 Parasit. 226 .... 2 ## p. 143 (#333) ############################################ Hygiene. 143 FOR PROFESSIONAL COURSES IN PUBLIC HEALTH. Prerequisite: The bachelor's degree 60 units required. Hyg. 101 .......... Hyg. 102B ........ Hyg. 104 .......... Hyg. 106 .. Hyg. 108 .. Chem. 115 Zool. 110 .. Zool. 111 .. C.E. 9A .... C.E. 9B .... C.E. 11A .......... C.E. 11B .......... C.E. 25 ............ C.E. 26 ............ Parasit. 115 .... An. Ind. 2 ........ Dairy Ind. 16. Nut. 2 ... Nut. 112 . Nut. 116 . -- Nut. 121 .......... Wet. Sci. 115.... Phys. Cult. 105 Path. 1 ....... -- Path. 102 - Elective ... -- Thesis .............. - Prerequisite: A degree in engineering 18 units required. Prerequisite: A med. or vet. degree 18 units required. 6 () Elective. Hyg. 102A ........ Hyg. 110 ..... -- Econ. 118 ... Econ. 119 ... Geog. 113 ... Zool. 109 ..... Physiol. 1 -- C.E. 6................ Parasit. 126 .... Parasit. 129 .... Parasit. 226 .... Soils 2 .............. Phys. Cult. 106 Research P a r a S i t. 2 () 1. - Path. 201 .... Hyg. 104 .......... 3 Hyg. 106 .......... 2 Hyg. 108 .......... 3 Parasit. 115 .... 3 Elective ..... ... 7 Thesis .............. - 18 Elective. Hyg. 101 .......... Geog. 113 ........ Zool. 111 .......... C.E. 6 ...... - 2 2 2 2 2 C.E. 25 ------. ... 2 Dairy Ind. 16.... 2 Parasit. 126 .... 2 Parasit. 129 .... 2 Parasit. 226 .... 2 Nut. 2 .............. 2 Nut. 3 ... 2 Vet. Sci. 115.... 2 Research: Hyg. 201 ...... - C.E. 23 .......... - Nut. 231 ...... - Path. 201 ...... - Parasit. 201. – Hyg. 104 .......... 3 Hyg. 106 .......... 2 Hyg. 108 . ... 3 C.E. 9B ..... ... 1 C.E. 11B ............ 1 Vet. Sci. 115 .... 2 Elective ............ 6 18 Elective. Hyg. 101 .......... Hyg. 102B ........ Chem. 115 ........ Zool. 110 .... C.E. 9A ..... C.E. 11A ... C.E. 25 ..... -- C.E. 26 .............. Parasit. 126 .... Parasit. 129 .... Parasit. 226 .... Dairy Ind. 16.... Nut. 2 .............. Nut. 3 ..... --- Nut. 121 .......... Research Hyg. 201 ...... - C.E. 23 .......... - Nut. 231 ...... - Path. 201 ...... - Parasit. 201. – 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 Parasit. 115 .... 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ## p. 144 (#334) ############################################ 144 Palaeontology. PALAEOINTOLOGY. John C. MERRIAM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Palaeontology and His- torical Geology. BRUCE L. CLARK, M.S., Instructor in Palaeontology. John A. GUINTYLLo, Assistant in Palaeontology. The field for palaeontologic study and research on the Pacific Coast, and especially in the territory immediately accessible from the Univer- sity, is a most remarkable one, as a large part of the geologic column is exposed and open for study in the region easily reached from the University. Within a radius of twenty-five miles from Berkeley the Coast Range formations, ranging from the early Cretaceous to Pleisto- cene, are represented by splendid exposures containing abundant fossil remains. This section is the basis for the work leading to advanced study and research in graduate courses. The research work in palaeontology has been based largely on a study of the material immediately at hand. Our knowledge of the West Coast palaeontology is now in the making, and advanced students are expected to undertake the working out of the larger problems before us, or to assist in research being carried on by others. The collections avail- able for study and comparison in research include a representative series of the invertebrate fauns of California, together with a large quantity of invertebrate material from horizons the position of which is not as yet clearly determined. The vertebrate collections include the original material obtained by the University in the progress of work in the John Day Region of Oregon, the Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek regions of Nevada, Potter Creek Cave, Samuel Cave, Hawver Cave, Rancho La Brea, and the Triassic limestones of Northern California and Western Nevada. Research on all of these collections has been carried on for some years past and the investigations are still in progress. There are no laboratory fees in this department. LOWER DIVISION COURSE. 1. General Palaeontology. Associate Professor MERRIAM. Lectures. General principles of the study of the history of life. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 10. Preparatory to Geology 1B. Zoology 1 is recommended as preliminary. 1A. Demonstration Course. Associate Professor MERRIAM and Mr. CLARK. Demonstrations and excursions in connection with the lectures in course 1. 1 hr. Course to accompany Palaeontology 1. ## p. 145 (#335) ############################################ Palaeontology. 145 UPPER DIVISION COURSEs. 102. Invertebrate Palaeontology. Associate Professor MERRIAM and Mr. CLARK. A laboratory study of the most important forms of fossil inverte- brates, with special reference to the history of life in the Pacific Coast region. 4 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Prerequisite: course 1 completed or in progress. 103. Invertebrate Faunas of the Pacific Coast Region. Associate Professor MERRIAM and Mr. CLARK. Laboratory and field work on the fossil invertebrate faunas of the Pacific Coast region. 3 hrs., second half-year. Lectures, laboratory and field work. Pre- requisite: course 102. 104. Vertebrate Palaeontology. Associate Professor MERRIAM. The osteology, affinities, and history of the principal groups of verte- brates. 4 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Prerequisite: course 1, completed or in progress, or course 1 in Zoology. 105. History of Vertebrate Life in Western North America. Associate Professor MERRIAM. A study of the extinct vertebrate faunas of western North America, with special reference to the most important problems illustrated by the history of these groups. 3 hrs., second half-year. Lectures, seminary and laboratory work. Prerequisite: course 104. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS. 206. Palaeontological Seminary. Associate Professor MERRIAM. 1 hr. per week, throughout the year. Section A. Invertebrate palaeontology of the Pacific Coast region. Section B. Vertebrate palaeontology of the Pacific Coast Region. 207. Advanced Palaeontology. Associate Professor MERRIAM and Mr. CLARK. Varying credit values, according to amount of work undertaken. ## p. 146 (#336) ############################################ 146 - Geology. GEOI,OGY. *ANDREW C. LAwson, Ph.D., Professor of Geology and Mineralogy. JoHN C. MERRIAM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Palaeontology and His- torical Geology. GEORGE D. LoudERBACK, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology. HARRY O. WooD, M.A., Instructor in Geology and Mineralogy. CHARLEs L. BAKER, B.S., Instructor in Geology and Mineralogy. ELMER F. DAVIs, B.S., Assistant in Geology and Mineralogy. RoBERT G. DAVIES, A.B., B.S., Assistant in Geology and Mineralogy. There are no laboratory deposits in this department. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A. General Geology: Dynamical and Structural. Mr. BAKER. Lectures. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. Prerequisite: elementary chemistry and physics. NoTE.—Students intending to make geology a major study in the later years of their course are advised to take this course as early as possible. 1B. General Geology: Historical. Associate Professor MERRIAM. Lectures. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: course 1A or Palaeontology 1. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 102A-102B. Field Geology. 102A, Mr. WooD and Mr. BAKER; 102B, Section 1, Professor LAwson; Section 2, Associate Professor LOUDERBACK. An inquiry by the student into the geological conditions which obtain in the region around the Bay of San Francisco, with occasional more extended excursions to points of especial interest; training in methods of field observation and in interpretation of results. Year course; 1 unit each half-year; at least fifteen field-days during the year. Credit in this course is given only to students who take the year’s work. Prerequisite: course 1A in Geology; course 1A-1B in Mineralogy. Students taking this course may be called upon to make excursions entailing an outlay for traveling expenses of $25. °, in residence second half-year only, 1911-12. ## p. 147 (#337) ############################################ Geology. 147 102C. Economic Geology. Metalliferous Deposits. Professor LAwson. Lectures. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: Geology 1A and Mineralogy 1A-1B. 102D. Economic Geology. Non-metalliferous Deposits. Mr. BAKER. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th. Prerequisite: course 1A and Mineralogy 1A-1B. - 103A-B. Petrography. Associate Professor LOUDERBACK. (A) The general characteristics, origin, mode of occurrence, and nomenclature of rocks and description of the more common types. (B) Laboratory practice in the determination of tentures, mineral components, and systematic position of rocks by direct observation of hand specimens. Lectures and laboratory, 5 hrs., first half-year, 3 units. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: Geology 1A; Mineralogy 1A, and, in general, course 102. 104A-104B. Petrographical Laboratory. Associate Professor LOUDERBACK and Mr. DAVIES. (A) The optical properties of crystals and methods of investigation by means of the polarizing microscope. (B) Study of rocks both with the aid of the microscope and by simple methods applicable in the field. A general introduction to prac- tical petrology. Laboratory and lectures. 7 hrs., first half-year, 3 units; 6 hrs., second half-year, 2 units. Pre- requisite: Mineralogy 102A, 102B, and for 104B, Geology 103. 107. Physical Geology of North America. Professor LAWSON. Lectures. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 4. Prerequisite: course 1A in Geology, and course 1A-1B in Mineralogy. 106. Practical Work in Palaeontological Geology. Associate Professor MERRIAM and Mr. CLARK. Given in connection with course 1B. Laboratory work and excursions. For the purpose of studying a representative series of the geologi- cal horizons and of the fossils of the Coast Ranges in the field, seven excursions to points of interest near Berkeley are made on convenient Saturdays during the term. 4 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. (1 unit laboratory, 1 unit excur- sion.) Open to students who have completed or are taking course 1B. 112. Undergraduate Thesis Course. The investigation of a problem individually chosen, with a formal report on the results. An introduction to independent research. ## p. 148 (#338) ############################################ 148 Geology. If the subject chosen is properly approved, the completion of this course fulfills the thesis requirement for the degree of B.S. in the College of Mining. Admission to this course, hours and sub- ject-matter must be individually arranged with the instructor under whom the student chooses to do the work. Year course; 2 units each half-year. Credit in this course is given only to students who take the year's work. 114. Earthquakes; an Introduction to Seismology. Mr. WOOD. A general and elementary treatment of the phenomena of earth- quakes in relation to physical and geological principles involved in their causation and in the methods of their investigation. Lectures. - 2 hrs., second half-year. Prerequisite: elementary physics and either Geology 1A or Geography 1A or its equivalent. GRADUATE COURSES. 210. Inorganic Geology. - Professor LAwson. Discussions of special topics and advanced problems. Critical reviews of current literature. Prosecution of original geological research and publication of results. Methods of geological surveying and cartography. Petrographical studies. 209. Geology of California. Associate Professor LOUDERBACK. Lectures outlining the geological history of sedimentation, volcanic activity, the major earth movements, and geographical changes in California and bordering territory. Studies in the literature, and preparation of reports on special topics. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11 (hours may be changed to suit class). Open to graduates and seniors who have completed 1A and either 1B or 107. Some course dealing practically with rocks or rock formation, such as 102A-102B, or 103 is a very desirable preliminary. 214. Advanced Laboratory and Field Work. - Associate Professor LouderBACK. One or more of the following lines may be pursued: (a) Special methods: isolation of rock constituents, study of minerals in grains, special optical and other physical methods, chemical and micro-chemical testing. (b) Systematic study of a wide range of rock types with references to literature and critical discussions. (c) Special study of rocks of selected provinces with their geo- logical and petrological relations. (d) Applications of petro- graphical methods to study of vein and ore minerals, opaque min- erals, alteration products, metasomatosis, etc. (e) Research. Descriptive, genetic and experimental problems. Combined field and laboratory studies. Throughout the year. Credit value to be fixed in each case. ## p. 149 (#339) ############################################ Geology. 149 For purposes of training in research, there is probably nowhere a more inviting geological field than that which lies immediately at the gates of the University of California. In nearly all departments of geology the problems offered to the students are varied and interesting. In the treeless region between Berkeley and Mt. Diablo, and on the San Francisco and Marin peninsulas, there are magnificent illustrations of mountain structure, and the opportunities for acquiring skill in strati- graphy and in the interpretation of structural phenomena could scarcely be surpassed. The strata of the region are replete with Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils. The igneous rocks range in character from the most acid to the most basic, and include plutonic intrusives, dykes, and vol- canic flows. In themselves and in the metamorphic contact zones, which they have developed in the adjoining country rock, they afford to the student of petrography abundant material for study. In dynamic geology the operation of wave, wind, and stream in the evolution of geomorphic form is finely illustrated, as are, also, the phenomena due to vertical oscillations of the coast. The facilities for local field work are ample. The region adjacent to the Bay of San Francisco, from Mount Hamilton northward, is being mapped topographically by the United States Geo- logical Survey, and excellent contour maps are becoming available as the work proceeds. These maps are made the basis of instruction in geological cartography. In the wider field of the entire state, many broad and philosophic problems in geological science grow upon the student as he becomes familiar with the structure and physiography of the country. Move- ments of vast extent have occurred on the western margin of the conti- nent in the most recent times, and the conditions for their study are most favorable. Such questions as are involved in the doctrine of isostacy and in the theories of orogony and epeirogeny are constantly suggested to the student by his environment. The new science of geomorphology could scarcely find a more promising field for the concrete illustration of its principles. In the Sierra Nevada, studies in glaciology may be pur- sued to great advantage. In petrology and mineralogy a large and invit- ing field awaits the investigator. The economic geology of the state has as yet been but partially studied. In palaeontology and historical geology, California offers unlimited material to the student desirous of engaging in research. Almost the entire geological column from the Cambrian to the Quaternary is repre- sented by fossiliferous horizons; and, although valuable contributions to the palaeontology of the state have been made by Conrad, Gabb, and others, many of the more important problems relating to the geological positions and faunal relations of the California formations are still unsolved. The laboratories and museums of the department are well equipped . for research, and new materials and apparatus are being added yearly. A collection of minerals comprising nearly 20,000 specimens is at the disposal of the student. The petrographical collections contain repre- sentatives of nearly all the rock types. The collection of fossils in the departmental museum represents fully the development of invertebrate life, and as a working collection is excelled by few in America. Important collections of vertebrate fossils ## p. 150 (#340) ############################################ 150 Geology. have been made by University expeditions to the John Day region of Oregon and to northern California. The material collected by the State Geological Survey, including the majority of Gabb's types, is in the col- lection, furnishing an almost complete set of species for comparison. The activity in research during the past few years has led to the establishment of the BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT of GEology, of which one hundred and two numbers have been issued, comprising some two thousand five hundred octavo pages. ## p. 151 (#341) ############################################ Mineralogy. 151 IMINERALOGY. *ANDREW C. LAwson, Ph.D., Professor of Geology and Mineralogy. ARTHUR S. EAKLE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mineralogy. CHARLEs L. BAKER, B.S., Instructor in Geology and Mineralogy. HARRY O. WoOD, M.A., Instructor in Geology and Mineralogy. ELMER. F. DAVIs, B.S., Assistant in Geology and Mineralogy. RoBERT G. DAVIES, A.B., B.S., Assistant in Geology and Mineralogy. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A. Mineralogical Laboratory. - Mr. WOOD and Mr. DAVIS. Practice in the determination of minerals by their physical properties. For engineering students. 6 hrs., first half-year. Two sections: section I, M F, 1-4; section II, Tu Th, 9-12. Prerequisite: matriculation chemistry. Deposit, $2.50. 1B. Determinative Mineralogy. Mr. WOOD and Mr. DAVIS. The determination of minerals by use of the blowpipe and chemical reagents. For engineering students. 6 hrs., second half-year. Two sections: section 1, Tu Th, 9-12; section II, Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: matriculation chemistry. Deposit, $2.50. 1C. Mineralogical Laboratory and Lectures. Assistant Professor EAKLE. Practice in the determination of minerals with discussions of the properties, occurrences, and uses of the more important species, and occasional field trips. For students in general science and for teachers. 6 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: matriculation chem- istry. Deposit, $2.50. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 102A. Crystallography. Assistant Professor EAKLE. Lectures on the forms and properties of crystals. 2 hrs., second half-year. M W, 9. “, in residence second half-year only, 1911-12. ## p. 152 (#342) ############################################ 152 Mineralogy. 102B. Crystallographical Laboratory. Assistant Professor EAKLE. Practice in the determination of the forms of crystals and in the methods of crystal projection. May be taken only in conjunction with course 102A and is required of all students taking that course. 1 hr., second half-year. Two sections: section I, M, 1-3; section II, W, 1-3. 103. Descriptive Mineralogy. Assistant Professor EAKLE. A general course on the classification, properties, modes of formation, and uses of minerals. 2 hrs., first half-year. M W, 9. Prerequisite: course 1A, 1B, or 1C, and 102A, 102B. *104. Gems and Precious Stones. Assistant Professor EAKLE. Lectures on the kinds and properties of gem minerals, their occur- rences and history. Given in alternate years with 105. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11. 105. Paragenesis of Minerals. Assistant Professor EAKLE. Lectures on mineral formation, associations, and synthetic production. Given in alternate years with 104. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. W., 11. 106. Undergraduate Thesis Course. The investigation of a problem individually chosen, with a formal report on the results. An introduction to independent research. If the subject chosen is properly approved, the completion of this course fulfills the thesis requirement for the degree of B.S. in the College of Mining. Admission to the course, hours and subject- matter must be individually arranged with the instructor under whom the student chooses to do the work. Year course; 2 units, each half-year. GRADUATE COURSES. In physical and chemical mineralogy, little has been done with the minerals of California, and the University collections contain an abund- ance of material suitable for work in these fields. To the student who wishes to devote his attention to the genesis of minerals, their associations and their occurrences, this state offers excep- tional advantages. The mineralogy of California is very incompletely known and few mineral deposits have been described. There are numerous contact zones, pegmatic dikes, veins, and dry lake deposits, all * Not to be given, 1911-12. | ## p. 153 (#343) ############################################ Mineralogy. 153 possessing a varied assortment of minerals, which afford attractive prob- lems for investigation. 207. Advanced Crystallography. Assistant Professor EAKLE. This course includes practical work in the measurement of crystals, the calculation of forms and the various methods of graphical representation. - 208. Advanced Mineralogy. Assistant Professor EAKLE. In this course the student is given the opportunity to obtain a wider and more thorough knowledge of minerals than is possible in the undergraduate courses. Subjects for theses may be chosen in either of the courses 207 or 208. ## p. 154 (#344) ############################################ 154 Mechanical and Electrical Engineering IMECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. CIABENCE L. CoRy, M.M.E., John W. Mackay, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering. *HERMAN W. REYNoLDs, B.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- neering. Joseph N. LECONTE, M.M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- neering. GROVER C. Noble, B.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. CHARLEs F. GILCREST, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. GEORGE E. Cox, Assistant in Mechanics and Foreman in Woodwork. JAMES GEORGE, Assistant in Mechanics and Foreman in Ironwork. Laboratory deposits in this department are at the rate of five dollars a half-year for each laboratory or mechanical practice exercise a week. The average amount returned to the student at the end of the half-year is about two-fifths of the deposit. 1A. Elements of Steam Engineering. - - The construction and operation of steam engines, boilers, condensers, pumps, boiler accessories, and auxiliaries, engine details, governors and valves. Discussion of valve motions and diagrams. 3 hrs., first half-year. Section I, M W F, 8; section II, M W F, 9. 1B. Elements of Electrical Engineering. Assistant Professor NOBLE and Mr. GILCREST. Elements of electrical engineering, with particular reference to the appli- cation of direct current machinery and apparatus. Open to students having sophomore standing in the Engineering Colleges. 3 hrs., second half-year. Section 1, M W F, 8; Sec. 2, M W F, 9. 2. Hydrodynamics. Associate Professor LECONTE. Investigation of the action of forces producing equilibrium or motion in liquids; pressure, stability, flow, etc., as affected by gravity, inertia, outer and inner friction. General theory and construction of hy- draulic motors and pumping machinery. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: Physics 105A-105B. 3. Hydraulic Machinery. Associate Professor LECONTE. Discussion of such machines and apparatus as operate through the agency of fluids, either in modifying motion or transmitting power. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 8. Prerequisite: course 2. * Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 155 (#345) ############################################ Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. 155 4A-4B. Kinematics. Associate Professor LECONTE. Theoretical: Treatment of motion without reference to the cause which produces it, comprehending the study of pure mechanism, or the mutual dependence of the movements in the parts of a machine. Applied: Application of the preceding to the various kinematic problems connected with machine design and construction, such as link-motion, transmission by rolling and sliding contact, teeth of wheels, cams, form and proportions of the steam engine and other motors. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: Physics 105A-105B. 4C-4D. Kinematics. Associate Professor LECONTE. Draughting and designing; to be taken only in conjunction with course 4A-4B. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. W, 1-4. 5A. Thermodynamics. Relations between heat and mechanical energy. Thermal properties of perfect gases, saturated vapors, and superheated vapors. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: Physics 105A-105B. 5B. Heat Engines: Testing, Construction, and Operation. Analysis of the cycles of steam, gas, oil, and air engines, and of refrig- erating machinery, by means of the pressure, volume, and temper- ature; entropy diagrams. Discussion of the effects of compounding, jacketing, reheating, and superheating. Steam boilers, gas engines, gas producers, air compressors, and steam turbines. Methods of testing. Engine and boiler accessories. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 10. Prerequisite: course 5A. 6A. Machine Design. - - Elementary machine design. Work at the drawing board, supplemented by lectures upon the principles underlying machine design. 6 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: Drawing 2A. 6B. Machine Design. Continuation of course 6A. Design of spur and beveled gearing and typical machine suitable for illustrating the general principles of engineering design. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. M F, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 6A. 7A-7B. Mechanical Laboratory: Experimental Engineering. Associate Professor LECONTE. Experiments in hydraulics. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Tu, 1-4. 7C-7D. Mechanical Laboratory: Experimental Engineering. - Calibration of instruments indicator springs, gauges, etc. Efficiency tests of simple steam engine, steam pump, injector, condensor, steam ## p. 156 (#346) ############################################ 156 Mechanical and Electrical Engineering boiler, hot-air engine, gas engine, and air compressors. Valve-setting experiments. Quality of steam by separating, throttling, and barrel calorimeters. Tests of strength of materials. Viscosity and flash tests of oils. Coal calorimetry. Flue-gas analysis. Tests of com- plete power plants. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Th, 1-4. 8A. Mechanical Practice. Mr. COX. Shop work in wood, including pattern-making. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Section I, M F, 1-4; II, Tu Th, 9-12; III, Tu Th, 1-4; IV, W, 1-4, and S, 8-11. 8.B. Mechanical Practice. Mr. Cox. Continuation of course 8A. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Section I, M F, 1-4; II, Tu Th, 9-12; III, Tu Th, 1-4. 9A. Mechanical Practice. Mr. GEORGE. Shop work in iron, including machine work. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Section I, M F, 1-4; II, Tu Th, 9-12; III, Tu Th, 1-4; IV, W, 1-4, and S, 8-11. Prerequisite: course 8A or 8B. 9B. Mechanical Practice. Mr. GEORGE. Continuation of course 9A. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Section I, Tu Th, 9-12; II, Tu Th, 1-4; III, M F, 1-4. 10A-10B. Electrical Machinery and Construction. Assistant Professor NOBLE. Discussion of the construction and operation of electrical machinery, and its application to electric lighting and power distribution. The location and construction of electric lighting and power systems for cities, street railways, and mines. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: Mathematics 4A-4B and Physics 2C-2D. 10C. Electrical Machinery and Construction. Assistant Professor NOBLE. Laboratory tests. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. This course cannot be taken except in conjunction with course 10A-10B. 11A. Alternating Currents and Alternating Current Machinery. Professor CORY. The theory of the generation of single-phase and poly-phase alternating currents, the use of the complex quantity, and the calculation of the regulation and behavior of alternating current apparatus and trans- mission lines. ## p. 157 (#347) ############################################ Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. 157 4 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9-11. Prerequisite: courses 10A-10B and 10c and Physics 105A-105B and 107. 11.B. Alternating Currents and Alternating Current Machinery. Professor CORY. The theory of the single-phase and poly-phase induction motor, synchro- nous motor, and rotary converter, and their effects and operation in transmission systems. 4 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9-11. Prerequisite: courses 10A-10B and 10C and Physics 105A-105B and 107. 11C-11D. Alternating Currents and Alternating Current Machinery: Labor- atory. Mr. GILCREST. Practice in the laboratory, illustrating the work of the class-room. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Section I, M Tu, 1-4; II, Th F, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 10A-10B and 10C and Physics 105A-105B and 107. 16. Power Plant Engineering. Assistant Professor NOBLE. The investigation of modern electric power plants which use the water wheel, steam engine, steam turbine and gas engine as prime movers, including the consideration of water rights, preliminary engineering in connection with power projects, the detail design, installation, estimates of cost, economy of construction and operation, and meth- ods of financing and organizing corporations engaged in the instal- lation and operation of electric power plants. 2 units, first half-year. Elective for students having senior standing in the College of Mechanics, who are taking or have taken Mechanical Engineering 2, 4A, 5A, and 11A. 14. Thesis for B.S. Degree. For the regulations governing thesis work see page 214. Candidates for B.S. who elect their thesis work in the department of Mechanics will register, during both half-years of the last or senior year, for Mechanics 14. Candidates who elect their thesis work in another department will register according to the announcement of that department. GRADUATE COURSES. Graduate students who wish to engage in advanced work in hydraulics, thermodynamics, experimental engineering, electrical engineering, or related subjects, will be admitted to any of the courses offered, on giving evidence that they possess the fundamental knowledge which will enable them to do justice to the instruction. They will also be given all possible assistance outside the lecture-room in the pursuit of advanced study and original inves- tigation. A well equipped building is devoted to the work of these branches of engineering. - ## p. 158 (#348) ############################################ 158 Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 212C. Electrical Engineering: Laboratory. Professor CORY, Assistant Professor NOBLE, and Mr. GILCREST. Special tests and laboratory work. Hours and credit value to be arranged. 215. Hydraulic Problems. Associate Professor LECONTE. Discussion of certain problems in hydro-mechanics and their applications to hydraulic machinery. 1 hr., first half-year; 1 unit. Hours to be arranged. 216. Electric Traction. Assistant Professor NOBLE. The application of electric motive power to railways. Calculation of speed-time curves, motor equipments and schedules; economics of power-house location and equipment. Open to senior and graduate students in electrical engineering. 2 units. Tu, 1-3. ## p. 159 (#349) ############################################ Civil Engineering. 159 CIVIL ENGINEERING. CHARLES DERLETH, Jr., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering. FRANK SouLé, Graduate U. S. Military Academy, Professor of Civil Engineering, Emeritus. CHARLEs G. HYDE, C.E., Professor of Sanitary Engineering. THOMAs B. SEARs, C.E., Associate Professor of Railroad Engineering. HENRY J. KESNER, C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. ARTHUR C. ALVAREZ, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. HoRACE S. GRISwold, C.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering. ADOLPH.Us J. EDDY, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. GEORGE I. GAY, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. VALDEMAR ARNTZEN, Expert Mechanic, Civil Engineering Laboratory. HERBERT B. FostER, B.S., Assistant in Civil Engineering. H. H. HARDER, Assistant in Testing Laboratory. J. R. SHIELDs, Assistant in Testing Laboratory. LABORATORY FEES. Laboratory fees are five dollars a half-year for laboratory courses 1C-1D, 2B, and 23; ten dollars for 8B, 8C; and twenty dollars each for 3A and 3B. For the double section 1 CD, second half-year, the fee is ten dollars. TEACHER'S CERTIFICATE. Students who are graduated from the five-year Civil Engineering course may obtain the recommendation for the High School Certificate, provided they have satisfied the necessary educational requirement. HoNor Courses For 1911-12. Students will be recommended for honors on the basis of the quality of the work done in the regular curriculum of the senior year. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the thesis. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A-1B. Surveying Theory. Associate Professor SEARs, Mr. GRIswold, Mr. EDDY, Mr. GAY, and Assistants. - Methods employed in topographic, land, city, mining and hydro- graphic surveys, and in making maps and calculations from field- notes. 2 hrs., throughout the year. Section I, M. F. 8: II, M F, 9; III, M. F., 10; IV, Tu Th, 8; V, Tu Th, 9; VI, Tu Th, 1. ## p. 160 (#350) ############################################ 160 Civil Engineering. 1C-1D. Field Practice and Mapping. Associate Professor SEARs, Mr. GRIswold, Mr. EDDY, Mr. GAY, and Assistants. Special problems in the field, illustrating the adjustment of instru. ments, the use of chain, level, transit, and plane-table; special problems in the draughting-room, illustrating the methods of mak- ing maps from field-notes. There are no final examinations in December and May. 2 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Field and office sections: I, M, 1-3; II, Tu, 9-11; III, Tu, 1-3; IV, W, 1-3; V, Th, 1-3; VI, F, 1-3. NoTE.—1A-1B and 1C-1D are prescribed, freshman year, in the Colleges of Engineering. Neither can be taken without the other. Prerequisite: plane trigonometry. The fee in this course is five dollars each half- year. 1AB-1CD. This course is a double section completing, during the second half-year, the same work covered by courses 1A-1B and 1C-1D. It is intended only for January intrants. The prerequisites are the same as for 1A-1B and 1C-1D. The fee is ten dollars. Credit, 6 units; 4 units in lectures and 2 units in field and office practice. 1AB, M Tu Th F, 9; 10D, section VII, M F, 1-3; section VIII, Tu Th, 1-3. 3A. Summer Class in Plane Surveying. Associate Professor SEARs, Assistant Professor KESNER, Mr. ALVAREz, Mr. GRIswold, Mr. EDDY, Mr. GAY, and Assistants. This course is four weeks in length. Session I begins the day after Commencement; session II, four weeks later. The Summer School site is near Santa Cruz. Work is carried on, as far as possible, just as in actual practice. 3 units credit. The fee in this course is twenty dollars. Prerequisite: course 1A-1B and 1C-1D. No substitute for this course will be accepted. 8d. The Materials of Engineering Construction. Mr. ALWAREZ and Mr. EDDY. Natural and artificial stones, cements, mortars, concretes, timber, pig iron, cast iron, wrought iron, steel, etc.; their sources, character- istics, properties, qualities and adaptability in construction. 2 hrs., second half-year. Section I, M F, 9; II, Tu Th, 10. Pre- requisite: Sophomore standing. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 2A. Railway, Highway, and Canal Surveying. Associate Professor SEARs. Simple, compound, and transition curves; reconnaissance, preliminary, and location surveys; calculations of earthwork and other quanti- ties. ## p. 161 (#351) ############################################ Civil Engineering. 161 2 hrs., first half-year. M. F, 9. Prerequisite: courses 1A-1B, 1C-1D, and 3A. 2B. Railroad Field Practice. Associate Professor SEARs and Assistants. The simplest parts of railroad surveying, such as running in curves, etc. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. M F, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 1A-1B, 1C-1D, and 3A. The fee in this course is five dollars. 2C. Railroad Engineering Office Practice. Associate Professor SEARs. The plotting of railroad maps and profiles; calculation of volumes in masonry and earthwork; drafting of railroad structures. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. Tu, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 2A and 2B. - 3B. Summer Class in Railroad and Canal Surveying. Associate Professor SEARs, Assistant Professor KESNER, Mr. ALVAREZ, Mr. GRIswold, Mr. EDDY, Mr. GAY, and Assistants. - Given concurrently with 3A, Session I. Section I. Railroad Practice. The survey of a railroad line, illus- trating methods of making preliminary, location, and construction surveys. 3 units. The fee in this course is twenty dollars. Prerequisite: courses 3A, 2A, 2B, 20, and Astronomy 3. No substitute for this course will be accepted from students taking the railroad COurSe. Section II. Canal Practice. Field and office practice necessary for the location of a canal. Prerequisite: courses 3A, 2A, 2B, 10, Astronomy 3, and Irrigation 2 or Civil Engineering 11A. Prescribed for those Sanitary and Irriga- tion students who do not desire to elect the railroad field practice, Civil Engineering 3B, section I. 4. Economics of Railway Location. Associate Professor SEARS. The influence that the location of a railroad has upon its profit pro- ducing value, with particular reference to the effect of distance, curvature, and grades upon operating expenses. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: course 2A. 5. Higher Surveying and Geodesy. Mr. GAY. Terrestrial Geodesy; geodetic astronomy; map projections; phototopo- graphic surveying. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 1. Prerequisite: courses 1A-1B and 1c-1D ; Mathematics 4A-4B; Astronomy 3 and 107. (Open only to students who take Astronomy 104A or 104B concurrently.) 6. Highway Engineering. Professor HYDE. Street lay-out and design; the proper design, construction and main- tenance of country roads and city streets and pavements. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 8D. ## p. 162 (#352) ############################################ 162 Civil Engineering. 7A. Framed Structures. Section I. Assistant Professor KESNER. The computation of stresses in roofs, building frames and simple bridge trusses, chiefly by analytical methods. 3 units, second half-year. Tu Th, 10; Th, 1-4. Open to students who have taken, or who are taking, course 8A, Physics 105A-105B and Drawing 105. 7A. Framed Structures. Section II. - Mr. GAY. The computation of stresses in roofs, building frames and other struc- tures; intended primarily for architectural students. 3 units, second half-year. Tu Th, 8; M., 1-3. Prescribed for students in architecture, who are taking course 8A, section 4, and Draw- ing 105. 7C-7D. Framed Structures. Professor DERLETH. Continuation of course 7A. Stress computations for steel-framed struc- tures; the design of plate girders, roof and bridge trusses; bridge shop practice. 3 units each half-year. Tu Th, 10; W, 1-4, throughout the year. Pre- requisites; courses 7A, section I, and 8A, section I. 7E-7F. Framed Structures. Assistant Professor KESNER. For students of architecture. Stress computations for structures of wood, steel and reinforced concrete; design of buildings; structural specifications. 3 hrs., throughout the year. M. W. 11; W, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 7A, section II, and 8A, section IV. 8A. Strength of Materials. Professor DERLETH, Assistant Professor KESNER, and Mr. ALWAREz. The elastic and ultimate resistance of materials; stress analysis for bars, beams, columns, and shafts; theory of resilience; deflections. and combined stresses; elements of design for wood, steel, and reinforced concrete structures. This course is given in four sections. - Section I, Professor DERLETH, 2 hrs., first half-year, Tu Th, 9; and 3 hrs., second half-year, M W F, 9. For civil engineering students. Section II, Assistant Professor KESNER, 3 hrs., first half-year, M W F. 9; and 2 hrs., second half-year, Tu Th, 9. For mechanical and electrical engineering students. Section III, Mr. ALVAREz, 3 hrs., first half-year, M W F, 10. For mining engineering students. Prerequisite: For sections I, II, and III, Mathematics 4A-4B. Physics 105A-105B to be taken simultaneously. Section IV, Assistant Professor KESNER, 3 hrs., each half-year, M. W. F, 10. For architectural students. This section emphasizes the application of statics and the theory of the elasticity and strength of structural materials to the elements of design for buildings. Prerequisite: Mathematics 4A-4B. ## p. 163 (#353) ############################################ Civil Engineering. 163 8B. Civil Engineering Laboratory. Mr. ALVAREz, Mr. GAY, and Mr. ARNTZEN. Supplementary to course 8A. Physical tests of cements, mortars, plain and reinforced concretes, together with some lectures. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. Section I, Tu, 1-4; section II, Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: course 8D and satisfactory standing in 8A. The fee in this course is ten dollars. This course is required of all students in the College of Civil Engineering. There is a final examination. 8C. Civil Engineering Laboratory. Mr. ALWAREz, Mr. EDDY, Mr. GAY, and Mr. ARNTZEN. Supplementary to course 8A. Physical tests of timber, metals, brick, stone, plain and reinforced concrete. 6 hrs., first half-year, 2 units. Section I, M, 1-4; II, W, 1-4; III, F, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 8D and 8A This course is required of all students in the College of Civil Engineering, except that sanitary and irrigation students may elect part of the complete course; credit 1 unit. The fee in these courses is ten dollars in either case. There is a final examination. 9A. Drainage and Sewerage Engineering. Professor HYDE. The sanitary drainage of rural and urban districts, and of houses; the proper design and construction of sewerage works. 2 hrs., first half-year. M W, 8. Prerequisite: courses 10 and 11A. 9B. Sewage and Sewage Disposal. Professor HYDE. The chemical and biological character of sewage; its treatment and disposal. 1 hr., first half-year. W, 9. Prerequisite: Zoology 109, Chemistry 8A and 115, courses 10 and 11B. 10. Hydraulics. Professor HYDE. The theory of hydraulics; the application of principles to problems; water measuring devices; the principles and practice of stream gaging. 3 units, first half-year. Tu Th, 8; M., 1-4. Prerequisite: Mathematics 4A-4B. Physics 105A-105B to be taken simultaneously. 11A. Water Supply Engineering. Professor HYDE. The design and construction of water works. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 10. 11.B. Character and Sanitation of Water Supplies. Professor HYDE. Water from the aesthetic, commercial and sanitary points of view; the principles and methods of conserving the purity of water sup- plies and of water purification. 1 hr., second half-year. W, 8. Prerequisite: Zoology 109, Pathology 1, and Chemistry 8A. Chemistry 15 to be taken simultaneously. ## p. 164 (#354) ############################################ 164 Civil Engineering. *] 14. 16. 1. 7 18. 19. 2. Dams of Timber, Stone, or Earth. Professor HYDE. 1 hrs... second half-year; 1 unit. W, 11. Alternating every other year with Civil Engineering 16. . Foundations of Structures. Professor DERLETH. Ordinary foundations, footings, sheet piling, piles, coffer dams, open caissons, the pneumatic process; deep well dredging. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: course 8A. Masonry Structures. Professor DERLETH. Design of typical masonry structures such as dams, retaining walls, bridge piers, abutments, culverts, aqueducts, chimneys, stone and concrete arches, and arch bridges. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 8; W. 1-4. Required for senior Civil Engineering students. Prerequisite: course 8A. . Fire-proofing. Mr. ALWAREZ. The resistance of building materials to fire; the principles and prac- tice of fire-proof building construction; slow-burning or mill con- struction; critical study of building ordinances. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W., 11. Elective for Architects and Civil Engineers. Civil Engineering 8A to be taken simultaneously. Engineering Contracts and Specifications. Professor HYDE. The legal aspect of various contract stipulations, forms, and instru- ments for advertisements, proposals, contracts, and bonds; the principles and methods of devising specifications for various kinds of work and materials. 1 hr., second half-year: 1 unit. W, 11. Alternating every other year with Civil Engineering 12. . Railway Maintenance. Associate Professor SEARS. Cost and methods of maintenance; signaling and interlocking. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. M F, 10. Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing in the College of Civil Engineering. Railroad Construction. Associate Professor SEARS. Grading, tunneling, waterways, track-laying; methods, materials, and costs; treated from the standpoints of the engineer and the con- tractor. 1 hr., second half-year; to be arranged. Elective for Civil Engineer. ing seniors. Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 2A. Thesis for B.S. Degree. An honor course. For the regulations governing thesis work see page 214. Candidates for B.S. who elect their thesis work in the department of Civil * To be given in 1912-13. F. .N. ## p. 165 (#355) ############################################ Civil Engineering. 165 Engineering will register, during both half-years of the last or senior year, for Civil Engineering 19. Candidates who elect their thesis work in another department will register according to the announcement of that department. Students who contemplate thesis work in the civil engineering labora- tories should notify the department before December of the junior year. 2 units; each half-year. 23. Sanitary Engineering Laboratory. º Professor HYDE and Mr. GRIswold. Water, sewage, air, garbage analyses; tests of apparatus, experi- mental or in practical use in available localities, covering prob- lems in water supply, sewerage, highway, heating, ventilation, and general municipal engineering. The fee in this course is five dol- lars per half-year. Individual assignments, during 1911-12. Special arrangement will be made in this course for instruction of students in public health courses in other departments of the University. For students in Sanitary Engineering the assigned laboratory periods are M W, 1-5. Lecture in Chemistry 5A, W, 1, is required as part of the course. 24. Elementary Water Supply, Sewerage, and Municipal Wastes Engi- neering. Mr. GRIswold. Outline of principles and practice as related to water supply and sew- erage works, the purification of water, the treatment of sewage and the disposal of municipal and institutional refuse. A course pri- marily designed for students in Architecture and Public Health. 3 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Prerequisite: Junior Certificate. 25. Principles and Practice of Sanitary Plumbing, Heating, Ventilation, and Lighting. Mr. GRISwold. A course designed for students in Sanitary Engineering, Architecture and Public Health. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. M W, 11. Prerequisite: Junior Cer- tificate. 26. Applied Sanitary Science and Municipal and State Sanitation. Professor HYDE. The application of the principles of sanitary science to the work of municipal and state sanitation. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: Zoology 109, Pathology 1, Chemistry 8A and 15, Civil Engineering 9B and 11B. NoTE.—Special arrangements will be made for students in other courses and in other departments who may desire to take this course. ## p. 166 (#356) ############################################ 166 Civil Engineering. GRADUATE COURSES. *220A-220B. Framed Structures. Professor DERLETH. The design of continuous girders, swing. cantilever, suspension and metallic arch bridges, and of reinforced concrete structures. Throughout the year. Programme of work to be arranged each year. Prerequisite: course 7c-7D. Open to specially prepared seniors in the College of Civil Engineering. Graduate students may devote additional time to this course. 221A-221B. Theory of Resilience and Deflections. Professor DERLETH. Applications to statically indeterminate structures. Throughout the year. Programme of work to be arranged in each case. Prerequisite: course 7c-7D. 222A-222B. Sanitary Design. Professor HYDE. The design of elements of systems of works for water supply, water purification, sewerage, sewage and garbage disposal, etc. - Throughout the year. Individual assignments. Prerequisite: courses 9A, 9B, 10, 11A, and 11B. 223. Laboratory Experiments. Professor DERLETH and Mr. ALWAREZ. For advanced work in Civil Engineering the testing laboratory is equipped with apparatus specially designed to make tests and original studies upon the strength and elasticity of structural materials. Programme of work to be arranged in each case. Prerequisite: courses 8A, 8B, Sc, and 8d. *224. Harbor and Terminal Engineering. Assistant Professor KESNER. The design and construction of piers, docks, sea-walls; sub-way con- struction, river improvements, jetties, levees, dikes, bank protec- tion. 1 hr., first half-year; time to be arranged. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 167 (#357) ############################################ Irrigation. 167 IRRIGATION. BERNARD A. ETCHEVERRY, B.S., Associate Professor of Irrigation Engi- neering. ALBERT E. CHANDLER, B.S., Assistant Professor of the Institutions of Irrigation. Courses 1, 2, 2A, 3 and 4 are designed to meet the needs of engi- neering students who wish to make a specialty of irrigation. They appear as part of the course of Irrigation Engineering in the College of Civil Engineering. Courses 1, 3, 4, 5, and 5A are designed for students in the College of Agriculture. Section 2 of course 1 and of course 3 is open to all non-engineering students of at least junior standing. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 1. Irrigation Institutions and Economics. Assistant Professor CHANDLER. Study of water rights and irigation institutions in the United States and foreign countries. This course is given in two sections. Section I, 3 hrs., second half- year. M W F, 8. For engineering students only. Section II, 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Open to non-engineering students. Prerequisite: Irrigation 3. - 2. Irrigation Engineering. Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. Planning irrigation systems; canal location and construction; design of irrigation structures; pumping in irrigation. 3 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th S, 8. Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 10 or Mechanical Engineering 2. 2A. Irrigation Design. Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. The design of irrigation structures, such as headgates, flumes ,and drops; estimates of cost of such structures. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Prerequisite: Irrigation 2, Civil Engi- neering 8A. 3. Water Supply for Irrigation. Conservation and Use of Water. Assistant Professor CHANDLER. Sources of water supply; losses of water; conservation of water; methods of applying water to the land; duty of water. This course is given in two sections. Section I, 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. For engineering students only. Prerequisite: at least junior standing. Section II, 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 10. Open to all non-engineering students of at least junior standing. ## p. 168 (#358) ############################################ 168 Irrigation. 4. Drainage. Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. Structure of soils and its relation to drainage; planning of drainage systems of waterlogged and alkali lands; organization of drainage districts. - 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: Irrigation 2 or Irriga- tion 5. 5. Agricultural Hydraulics. - Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. Principles of hydraulics for irrigated agriculture; planning and con- struction of irrigation ditches and structures. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. Open to students in the College of Agriculture. Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 1, Physics 1. 5A. Irrigation Drawing. Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. Drawing and making estimates of typical irrigation structures as used on the farm. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. For students in the College of Agri- culture. Prerequisite: Irrigation 5. GRADUATE COURSES. 202B. Irrigation Design. Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. Advanced design of irrigation structures. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Prerequisite: Irrigation 2, Civil Engineering 220A. Open to specially prepared seniors. 207. Management and Operation of Irrigation Systems. Assistant Professor CHANDLER. For students of at least senior standing. 1 hr., second half-year. M, 10. Prerequisite: Irrigation 3 and Irriga- tion 5 for agricultural students; Irrigation 3 and Irrigation 2 for engineering students. 208. Seminar in Irrigation. Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY and Assistant Professor CHANDLER. Conferences on topics concerning the development of irrigation industry. 2 hrs., second half-year, Hours to be arranged. Open to specially prepared seniors, ## p. 169 (#359) ############################################ Mining and Metallurgy. 169 MINING AND METALLURGY. SAMUEL B. CHRISTY, Ph.B., Sc.D., Professor of Mining and Metallurgy. Edward B. DURHAM, E.M., Associate Professor of Mining. ERNEST A. HERSAM, B.S., Associate Professor of Metallurgy. CURTIs H. LINDLEY, Honorary Professor of the Law of Mines and Water. WALTER S. MoRLEY, B.S., Assistant Professor of Metallurgy. HENRY N. HERRICK, B.S., Assistant in Mining and Mechanical Draughts- man. GEORGE SPENCER, Mechanician. º JoHN L. TALBOT, Storekeeper and Helper in Metallurgical Laboratory. E. P. WILLOUGHBY, Helper in Mining Laboratory. The lecture courses described below are illustrated by lantern-slides, showing methods used in all the principal mining fields. The laboratory courses are designed to illustrate and supplement the lecture courses. Laboratory deposits are twenty-five dollars a half-year for laboratory courses 107A, 107B, 109, 110 and 213. The amount returned to the student at the end of the year, after deducting for cost of materials actually used and for breakage of apparatus, is usually five or ten dollars. All of the courses listed below, except 18A-18B, and 19, which may be taken by any student having the prerequisites, are Upper Division courses and are open only to such students as have the equivalent of junior standing in the College of Mining, except that 107A-107B are open to stu- dents having the necessary prerequisites. 18A. Mine Surveying. - Associate Professor DURHAM. Lectures: surface surveys; the use of the solar compass; mineral land surveys; magnetic, reconnaissance, road and ditch surveys. 1 hr., first half-year. W, 10. Prerequisites: Civil Engineering 1A-1B, 1C-1D, 3A. 18B. Mine Surveying. Associate Professor DURHAM. Lectures on underground surveying, including the connection of mine workings with the surface meridians. 1 hr., second half-year. W, 10. Prerequisite: Mining 18A, or Civil Engineering 2A and Astronomy 2B. *19. Summer School of Mine Surveying. Associate Professor DURHAM and Assistants. This course is four weeks in duration, beginning the Saturday after Commencement. It consists of surface and underground surveys * This course will be given when the necessary equipment is provided. ## p. 170 (#360) ############################################ 170 Mining and Metallurgy. in a suitable mining district. Field notes and calculations must be worked up and results of surveys plotted. 3 units. Prerequisite: Mining 18B. NoTE.—Suitable living accommodations will be secured near the site of the work, and each student will be required to bear his share of the expenses, for which a deposit of $30 will be required. In addition, a fee of $15 will be required for this course, to cover general expenses and supplies, which cannot be apportioned to individuals. Each student will be held responsible for the return in good condition of all instruments and supplies issued to him. 101. Lectures on Mining. Professor CHRISTY. Ores: their nature occurrence, and relation to mining laws. Location of claims, methods of prospecting, excavating, tunneling, shaft- sinking, and timbering. Winning, exploration, and exploitation. 4 hrs., first half-year. M Tu Th F, 10. Prerequisite: senior standing in the College of Mining. 102. Lectures on Mining. Professor CHRISTY. Methods of transportation and hoisting; of drainage, ventilation, and lighting; of general organization and administration. 4 hrs., second half-year. M Tu Th F, 9. Prerequisite: course 101. 103A. Excavation. Associate Professor DURHAM. Lectures: excavation of earth and rock; systems of excavation; organ- ization of work; character and use of explosives; systems and methods of blasting. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. M F, 9. 103B. Mining Laboratory. Associate Professor DURHAM and Mr. WILLOUGHBY. Classification of steel; theory and practice of sharpening, hardening and tempering rock drills; practice in the use of single-hand and double-hand drills; a practical study of machine-and air-hammer drills and quarrying operations. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. Two sections. I, M.; II, F, 1-4. Can be taken only in conjunction with 103A. 104. Summer Class in Practical Mining, and Senior Conference. Professor CHRISTY. During the vacation at the end of the junior year, all mining stu- dents will be required to spend at least four weeks in the syste- matic study of practical mining, taking notes and making sketches of processes observed. This is the minimum requirement. It is recommended that all free vacation time throughout the four years be devoted to this study, and that a large part of this time be given to actual work underground at the various branches of practical mining. Details in every case must be arranged in consultation ## p. 171 (#361) ############################################ Mining and Metallurgy. 171 with Professor CHRISTY. A full report on this work must be pre- sented and read before the seniors at the mining conferences dur- ing the senior year. These conferences will be held weekly. W, 10, first half-year; W, 9, second half-year; 3 units. 105. Metallurgy: Structural Metals and Fuels. Professor CHRISTY. The classification of ores: methods and appliances for their reduction. Pyrometry, combustion; fuels, and their relative value as heat producers. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1AB, 3AB, 5B, 6; Physics 1AB, 200; Mineralogy 1A-1B. 106. Metallurgy: Ore Crushing, Sampling, Fluxes. Associate Professor HERSAM. Methods of crushing ores; of sampling ores and their products; fluxes, refractory materials, and metallurgical products. 2 hrs., second half-year. M. F., 10. Prerequisite: Mining 105. Re- quired of students who elect courses 107A, 107B, 108A-108B, 109, 110, 111, 213, and 216. 107A. Assaying. Assistant Professor MORLEY. Lectures and laboratory practice. The proper use and care of the assay balance. Cupellation of gold and silver. Parting of gold and silver. Preparation of the sample. Scorification assays of gold and silver ores. Crucible method for these ores. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Section I, M Tu, 1-4; II, Th F, 1-4. Conference for all sections, F, 9. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1AB, 3AB, 5B, 6; Mineralogy 1A-1B. Students who enroll for this course must also enroll for course 105. 107B. Assaying. Assistant Professor MORLEY. Lectures and laboratory practice. Fire assays of ores of lead, anti- mony, tin, nickel, cobalt, copper, iron. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Section I, M Tu, 1-4; II, Th F, 1-4. Conference for both sections (when necessary), W, 9. Prerequisite: course 107A. Students who enroll for this course must also enroll for course 106. 108A. Metallurgy of Gold, Silver, and Quicksilver. Professor CHRISTY. Lectures on the amalgamation of gold and silver; processes for leach- ing silver ores; chlorination and cyanide processes with gold ores; quicksilver reduction and condensation. 2 hrs., first half-year. M F, 9. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, and 107A-107B. 108B. Continuation of course 108A. Professor CHRISTY. Detailed study of existing plants. 2 hrs., Tu Th, 10. Prerequisite: course 108A. 109. Metallurgical Laboratory: Mill Work. Associate Professor HERSAM. Supplementary to course 108A-108B. ## p. 172 (#362) ############################################ 172 Mining and Metallurgy. Experiments on a working scale in crushing, sampling, concentrating, roasting, leaching, and amalgamating gold and silver ores. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Section I, M Tu, 1-4; II, Th F, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, 107A, and 107B. Students who enroll for this course must also enroll for course 108A. 110. Metallurgical Laboratory: Mill Work. Professor CHRISTY and Associate Professor HERSAM. Supplementary to course 108. The investigation of special problems in the treatment of ores, par- ticularly of the precious metals. An introduction to research work. Such seniors only as take this course will be allowed to elect a thesis in metallurgy. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Section I, M Tu, 1-4; II, Th F, 1-4. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, 107A-107B, 108A, and 109. 111. Metallurgy of Lead and Copper. Associate Professor HERSAM. Methods of smelting lead and copper ores, with particular reference to their gold and silver content. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, 107A-107B, 108A. 117. Thesis for B.S. Degree. For the regulations governing thesis work see page 214. Candidates for B.S. who elect their work in the department of mining will register, during both half-years of the last or senior year, for Mining 117. Candidates who elect their thesis work in another department will register according to the announcement of that department. - 118. Elements of Mining Plants. Associate Professor DURHAM. Standard details of mining and milling machinery. Drafting-room work with occasional lectures. 6 hrs. per week for one half-year; 2 units. In two sections: Section I, first half-year, W Th, 1-4; section II, second half-year, Tu Th, 8-11. Prerequisite: at least junior standing in College of Mining. GRADUATE COURSES. The foregoing undergraduate courses are open to graduate students whose previous preparation in science and engineering has fitted them to undertake the work. These courses provide seventeen units of work per week during the first half-year, and fifteen units per week during the second half-year, and include both lecture and laboratory work. The attention of those who wish to prepare themselves for the mining and metallurgy of the precious metals is directed to the preceding courses as well as to the following courses intended primarily for graduates. The libraries, laboratories, and museums of the University have been care- fully designed to meet the needs of such students. ## p. 173 (#363) ############################################ Mining and Metallurgy. 173 212. Ore Dressing. Professor CHRISTY. Theory of ore separation: discussion of the leading methods in use for separating coarsely and finely disseminated minerals, with particu- lar reference to the treatment of gold and silver ores, and also those of copper, lead, zinc, iron, and tin. Primarily for graduates. 2 hrs., second half-year. M F, 10. Open also to properly qualified seniors in the College of Mining. 213. Special Investigation in Treatment of Gold and Silver Ores. Professor CHRISTY. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, 107A-107B, 108A-108B, 109, 110, 111, 212. 214. Mining Law of the United States. Professor LINDLEY. Open to seniors in the College of Mining. A course of twelve lectures given first half-year. Details to be announced later. 215. Engineering Law. Professor LINDLEY. Lectures adapted to the needs of mining students. Second half-year. Details to be announced later. 216. Metallurgy of Iron and Steel. Associate Professor HERSAM. The ores of iron and the methods for their reduction. The produc- tion of pig iron, wrought iron, and the various grades of steel. The physical properties of structural iron and steel as related to chemi- cal composition and metallurgical treatment. Primarily for graduates. Prerequisite: at least senior standing in the College of Mining. 2 units, first half-year. Tu Th, 8. 220. Mining Machinery. Associate Professor DURHAM. Lectures on compressed air for mines, covering means of compression, transmission, and use for driving mining machinery. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 11. Primarily for graduates; open also to properly qualified seniors in the College of Mining. 221A-221B. Mine and Mill Design. Associate Professor DURHAM. Lectures and drafting-room work on the design of mine and mill struc- tures. 6 hrs., 2 units, each half-year. Tu Th, 1-4. Primarily for graduates. Open to senior mining students who have taken Mining 118 and who are taking Drawing 107AB. 222. The Metallurgy of the Less Common Metals. Professor HERSAM. An advanced course covering the metallurgical treatment of ores of tin, zinc, antimony, arsenic, aluminum and the platinum group, in- cluding methods of reduction and refining of these metals. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W., 11. Prerequisite: Mining 111. Primar- ily for graduates. ## p. 174 (#364) ############################################ 174 Drawing. IDRAWING. HERMANN Kower, C.E., Associate Professor of Drawing. C. CHAPEL JUDsoN, Assistant Professor of Drawing. WILLson J. WYTHE, B.S., Assistant Professor of Drawing. HENRY B. Monges, Jr., M.S., Instructor in Drawing. KARL E. NEUHAUs, Instructor in Drawing. The minimum requirement for the teacher’s recommendation in free- hand drawing is courses A-B, C-D, 114, and 115; in geometrical drawing, A-B, C-D and courses 2A, 2B. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. A-B. Elementary Free-hand Drawing. Mr. NEUHAUS. Drawing in pencil from models, embracing the study of light and shade and perspective; drawing from memory; with lectures. 3 hrs., throughout the year, beginning either in August or January; 1 unit each half-year. Section I, Tu, 9-12; II, Tu, 1-4; III, W, 1-4; IV, F, 1-4. This course is equivalent to matriculation subject 16. C-D. Instrumental Drawing. Mr. MONGFs. Instrumental drawing, solving of geometrical problems, construction of mathematical curves, lettering. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half. Th, 1-4. This course is equivalent to matriculation subject 17. 2A. Descriptive Geometry. Associate Professor KoweR, Assistant Professor WYTHE, and Mr. MONGES. Fundamental problems on point, line, plane; sections; intersections. 6 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Section I, M F, 1-4; II, Tu Th, 9-12; III, Tu Th, 1-4; IV, W, 1-4, and S, 9-12. Prerequisite: course C-D or matriculation subject 17. 2B. Descriptive Geometry. Associate Professor KowFR, Assistant Professor WYTHE, and Mr. MONGES. Shades and shadows, perspective, isometric projection. 6 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Section I, M F, 1-4; II, Tu Th, 9-12; III, Tu Th, 1-4; IV, W, 1-4, and S, 9-12. Prerequisite: course 2A. 9. Free-hand Lettering. Assistant Professor WYTHE and Mr. Monges. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. Open to students in drawing. ## p. 175 (#365) ############################################ Drawing. 175 UPPER DIVISION COURSEs. 105. Graphostatics. Associate . Professor Kow ER, Assistant Professor WYTHE, and Mr. MONGES. - Graphical analysis of stresses in engineering structures. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Section I, M, 1-3; II, W, 1-3; III, F, 1-3. Prerequisite: first half-year of Civil Engineering 8A; Physics 105A. 107A-107B. Construction. Associate Professor KOWER. This course is a continuation of course 105, and includes the design- ing of engineering structures, such as roof-trusses, bridges, etc. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 2 units each half-year. M. F., 1-4. 110. Stereotomy. Associate Professor Kow ER. Continuation of course 2B, intended for students of architecture. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. 114A-114B. Advanced Work in Free-hand Drawing. Assistant Professor JUDSON. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 2 units. Section I, W F, 9-12; II, W F, 1-4. Prerequisite: Drawing A and B or matriculation subject 16. 115A. Drawing from Model; Composition. Assistant Professor JUDSON. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit. Tu, 9-12. Prerequisite: Drawing A and B or matriculation subject 16. ## p. 176 (#366) ############################################ 176 Architecture. - ARCHITECTURE. .John G. HowARD, Professor of Architecture. WILLIAM C. HAys, B.S., Assistant Professor of Architecture. H. H. GUTTERson, Instructor in Architecture. M. EARL CUMMINGs, Instructor in Modeling. HARRY W. SEAwELL, Instructor in Water Coloring and Pen and Ink Drawing. #5A-5B. History of Ancient and Classic Architecture. - Professor HowARD. A general survey of the history of ancient and classic Architecture, with an analytical study of its character, illustrated by lantern slides. Open to all students in the University as a free elective. 1 hr., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Tu, 2. *#5C-5D. History of Mediaeval and Renaissance Architecture. Professor HOWARD. A study of the architecture of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance period, illustrated by lantern slides. Open to all students in the University as a free elective. - 1 hr., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. *#5E. History of Modern Architecture. Professor HowARD. A detailed study of modern architecture, illustrated with lantern slides. Open to all students in the University as a free elective. 1 hr., first half-year; 1 unit. *#5F. History of Allied Arts. Professor HowARD. Continuation of 5E. Deals primarily with Renaissance and Modern Architecture as well as with allied arts. 1 hr., second half-year; 1 unit. NoTE.—Students taking Architectural Design (courses 101A-101B, 102, 203A-203B) will devote three additional hours per week (1 unit each half. year) to historical drawing corresponding with the course of lectures. # The full course in History of Architecture and Allied Arts (5A-5B, 5C-5D, 5E, 5F) is covered in three years, the courses being given in suc. cession, one each year. * Courses 5C-5D, 5E, and 5E will not be given in 1911-12; in their place students will take course 5A-5B. ## p. 177 (#367) ############################################ Architecture. 177 12A-12B. Water Color. Mr. SEAWELL. Architectural rendering in water color. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year; elementary. M, 1-4; advanced work, Th, 9-12. Prerequisite: Drawing 114A-114B. 13A-13B. Pen and Ink. Mr. SEA well. Architectural subjects rendered in pen and ink. 3 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. F, 1-4. Pre- requisite: Drawing 114A-114B. 14A-14B. Modeling. Mr. CUMMINGs. Modeling of architectural ornament. 1 hr., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Tu, 8-11. NoTE.—Courses 12A-12B, 13A-13B, 14A-14B may be repeated and addi- tional credit received for advanced work. - UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 101A-101B. Elements of Architecture. Assistant Professor HAYs. Drawing of the classic orders and their application. 12 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Prerequisite: Drawing 2A and 2B and junior standing. 102. Planning. - Professor HowARD. Fundamental problems in planning. 12 hrs., first half-year; 4 units; 15 hrs., second half-year, 5 units. Prerequisite: course 101A-101B. z 102H. Planning. Professor HowARD. An honor course. Special assignments in connection with the regular exercise of 102. 106A-106B. Theory of Architecture. Assistant Professor HAYs. Pro-seminar course, prescribed to students in Architecture 101A-101B. 1 hr., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. 106c-106D. Theory of Architecture. (Continuation of course 106A-106B.) - Professor HOWARD. Pro-seminar course, prescribed to students in Architecture 102. 1 hr., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Tu, 5. 8. Architectural Mechanics. Mechanical engineering in relation to Architecture. Heating, ventilating, elevators, etc. Arrangements will be made for this course with the department of mechanical and electrical en- gineering. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. ## p. 178 (#368) ############################################ 178 Architecture. 11. Sanitary Science. Plumbing, water supply, drainage, etc., from an architectural stand- point. (Students will take Civil Engineering 24 in place of this course until further notice). 15. Electrical Engineering as applied to Buildings. Power, light, etc. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Arrangements will be made for this course with the department of mechanical and electrical engineering. GRADUATE COURSES. 203. Planning and Composition. Professor HOWARD. Problems in planning and composition. - 27 hrs., first half-year, 9 units; 30 hrs., second half-year, 10 units. Prerequisite: course 102. 204. Advanced Design. Professor How ARD. Advanced problems in planning and composition. 45 hrs., first half-year; 15 units. Prerequisite: course 203A-203B. 216. Thesis and Seminar. Professor HOWARD. A course to be arranged individually with the students looking toward a degree in Architecture. Prerequisite: Architecture 204. 206E-206F. Theory of Architecture. (Continuation of course 106C-106D.) Seminar course, prescribed to students in Architecture 203A-203B. Professor HOWARD. 1 hr., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Th, 5. 207. Steel Construction and Fireproofing. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. (Students will take Civil Engineering 15 in place of this course until further notice.) 209. Specifications and Working Drawings. Assistant Professor HAYs. 3 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. - 210. Business Relations. Assistant Professor HAYs. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS. Strength of Materials. [See Civil Engineering 8A..] Professor DERLETH, Assistant Professor KESNER, and Mr. ALVAREz. ## p. 179 (#369) ############################################ Architecture. - 179 The Materials of Engineering Construction. [See Civil Engineering 8D.] Assistant Professor KESNER and Mr. ALWAREZ. Framed Structures. [See Civil Engineering 7A, 7c, 7E, and 7F.] Professor DERLETH, Assistant Professor KESNER, and Mr. GAY. Graphostatics. [See Drawing 105.] Associate Professor Kow ER and Mr. WYTHE. Drainage and Sewerage Engineering. [See Civil Engineering 24.] Mr. GRIswold. ## p. 180 (#370) ############################################ 180 - Agriculture. AGRICULTURE. EDWARD J. WICKSON, M.A., Professor of Agriculture and Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station. EUGENE W. HILGARD, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Agriculture, Emeritus. ROBERT H. LoughRIDGE, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, Emeritus. LEROY ANDERSON, M.S.A., Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Practice and Superintendent of University Farm Schools. MYER. E. JAFFA, M.S., Professor of Nutrition; in charge of the Poultry Station. CHARLEs W. Woodworth, M.S., Professor of Economic Entomology. RALPH E. SMITH, B.S., Professor of Plant Pathology and Superintendent of the Southern California Pathological Laboratory and Experiment Station. GEORGE W. SHAw, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Experimental Agronomy and Agricultural Technology. *ERNEST W. MAJOR, B.Agr., Associate Professor of Animal Industries and Farm Manager, University Farm. FREDERIC T. BIOLETTI, M.S., Associate Professor of Viticulture. WARREN T. CLARKE, B.S., Associate Professor of Horticulture and Superin- tendent of University Extension in Agriculture. John S. BURD, B.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, in charge of Fertilizer Control. GEORGE E. Colby, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, in charge of the laboratory of Agricultural Chemistry. HENRY J. QUAYLE, A.B., Assistant Professor of Entomology. CLARENCE M. HARING, D.V.M., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science. ERNEST B. BABcock, B.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. WILLIAM B. HERMs, M.A., Assistant Professor of Entomology. WILLIAM T. HoRNE, B.Sc., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. CHARLEs B. LIPMAN, M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soils. ERWIN J. LEA, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry. HowARD PHILLIPs, B.S., Instructor in Animal Industry. EMIL H. HAGEMANN, Instructor in Dairying. Robert E. MANs ELL, Instructor in Horticulture, in charge of the agricul- tural grounds. BLIss S. BRow N, B.S., Instructor in Horticulture. * Absent on leave, 1911-12. ## p. 181 (#371) ############################################ Agriculture. 181 W. G. HUMMEL, B.S., Instructor in Agricultural Education. CYRIL. A. STEBBINs, B.S., Instructor in Agricultural Education. L. M. DAvis, B.S.A., Instructor in Dairy Industry. J. I. THOMPson, B.S.A., Instructor in Animal Industry. JoHN G. BRIDWELL, Instructor in Entomology. C. H. McCHARLEs, B.S., Instructor in Agricultural Chemistry. S. D. WILKINs, Instructor in Poultry Husbandry. H. A. RUEHE, Instructor in Dairy Husbandry. P. L. HIBBARD, Instructor in Agricultural Chemistry. F. E. JoHNsoN, M.S., Instructor in Soils. L. Bon NET, Instructor in Viticulture. F. C. H. F.Loss FEDER, Instructor in Viticulture. B. A. MADSON, B.S.A., Instructor in Experimental Agronomy. A. B. SHAw, Assistant in Entomology. GEORGE A. CoI.EMAN, Curator of the Entomological Museum. WILLIAM W. CRUEss, B.S., Assistant in Zymology. NoTE.—For members of the staff not engaged in giving instruction see publications of the Agricultural Experiment Station. EXPLANATORY NOTE. Sub-departments.-The large number of entirely distinct subjects grouped under agriculture has made it desirable to segregate these into sub-departments. Courses should be recorded by the title of the sub-department, i.e., Horticulture 16 (not Agriculture 16). TEACHER'S CERTIFICATE. Candidates must pass the final examinations in subjects 1-5 as listed below. Emphasis in this examination will be placed upon (a) accuracy of statement, (b) skill in organizing and presenting thought orally and in writing, and (c) scholarly methods and workmanship. Students intending to take the final examinations should notify the Secretary at the beginning of the senior year. The final examinations cover the following subjects: 1. Familiarity obtained at first hand with the physiological, morpho- logical and ecological principles of plant life which underlie the science and art of plant production. 2. A thorough understanding of the subject of soils—their origin and formation and the factors concerned in the production and maintenance of soil fertility, including the physics and chemistry of soils. 3. Satisfactory special knowledge of the culture of field crops and fruits in California. ## p. 182 (#372) ############################################ 182 Agriculture. 4. Training in agricultural education and at least one of the following subjects: irrigation, agricultural chemistry, plant pathology, entomology, parasitology, animal industry, dairy industry, nutrition, veterinary science. 5. Intelligent appreciation of the great problems of agriculture and horticulture in California—conservation, reclamation, development, crop improvement, labor, marketing, farm management. Candidates are warned against supposing that the purpose of the exam- ination can be obtained by mere accumulation of courses in agriculture. It will always be presupposed, however, that candidates presenting themselves for the Teacher’s Certificate have an equivalent of 27 units of agriculture to their credit, of which amount 15 units are in major courses. The minor recommendation to teach agriculture is in the hands of the Committee on Teacher’s Certificates. HONOR COURSE. In compliance with the new requirements for honors in the University this department has arranged a plan of work for such seniors as shall be elected candidates for honors by the instructors in this department. Stu- dents in this course shall list it as an Honor Course, and it shall have a credit value of 5 units, either half-year. The work shall consist of: (a) Not less than 13 hours per week of research under the direct supervision of some member of the faculty of this department. The candidate may choose his subject and instructor. (b) Weekly seminar of one or two hours’ duration for the discussion of plans for and results of the investigations. All members of the faculty having charge of the research work of candidates shall be expected to attend and take part in this seminar. Time to be arranged. AGRICTULTURAL EDUCATION. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. Gardens and Garden Practice. - Assistant Professor BABCOCK and Mr. MANSELL. Lectures on school and home gardens with reference to practical, artistic and pedagogical considerations. Practice in individual gardens at the University. 1 hr. lecture or reports, 6 hrs. garden work, first half-year; 3 units. Lecture, S, 9. Garden to be arranged. This course is primarily for students who intend to teach, and for teachers in the public schools. The latter will be permitted to attend the lectures without doing the practice work. ## p. 183 (#373) ############################################ Agriculture. 183 2. Agricultural Nature-Study. Mr. STEBBINs. Lectures, laboratory, and field work. School gardens on the Univer- sity campus will be made the basis for the course, which is intended to give students actual practice in handling children in the school gardens and in the field. 2 hrs. lectures, 2 hrs. practice work, either half-year; 3 units. Lec- tures M. W, 9; practice M W, 2-3. Conferences as needed. Pre- requisite: course 1 must precede or accompany this course. NoTE: A section of this class may be arranged for teachers in the pub- lic schools. Consult the instructor, August 18, or August 19. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 100. Agriculture in Elementary Schools. Assistant Professor BABCOCK and Mr. HUMMEL. Agriculture as a distinct subject in the grammar school. Lectures, reading and laboratory or field work. Designed especially for students in group (c) of the department of education, but also recommended, together with the following for students who intend to teach agriculture in secondary schools. - 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 8. Prerequisite: Agricultural Educa- tion 1 and 2 and Botany 3 or 14, preceding or accompanying this COul'S0. 103. Supervision of Agriculture in Elementary Schools. Assistant Professor BABCOCK and Mr. STEBBINs. Lectures and conferences together with practice teaching in the ele- mentary schools. Traveling expenses to be met by the department or by the several boards of education. The course is intended to prepare students for supervisorial work in nature-study and agri- culture. 1 hr. lecture or conference, 2 hrs. practice; either half-year, 2 units. Lecture Tu, 9; practice to be arranged. Must be preceded or ac- companied by Agricultural Education 100. 104. Agriculture in Secondary Schools. Assistant Professor BABCOCK and Mr. HUMMEL. Agriculture as a high school subject—aims, organization, methods. Reports and demonstrations on selected topics. 2 hrs., first half-year; Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: senior standing. GRADUATE COURSES. 200. The Practice of Teaching Agriculture. Assistant Professor BABCOCK, Mr. HUMMEL and Mr. STEBBINs. This course, if taken in connection with the lectures of Education 201, will satisfy the requirements in practice teaching for the high school teacher’s recommendation. ## p. 184 (#374) ############################################ 184 Agriculture. 202. Individual Study of Special Topics. Assistant Professor BABCOCK. Time and credit to be arranged. AGRICULTURE. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 14. Agriculture. Professor WICKSON. Field culture of grains, vegetables, and forage plants. 3 hrs., first half-year. M W F, 9. 8. Chemistry of Plants. Associate Professor SHAw and Mr. MADso N. A general course on the chemistry of plant growth, including the physics and nutrition of plants. 3 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th S, 11. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1A-1B or 1C-1D, or Soils 2. This course may be taken by students in the col- leges of general culture as part of the prescribed work in natural sciences in those colleges. 6. A Study of Cereals. Associate Professor SHAW and Mr. —. A detailed study of the cereals of America, with special reference to California and Pacific Coast conditions. It is highly desirable that the student should have finished Botany 3 and Agriculture 14 before entering upon this course. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 102. Agricultural Literature. Professor WICKSON. A critical study of current agricultural literature, especially the pub- lications of the agricultural experiment stations of the several States. 1 hr., first half-year. Tu, 10. May be repeated without duplication of work. Open only to students in the College of Agriculture. 104. University Extension in Agriculture. Professor WICKSON. Study and discussion of policies, methods, and practices of university extension in agricultural lines, as pursued by state universities and colleges of agriculture. 1 hr., second half-year. Th, 10. May be repeated without duplication of work. Open only to students in the College of Agriculture. 106. The History of Agriculture. Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Lectures devoted to a study of the development of the art, science and economy of agriculture, supplemented by assigned readings and ## p. 185 (#375) ############################################ Agriculture. 185 reports. Recommended especially for teachers and specialists in agricultural work. 2 hrs., second half-year. 2 units. Tu S, 11. Prerequisite: senior standing. 118. Farm Management. Professor ANDERSON. Lectures, discussions, and reports on agricultural methods, various farm operations and systems, farm accounting, management of farms, and some topics in rural economy. 3 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Lecture, Tu, 10. Laboratory, two sections, Tu W, 2-4. 121. Farm Management. Professor ANDERSON. Individual work upon special problems for a limited number of stu- dents. Must be preceded by Agriculture 118. 2 units either half- year. Conference hour first half-year, Tu, 3. GRADUATE COURSE. 200. Farm Management. Professor ANDERSON. Research in economic management of farms. The student should be able to spend at least one month continuously in farm census or survey in some section of the state. EXPERIMENTAL, AGRONOMY. The courses offered in this division are intended primarily for those desiring to take up advanced work in field crop production. They are offered to meet the needs of (1) those students taking general culture courses, or the management of land; (2) those fitting themselves to be agricultural teachers or investigators. Students specializing in experi- mental agronomy are advised to elect the following named courses in approximately the following order: Agriculture 14, 8, 6, 118; Irrigation 3, 4, 5; Experimental Agronomy 120A, 120B, 121. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 120A. Field Crop Improvement. Associate Professor SHAW. Satisfactory work upon the development of the Experiment Station idea, including some special line of investigation with assigned readings. The work may include the principles and methods of selection and breeding as applied to the improvement of field crops. 4 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Hours to be arranged. 120B. Methods of Investigation. Associate Professor SHAW. Compilation of experimental data; correlation tables; statistical tables. 3 to 12 hrs., either half-year; laboratory; 1 to 4 units. Hours to be arranged. ## p. 186 (#376) ############################################ 186 - Agriculture. 121. Experimentation with Field Crops. Associate Professor SHAw. This course involves actual practice in planning and conducting field experiments. It is intended to be a continuation of 120. The work may be pursued at some other place than Berkeley and may serve as the basis for an M.S. thesis. The course should be accom- panied or preceded by Agriculture 8 and 14, Soils and Fertilizers 2, and Experimental Agronomy 120. HORTICULTURE. The following courses will be given at Berkeley; later announcement will be made of horticultural instruction at the University Farm. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. Plant Propagation. Mr. MANSELL. A study of the methods of securing and perpetuating desirable varieties of plants, grafting, budding, layering, making cuttings, polina- tion, seedage, etc. Lectures, text-book, and practical exercises. 1 hr. lecture, 2 hrs. practical exercises, second half-year; 2 units. S, 9-12. 2. Landscape Gardening. Mr. MANSELL. The principles of ornamental and landscape gardening, with special reference to the beautifying of home grounds. Lectures, illus- trated by means of lantern slides and charts. 1 hr., first half-year. M, 10. 12. Horticulture. Professor WICKSON. Principles and practice of fruit growing in semi-tropical countries, with special reference to California conditions and methods. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 9. 19. Plant Breeding. Assistant Professor BABCOCK. Study of variation and heredity with special reference to commercial plant improvement; breeding methods. Lectures with assigned read- ing, laboratory and field work. 7 hrs., second half-year; 5 units. Lectures M W F, 2; laboratory and field, Tu Th, 2-4. Prerequisite: Botany 3 or 14. Horticulture 1 must precede or accompany this course. Matriculation subject 19b will be accepted in lieu of Horticulture 1. Economic Botany. (See Botany 14.) Assistant Professor HALL. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 14. Chemistry of Fruits. Assistant Professor CoI.BY. Chemical composition of fruits, and its relations to orchard soils, fertilizers, irrigation water, etc. 1 hr. lecture, second half-year. W, 1. ## p. 187 (#377) ############################################ Agriculture. 187 16. Viticulture. Associate Professor BIOLETTI and Mr. BONNET. A general course in the methods of establishing and maintaining a vineyard, with special reference to conditions existing in California. 3 hrs., second half-year. M W F, 8. 117. Ampelography and Viticultural Laboratory. Mr. BONNET. Study of the gross and minute structure of the vine; microscopical study of vine diseases. 4 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Hours to be arranged. Horticul- ture 16 must accompany or precede this course. 118. Pomology. Associate Professor CLARKE. A study of the more important fruits grown commercially in Cali- fornia. The subject will be taken up, (a) Systematically; studies of varieties, (b) Practically; establishment and maintenance of orchards, orchard mapping, etc., (c) Commercially; packing and marketing methods. Lectures and demonstrations. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. M, 2-4. Prerequisite: Horticul- ture 12. 120. Special Topics. Assistant Professor BABCOCK. Investigation of selected topics in horticulture by individual students, the results to be embodied in a report or thesis. Laboratory or field work with weekly conferences. 6-10 hrs., either half-year; 3 to 5 units. Conferences M. Tu W Th F, 11-12; labora- tory and field work to be arranged. Prerequisite: Botany 2 and 3 or 14, Horticulture 1, (or Matriculation 19b), and 118. It is neces- sary to obtain the consent of the instructor. GRADUATE COURSES. 231. Advanced Instruction in Horticulture. Professor WICKSON. 233. Advanced Instruction in Viticulture. Study of special problems. Prerequisite: Horticulture 16 and 17. SOILS AND FERTILIZERS. LOWER DIVISION COURSE. 2. General Course. Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Lectures on the physical, chemical, and bacteriological factors con- cerned in the production and maintenance of soil fertility. 3 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Tu Th S, 11. Though not required, a knowledge of the elements of chemistry and physics will be of considerable assistance to students in this course. ## p. 188 (#378) ############################################ 188 Agriculture. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 121. Laboratory Course in Soil Physics. Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Laboratory exercises dealing with the physical properties of soils; field experiments being used in conjunction where possible. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th. 1-4. Prerequisites: Soils and Fertilizers 2, and an elementary knowledge of physics. Class limited to twelve students, 1911-12. 122. Laboratory Course in Soil Chemistry. - Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Laboratory and field exercises devoted to the chemical examination of soils; including short methods for some important determinations and complete analyses of soils. Greenhouse experiments in con- junction. 9 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. M W F, 1-4. Prerequisites: Soils and Fertilizers 2, 121; Chemistry 3A-3B and 5A. Class limited to ten students, 1911-12. 123. Laboratory Course in Soil Bacteriology. Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Laboratory experiments illustrating the relation of soil bacteria to soil fertility. Methods for the bacteriological examination of soils; greenhouse and field experiments in conjunction. 6 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisites: Soils and Fertilizers 2, 121, 122; Bacteriology 1. Class limited to eight students, 1911-12. 124. The Chemistry of Fertilizers. Associate Professor BURD. The relations of fertilizers to plants and soils. Their occurrence, manufacture, composition, governmental control, agricultural value, and use. - 2 hrs., lecture, second half-year. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: Chemistry 3A-3B. 125. The Investigation of Fertilizers. Associate Professor BURD. Advanced work in the chemical and microscopical investigation of fertilizers with special reference to adulteration and agricultural valuation. Arranged for students specializing in agricultural chemistry. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Hours to be arranged with instructor. Prerequisite: Chemistry 3A-3B and 5A. It is highly desirable that students should also have had Soils and Fertilizers 124. 126. Pro-seminar in Soils. Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Discussion of papers read before the class on various topics of re- search in soils, by the several members of the seminar. Required of all students in courses 122, 123 and 235. 1-2 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. F, 4. ## p. 189 (#379) ############################################ Agriculture. 189 127. Special Problems. Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Topics for research in soils for senior theses or publications. Hours and units to be arranged. GRADUATE COURSE. 235. Soils. Assistant Professor LIPMAN. Laboratory research on some problem in soils work. Open to grad- uate students desiring to write a thesis on a topic in soil physics, soil chemistry, or soil bacteriology. Throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: all the courses in soils above outlined or equivalent training. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY. UPPER DIVISION COURSE. 121A-121B. Analysis of Water, Insecticides, Fruits. Assistant Professor Col.B.Y. Desk room is provided for fifteen advanced and special students in the analysis of agricultural material and products. 12 hrs., throughout the year; 4 units each half-year. M Tu W Th F, 1-4. Prerequisite: Chemistry 3A-3B and 5A. GRADUATE COURSE. 231. Laboratory Research in Agricultural Chemistry. Professor JAFFA and Assistant Professor COLBY. 1 hr., lecture, second half-year. W, 11. Laboratory work to be arranged. Prerequisite: Agricultural Chemistry 121A-121B. NUTRITION. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 2. Pure Food Laws and Their Operation. Professor JAFFA and Assistant Professor LEA. Lectures and recitations. The preservation and adulterations of both human and stock foods; a systematic review and discussion of the national and state laws on food inspection and control. 2 hrs., first half-year. M W, 8. 3. Elementary Laboratory Course in Food and Household Chemistry. Professor JAFFA and Mr. MCCHARLEs. Elementary chemical experiments and microscopical tests having direct bearing on selection and preparation of food and on general house- hold chemistry. ## p. 190 (#380) ############################################ 190 Agriculture. 6 hrs., to be arranged, second half-year; 2 units. Open only to students specializing in domestic science and high school agriculture. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 112. General Principles of Nutrition—Human. Professor JAFFA. Lectures and recitations on the functions and nutrients of food and the theories of digestion and metabolism. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 2. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1A-1B. 114. Feeds and Feeding. Professor JAFFA. Lectures on the composition and use of cattle and poultry foods; com- pounding of rations, etc.; practical application of the principles of animal nutrition to the rational feeding of farm animals. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1A-1B. 116. Principles of Dietary Construction. Professor JAFFA. Lectures and recitations on the chemical composition of foods and their adulterations; nutritive and economic value of foods. Dietary standards. - 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1A-1B. 118. Pro-seminar—Applied Dietetics. Professor JAFFA. Lectures and discussions with reference to dietaries for different conditions of life, varying ages, occupations and incomes. Diet. aries for institutions. Dietary in conditions of disturbed digestion and metabolism. 1 hr., throughout the year. Open only to students specializing in domestic economy; designed to aid in vocational training. Pre- requisite: Nutrition 112 and 116. 121. Laboratory Course in Food Chemistry. Professor JAFFA and Mr. MCCHARLEs. Chemical and microscopical methods for examination and analysis of human, cattle, and poultry foods, and methods for detection of adulteration. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 2-5. Prerequisite: Chem- istry 3A-3B and 5A. GRADUATE COURSE. 231. Special Research in Animal Nutrition. Professor JAFFA. Laboratory and lecture work on problems in the nutrition of man and other animals. 1 hr. lecture, 6 hrs. laboratory work, second half-year; 3 units. ## p. 191 (#381) ############################################ Agriculture. 191 AGRICULTURAL TECHNOLOGY. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 14. Winification. Associate Professor BIOLETTI. Lectures on the principles and methods of wine-making. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 8. 115. Zymology I. Associate Professor BIOLETTI and Mr. Lectures on the micro-organisms of fermentation, especially the moulds, yeasts, and bacteria occurring on grapes and in fermented liquors; with laboratory work in the purification and testing of yeasts. 10 hrs., first half-year; 4 units. Lecture, W, 4; laboratory, M W F, 1-4. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1A-1B and 3A-3B or their equivalent. 121. Analysis of Must and Wine. Assistant Professor COLBY. 7 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Lecture, Tu, 1; laboratory, Tu Th, 9-12. 122. Enological Laboratory. ' Mr. BONNET. A laboratory course in the microscopical, physiological, and chemical examination of grapes, wine, and the by-products of wine-making. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: Agricultural Technology 121 or its equivalent. Agricultural Technology 14 must precede or accompany this course. 123. Adulterations of Fermented and Distilled Liquors. Assistant Professor COLBY. 7 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Lecture, Tu, 1; laboratory, Tu Th, 9-12. - It is essential that students entering courses 121 and 123 should have some knowledge of elementary chemistry; and previous experience in wine-making will be of material advantage. 111. Sugar Technology. Associate Professor SHAW. A combined lecture and laboratory course dealing with practical meth- ods of field, factory, and laboratory management in the manufac- ture of beet sugar. The lectures aim to give the student a detailed description of the individual processes involved in the manufacture of sugar from both a theoretical and practical standpoint. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. M W F, 2-4. GRADUATE COURSES. 235. Research in Chemico-Agricultural Technology. Associate Professor SHAW. 236. Research in Enology. Associate Professor BIOLETTI. ## p. 192 (#382) ############################################ 192 Agriculture. ANIMAL INDUSTRY. Given only at the University Farm. Special announcement to be made later. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. Market Types of Dairy Cattle. — ———. A study of market conditions, breeding and grading of dairy stock for the markets; with practice work in judging market classes of dairy cattle. 3 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Lecture Tu, 11; judging Tu, 1-3. 2. Milk Production. The best methods of producing milk for the markets; feeding and care of the milch cow, the care and handling of milk from pro- ducer to consumer. 2 hrs., first half-year. M. W, 8. 3. Breed Types of Swine, Horses, and Cattle. Associate Professor MAJOR and Mr. PHILLIPs. A study of the origin, history, characteristics, and adaptability to different conditions of soil and climate; with practice work in judging representatives of the different breeds. 2 hrs. lectures, 2 laboratory judging periods, second half-year; 4 units. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 102. Livestock Feeding. -- - Study of the composition of feeding stuffs, feeding standards, calcu- lation of rations, preparation of feed stuffs, with special reference to practical feeding of all classes of livestock. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. 103. Principles of Breeding. -- Embraces a study of the principles of breeding, including selection, heredity, atavism, variation, fecundity, etc., with presentation of methods of breeding, in-and-inbreeding, cross breeding, line breed- ing and a historical study of their results in relation to livestock. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Given at the University Farm and Berkeley. At Berkeley, M Tu, 11; at Davis, to be arranged. 105. Livestock Management. Embraces the practical feeding, care, and management of horses and sheep. 1 hr. lecture, 3 hrs. laboratory, second half-year; 2 units. ## p. 193 (#383) ############################################ Agriculture. 193 POULTRY HUSBANDRY. 1. Housing, Care, Feeding and Management of Poultry. Professor JAFFA and Mr. WILKINs. Lectures, recitations, and practice, with a view to giving the student a practical insight into the various methods. 3 units. Hours to be arranged. Given at University Farm, second half-year. 3. Breeds, Breeding, and Judging. Professor JAFFA and Mr. WILKINs. A study of the characteristics of the different breeds of poultry with special references to California conditions. 3 hrs., lectures and practice; 2 units. Hours to be arranged. Given at University Farm, second half-year. Diseases of Poultry. [See Veterinary Science 111.] Special lectures from time to time at the University Farm. VETERINARY SCIENCE. UPPER DIVISION ('OURSES. The following courses will be accepted in veterinary colleges of good standing. 111. Veterinary Science. Assistant Professor HARING. The anatomy, physiology, and pathology of domestic animals; the more common diseases of horses, cattle, poultry, sheep, and swine will receive attention. 4 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Lecture Tu, 8; laboratory and field work Tu, 9-12. Prerequisite: Animal Industry 1 or 2. Given at the University Farm. Required of students in animal industry. 113. Minor Surgery and Veterinary Clinics. Assistant Professor HARING. To be given in connection with the clinic at the University Farm. Open only to students who are taking Veterinary Science 111. 4 hrs., . second half-year; 2 units. Lecture M, 1; clinic M, 2-5. 115. Veterinary Sanitary Science. Assistant Professor HARING. The infectious diseases of animals; their recognition and control. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Lectures and recitations W F, 2. ## p. 194 (#384) ############################################ 194 Agriculture. 117. Sanitary Milk Production. — —. Recitations, laboratory, and field work. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: Bacteri- ology 1. 119. Advanced Veterinary Science. Assistant Professor HARING. Original study on special topics. Given at Berkeley and also at the University Farm. Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and Veterinary Science 115, or Veterinary Science 111 and 113. 121. Field Work in Veterinary Science. Assistant Professor HARING. Each half-year; 1 unit. Hours by appointment. Open to students who have completed or are taking course 115. Advanced Bacteriology. [See Pathology 105.] Veterinary Entomology. [See Parasitology 117.] Assistant Professor HERMs. Helminthology. [See Parasitology 116.] Assistant Professor HERMs. DAIRY INDUSTRY. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 16. Milk Technology. Professor ANDERSON and Mr. DAVIS. Secretion, nature, and composition of cow's milk. Use of the Babcock and other tests in determining the butter-fat in milk and dairy products. The lactometer and acid tests as used in studying the composition and condition of cow's milk. Reference readings. 4 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Lecture Th, 11; laboratory Th, 1-4. Also given at the University Farm in 1911-12. Lecture M, 8; laboratory W, 1-4. - UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 114. Chemistry of Dairying. Professor JAFFA and Mr. MCCHARLES. Lectures on the chemistry of milk, butter-making, cheese and cheese- making, and the chemistry of the by-products of the dairy. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 1. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1A-1B or equivalent. 115. Laboratory Course in the Chemistry of Dairying. Professor JAFFA and Mr. MCCHARLES. Chemical and microscopical methods for examination of milk, butter, and all other dairy products and detection of adulterations. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units: Prerequisite: Chemistry 3A-3B and 5A. ## p. 195 (#385) ############################################ Agriculture. 195 Courses Given only at the University Farm. 117. Dairy Manufactures. Mr. DAvis, Mr. HAGEMANN, Mr. RUEHE. The creaming of milk and a comparison of methods of separation; handling, pasteurization, ripening and churning of cream; prepara- tion and use of starters; washing, salinity, working, packing and marketing of butter; principles and practice of making cheddar and other types of cheese; judging and scoring butter and cheese; , creamery records. 5 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Lectures W F, 8; laboratory Th, 1-4. Must be preceded or accompanied by Dairy Industry 16. * 125. Special Dairy Products. Mr. DAVIs, Mr. HAGEMANN, and others. Instruction and practice of making soft cheese, fancy creams, ices, ice cream, etc. 3 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. Laboratory period to be arranged, Must be preceded or accompanied by Dairy Industry 16 and 117. 126. Research Work. Mr. DAVIS. Individual investigation under supervision of instructor. Nature of work, amount of credit and time to be arranged. Bacteriology of Market Milk. (See Veterinary Science 117.) Assistant Professor HARING. ENTOMOLOGY. The relations of insects to human interests, particularly their effects on agriculture and public health, are the primary subjects dealt with in this and the following divisions. The courses are planned, therefore to give preparation for the teaching of nature-study and for the practical control by the farmer or professional entomologist of the diseases of plants and animals due to insects and related organisms. Lower Division courses when including course 1 may be taken by students in the colleges of general culture as prescribed work in natural sciences in those colleges. Courses 13, 26, 27, 121, and Parasitology 128 are especially suitable as preparation for nature-study work. Courses in Insecticides 16, 29, 103, 118, 119, and 124 are available in horticultural entomology. These, with Horticulture 12 and 118 and Plant Pathology 2 and 121, prepare for the work of Horticultural Commissioner. Courses 1, 13, 27, 111, 121, 112, 123, and 103 prepare for research in biology. Courses 1, 13, 112, 121, 123, and 103 prepare for work in systematic entomology. - ## p. 196 (#386) ############################################ 196 Agriculture. Courses 1, 13, 114, and 103 cover requirements in entomology in schools of forestry. Courses in Parasitology 116 and 117 satisfy requirements for parasit- ology in veterinary colleges of the best class. Courses in Parasitology 115, 125, 126, 129, and 216 prepare for work as Sanitary Inspector. Those intending to become professional entomologists should elect as nearly as possible all the courses offered. The graduate courses presuppose a reading knowledge of both French and German, as well as preparation in the natural sciences, chemistry, physics, zoology, physiology, and botany. There are no laboratory deposits required in these divisions, but students are expected to provide a part of their own equipment. The cost of this material need not exceed five dollars in any course, usually is much less. Those who desire, however, to purchase a compound microscope for their individual use are advised to do so. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1. General Entomology. - Professor Woodworth, Assistant Professor QUAYLE, and Mr. BRIDWELL. A general review of the structure, habits, and classification of insects. 5 hrs., either half-year; 3 units. Lectures Tu Th, 10; laboratory work in sections by appointment. 13. Classification of Insects. Professor WOODworTH and Mr. COLEMAN. A study of the external structure and the classification of insects. 4 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1-3. 23. Apiary Work. Professor WOODWORTH and Mr. The community life of colonies of bees in the apiary involving the technique of handling bees, including the more common manipu- lations. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1-4. To be given at the University Farm. 26. General Apiculture. Professor WOODWORTH. Lectures covering in outline the whole field of apiculture, with special emphasis on the natural history of the honey bee. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. 27. Ecology. - Assistant Professor HERMs. A discussion of the relation of insects to their environment, including a discussion of such topics as hunger and food, behavior, growth adaptation and variation, social habits insects and plants, aquatic habits, etc. 2 hrs., second half-year. M F, 10. ## p. 197 (#387) ############################################ Agriculture. 197 UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 103. Special Problems. Professor Woodworth and Assistant Professors QUAYLE and HERMs. Individual instruction in some special problems in entomology. 2 or more units, either half-year. M. Tu W Th F, 8-4; S, 8-12. 111. Anatomy. Mr. BRIDWELL. The gross and finer anatomy of insects, the use of histological methods of study. 6 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: Entomology 1 or 13. 112. Taxonomy. Mr. BRIDWELL. An advanced study of the classification of insects. 9 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. M F, 1-4. Prerequisite: Entomology 13. 114. Forest Insects. - Mr. BRIDWELL. The development of forest entomology; the insects damaging forests. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 4. 121. Metamorphoses. Assistant Professor QUAYLE. Insectary work supplemented by a review of the literature on insect metamorphosis. 9-15 hrs., second half-year; 3-5 units. Tu Th, 1-4. Prerequisite: En- tomology 1 or 13. 123. Entomography. Professor WOODworTH and A thorough drill in the methods of making illustrations for publica- tion and for teaching. 6 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. M F, 1-4. Prerequisite: Entomology 1 or 13. *127. Sensory Reactions. Assistant Professor HERMs. A study of the sensory reactions of animals with special reference to the control problems based on photic, chemical, and other stimuli. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Lectures M F, 9. Prerequisite: Parasitology 115 or 116 or 126 or Entomology 27. GRADUATE COURSE. 205. Research Work. Professor Woodworth and Assistant Professors QUAYLE and HERMS. * Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 198 (#388) ############################################ 198 Agriculture. Individual investigation under the direct supervision of the instructor, but not necessarily at Berkeley nor during the term. Credit will be given only on the basis of work ready for publication. INSECTICIDES. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 16. Economic Entomology. Professor WOODWORTH. Detailed studies of a series of the most injurious insects. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. 29. Spraying. Assistant Professor QUAYLE. Methods of spraying plants for the control of insect pests and fungous diseases. Lectures and practical exercises. 2 hrs., second half-year; 1 unit. W, 10. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 118. Insecticides and Fungicides. Assistant Professor COLBY. The composition and compounding of remedies. 1 hr., first half-year. Th, 2. 119. Horticultural Inspection. Professor WOOD worTH and Mr. A study of the laws relative to horticultural quarantine and inspec- tion work. 1 hr., first half-year. W, 9. 124. Citrus Insects. Assistant Professor QUAYLE. A study of the scales and other insects affecting citrus trees; methods of control. - 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 4. GRADUATE COURSES. 211. Growth. Professor WOODWORTH. The utilization of food by organisms; the comparison of the feeding and fasting animal; the effect of temperature. Lectures and seminar, first half-year. Tu Th, 8. Laboratory hours to be arranged. 221. Death. Professor WOODWORTH. A study of the phenomena connected with death in plants and animals, particularly the action of poisons; an experimental study of insecticides. Lectures and seminar, second half-year. Tu Th, 8. Laboratory work to be arranged. ## p. 199 (#389) ############################################ Agriculture. 199 PARASITOLOGY. Low ER DIVISION COURSE. 1. Parasites. - Assistant Professor HERMs. Lectures. on classification, biology, and principles of control as ap- plied to the commoner parasites of man and other animals. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 115. Medical Parasitology. Assistant Professor HERMs and Mr. SHAw. The control of the commoner parasites (particularly disease-bearing insects) of man and of the domesticated animals with special reference to the former. For students in public health, sanitary science, domestic science and agriculture. 5 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Lectures Tu Th, 11; laboratory 3 hrs., to be arranged. Prerequisite: after 1911-12, course 1, in addition to a laboratory course of college grade in biology in which the common instruments of study are used, such as dissecting needles, forceps, hand-lens and compound microscope. 126. Medical Entomology. Assistant Professor HERMs. The rôle of insects in the transmission of human diseases. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 11. Prerequisite: Entomol- ogy 1, or equivalent. 116. Veterinary Entomology. Assistant Professor HERMs and Mr. SHAw. The relation of insect parasites and disease transmitters to domesti- cated animals, including poultry. Especially designed for students in veterinary science and animal industry. When taken with course 117 satisfies the requirements for Parasitology in class A veterinary colleges. 5 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. Lectures M. F. 10; laboratory 3 hrs., to be arranged. Prerequisite: Entomology 1 or equivalent. 117. Helminthology. Assistant Professor HERMs and Mr. SHAW. Control of the commoner parasitic worms. 4 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. W, 10; laboratory 3 hrs., to be arranged. Prerequisite: as in course 115. 125. Parasiticides. Assistant Professor HERMs. The application of insecticides, germicides and fumigants in the con- trol of parasites. 1 hr., second half-year. M., 9. ## p. 200 (#390) ############################################ 200 Agriculture. 128. Household Insects. - Professor WOODwor.TH. The principal insects found in dwellings, particularly those attacking clothing, food, and persons. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 3. 129. Sanitary Inspection.. Assistant Professor HERMS and Mr. A study of the methods and principles of sanitary inspection quaran- time and disinfection with special reference to the legal aspects. Should be taken together with course 125. 1 hr., second half-year. W, 9. 101. Undergraduate Thesis Course. Assistant Professor HERMs. The investigation of a special problem with a written report on the results. Time and hours to be arranged. GRADUATE COURSES. 216. Tropical Parasitology. Assistant Professor HERMs. Recent advances in the study of insect-borne diseases of the tropics. Open to advanced seniors and graduates. 2 hrs., first half-year. Tu Th, 9. 226. Rural Health Problems. Assistant Professor HERMs. The study of farm conditions in reference to the control of insect- borne diseases, particularly malaria. 2 hrs., second half-year. Tu Th, 9. 201. Research. Assistant Professor HERMs. Investigation of problems in parasitic control. It is often necessary that the larger field problems be undertaken away from Berkeley. Time and hours to be arranged. - IPLANT IPATHOLOGY. Students intending to take advanced or special work on plant diseases should lay a thorough foundation in the allied subjects, particularly in botany, and in chemistry, physics, bacteriology, entomology, agricultural practice, and modern languages. The growing demand for specialists in this line, both in California and elsewhere, has led to increased facilities for instruction and specialization in the investigation of phyto-patho- logical problems, while the natural opportunities afforded for such train- ing in California may fairly be said to surpass those of almost any other region. ## p. 201 (#391) ############################################ Agriculture. 201 Low ER DIVISION COURSE. 2. General Plant Pathology. Assistant Professor HORNE. Lectures, illustrated by specimens, charts, photographs, and field observations on the general relation of economic plants to con- ditions which affect their health, vigor, and productiveness. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 2. UPPER DIVISION COURSES. 121. Laboratory Course. Assistant Professor HORNE. The principal diseases affecting cultivated plants in California, with elementary instruction in laboratory methods. Intended for students desiring a brief, practical knowledge of the subject. 4 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Time to be arranged. Prerequisites: Plant Pathology 2, Botany 2 and 3, and first half of Botany 105A- 105B. - 122A. Advanced Lectures in Plant Pathology. Assistant Professor HORNE. First half-year. Time and hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: same as for course 123A-123B. 122B. Pro-Seminar. - Assistant Professor HORNE. Assigned readings and conferences with compilation of a bibliography. Second half-year. Time and hours to be arranged. Prerequisite: same as for course 123A-123B. 123A-123B. Advanced Laboratory in Plant Pathology. Assistant Professor HORNE. A more comprehensive course on the nature and causes of disease in plants, with thorough practice in microscopic, histologic, culture and experimental methods, intended for students desiring to make a specialty of the subject. 6 hrs., throughout the year; 3 units each half-year. Time to be arranged. Prerequisites: Plant Pathology 2, Botany 2, 3, 105A- 105B and 109A-109B, Pathology (Bacteriology) 1, familiarity with chemistry. GRADUATE COURSE. Graduate work in plant pathology may be done wholly or in part at the Southern California Pathological Laboratory, Whittier, California, where unexcelled facilities are available for special study. 230. Research Work. Professor SMITH and Assistant Professor HORNE. Original investigation of special problems. ## p. 202 (#392) ############################################ 202 Agriculture. IRRIGATION. Irrigation Institutions and Economics. [See Irrigation 1.] Assistant Professor CHANDLER. Agricultural Hydraulics. [See Irrigation 5.] Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. Water Supply for Irrigation; Conservation and Use of Water. [See Irri- gation 3.] Assistant Professor CHANDLER. Drainage. [See Irrigation 4.] Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. Irrigation Drawing. [See Irrigation 5A.] - Associate Professor ETCHEVERRY. ## p. 203 (#393) ############################################ Military Science and Tactics. 203 MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS. EDw ARD M. LEwis, Major of Infantry, U. S. Army, Graduate U. S. Mili- tary Academy, Professor of Military Science and Tactics. 1A-1B. Practical Course. Professor LEWIS and Assistants. 2A. 2B. 2C. Exercises in infantry drill regulations, field service regulations, manual of guard duty, and firing regulations for small arms. 2 hrs. and 3 hrs. alternating, weekly throughout the year; 1% units each year, credited 14, unit at the end of first half-year, 1 unit at end of second half-year. M W alt. F, 11. - - Prescribed for all able-bodied male students, including special students, during the first and second years of the undergraduate course; elective, during their third year, to sergeants (credit 1 unit each half-year), and, during their third and fourth years, to commis- sioned officers (credit (1% units each half-year.) Theoretical Course. Professor LEWIS and Cadet Officers. Infantry drill regulations and manual of guard duty. 1 hr., first half-year; 1 unit. F, 4. Prescribed for all able-bodied male students, including special students, during the first year of the undergraduate course. Theoretical Course. Professor LEWIS. Lectures on small arms target practice, organization, discipline, and the subjects contained in field service regulations. 1 hr., first half-year; 1 unit. W, 4. Prescribed for all able-bodied male students, including special students, during the second year of the undergraduate course. Theoretical Course. Professor LEWIs. Lectures on subjects in minor tactics, solution of tactical problems, map and terrain. Exercises in company administration and the preparation of official papers. 1 hr., second half-year; 1 unit. Tu, 4. Open to third and fourth-year students enrolled in Military 1. ## p. 204 (#394) ############################################ 204 Physical Culture. PHYSICAL CULTURE. WALTER E. MAGEE, Professor of Physical Culture. VICTOR V. LIGDA, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Culture. RAYMOND T. SCOTT, Assistant in Physical Culture. GENEVRA E. MAGEE, Assistant in Physical Culture. Louis A A. PLACE, Assistant in Physical Culture. All students are examined from time to time, with reference to their health and physical development, and appropriate exercises are pre- scribed. These exercises are conducted in classes, so far as practicable. To those found unable to do class work, special instruction is given, and exercises adapted as nearly as possible to individual needs are pre- scribed. The expenses for each student are four to five dollars for a regulation suit. The Hearst Gymnasium and outdoor court are reserved for the exclusive use of young women. In suitable weather classes are con- ducted in the court. All undergraduate students will be charged a semi-annual fee of two dollars, in return for which the University will supply to each student locker and towels at the gymnasiums. This is payable at the time of reg- istration each half-year. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. 1A-1B. Course for Men. Professor MAGEE, Assistant Professor LIGDA and Mr. SCOTT. Exercises without apparatus; the developing appliances; chest-weights, dumb-bells, bar-bells, and Indian clubs. Exercises adapted to men unable to take part in class work. Exercises in walking and run- ning; mat exercises and parallel bars. 4 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Three sections. M Tu W Th, 3, 4, 5. Prescribed to all undergraduate men during the first year of their attendance at the University. 1C-1D. Advanced Course. Professor LIGDA. Exercises with parallel bars, vaulting-horse, horizontal bar. Mat work, single stick, balancing and recreative exercises. 2 hrs., throughout the year; 14 unit each half-year. M W, 3. Pre- requisite: course 1A-1B. 1E-1F. The Principles of Wrestling. Assistant Professor LIGDA and Mr. SCOTT. 2 hrs., throughout the year; } unit each half-year. Tu Th, 11. Pre- requisite: course 1A-1B. ## p. 205 (#395) ############################################ Physical Culture. - 205 2A-2B. Course for Women. Mrs. MAGEE and Miss PLACE. Exercises without apparatus; breathing exercises; the developing appliances; relaxing exercises, walking, running, and mat exer- cises; chest-weights, dumb-bells, bar-bells, Indian clubs; folk dancing. Recreative exercises. Exercises adapted to women unable to take part in class work. 4 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Three sections. M Tu W Th, 2, 3, 4. Prescribed to all undergraduate women during the first year of their attendance at the University. 2C-2D. Advanced Course for Women. - Professor MAGEE, Mrs. MAGEE, and Miss PLACE. Advanced exercises with chest-weights, Indian clubs, Swedish booms, stall bars, ladders, and rings. The principles of fencing. Special apparatus work. Mat exercises, the developing appliances, and breathing exercises. Games, recreative exercises and folk dancing. 4 hrs., 1 unit each half-year. M Tu W Th, 11. Prerequisite: course 2A-2B. To be taken as a companion course with the Upper Division courses. While it is intended primarily for those preparing to teach physi- cal training, it is open to all qualified women students. 3. Scoutcraft and Citizenship. Assistant Professor LIGDA. Scout’s instruction, sign deduction, woodcraft, health-giving habits, self-discipline, self-improvement, helping others, patriotism, and true citizenship. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 10. |UPPER DIVISION COURSES. Training course for students intending to become teachers of physical training. 103A-103B. History and Literature of Physical Training, and Public School Exercises. Professor MAGEE. The gymnastic training in ancient Greece; modern training in Sweden, Germany, and England; physical training in the United States, and its further development. Lectures, illustrated slides, recita- tions and assigned reading. Breathing exercises; the proper man- ner of sitting, standing, walking, running, exercises without appara- tus, figure marching. Practice in teaching. 2 hrs., throughout the year; 2 units each half-year. M W, 1. 104. Human Anatomy. Professor MAGEE. Skeleton (number and forms of bones, spine, thorax, upper and lower extremities); articulations (structures composing the joints); muscles and fasciae (general description of muscle, tendon, aponeurosis, fascia); illustrated by charts, diagrams, and stereo- ## p. 206 (#396) ############################################ 206 - Physical Culture. scopic pictures, as well as by the skeleton in the articulated and single form. Lectures and demonstrations on the action of the muscles and methods of developing them. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1. 105. Anthropometry and Prescription of Exercise. Professor MAGEE. History of anthropometry; Greek standards, description of modern instruments; the technique of measurements. Acquired deformi- ties and their remedies; testing and examining individuals to note variations from the normal and to ascertain their fitness for par- ticular exercises. 2 hrs., second half-year; 2 units. Tu Th, 1. Prerequisite: course 104. 106. Playground Supervision. Professor MAGEE and a Reader. A study of the functions of a supervisor or director of playgrounds. Topics: Organization, construction, equipment, discipline, games and exercises for children and adults. Story telling; games for little children; theory and practice. Handwork, paper folding, weaving with reed, rafia and wool. Sand box work. This course is to be taken in connection with courses: for men, 1A-1B, 1C-1D, 1E-1F, 103A-103B, 104, 105; for women, courses 2A-2B, 20-2D, 103A- 103B, 104, 105. It is very desirable that Education 105A and 127 and Economics 119 be taken as preliminary to this course or as companion courses with it. 2 hrs., first half-year; 2 units. M W, 10. NOTE.-Candidates for the minor recommendation for the teacher’s certificate in physical culture, should, in addition to the prescribed work, take courses 1C-1D, 1 E-1F, for men, 20-2D, for women, and courses 103A- 103B, 104, 105, and 107. 107A-107B. The Practice of Teaching. Professor MAGEE and Mrs. MAGEE. Opportunity will be given to gain practical experience in assisting in the University gymnasium and in the various playgrounds in the immediate vicinity. 4 hrs., throughout the year; 2 units. Prerequisite: All upper division courses and prescribed work. ## p. 207 (#397) ############################################ College of Medicine. 207 COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. The instruction of the first two years of the medical course is given in Berkeley. The first year of this work may also be counted towards the bachelor's degree in the colleges of general culture for those who have attained senior standing. For further information reference would be made to the special announcement of the College of Medicine. ANATOMY. 2 RoberT O. Moody, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. ANTONIO M. DAL PIAz, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy. RICHARD W. HARVEY, M.S., Instructor in Anatomy. RUBY L. CUNNINGHAM, B.S., Assistant in Anatomy. EDWARD MILLER, Technical Assistant. This department is thoroughly equipped for research in systematic anatomy, neurology, and histology. The equipment includes a depart- mental library in which are complete sets of the leading periodicals. 101. Histology. - Dr. DAL PIAZ. First year, first half-year, 2 laboratory periods, 2 lectures a week; 4 units. M S, 8-12. 102. Microscopic Organology. Dr. DAL PIAZ. First year, first half-year, 2 laboratory periods, 2 lectures a week; 4 units. W Th, 8-12. 103. Neurology. Mr. HARVEY. Second year, first half-year, 2 lectures, 2 laboratory periods a week; 4 units. Tu Th, 1-5. SYSTEMATIC HUMAN ANATOMY. 104. Osteology. Dr. DAL PIAZ and Miss CUNNINGHAM. Each student is loaned a skeleton and is required to model representa. tives of each type of bones and to become familiar with the de- tailed characters and differential peculiarities of each bone in the body. First year, first half-year. M. Tu Th F, 1-5, first 8 weeks. 2% units. *, In residence second half-year only, 1911-12. ## p. 208 (#398) ############################################ 208 College of Medicine. 105. Head and Neck. Assistant Professor Moody, Dr. DAL PIAz, Mr. HARVEY and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year, first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F, 1-5; Tu Th, 8-12; second 8 weeks for first year students, M Tu W Th F, 1-5. Second half-year, 16 weeks, M Tu W Th F, 8-12. 3% units. 106. Arm and Thorax. Assistant Professor Moody, Dr. DAL PIAz, Mr. HARVEY and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year, first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F, 1-5; Tu Th, 8-12; second 8 weeks for first year students, M Tu W Th F, 1-5. Second half-year, 16 weeks, M Tu W Th F, 8-12. 3% units. - 107. Leg and Abdomen. - Assistant Professor Moody, Dr. DAL PIAz, Mr. HARVEY and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year, first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F, 1-5; Tu Th, 8-12; second 8 weeks for first-year students, M Tu W Th F, 1-5. Second half-year, 16 weeks, M Tu W Th F, 8-12. 314 units. 108. Regional and Topographical Anatomy and Normal Physical Diag. nosis. Assistant Professor MOODY. Second half-year. Living models, special dissections and sections of the body are used in this course, to enable the student to become more familiar with structural relations and to assemble information obtained in pre- ceding dissections. The normal heart and lung sounds and the mapping out of organs by percussion are studied on the living models. 2% units. W F, 8-12. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, and 107. 109. Special Anatomy for Physicians and Advanced Students. Assistant Professor MOODY. Hours arranged to suit applicants. 210. Research. Assistant Professor MOODY. Students and others who are sufficiently prepared will be allowed to undertake research upon original problems under the direction of the head of the department. The course also gives opportunity for those wishing to gain experience in special histological technique and in the construction of papers for publication. If the results obtained merit it, they will be published. To cover the cost of material expensive to obtain, chemicals, etc., a laboratory fee of $5 will be charged. Hours optional. ## p. 209 (#399) ############################################ College of Medicine. 209 2. Histological Technique. Mr. MILLER. Designed for those wishing to further familiarize themselves with the general and special methods of obtaining, fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting material for microscopical examination. The course is optional. It cannot be substituted for work required in the medical department. Hours to be arranged. Laboratory fee to cover cost of material, $10. PHYSIOLOGY. See pp. 137-138 of this announcement. Courses 103, 104, 105, 106, and 213, as there announced are intended for students in the College of Medicine. PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY. FREDERICK P. GAY, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology. John G. FITZ-GERALD, M.B., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. GLANVILLE Y. RUsk, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. ADELBERT W. LEE, M.D., Instructor in Pathology. Ivan C. HALL, A.B., Assistant in Bacteriology. FOR STUDENTS IN AIL COLLEGES. LOWER DIVISION COURSE. 1. General Bacteriology. Associate Professor FITZ-GERALD and Mr. HALL. Laboratory course with informal lectures. The occurrence of bac- teria and their action. Methods of isolating, identifying and studying bacteria. Bacterial contamination of water and milk. 9 hrs., first half-year; 3 units. M W F, 1-4. |UPPER DIVISION COURSE. 105. Advanced Bacteriology. Associate Professor FITZ-GERALD. Original study on special topics. Prerequisite: Completion of at least course 1. Either half-year. Hours to be arranged. PRIMARILY FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS. Instruction in pathology and bacteriology is given in the Hearst Laboratory of Pathology in Berkeley during the second year, and at the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital in San Francisco during the third and fourth year. ## p. 210 (#400) ############################################ 210 College of Medicine. The course in pathology aims to outline the natural history of disease- The instruction is for convenience divided into three correlated courses. dealing respectively with causation, progress and effect. 101. Bacteriology and Protozoology. Associate Professor Fitz-GERAI D. Bacteriological methods are first taught; the preparation of culture media, the isolation of bacteria in pure culture, and the mor- phology and cultural characteristics of bacterial species. The pathogenic bacteria are then taken up in relation to specific dis- eases. The lower animal parasites concerned in systemic diseases are then considered. Lectures are employed for outlining general principles, the work being largely practical. 8 hrs., second half-year. 3 units. 102. Infection and Immunity. Professor GAY. The course presents the most accessible aspects of functional pathol- ogy. It traces the evolution of infectious disease in the body and the mechanism of animal defense. Experimental methods of study- ing infection are demonstrated and so far as practicable carried out by the student. A systematic course of lectures will outline the principles of immunology with a consideration of their applic- ability in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. These lectures may be taken by non-medical students without laboratory work. 8 hrs., second half-year; 3 units. Lecture 2 hrs.; 2 units. º 103. Morbid Anatomy and Histopathology. Assistant Professor RUsk. The organ and tissue changes in disease in the animal and particu- larly in the human body will be studied in this course. Macroscopic lesions will be illustrated by fresh material from autopsies, museum specimens, and lantern demonstrations, and the micro- scopic appearances will be studied by means of a loan collection of prepared slides. Experimental lesions are used to emphasize the evolution of such processes. This course, while largely prac- tical, is considered systematically in lectures and conferences. 16 hrs., second half-year; 6 units. 104. Autopsy Course. Dr. LEE. During the third and fourth years an autopsy course is conducted in the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital. The members of the class witness and participate in the autopsies held upon the subjects, which during life were the objects of clinical study by the same students. GRADUATE COURSES. 201. Research. Professor GAY. Problems of infection and immunity. Either half-year. Hours and units to be arranged. 202. Research. Neuropathology. Assistant Professor RUSK. Either half-year. Hours and units to be arranged. ## p. 211 (#401) ############################################ Comparative Study of Literature. 211 THE COMPARATIVE STUDY OF LITERATURE. The following lists of courses are intended to indicate the oppor-. tunities offered by the various language departments for the comparative study of literature. It is hoped that the lists will help the student to make a wise selection of courses, such as will lead to the study of types, periods, and movements in several literatures, in addition to the primary specialization in one literature. The courses in foreign literatures in English do not require a knowl- edge of any foreign language, and are open, as free electives, to all members of the Upper Division. English 4J-4K is open to members of the Lower Division as well. All courses here listed are fully described in the announcements of the departments concerned. JOURSES IN LITERARY TYPES, PERIODS, AND MOVEMENTS. Popular Literature: Latin 116; English 243; #Slavic 21. Epic: #Sanskrit 21; Latin 173; English 111B, 115B; German 116A. Fiction: English 1090; German 111A-111B, #Slavic 20. Lyric: Latin 5, 115, 137: German 110A-110B. Pastoral: Latin 132. Drama: Sanskrit 106; Greek 7, 121, 137, 253A-253B; Latin 139; English 114A, 1170; German 230A-230B ; French 120A, 120B ; Spanish 108A- 108B. Theory of Literature: Latin 126; English 5A, 109A, 109B, 10c-10d, 113B, 241A-241B. Periods and Movements: Modern Languages 10; English 115A, 118, 1190, 121A-121B, 121c-121D, 25, 130, 245A-245B, 249; German 105A, 105B, 225A-225B, 228B, 241A-241B, 244A-244B; French 104A, 104B, 201A, 225A-225B; Italian 104A-104B, 106A-106B ; Spanish 205A-205B. # Courses thus marked do not require a knowledge of any foreign language. ## p. 212 (#402) ############################################ 212 Comparative Study of Literature. FOREIGN LITERATURES IN ENGLISH. Modern Languages 10, Periods of European Literature. Associate Professor HART. Modern Languages 11, Representative Authors of European Literature. English 4.J-4K, Great Books. Professor GAYI EY. Oriental Languages 102B, Chinese Literature. Professor FRYER. Sanskrit 20. The Veda and the Philosophical Systems. Assistant Professor RYDER. Sanskrit 21, Classical Sanskrit Literature. Assistant Professor RYDER. Greek 41A, Greek Literature: The Poets. Professor CLAPP. Greek 41B, Greek Prose Literature. Professor CLAFP. Latin 22B, Masterpieces of Roman Literature Dr. PETERSSON. German 9A-9B, Outlines of the History of German Literature. Professor SCHILLING. Slavic 20, The Russian Novelists. Associate Professor Noy Es. Slavic 21, Russian Literature. Associate Professor No YEs. Slavic 22, Slavic Literature. Associate Professor Noy Es. ## p. 213 (#403) ############################################ Honors. - 213 REGULATIONS CONCERNING. HONORS. 1. Departments or colleges are authorized to recommend for honors with the bachelor's degree such students as shall have satisfied the require- ments for honors. 2. The requirements for honors are normally as follows: (a) In the Colleges of General Culture and of Commerce, Agriculture, and Chemistry every candidate for honors must complete, with marked scholarly success, a course or combination of courses equivalent to not more than two or three hours a week of attendance but calling for a total of about fifteen hours a week of effort, inclusive of attendance or formal conferences, and entitling the student to five units of credit. Such honor courses will be open to seniors, not exceeding twelve in number for each course. who, because of the quality of their previous work, shall have been declared eligible therefor by the department concerned. (b) In the Colleges of Engineering, and in the College of Medicine for students who become candidates for a bachelor's degree, and in the depart- ments of Jurisprudence and Architecture students may be recommended for honors on the basis of the quality of the work done in the regular curriculum of the senior year or its equivalent, or on the basis of a thesis showing ability to do original work. (c) Or, students may be recommended for honors in any college or department on the basis of a thesis showing ability to do original work. Honor courses are designated in this announcement by the letter H following the course number. ## p. 214 (#404) ############################################ 214 Music; Theses. IMUSIC. *JoHN FREDERICK WoLLE, Mus.D., Professor of Music. RICHARD F. SCHOLZ, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ancient History. LOWER DIVISION COURSES. flA-1B. Harmony. Professor WOLLE. Notation, intervals, construction of scales, triads, chords and their relationships, inversions, part-writing, cadences, sequences, key-rela- tionship, suspensions, passing and changing notes, organ-point, trans- position, analysis, modulation, and improvisation; harmonizing of melodies. 1 hr., throughout the year. Two sections. Tu, 4-5. Prerequisite: a knowledge of the rudiments of music. Some proficiency in the play- ing of an instrument, preferably the piano, is very desirable but not absolutely necessary. f2A-2B. Counterpoint. Professor WOLLE. Melody and the combination of melodies; simple and double counter- point, imitation, canon, and fugue. Canti Firmi are given, to which are added other voices. Free melodies are treated in combination. Analysis of musical compositions. 1 hr., throughout the year. Tu, 3. Prerequisite: a knowledge of har- mony. 3A-3B. Choral Music. Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. The masterpieces of choral composition. All "students who possess the ability to sing and who have accurate musical ears are urged to apply for admission. 2 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. Tu Th, 1. 4A-4B. Orchestral Practice. Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. Classic orchestral compositions. 2 hrs., throughout the year; 1 unit each half-year. W., 7:30-9:30 p.m. THESES. For the regulations concerning theses see the annual Circular of In- formation of the Academic Colleges. * Absent on leave, 1911-12. † Not to be given, 1911-12. ## p. 215 (#405) ############################################ REGISTER—PART III LICK ASTRONOMICAL DEPARTMENT NOVEMBER, 1911 ## p. 216 (#406) ############################################ ## p. 217 (#407) ############################################ Lick Astronomical Department. 1 LICK ASTRONOMICAL DEPARTMENT (LICK oBSERVATORY.) OFFICERS OF THE OBSERVATORY. BENJ. IDE WHEELER, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University. WILLIAM W. CAMPBELL, Sc.D., LL.D., Director and Astronomer. RICHARD H. TUCKER, C.E., Astronomer. ROBERT G. AITKEN, M.A., Sc.D., Astronomer. WILLIAM H. WRIGHT, B.S., Astronomer. HEBER D. CURTIs, Ph.D., Astronomer. Joseph H. MooRE, Ph.D., Mills Acting Astronomer. (At Santiago, Chile.) Mrs. Joseph H. MooRE, Mills Assistant. (At Santiago, Chile.) ADELAIDE M. HoBE, B.S., Carnegie Assistant. *GEORGE F. PADDoCK, M.A., Mills Assistant Astronomer. (At Santiago, Chile.) RALPH E. WILsoN, Ph.D., Assistant. Ross S. SHEPPARD, A.B., Assistant. Roscoe F. SANFORD, B.S., Mills Assistant. (At Santiago, Chile.) KEIVIN BURNs, Ph.D., Martin Kellogg Fellow. REYNoLD K. YoUNG, Fellow. PAUL W. MERRILL, Fellow. CARL C. KIEss, Fellow. RUTH STANDEN, Secretary. HISTORY OF THE LICK OBSERVATORY. The Observatory was foundéd by James Lick, by a deed of trust dated September 21, 1875. This deed devotes the sum of $700,000 to “the pur- pose of purchasing land, and constructing and putting upon such land . a powerful telescope, superior to and more powerful than any telescope yet made; . . . . and, also, a suitable observatory connected therewith.” The deed further provides that “if, after the construction * To July 17, 1911. ## p. 218 (#408) ############################################ 2 Lick Astronomical Department. of said telescope and observatory, there shall remain of said $700,000 . . . . any surplus, ’’ the surplus shall be invested and that “the income thereof shall be devoted to the maintenance of said telescope and the observatory connected there with, and shall be made useful in promoting science; and the said telescope and observatory are to be known as the Lick Astronomical Department of the University of California.” The gift of Mr. Lick was accepted by the Regents December 7, 1875. LOCATION. Mr. Lick had already, in August, 1875, selected Mount Hamilton in Santa Clara County, as a site for the Observatory. Land for the site (1345.80 acres) was granted by Act of Congress in 1876. One hundred and ninety-one and forty-nine hundredths acres were granted to the University for the use of the Observatory in 1878. A tract of forty acres was added by gift of R. F. Morrow, Esq., in 1886. Three hundred and twenty acres were granted by the Legislature in 1888. A second Con- gressional grant, comprising 599.94 acres, was added in 1892. The Regents of the University purchased forty acres additional in 1901, 240 acres in 1904, and 125.42 acres in 1908. The total area is 2902.65 acres. BUILDINGS AND INSTRUMENTs. The Observatory consists of a Main Building, containing computing rooms, library (of 7500 books and 5000 pamphlets), and the domes of the 36-inch Equatorial and the 12-inch Equatorial and of Detached Buildings, to shelter the Crossley Reflector, the Meridian Circle, the Transit, the portable Equatorial, the Crocker, and the Floyd Photographic Telescopes. A fireproof building was completed in 1909. It contains vaults for the storage of astronomical negatives, observations and other records of value, and instruments temporarily not in use; together with photographic dark- rooms and photographic and spectrographic laboratories. On the grounds are dwelling-houses for the astronomers, students, and employees, and shops for the workmen. The Observatory is well provided with instru- ments, some of which are enumerated below: 36-inch Equatorial; objective by Alvan Clark & Sons, mounting by Warner & Swasey. This instrument has also a photographic corrector of 33-inch aperture, figured by Mr. Alvan G. Clark. 3-foot Reflecting Telescope; presented to the Lick Observatory in 1895 by Edward Crossley, Esq., of Halifax, England. The large mirror of this instrument is by Sir Howard Grubb. An entirely new mounting has been constructed. The building was erected from funds subscribed by citizens of California. ## p. 219 (#409) ############################################ Lick Astronomical Department. 3. 13-inch Equatorial; by Alvan Clark & Sons. 6%-inch Meridian Circle; objective by Alvan Clark & Sons, mounted by Repsold. 6%-inch Equatorial Mounting ; by Warner & Swasey. 6%-inch Bruce Comet Seeker; objective by Brashear, mounting made at the Lick Observatory. 6-inch Crocker Photographic Telescope; objective by Willard, refigured by J. A. Brashear, who provided the mounting also. 5-inch Floyd Telescope; presented by Mrs. Peter Gopcevic (née Miss H. A. L. Floyd); interchangeable photographic and visual objective by Alvan Clark & Sons. 5-inch Horizontal Photoheliograph; by Alvan Clark & Sons. 4-inch Transit; objective by Alvan Clark & Sons, mounting by Fauth & Co. 4-inch Comet Seeker; by Alvan Clark & Sons. A Spectroscope, especially adapted for photography; given by Hon. D. O. Mills, for use with the 36-inch Refractor. A Spectroscope, especially adapted for photography with the Crossley Reflector, and two Photometers for use with the 36-inch and 12-inch tele- scopes, provided from the proceeds of a gift from the late Miss C. W. Bruce, of New York City. A 36%-inch Cassegrain Reflecting Telescope, with modern dome and a 3-prism spectrograph, the gift of Hon. D. O. Mills, for use on an astro- nomical expedition to the southern hemisphere. This expedition is now at work, on the summit of San Cristobal, in the northeast suburbs of Santiago, Chile. There are, besides, many minor pieces of apparatus. UNIVERSITY FELLOWSHIPS. The Regents have established in the Lick Astronomical Department three salaried fellowships. These usually permit the holders to pursue studies and undertake investigations in fulfillment of requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. It is essential that each successful applicant shall be a graduate of a college or university of high standing, and shall have decided to make astronomy or one of the related sciences the basis of a professional career. Applications should be made in writing to the Director of the Lick Observatory. MARTIN KELLOGG FELLOwsHIP. A fellowship in the Lick Astronomical Department has been endowed by Mrs. Louise W. B. Kellogg in memory of her husband, Martin Kellogg, ## p. 220 (#410) ############################################ 4 Lick Astronomical Department. deceased, whose services to the University of California as Professor and President covered nearly half a century. The purpose of the Martin Kellogg Fellowship is to provide oppor- tunities for advanced instruction and for research to students who have already received the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, or to members of the staffs of observatories. Preference will be given to qualified appli- cants who may desire to pursue formal studies or researches in the Lick Astronomical Department, or in the Lick and Berkeley Astronomical Departments, and to members of the Lick Astronomical Department who may desire to undertake work in another university or observatory; but it is possible that opportunities will arise to award this fellowship, in cases of special merit, without restrictions as to the places of residence of applicants and holders. The stipend per annum is variable in amount, and would aim to cover the necessary expenses of travel and residence. Applications, including outlines of proposed plans and estimates of neces- sary expenses, should be made in writing to the Director of the Lick Observatory. SPECIAL ASSISTANTS. On the recommendation of the Director and with the approval of the President, persons with experience in astronomical investigation may occasionally be received at the Lick Observatory, to act as assistants in definite researches then in progress. These assistants, serving without pay, will be assigned to such duties as will be advantageous both to the Observatory and to themselves. Opportunity for making independent researches will be available only in exceptional cases. SPECIAL INVESTIGATORS. It occasionally occurs that eminent investigators from other institu- tions desire to utilize the exceptional advantages of the Lick Observatory, for the solution of special problems. Opportunity for such researches will be provided in case no interference with the regular programme of work would arise therefrom. REGULATIONS REGARDING STUDENTS AT THE LICK OBSERVATORY. At the Lick Observatory graduate instruction in astronomy is offered by the Director and the Astronomers, in connection with the investiga- tions in which they are engaged, or which may be specially assigned to the students by the Director. Graduate instruction at the Lick Observa- tory is restricted, as a general rule, to students qualified to be on the | ## p. 221 (#411) ############################################ Lick Astronomical Department. 5 footing of astronomical assistants. All undergraduate instruction in astronomy and such graduate instruction as is not carried on at the Lick Observatory is conducted at Berkeley. Applicants for admission to the Lick Observatory must first qualify before the Academic Council as graduate students of the University. Applicants are advised to file their applications with the Recorder of the Faculties, at Berkeley, before May 1st. After admission as graduate students, their applications for admission to the Lick Observatory are referred to a standing committee of the Academic Council consisting of the President of the University, the Director of the Lick Observatory, the Director of the Students’ Observatory, and the heads of the depart- ments of Mathematics and Physics. As many graduate students as can be furnished accommodations at Mount Hamilton, without expense to the University, may pursue astro- nomical studies at the Lick Observatory; and in return for the accom- modations they will be required to execute such computations, etc., as are assigned to them. It is usually advantageous for students to choose their time of resi- dence at the Lick Observatory in the period from May to December. HIGHER DEGREES. Graduate students enrolled in the Lick Astronomical Department of the University may become candidates for the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. The general conditions on which these degrees are granted are printed in the Circular of Information, Academic Colleges. Candidates holding fellowships in the Lick Astronomical Department are usually required to spend one term each year in graduate work at Berkeley; the place of residence being assigned by the Director of the Lick Observatory, from a consideration of the needs of the Observatory work, and of the courses of instruction available at Berkeley, after con- sultation with the heads of the related departments of the University. In all other cases the term of residence at Mount Hamilton and at Berkeley is determined by the proper committee for each individual candidate. QUARTERS FOR STUDENTS. Comfortable quarters (partly furnished) are allotted to students at the Observatory. Students make their own arrangements for board and service. The cost per month for each student need not exceed $30. Each ## p. 222 (#412) ############################################ 6 Lick Astronomical Department. student should bring with him the linen for his room, blankets, etc., and should also provide himself with the text-books which are constantly needed: Young's General Astronomy, Campbell's Practical Astronomy, Bruennow's Lehrbuch der Sphaerischen Astronomie, or Chauvenet's Spherical and Practical Astronomy, Watson's Theoretical Astronomy, Oppolzer's Bahnbestimmung, Klinkerfues’-Buchholz's Theoretische As- tronomie, or Bauschinger's Bahnbestimmung; standard six-, five-, and four-place tables; Crelle’s Rechentafeln; etc. All injuries to apparatus must be made good at the student’s expense, and students are expected to provide the larger part of the chemicals used in their practice of photography. Intending students will do well to communicate with the Director of the Observatory before filing their formal applications for admission with the Recorder of the Faculties. The post-office address is Mount Hamilton, Santa Clara County, California. ADMISSION OF VISITORS TO THE OBSERVATORY. The Observatory buildings are open to visitors during office hours every day in the year. For the present visitors will be admitted to look through the great telescope every Saturday night between the hours of 7 and 10, and at that time only. Whenever the work of the Observatory will admit of it, other telescopes also will be placed at the disposition of visitors on Saturdays, between the same hours. The Astronomical Society of the Pacific holds its summer meetings in the library of the Lick Observatory. - Students of the University of California who visit Mount Hamilton are requested to make themselves known, in order that the work of the Observatory may be fully explained to them. ## p. 223 (#413) ############################################ ## p. 224 (#414) ############################################ ## p. 225 (#415) ############################################ REGISTER—PART IV SAN DIEGO MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION NOVEMBER, 1911 ## p. 226 (#416) ############################################ ## p. 227 (#417) ############################################ The Marine Biological Station at La Jolla. 1 THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT LA JOLLA RESIDENT STAFF, WM. E. RITTER, Ph.D., Director. E. L. MICHAEL, M.S., Research Assistant in Zoology. *MYRTLE E. JoHNSON, M.S., Research Assistant in Biology and Acting Librarian. *EDNA E. WATson, Ph.D., Research Assistant in Biology. NON_RESIDENT STAFF. C. A. Koroid, Ph.D., Assistant Director, Professor of Zoology, University of California. H. B. ToRREY, Ph.D., Librarian, Associate Professor of Zoology, Univer- sity of California. C. O. ESTERLY, Ph.D., Zoologist, Professor of Zoology, Occidental College, Los Angeles, California. G. F. McEwBN, Ph.D., Hydrographer, Instructor in Applied Mathematics, University of Illinois. W. C. BURBRIDGE, A.B., Chemist for work on Sea Water, Assistant in Chem- istry, Leland Stanford Junior University. - W. C. CRANDALL, A.B., Master of the Alexander Agassiz, Teacher of Biology, State Normal School, San Diego. The Marine Biological Station, situated on the southern coast of Cali- fornia, is supported by private gifts, chiefly from Miss E. B. Scripps and Mr. E. W. Scripps, of San Diego. At present the station is under the management of the Marine Biological Association of San Diego, and is not a part of the University. Provision has been made, however, for the transfer of the property and management to the University as soon as the station shall have been securely founded and endowed. The laboratory work is now carried on in the reinforced concrete building lately erected on the 160-acre pueblo lot acquired from the city of San Diego by the Biological Association, and located near the village * Resigned, December, 1910. ## p. 228 (#418) ############################################ 2 The Marine Biological Station at La Jolla. of La Jolla. A large invoice of scientific apparatus, designed chiefly to equip the launch Alexander Agassiz for work at sea, has been imported from Europe. Most of this apparatus has been developed by the biologists and hydrographers of northern Europe, in connection with extensive explorations conducted in late years in the North Atlantic Ocean and in the North and Baltic Seas. It therefore represents some of the best instrumental appliances yet devised for researches of this kind. But it is gratifying to record that probably the most successful opening-and-closing net yet made—for capturing the free life of the sea at known distances below the surface—was devised by Professor Kofoid at La Jolla and was built by Robert Baker of San Diego. The work of the station has developed rapidly and now demands the time of as many resident and non-resident naturalists as the funds avail- able will maintain. The patrons of the station and the Regents of the University have arranged that the present director, Professor W. E. Ritter, shall reside at the station most of the year, though without sever- ing his connection with the work of instruction and research in the Department of Zoology at Berkeley. While the whole time and effort of the staff of the laboratory is devoted to research, a limited number of students sufficiently advanced to be able to work under the guidance of the investigators to the advantage of both themselves and their directors will be gladly admitted. Graduate students who are candidates for higher degrees in the Uni- versity may, under specified conditions, count the time spent at work in the laboratory as University residence for such degrees. ## p. 229 (#419) ############################################ REGISTER—PART V. SUMMER SESSION ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1911 MARCH, 1911 ## p. 230 (#420) ############################################ ## p. 231 (#421) ############################################ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SUMMER SESSION June 26 to August 5, 1911 ## p. 232 (#422) ############################################ ## p. 233 (#423) ############################################ SUMMER SESSION JUNE 26 To AUGUST 5, 1911 The Summer Session of six weeks is designed for teachers and other persons who are unable to attend the University during the regular sessions. There are at present no formal entrance requirements, except that appli- cants must be persons of good moral character and must be considered by the Faculty to be of sufficient maturity and intelligence to profit by attend- ance upon the exercises of the Session. The courses of instruction are mainly of University grade, and credit toward the University degrees may be given to attendants who comply with such conditions of work and examinations as may be imposed by the instructors in charge. Beginning with the year 1910, a number of departments have offered courses in the Summer Session which may be counted for undergraduate major credit by students of the Upper Division (Juniors and Seniors). Also a number of departments are offering courses which, if taken by properly qualified graduate students, may be counted toward the higher degrees. Courses numbered from 100 to 199 may, at the discretion of the in- structor, be counted for undergraduate major credit by students in the Upper Division. Courses numbered from 200 up may, similarly, be counted as graduate courses. In all cases where work is satisfactorily completed a certificate of record will be given, upon application, even though the student be not a University matriculant. FEES . The tuition fee will be fifteen (15) dollars regardless of the number of courses taken. This payment entitles the student to the full privileges of the University Library, and also, in case of illness, to medical advice and hospital care without extra charge. The fee will be required of those who wish to attend as auditors merely, as well as of those who wish to undertake systematic class work and examination. ## p. 234 (#424) ############################################ 4 Summer Session, 1911. LABORATORY FEES There will be the following fees for laboratory work: Physics, $7.50. Chemistry, a deposit of $15, of which amount $5 will be returned at the end of the course, less the cost of apparatus that is broken or lost. All necessary apparatus and chemicals, with the exception of platinum ware and small weights, will be furnished by the University. Physiology, $2.50. Bacteriology, $5 for each course. Civil Engineering, $20 (or $25 in the case of students attending a year later than their proper term), and $30, commissary deposit. Manual Training 1, 2A, 2B, $3.50 each; 3, $5. FACULTY OF THE SUMMER SESSION BENJAMIN IDE WHEELER, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University. CHARLEs HENRY RIEBER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Logic; Dean of the Summer Session. JAMEs SUTTON, Ph.B., Recorder of the Faculties. *ARTHUR CARL ALVAREz, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. HENRY WINTHRoP BALLANTINE, A.B., LL.B., Special Lecturer in Law in the Summer Session. - GEORGE HENRY BARDslEy, B.S., Assistant in Physics. EveRETT CHARLEs BEACH, M.D., Head of Department of Physical Education, Los Angeles High School. FREDERIC THoMAs BLANCHARD, M.A., Instructor in English. PAUL BoEHNCKE, A.B., Assistant in German. HERBERT EUGENE Bolton, Ph.D., Professor of History, Stanford University. RICHARD GAUSE Boon E, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education. Edward Booth, Ph.B., Assistant Professor or Chemistry. GEORGE W. BRADEN, Instructor in Physical Education, Occidental College. John G. BRIDWELL, Instructor in Entomology. - Violet C. BrowN, Teacher of Manual Training in the Berkeley Public Schools. WARNER BRowN, Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology. * In the Summer School of Surveying, Camp California, Swanton, California. ## p. 235 (#425) ############################################ Summer Session, 1911. 5 MATILDA G. CAMPBELL, Supervisor of Domestic Science and Domestic Art in the Toledo, Ohio, Public Schools. ARTHUR HENRY CHAMBERLAIN, B.S., M.A., Instructor in Education. HARLEY PIERCE CHANDLER, B.S., Instructor in Botany, Principia Academy, St. Louis, Missouri. FREDERICK ELMER CHAPMAN, Director of Music in the Public Schools, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts. John ALLEN CHILD, A.B., Assistant Professor of Italian. BRUCE L. CLARK, M.S., Instructor in Palaeontology. John TAGGART CLARK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romanic Languages. CHARLEs CLARENCE DANFORTH, B.S., Teacher of Physics in the Berkeley High School. John FRANKLIN DANIEL, Ph.D., Instructor in Comparative Anatomy. *CHARLEs DERLETH, Jr., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering, Dean of the College of Civil Engineering. Monroe EMANUEL DEUTSCH, M.A., Instructor in Latin. MARGARET I. DoNALDsoN, Teacher of Drawing, Throop Polytechnic Institute. *ADoLPH.Us J. EDDY, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. CHARLEs SUMNER EVANs, Director of Mechanic Arts, Berkeley High School. PAUL LLEwBLLYN Eva Ns, Head of the Commercial Department, Berkeley High School. ARTHUR Foote, M.A., Organist in the First Unitarian Church of Boston, Massachusetts. John NIvison Force, M.D., M.S., Lecturer in Hygiene. MAY GEARHART, Supervisor of Drawing in the Los Angeles City Schools. *HoRACE S. GR1swold, C.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering. SIGNE ELIZABETH HAGELTHORN, Director of Physical Education at Mills College. Mrs. L. L. HARFoRD, Instructor in Stenography and Typewriting, in the Summer Session. MARGARET HENDERSON, B.S., Instructor in Hygiene. MARIE RUEF HoFER, Lecturer for Parks and Playground Association and School of Philanthropy, New York. RULIFF STEPHEN Holway, A.B., M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Geography. Esther Louis E Houk, Instructor in Music in the Summer Session. * In the Summer School of Surveying, Camp California, Swanton, California. ## p. 236 (#426) ############################################ 6 Summer Session, 1911. WILLIAM BURKE HUGHsoN, Teacher of Manual Training in the Berkeley Public Schools. HELEN LOUISE JOHNSON, Director of the Good Housekeeping Institute, Springfield, Massachusetts. ALBERT MARTIN KALEs, LL.B., Associate Professor of Law, Northwestern University. *HENRY J. KESNER, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. CAssIUs JACKSON KEYSER, Ph.D., Adrian Professor of Mathematics, Co- lumbia University. EUGENE STERLING KILGORE, B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Medicine in the Summer Session. BENJAMIN PUTNAM KURTz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. RoBERT J. LEONARD, Supervisor of Manual Training in the Berkeley Schools. IVAN MoRTIMER LINFORTH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Greek. LETHA L. McCLURE, Director of the Department of Public School Music and Methods, Columbia School of Music, Chicago, Illinois. ROBERT EDWIN MANSELL, Instructor in Horticulture. John CAMPBELL MERRIAM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Palaeontology and Historical Geology. WILLIAM FERDINAND MEYER, B.S., Instructor in Astronomy. Loy E Holm Es MILLER, M.S., Instructor in Biology and Natural Science, Los Angeles State Normal School. RALPH SMITH MINOR, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. GRAHAM B. MooDY, Assistant in Chemistry. WILLIAM CoNGER MoRGAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. GERTRUDE PAYNE, Teacher of Reading and Expression, San Jose State Normal School. FRANCEs H. PERRY, Professor of English, University of Arizona. WILHELM ROBERT RICHARD PINGER, Ph.D., Instructor in German. THoMAs MILTON PUTNAM, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. CHESTER Row ELL, Ph.D., Editor of the Fresno Republican, Lecturer in Journalism in the Summer Session. CHARLEs EDw ARD RUGH, M.L., Associate Professor of Eudeation. GLANVILLE Y. RUsk, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. THoMAS FREDERICK SANFORD, A.B., Assistant Professor of English Liter- ature. * In the Summer School of Surveying, Camp California, Swanton, California. ## p. 237 (#427) ############################################ Summer Session, 1911. 7 GEORGE SANTAYANA, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy, Harvard University. WILBUR AUGUSTUs SAwYER, A.B., M.D., Director of the California State Hygienic Laboratory. RICHARD FREDERICK ScHolz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ancient History. *THoMAs BARTLETT SEARs, B.S., C.E., Associate Professor of Railway Engineering; Director of the Summer School of Surveying. DoNALD EUGENE SMITH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History and Geog- raphy, and Acting Director of University Extension. ALFRED SoLoMon, M.A., Instructor in French. JoBN DUNCAN SPAETH, Ph.D., Professor of English, Princeton University. CYRIL ADELBERT STEBBINs, B.S., Instructor in Agricultural Education. Mrs. LAURETTA. V. SweBSY, Special Lecturer in Music. WALTER A. TENNY, Director of Manual Training, Oakland Manual Training High School. OLIVER MILES WASHBURN, A.B., Assistant Professor of Classical Arch- aeology. THoMAS TALBOT WATERMAN, A.B., Instructor in Anthropology. HARRY W. WELCH, Assistant in Chemistry. ALBERT CoNSER WHITAKER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics, Stan- ford University. CARLos G. WHITE, J.D., Lecturer in Law. FREDERICK WILMSEN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of French in the Summer Session. BALDw1N MUNGER Woods, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics. CARY THoMAs WRIGHT, Ph.B., Head of the Department of Science, John C. Fremont High School, Oakland. HARRY NOBLE WRIGHT, B.S., Assistant in Mathematics. FRIEDRICH ALEXANDER WYNEKEN, M.L., Assistant in German. WILLsoN Joseph WYTHE, B.S., Assistant Professor of Drawing. PAUL ZIERTMANN, Oberlehrer at the Oberrealschule at Berlin-Steglitz, Ger- many. * In the Summer School of Surveying, Camp California, Swanton, California. ## p. 238 (#428) ############################################ 8 Summer Session, 1911. COURSES OF INSTRUCTION NOTE–Figures in parentheses indicate unit value of the course. PHILOSOPHY 1. Philosophical Conceptions. (1) Professor SANTAYANA. 2. Aesthetics (The Appreciation of Art). (1) Professor SANTAYANA. 3. Memory and the Process of Learning. (2) Dr. BROWN. 4. Psychological Laboratory. (2) - Dr. BROWN. EDUCATION 1. Education through the Institutions. (2) Dr. BOONE. 2. Industrial Education. (2) Mr. CHAMBERLAIN. 3. The Educational System in Germany. (2) Professor ZIERTMANN. 104. Moral Education. (2) Associate Professor RUGH. 105. Fundamental Problems of the Modern School. (2) Mr. CHAMBERLAIN. 206. Psychology and Training of Adolescence. (2) Dr. BOONE. 207. Moral Education. (3) Associate Professor RUGH. 208. School Supervision. (2) Associate Professor RUGH. LAW 1. Elementary Law and Jurisprudence. (2) Mr. WHITE. 102. The Law of Contracts. (Double course.) (4) Mr. BALLANTINE. 203. Persons. (2) Professor KALEs. 204. Future Interests. (2) Professor KALEs. HISTORY 1. The Renaissance and the Reformation. (2) Assistant Professor SMITH. 2. Ancient History (to Constantine). (2) Assistant Professor SCHOLz. 3. Mediaeval History (800 to about 1500). (2) Professor PAETow. 103. History of the West, 1803–1848. (2) Professor BOLTON. 104. Methods of History Teaching. (2) Assistant Professor SMITH. 105. Byzantine History. (1) Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. ## p. 239 (#429) ############################################ Summer Session, 1911. 106. Seminar in Southwestern History. (2) Professor BOLTON. 107. Mediaeval Culture in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (2) Professor PAETOW. 207. Roman History. (1) Assistant Professor SCHOLZ. ECONOMICS 1. The Corporation. (2) Professor WHITAKER. 102. Foreign Exchange and International Money Markets. (2) Professor WHITAKER. HOME ECONOMICS 1. Practice Course in Elementary Cookery. (2) Miss PALMER. 2. Conferences for Teachers. (No credit.) Miss PALMER. 3. (a) History of Textile Arts. - Miss CAMPBELL. (b) House Construction and Sanitation. (2) Miss Johnson. 4. (a) Foods and Nutrition. Miss CAMPBELL. (b) Household Administration. (2) Miss JoHNSON. 5. Fireless Cooking. (No credit.) Miss CLARK. 6. Elementary Sewing. Miss A. B. MCCARTHY. ANTHROPOLOGY 1. General Anthropology. (2) Mr. WATERMAN. 102. Primitive Religions. (2) Mr. WATERMAN. MUSIC 1. Tone Thinking and Notation. (2) Miss Hou K. 2. Sight Singing. (2) Miss HOUK. 3. Education in Music. (2) Mrs. SWEESY. 4. Song Material. (2) Mrs. SWEESY. 5. Advanced Sight-Singing and Dictation. (2) Mrs. SWEESY. 6. Grammar Grade Methods. (2) Miss MCCLURE. 7. Round Table. (2) Miss MCCLURE. 8. High School Course. (2 ) Mr. CHAPMAN. 9. Musical Organizations and Exhibitions. (2) Mr. CHAPMAN. 10. The History of Music. (2) Mr. FOOTE. 11. Harmony, Counterpoint and Composition. (2) Mr. FOOTE. ## p. 240 (#430) ############################################ 1() Summer Session, 1911. GREEK 1. Greek for Beginners. (2) Professor LINFORTH. 2. Greek Myths. (1) Professor LINFORTH. 103. The Frogs of Aristophanes. (1) Professor LINFORTH. LATIN 1. An Introduction to Greek Art. (2) Assistant Professor WASHBURN. 2. Teachers’ Reading Course. (Upper Division.) (2) Mr. DEUTSCH. 103. Virgil from the Monuments. (2) Assistant Professor WASHBURN. 104. Tibullus and Propertius. (2 ) Mr. DEUTSCH. ENGLISH Lower Division Courses 1A. Journalism. (2) Mr. ROWELL. 1B. Journalism. (2) Mr. ROWELL. 2A. Narration. (2) Mr. BLANCHARD. 2B. Exposition. (2) Professor PERRY. 3A. Reading and Public Speaking. (2) Miss PAYNE. 3B. Reading and Public Speaking. (2) Miss PAYNE. Upper Division Courses 104. Old English Literature. (2) Professor SPAETH. 105. English Poetry. (2) Assistant Professor SANFORD. 106. Major English Poets of the Nineteenth Century. (2) Professor SPAETH. 107. Problems in Literary Criticism. (2) Assistant Professor KURTz. 208. The Epic. (2) Assistant Professor KURTZ. 209A. The Poetry of Edmund Spenser. (2) Assistant Professor SANFORD. 209B. The English Romantic Movement. (2) Assistant Professor SANFORD. GERMAN 1. The Elements of German. (Double course.) (4) Mr. WYNEKEN. 2. Advanced Elementary German. (Double course.) (4) Dr. PINGER. 3. Course for Teachers. Dr. PINGER. 104. Middle High German. (2) Dr. PINGER. ## p. 241 (#431) ############################################ Summer Session, 1911. 105. Phonetics with Special Application to German. (1) Professor ZIERTMANN. 206. The Life and Works of Young Goethe. (1) - Professor ZIERTMANN. FRENCH 1. Elementary French. (4) Professor WILMSEN. 2. Advanced Elementary French. (4) Mr. SOLOMON. 103. Advanced French Composition. (2) Professor CHILD. 204. Seminar for the Study of Molière. (1) Mr. SOLOMON. SPANISH 1. Elementary Spanish. (Double course.) (4) Mr. BOEHNCKE. 2. Advanced Elementary Spanish. (2) Assistant Professor CLARK. 3. Advanced Spanish. (2) Assistant Professor CLARK. ITALIAN 1. Elementary Italian. (2) Professor CHILD. MATHEMATICS Lower Division Courses 1. College Algebra. (2) - Mr. WRIGHT. 2. Plane Trigonometry. (2) Mr. WRIGHT. 3. Plane Analytic Geometry. (2) Mr. Woods. 4. Differential Calculus. (2) Assistant Professor PUTNAM. Upper Division Courses 105. Integral Calculus. (2) Mr. WOODs. 106. Modern Theories in Geometry. (2) Professor KEYSER. Graduate Courses 207. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. (2) Assistant Professor PUTNAM. 208. The Principles of Mathematics. (2) Professor KEYSER. GENERAL SCIENCE 101. General Science for Secondary Schools. (2) Assistant Professor MORGAN. ## p. 242 (#432) ############################################ 12 Summer Session, 1911. ASTRONOMY Lower Division 1. Elements of Astronomy. (2) Mr. MEYER. 2. Practice Course in the Use of Astronomical Instruments. (1) Mr. MEYER. Upper Division 103. Teachers’ Course. (2) Mr. MEYER. PHYSICS 1. Elements of Physics. (Matriculation Physics; 3) Mr. DANFORTH. 2. Physical Measurement. (4) Associate Professor MINOR. 103. Physical Optics. (To be arranged) Associate Professor MINOR. 104. Course for Teachers. (1) Associate Professor MINOR. 205. Spectrum Analysis. Associate Professor MINOR. GEOGRAPHY 101. Commercial Geography. (2) Mr. WRIGHT. 102. Physical Geography. (2) Mr. WRIGHT. 103. Field Work in the Coast Ranges. (To be arranged) - Assistant Professor HOLWAY. CHEMISTRY 1. Elementary Chemistry. (Matriculation Chemistry 12B ; 3.) Assistant Professor Booth. 102. Advanced Chemistry. (3) - Assistant Professors MoRGAN and Booth. 103. Chemistry of Everyday Life. (2) Assistant Professor BOOTH. 104. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. (2) Assistant Professor MORGAN. BOTANY 1. California Flora. (2) Mr. CHANDLER. 2. The Morphology of Seed Plants. (2) Mr. CHANDLER. ZOOLOGY 1. A Biological Presentation of the Problem of Sex and Reproduction. (2) - Dr. DANIEL. 2. General Biology of Birds. (2) Mr. MILLER. 103. Embryology. (4) Dr. DANIEL. ## p. 243 (#433) ############################################ Summer Session, 1911. 13 HYGIENE 1. Public Health. (2) Dr. ForCE. 2. Child Conservation. (1) Dr. FORCE. 3. Laboratory Demonstrations in Hygiene. ' Miss HENDERSON. a. Public Health. (1) b. Laboratory Methods in Teaching Hygiene. (1) 4. Elementary Bacteriology. (2) Miss HENDERSON. 5. First Aid. (1) - Dr. SAWYER. PALAEONTOLOGY 101. The Invertebrate Faunas of the Coast Range Region of California. (9) Associate Professor MERRIAM and Mr. CLARK. 202. Research Work on Problems in the History of Life in the Pacific Coast Region. (Varying credits) Associate Professor MERRIAM and Mr. CLARK. CIVIL ENGINEERING SUMMER CLASSES IN Topograph ICAL AND RAILROAD SURVEYING 1. Civil Engineering 3A. (3) Associate Professor SEARs, Mr. KEsNER, Mr. ALVAREZ, Mr. EDDY, Mr. GRIswold, and Assistants. 2. Civil Engineering 3B. (3) - Associate Professor SEARs, Mr. GRIswold, and Assistants. DRAWING 1. Instrumental Drawing. (2) Mr. TENNY. 2. Descriptive Geometry. (3) Mr. TENNY. 3. Advanced Descriptive Geometry. (3) Assistant Professor WYTHE. 4. Freehand Drawing. (2) Miss DONALDSON. 105. Advanced Instrumental Drawing. (2) Assistant Professor WYTHE. 106. Teachers’ Course. (2) Miss GEARHART. MANUAL TRAINING 1. Primary Manual Training. (2) Miss BROWN. 2A. Elementary Woodwork. (2) Mr. HUGHSON. 2B. Elementary Woodwork. (2) Mr. HUGHSON. 3. Advanced Woodwork with Related Mechanical Drawing and Design. (2) Mr. EVANS. ## p. 244 (#434) ############################################ 14 Summer Session, 1911. 4. Manual Training Equipments, Courses and Buildings. (2) Mr. EVANS. 5. The Theory and Practice of Teaching Industrial Arts in the Elementary and Secondary Schools. (2) Mr. LEONARD. ENTOMOLOGY 1. Nature-Study with Insects. (2) Mr. BRIDWELL. 2. Economic Entomology. (2) Mr. BRIDWELL. NATURE–STUDY. 1. The Teaching of Nature-Study. (2) Assistant Professor MACCAUGHEY. 2. The Teaching of the Biological Sciences and Agriculture in the Second- ary Schools. Assistant Professor MACCAUGHEY. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 1. Garden Making. (2) Mr. MANSELL. 2. The Propagation of Plants. (1) Mr. MANSELL. 3. Agricultural Nature-Study. (2) Mr. STEBBINs. 4. Elementary School Agriculture. (2) Mr. STEBBINs. MEDICINE 1. Laboratory Course in Clinical Diagnosis. Dr. SAwYER. 2. Morbid Anatomy and Histopathology. (2) Assistant Professor RUsk. 3. Newer Therapeutic Measures. (1) Dr. KILGORE. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1. Anatomy and Kinesiology. (2) Dr. KILGORE. 2. Child Conservation. Dr. FORCE. 3. Meaning and Funetion of Play. (1) Miss HOFER. Dr. BEACH. 4. Elementary Gymnasties. (1) Miss HAGELTHORN. 5A. Plays and Games. (1) Miss HOFER. 5B. Plays and Games. (1) Miss HOFER. 6. Athleties. (1) Mrs. MORGAN. 7. Praetice in Teaching. (1) Mrs. MoRGAN. Dr. BEACH. S. Speeial Anatomy. (1) Dr. KILGORE. 9. First Aid in Bandaging. Dr. SAWYER. 10. Playground Administration. (1) Dr. BEACH. ## p. 245 (#435) ############################################ Summer Session, 1911. 15 11. Theory of Gymnastics. (1) Miss HAGELTHORN. 12. Advanced Gymnastics. (1) Miss HAGELTHoRN, Dr. BEACH. 13. School Room Gymnastics. (1) Miss HAGELTHORN, Dr. BEACH. 14. Organized Playground Games. (1) Mrs. MoRGAN. 15. Advanced Folk Dances. (1) Mrs. MoRGAN. 16. Practice in Teaching. (1) Miss HAGELTHORN, Dr. BEACH. 17. Method, Organization, and Equipment. (1) Mrs. MORGAN. 18. Special Hygiene. (1) Dr. BEACH. 19. Physical Diagnosis and Anthropometry. (1) Dr. KILGORE. 20. Health and Development. (1) Dr. BEACH. 21. Advanced Gymnastics. (1) Miss HAGELTHORN, Dr. BEACH. 22. Therapeutic Gymnastics. (1) Dr. BEACH. 23. Aesthetic Gymnastics. (1) Mrs. MORGAN. 24. Practice in Teaching. (No credit) Miss HAGELTHoRN, Dr. BEACH. 25. Recreative Gymnastics. (1) Miss HAGELTHORN. 26. Playground Festivals and Pageants. (1) Miss HOFER. STENOGRAPHY AND TYPEW RITING 1. Stenography. (2) Mrs. HARFORD. 2. Advanced Stenography. (2) Mrs. HARFORD. 3. Expert Stenography. (2) Mrs. HARFORD. 4. Typewriting. (1) Mrs. HARFORD. 5. Typewriting. (1) Mrs. HARFORD. .6. Course for Teachers. (2) Mrs. HARFORD. A CCOUNTING 1. Elementary Bookkeeping. Mr. EVANs. 2. Advanced Bookkeeping. - Mr. EVANs. 3. Conference for Teachers. Mr. Eva Ns. ## p. 246 (#436) ############################################ ## p. 247 (#437) ############################################ REGISTER—PART VI SAN FRANCISCO INSTITUTE OF ART ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1911–12 NOVEMBER, 1911 ## p. 248 (#438) ############################################ • *, | ## p. 249 (#439) ############################################ San Francisco Institute of Art. 1 SAN FRANCISCO INSTITUTE OF ART BOARD OF DIRECTORS. WANDERLYNN STow, President JAMES D. PHELAN Josia H R. HoweLL, First Vice-President WARREN D. CLARK LoRENzo P. LATIMER, Second Vice-President THOMAS M. PENNELL HENRY HEYMAN, Secretary CHARLES TEMPLETON CROCKER JoHN I. WALTER, Treasurer HARRY W. SEAWELL Joseph D. REDDING RoBERT H. FLETCHER, Director ---------------------- San Francisco Institute of Art, San Francisco J. R. MARTIN, Assistant Secretary......................................................-------- -------------------------------------- San Francisco Institute of Art, San Francisco FACULTY. BENJ. IDE WHEELER, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University. THEODoRE WoREs, Professor of Drawing and Painting, Dean. John ALOYSIUs STANTON, Professor of Drawing and Painting. MELVIN EARL CUMMINGs, Professor of Modeling. - HARRY EVERETT ALDERSON, Professor of Artistic Anatomy. RoBERT Howe FLETCHER, Assistant Professor of History of Art and Per- spective. CHARLEs CHAPEL JUDson, Assistant Professor of Drawing. ALICE BROWN Chittendes, Assistant Professor of Drawing. FRANK VAN SLOUN, Assistant Professor of Illustration and Composition. *CHARLES FRANK INGERSON, Assistant Professor of Decorative Design. PEDRO Joseph LEMOs, Assistant Professor of Decorative Design. GERTRUDE MoRIN WITHERs, Instructor in Drawing. * Absent on leave, 1911–12. ## p. 250 (#440) ############################################ 2 San Francisco Institute of Art. The property known as the San Francisco Institute of Art is situated at the corner of California and Mason streets, San Francisco. Originally certain buildings were situated on this lot, which extends from California street to Pine street, the whole having been given by Mr. Edward F. Searles to the Regents of the University of California in February, 1893, for the purposes of instruction in and illustration of the fine arts, under the memorial title of the Mark Hopkins Institute of Art. At the same time the San Francisco Art Association became affiliated with the Univer- sity of California pursuant to Sections 1391 and 1396 of the Political Code of California, and under the terms of a trust agreement between Mr. Searles, the Regents of the University, and the Art Association, the Art Association entered upon the occupancy and use of the property for the purposes named. In 1906 the memorial buildings of the Mark Hopkins Institute were destroyed in the general fire of that year, and the land reverted to Mr. Searles who, in January, 1907, re-deeded it to the Board of Regents for the purpose of an institute of art under the management of the San Francisco Art Association and with the title of the San Francisco Institute of Art. A building of a temporary nature, but well adapted to its uses, was erected upon the lot and in this the paintings and other works of art belonging to the Art Association are exhibited and instruction in the fine arts is conducted. In addition to the per- manent collection of paintings and sculpture contained in the Institute special exhibitions are held at intervals during the year. Visitors are admitted without payment on Tuesday and Saturday; on other days a fee of twenty-five cents is charged all except members of the Association and students of the colleges at Berkeley, who are allowed the privileges of the galleries on presentation of an admission card issued by the Recorder of the Faculties. The California School of Design, founded in 1874 by the Art Asso- ciation and conducted as a part of the Mark Hopkins Institute is being maintained and extended in connection with the San Francisco Institute of Art. Its course embraces tuition in drawing, painting, modeling and decorative design in all their branches. It holds an exhibition of the work of the pupils at the end of the school year. A normal course is provided for those students who wish to become teachers of art. It includes the regular course together with certain special studies elsewhere enumerated.… … CERTIFICATEs. The University Certificate of Proficiency is given to students who pass the required examinations in painting, drawing, modeling, composition, perspective and anatomy. ## p. 251 (#441) ############################################ San Francisco Institute of Art. 3 The Normal Certificate is granted to students who successfully pursue the prescribed studies and pass the final examinations. The course embraces painting, drawing, modeling, composition, perspective, anatomy, decorative art, history of art, and practice in teaching. - Examinations are held at the end of the school year and only regular students who have attended the school at least one year are eligible. PRIVILEGES. The Art Gallery of the Institute is open to the pupils of the school during the term. The Library and Reading Room containing the current magazines and art periodicals are also at the service of the pupils. PRIZES AND SCHOLARSHIPS. Prize competitions are held from time to time during the year. The Art Association awards six annual scholarships to the most deserving pupils of the school. Arrangements have been made whereby a collection of the best draw- ings and paintings done in the school are selected by the Faculty once a year and forwarded to Paris for consideration by a jury of the Julian Academy. The author of the work adjudged best receives a silver medal, known as the Julian Academy Medal, and a year's free tuition in certain of the ateliers of the Academy. COURSES OF STUDY. The following are the courses of study, no preliminary qualifications being required for entrance to the school. REGULAR COURSE. PREPARATORY. Drawing and Modeling–Drawing from casts, and from still life; sketching from the costumed model; modeling from casts. - ADVANCED Perspective—A course of lectures on perspective, with instruction in its practical application. Anatomy—A course of lectures demonstrated by models, charts, etc., with text-books. Composition—A course in design suited to each special branch. ## p. 252 (#442) ############################################ 4 San Francisco Institute of Art. Portrait—For drawing, painting and modeling from the head and the figure in costume. Life (separate classes for men and women)—For drawing, painting and - modeling from the figure. SPECIAL COURSES. Decorative Design—A course in decorative art and its practical applica. tion to porcelain, leather, metals, textiles, etc. Illustration—For books, magazines, etc., with special regard for composi. tion and for literary features. Normal Course—For training students who wish to become teachers of art in public or private schools. Students are required to take the work in the regular course in con- nection with these Special Courses. History of Art—A course of lectures, illustrated, with study of text-books. The school authorities reserve the right to omit any course or branch of study when the attendance does not in their opinion warrant its continuance. NIGHT CLASSES. Antique—Drawing from casts. Illustration—Drawing from the costumed figure. Life (separate classes for men and women)—Drawing from the figure. Decorative Design—Instruction in the principles of decorative art and their practical application. SATURDAY CIASSES. Drawing—From casts, costumed model, and still life. Modeling—From casts. TUITION FEES. The following are the fees charged for tuition, payable in advance: DAILY CLASSES. Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday. Month Term Year All day (9 a.m. till 4 p.m.)...................................... $10.00 $37.50 $75.00 Half day (9 a.m. till 12 m., or 1 p.m. till 4 p.m.) 7.00 26.00 52.00 The foregoing includes all of the classes except certain special courses in Applied Arts, for which an additional charge is made. ## p. 253 (#443) ############################################ San Francisco Institute of Art. 5 NIGHT CLASSES. Monday, Wednesday, Friday (7:30 p.m. till 9:30 p.m.). Month Term Drawing from casts ... $4.00 $12.00 Drawing from life ...................................................................... 5.00 16.00 Special Classes. Illustration (Wednesday, Friday) .......................................... $4.00 $12.00 Decorative design (Monday, Wednesday) ............................ 4.00 12.00 SATURDAY. CLASSES. Term Month (of 4 months) All day (9 a.m. till 4 p.m.) .................................................. $4.00 $12.00 An entrance fee of $1.00 is charged each student for a fund for wear and breakage of school equipment. Students provide their own material. Fees are not refunded to students who leave before the end of the period paid for. Absence on account of sickness or other necessity, if for more than one week, will be credited to students, provided due notification is given at the school office. ORDER OF COURSES AND HOURS OF SESSIONS. Drawing and Painting Classes. Professor WOREs. Drawing and painting from life and costumed model. Daily, 9 a.m. till 4 p.m. Instructor attends Monday and Thursday. Drawing and Painting Classes. Professor STANTON. Drawing from the casts, drawing and painting from still life. Daily, 9 a.m. till 4 p.m. Instructor attends Tuesday and Friday. Modeling Classes. Professor CUMMINGs. Modeling from casts and from life. Daily, 9 a.m. till 4 p.m. Instructor attends Tuesday and Friday afternoon. Decorative Design. Assistant Professor LEMOs. Class instruction and practical application. Instructor attends Mon- day, Tuesday and Thursday afternoon. - Illustration Class. Assistant Professor VAN SLou N. Drawing and painting from costumed models and accessories for illus- tration purposes. Instructor attends Tuesday and Friday afternoon. Sketch Class. Instructor WITHERS. Sketching from the costumed model. Instructor attends Monday and Thursday afternoon. ## p. 254 (#444) ############################################ 6 San Francisco Institute of Art. Composition Class. Assistant Professor VAN SLOUN. Lectures on composition, with illustrations and class work. Instructor attends Wednesday afternoon. History of Art. Assistant Professor FLETCHER. Lectures, Text-book. Announcements made during school session. Anatomy. Professor ALDERSON. Lecture Course. Announcements made during school session. Night Classes. Assistant Professor JUDSON and Instructor WITHERs. Cast, portrait, and life class drawing, illustration and decorative design. Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, 7:30 to 9:30 p.m. Instructors in attendance. Saturday Class. Assistant Professor CHITTENDEN. Cast and portrait drawing and modeling. Saturday, 9 a.m. till 4 p.m. Instructor in attendance. For further information apply at the office of the San Francisco Art Institute, corner of California and Mason streets, San Francisco, Cali- fornia. Illustrated catalogue mailed on request. ## p. 255 (#445) ############################################ ## p. 256 (#446) ############################################ ## p. 257 (#447) ############################################ REGISTER—PART VII HASTINGS COLLEGE OF THE LAW ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1911–12 APRIL, 1911 ## p. 258 (#448) ############################################ ## p. 259 (#449) ############################################ Hastings College of the Law. 1 HASTINGS COLLEGE OF THE LAW DIRECTORS. Hon. WILLIAM H. BEATTY, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, ex officio President of the Board. THOMAs I. BERGIN, Esq., Hoyt D. HASTINGs, Esq. Vice-President. Hon. RALPH. C. HARRISON. JAMES M. ALLEN, Esq. WARREN OLNEY, JR., Esq. PERRY EVANs, Esq. CHARLEs W. SLACK, Esq. W. C. VAN FLEET, Esq. BENJ. IDE WHEELER, Ph.D., LL.D.. President of the University, President. Edward R. TAYLOR, M.D., Professor of Law, Dean. Louis T. HENGSTLER, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Law. RoBERT W. HARRIson, A.B., LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law. JAMEs A. BALLENTINE, A.B., Assistant Professor of Law. RICHARD C. HARRISON, A.B., LL.B., Instructor in Law. GOLDEN W. BELL, B.L., Instructor in Law. GEORGE J. MARTIN, Registrar. CALENIDAR AND DIRECTORY. The college year begins on the second Monday in August and ends with the college year at Berkeley, and all applications for admission must be made to the Registrar at or before that time. There is a recess of three weeks in December. The classes meet daily at 8, 9 and 10 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. The address of the Dean is Whittell Building, San Francisco, where all the work of the College is done. The address of the Registrar is 928 Pacific Building, San Francisco. ## p. 260 (#450) ############################################ 2 - Hastings College of the Law. ADMISSION. Every applicant for admission to the college must bring himself within one of the following classes: - He must either be a graduate of the University of California or He must hold an academic degree from some institution of learning of repute; or He must be a graduate, and recommended by the principal as such, of either a high school or private school which is accredited to the Univer. sity of California, the applicant having completed four years altogether of high school work or its equivalent, including the Latin hereinbelow set out; or - - In lieu of high school credentials, the applicant may present himself for entrance examinations in the subjects of the high school course, this examination to include the following: Elementary Latin. (a) Translation of easy prose into English. The examination will cover the translation into idiomatic English of the subject-matter and implied grammar of selected passages from Caesar's Gallic War, Books I-IV; but accredited schools may use an equivalent Latin text and are encouraged to increase the amount of reading indi- cated by adding work from Gradatim, Viri Romae, Nepos, or other books of Caesar. There should be some training in translation at sight from easy authors. º (b) Translations of simple English into Latin prose. This require. ment pre-supposes familiarity with the usual forms and ordinary con- structions of the language. Continued training in translating detached sentences illustrative of constructions, and of connected sentences based on Caesar or an equivalent author, together with a thorough grammatical drill on the work read, is a proper preparation for satisfying this require- ment. Advanced Latin. Translation of Latin of average difficulty, and of English narrative into Latin prose. (a) Third-year Latin. The examination will include the translation into idiomatic English of average passage from Cicero's Orations against Catiline, for Archias, and for Pompey's Military Command, and a selec- tion from some other speech of Cicero to test ability in sight translation. The examination will also include questions on the usual forms and ordinary constructions of the language and on the subject-matter of the authors read. The English passage offered for translation into Latin will be a paraphrase from one of Cicero's orations, and this requirement calls ## p. 261 (#451) ############################################ Hastings ('ollege of the Law. 3 for systematic training in Latin prose composition in connection with the reading. Accredited schools may read any equivalent Latin prose text. and are urged to add to the minimum outlined above Sallust's Catiline and additional orations of Cicero. (b) Fourth-year Latin. The examination will be based upon Virgil's Aeneid, Books I-IV and with the addition of prosody, the scope of the examination will be similar to that outlined above for the third-year work. But the examination in Latin composition will be based also on Ciceronian Latin, and schools may well give attention to the thorough grammatical review provided for in the best manuals of Latin com- position. The stronger schools are urged to add to the Aeneid, the Eclogues or Georgics, or some reading in Ovid. The test for translation at sight will be from poetry and not from prose. It is to be especially noted that this last requirement will be increased from May 16, 1912, to May 15, 1913, by adding thereto the equivalent of the work of the first year of an academic college of the University, making the work necessary for admission in August, 1912, at least five years altogether of high school and college work, as at present organized; and that from and after May 15, 1913, an additional year of college work will be required, making the requirement for admission in and after August, 1913, the possession of the Junior Certificate in an academic college in this University or other credentials equivalent thereto, the said certificate representing at least six years altogether of properly selected high school and college work, as at present organized. A detailed statement of the requirements for the Junior Certificate is contained in the Circular of Information concerning the Academic Col- leges to be obtained upon application to the Recorder of the Faculties, University of California, Berkeley, California. Applicants for admission to the Junior Class must be at least eighteen years of age, and must be shown to be of good moral character. Applicants for admission to the Middle Class must be at least nineteen years of age; must comply with the conditions required to enter the Junior Class, and must pass an examination in all the studies of the junior year. Applicants for admission to the Senior Class must be at least twenty years of age; must comply with the conditions required to enter the .Junior Class; and must pass an examination in all the studies of the junior and middle years. Members of the bar may, in the discretion of the Dean, be admitted as special students. The examinations for admissions are held at the times and places ## p. 262 (#452) ############################################ 4 Hastings College of the Law. announced for holding the entrance examinations to the Academic Colleges of the University at Berkeley. Applicants will not be examined at any other time unless for reasons of the most exceptional, urgency. Further information concerning the examinations can be obtained from the Recorder of the Faculties of the University of California, Berkeley, Cali. fornia. No applicant for admission to either the Middle Class or Senior Class will be examined for admission at any other time than at the beginning of the college year. Further information can be obtained from the Dean or the Registrar. COURSES OF INSTRUCTION. The object of the college is to give such instruction in the principles of our jurisprudence as will furnish preparation for the practice of the profession of the law in this country. Particular attention is directed to the history of the law and to the codes and the general statutes of this state. The courses of instruction extend over a period of three years, and are as follows: JUNIOR YEAR. Real Property. Professor TAYLOR. In this course formal lectures are given, the students being recom- mended to read the following: - Digby's History of the Law of Real Property; The Second Book of Blackstone's Commentaries; The Sixth Part of Kent's Commen- taries; Williams on Real Property; Challis on Real Property; Jenk's Modern Land Law; Markby's Elements of Law; Holland's Ele- ments of Jurisprudence; Kirchwey's Readings in the Law of Real Property. Two hours a week throughout the year, and three hours as occasion demands. Contracts. Instructor BELL. A Selection of Cases on Contracts, edited and annotated by Williston. References: Wald’s Pollock on Contracts, third edition by Williston; Harriman on Contracts, third edition; Langdell’s Summary; The Civil Code of California. Three hours a week throughout the year. Torts. Assistant Professor BALLENTINE. Ames’s and Smith's Cases on Torts. Two hours a week throughout the year. ## p. 263 (#453) ############################################ Hastings College of the Law. Criminal Law. Assistant Professor BALLENTINE. Beale’s Cases on Criminal Law, second edition. Two hours a week throughout the year. MIDDLE YEAR. Agency. Professor TAYLOR. Wambaugh’s Cases on Agency. References: Mechem on Agency; Huffcut on Agency, second edition. Two hours a week throughout the year. Partnership. Professor TAYLOR. Lectures and assigned cases. Reference: Bates on Partnership. Two hours a week during a portion of the year. Private Corporations. Professor TAYLOR. Warren’s Cases on Private Corporations. Reference: Clark & Marshall on Corporations. Two hours a week during a portion of the year. Municipal Corporations. Professor TAYLOR. Lectures and assigned cases. Reference: Dillon on Municipal Corporations. Two hours a week during a portion of the year. Trusts. Professor HENGSTLER. Ames’s Cases on Trusts. Two hours a week during a portion of the year. Carriers. - Professor HENGSTLER. McClain's Cases on Carriers; Hutchinson on Carriers. Two hours a week during a portion of the year. Sales of Personal Property Assistant Professor R. W. HARRISON. Williston’s Cases on Sales. Two hours a week throughout the year. Negotiable Instruments. Assistant Professor R. W. HARRISON. Smith & Moore's Cases on Bills and Notes. Two hours a week throughout the year. Wills and Administrations. Assistant Professor R. W. HARRISON. Costigan's Cases on Wills; California's Code of Civil Procedure, title “Proceedings in the Probate Court,’’ and assigned cases. Two hours a week throughout the year. ## p. 264 (#454) ############################################ 6 - Hastings College of the Law. SENIOR YEAR. Equity. Professor TAYLOR. Scott's Cases on Equity Jurisprudence. References: Story's Equity Jurisprudence; Pomeroy's Equity Juris- prudence. Two hours a week throughout the year. Real Property. Professor TAYLOR. Finch's Cases, second edition. One hour a week throughout the year. Evidence. Professor HENGSTLER. Thayer's Cases on Evidence. References: Stephen's Digest on the Law of Evidence; Taylor on Evidence; Greenleaf on Evidence. Two hours a week throughout the year. Constitutional Law. - Professor HENGSTLER. Thayer's Cases on Constitutional Law. References: Pomeroy's Constiutional Law; Cooley's Constitutional Limitations; Cooley's Principles of Constitutional Law. Two hours a week throughout the year. Pleading and Practice. Instructor R. C. HARRISON. California Code of Civil Procedure. References: Pomeroy's Code Remedies (4th ed.); Hepburn, Rise and Development of Code Pleading; Bliss, Code Pleading; Bates, Pleading, Practice Parties and Forms Under the Code (3 vols.). Callaghan & Co., 1908. - Three hours a week throughout the year. MOOT COURT. A Moot Court is established as a regular mode of instruction. Attend- ance is made compulsory upon the members of the Senior Class. At the beginning of the college year a calendar of cases to be argued, with counsel assigned, together with the judge who is to sit in the case, is prepared, and the proceedings are governed according to rules established by the Dean. A member of the Faculty is present at each session of the court and makes such criticism as is necessary after the student judge has delivered his written opinion. LIBRARY. In addition to our own library, students are permitted to use the San Francisco Law Library on the same terms as members of the bar. ## p. 265 (#455) ############################################ Hastings College of the Law. 7 PRIVILEGES ON GRADUATION. Students who complete the prescribed courses receive from the Uni- versity the degree of Bachelor of Laws, and are admitted to the bar by the Supreme Court of the State, on motion, without examination. EXPENSES. FEES. Tuition is free, but a fee of $10 a year is charged to cover incidental expenses. NoTE.—For list of students, see Catalogue of Officers and Students, February, 1911, Part XIII, herein. ## p. 266 (#456) ############################################ ## p. 267 (#457) ############################################ REGISTER—PART VIII COLLEGE OF MEDICINE BERKELEY-SAN FRANCISCO ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1911–12 JULY, 1911 ## p. 268 (#458) ############################################ ## p. 1 (#459) ############################################## UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA COLLEGE OF MEDICINE ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1911-12 BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 1911 ## p. 2 (#460) ############################################## ## p. 3 (#461) ############################################## CALENIDAR. 1911. August 1.—Undergraduate applications for admission to the Academic and Medical Departments, with credentials, should be filed with the Recorder of the Faculties at Berkeley on or before August 1. This may be done by mail. August 10.—Academic year begins. August 10–15.-Entrance examinations at Berkeley for Freshman stand- ing in the Academic Colleges. Applicants will be required to obtain permits to enter the examination room. Examination per- mits will be issued by the Recorder of the Faculties on or before Wednesday, August 9. But applications for permits to be sent by mail should be made as far in advance of August 9 as will enable applicants to receive their permits by that date. The office of the Recorder of the Faculties is in California Hall. August 18, 19, 21, 9 a.m. to 12 m.—Office hours of the Dean at California Hall, Berkeley. Registration of first-year and second-year students in the Dean’s office, California Hall. August 19–21, 2–4 p.m.—Registration of students of the third-year and fourth-year classes in the Dean's office in the main building of the Medical Department in San Francisco. August 22.—Class work begins. September 9.—Admission Day: a holiday. November 30–December 2.—Thanksgiving Recess. December 24.—Christmas vacation begins. 1912. January 8.-Second half-year begins. February 22.-Washington's Birthday: a holiday. March 23.-Charter Day: a holiday. May 6.-Examinations begin. May 15.—Commencement Day. ## p. 4 (#462) ############################################## 4 University of California. REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY. NOTE.-The regular meetings of the Regents are held at 2 p.m. on the second Tuesday of each month, except July, and on the day before Com- mencement, at 618 Crocker blog., San Francisco. REGENTS EX OFFICIO. HIS EXCELLENCY HIRAM WARREN JOHNSON.................................... Sacramento Governor and President of the Regents ea officio. HIS HONOR ALBERT J. WALLACE......................421 Laughlin blag., Los Angeles Lieutenant-Governor. HON. ARTHUR H. HEWITT............................. ~ Yuba City Speaker of the Assembly. HON. EDWARD H YATT...... ---------------- -- Sacramento State Superintendent of Public Instruction. HoN. A. LowNDES SCOTT.................................................................. San Francisco Pacific Hardware and Steel Company, Seventh and Townsend sts. President of the State Agricultural Society. RUDOLPH JULIUS TAUSS16, Esq............... Main and Mission sts., San Francisco President of the Mechanics’ Institute. BENJ. IDE WHEELER, Ph.D., LL.D........................... California Hall, Berkeley President of the University. APPOINTED REGENTS. The term of the apponted Regents is sixteen years and terms expire March 1, of the year indicated. The names are arranged in the order of original accession to the Board. ISAIAS WILLIAM HELLMAN, Esq....................................................................... 1918 Wells, Fargo-Nevada National Bank, San Francisco. CHESTER ROWELL, M.D...................... ----------------------------------------------------------------- 1927 Fresno. JoHN ELIOT BUDD, A.B....................…..….…...............…................................ 1916 Stockton. ## p. 5 (#463) ############################################## College of Medicine. • MRS. PHOEBE APPERson HEARST............................................................... Pleasanton. Business address: 354 Pine st., San Francisco. ARTHUR WILLIAM FostFR, Esq 1210 James Flood blag., San Francisco. GARRETT WILLIAM McENERNEY, Esq....................................................... 1277 James Flood blóg., San Francisco. GUY CHAFFEE EARL, A.B........................................................................... 1005 Shreve blåg., San Francisco. JAMES WILFRED McKINLEY, B.S.............................................................. Rooms 432-437, Pacific Electric blog., Los Angeles. REV. PETER CHRISTOPHER Yorke, S.T.D.................................................. 1267 Sixteenth av., Oakland. JOHN ALEXANDER BRITTON, Esq................................................................ 455 Sutter st., San Francisco. FREDERICK WILLIAM DOHRMANN, Esq...................................................... 201 Geary st., San Francisco. * FRANK SPAULDING JoHNSON, Esq....................... 210 California st., San Francisco. WILLIAM HENRY CROCKER, Ph.B.............................................................. Crocker National Bank, San Francisco. 1914 1916 1920 1918 1922 1912 1914 1920 ...1924 1924 TRUXTON BEALE, LL.B................................................................................ 1927 Pacific Union Club, San Francisco. CHARLEs STETson WHEELER, B.L................................. ...1912 Nevada Bank blag., San Francisco. - PHILIP ERNEST BOWLES, Ph.B.................................................................. 1922 427 California st., San Francisco. OFFICERS OF THE REGENTS. HIS EXCELLENCY HIRAM WARREN JOHNSON......................... ~ Sacramento - President. VICTOR HENDRICKs HENDERSON, B.L................... 220 California Hall, Berkeley Secretary and Land Agent. Is AIAS WILLIAM HELLMAN, Jr., Ph.B.....Union Trust Company, San Francisco Treasurer. * Died June 22, 1911. ## p. 6 (#464) ############################################## 6 University of California. FACULTY. - BENJAMIN IDE WHEELER, LL.D., Ph. D., President of the University, er officio President of the Faculty. ARNOLD A. D’ANCONA, A.B., M.D., Dean. - RoBERT A. McLEAN, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Clinical and Operative Surgery. GEORGE H. Powers, A.M., M.D., Emeritus Professor of Ophthalmology. WILLIAM WATT KERR, A.M., M.B., C.M., Professor of Clinical Medicine. Douglass W. MoRTGoMERY, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Skin. HARRY M. SHERMAN, A.M., M.D., Professor of the Principles and Practice of Surgery. CHARLEs A. von HoFFMAN, M.D., Professor of Gynecology. HERBERT C. MoEFITT, B.S., M.D., Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine. WILLIAM B. LEwiTT, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics. THOMAs W. HUNTINGTON, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery. ALFRED B. SPALDING, A.B., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics. FREDERICK P. GAY, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology. SAMUEL STEEN MAxwell, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology. T. BRAILs FORD RobHRTson, B.S., Associate Professor of Physiological Chemistry. John G. FITZ-GERALD, M.B., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. RoBERT ORTON Moody, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. John C. SPENCER, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery. WALLACE I. TERRY, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery. HowARD MORRow, M.D., Assistant Professor of Diseases of the Skin. AUGUST J. LARTIGAU, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology. GLAN VILLE Y. RUSK, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. ARTHUR RUSSELL MooRE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology. HENRY B. A. KUGELER, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. SAMUEL J. HUNKIN, M.D., Instructor in Orthopedic Surgery. HAYDN M. SIMMONs, Ph.G., M.D., Instructor in Materia Medica and Therapeutics. HENRY A. L. RY FROGEL, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. ## p. 7 (#465) ############################################## College of Medicine. 7 HAROLD BRUNN, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. THEODORE C. BURNETT, M.D., Instructor in Physiology. GEORGE E. EBRIGHT, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. PHILIP KING BRow N, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pathology. SANFORD BLUM, A.B., M.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. RAY MOND RUSs, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. TRACY G. RUssFL.L., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. CARL S. G. NAGEL, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. HERBERT W. ALLEN, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pathology. WALTER SCOTT FRANKLIN, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. R. LEONA As H, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. WILLIAM G. MooRE, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. ANTONIO M. DAL PIAz, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy. RICHARD W. HARVEY, M.S., Instructor in Anatomy. A DELEBERT W. LEE, M.D., Instructor in Pathology. ALBERT J. Houston, B.L., M.D., Instructor in Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. ERNEST BRYANT Hoag, B.S., A.M., M.D., Lecturer in Public Hygiene. HARRY P. RobARTs, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. JACOB SCHWARTZ, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. MILTON B. LENNoN, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. LIONEL S. SCHMITT, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Skin. HARRY E. AIDERson, M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Skin. WILFRED F. BEERMAN, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. PAUL CASTELHUN, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. GEORGE D. CULVER, M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Skin. EDGAR W. ALEXANDER, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology. W. F. ALLEN, B.S., Collector and Assistant in Physiology. DUDLEY TAIT, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. RENE BINE, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. JAMEs LYMAN WHITNEY, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. MARY E. Bots FoRD, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. BENJAMIN THOMAs, M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. CARL C. CRANE, M.D., Assistant in Orthopedic Surgery. RUBY LACY CUNNINGHAM, B.S., Assistant in Anatomy. IVAN C. HALL, A.B., M.S., Assistant in Bacteriology. ## p. 8 (#466) ############################################## 8 University of California. ADMISSION AND RESIDENCE. - ADMISSION. Applicants for admission to the first year of the medical course and applicants for advanced standing must have completed at least two full years of preliminary training in the undergraduate departments of the University of California or of a university of equal standing. As evi- dence of this preliminary training. they must present a Junior Certificate of this University or its equivalent. The Medical Faculty recommends that students who anticipate entering the College of Medicine acquire a reading knowledge of French and German and include among the studies leading to the Junior Certificate courses in physics, chemistry, and zoology of the scope and character of the following courses: Physics 2A and 2B ; Chemistry 1, 3, 8A, 8B, and 110A; Zoology 1 and 106. THE COMBINED COURSE. Students in the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, or Natural Sciences who have received the Junior Certificate and who, in addition to the work of the Junior Certificate, have completed a full year of work in the Upper Division, may, at the beginning of their fourth or senior year in the University, register as students in the College of Medicine and, upon completion of the first year in the College of Medicine, may receive the degree of A.B., B.L., or B.S. Students who enter the Col- lege of Medicine in accordance with the foregoing provision will be expected normally to have completed 94 units of University work in the academic departments, including such work in major courses as may be acceptable to the faculty of the college in which the student proposes to take his academic degree. ADVANCED STANDING. Students of recognized medical colleges are admitted to the second- year, third-year and fourth-year classes only upon examination covering the subjects in which they seek to be accredited. They must first pre- sent evidence that they have satisfied the regular matriculation require- ments and obtain from the Dean authorization for examination. ## p. 9 (#467) ############################################## College of Medicine. 9 LOCATION. The work of the first and second years of the medical course is con- ducted at Berkeley. The main building of the Medical Department, located at the so- called ‘‘Affiliated Colleges’’ in the western part of San Francisco, at Second and Parnassus avenues, south of Golden Gate Park, is devoted to the work of the third and fourth years. BOARDING. The expense of living in Berkeley and San Francisco is not great. Good board with room may be procured at the rate of twenty-five dollars per month at a convenient distance from the College buildings. CLINICAL FA CILITIES. THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HOSPITAL. Through contributions made by charitable persons a hospital equip- ment has been installed in the main building of the Medical Depart- ment at Second and Parnassus avenues, San Francisco. The hospital was opened April 11, 1907, and has been in active operation since. On the second floor is a well-lighted operating room, with rooms annexed for anesthetizing, sterilizing, and X-ray apparatus. On this floor are two wards of sixteen beds each and one of twenty-eight beds devoted to medicine, surgery, and gynecology. On the floor above is a ward of ten beds devoted to obstetrical cases. Adjoining the ward are separate rooms for patients in the first and second stages of labor. The hospital is designed for the care of the sick and for instruction and research in medicine. It is under the complete control of the Board of Regents of the University. CITY AND COUNTY HOSPITAL OF SAN FRANCISCO. The ward work and clinics held in the University Hospital are sup- plemented by similar courses given in the City and County Hospital. The medical schools in San Francisco are given practical control of the clini- cal material in the hospital, so that as far as purposes of instruction are concerned some of these wards are equivalent to a private hospital con- trolled by the department. PRESIDIO MILITARY HOSPITAL. Through the courtesy of the commanding officer of the medical depart- ment of the military post at the Presidio, students of the University ## p. 10 (#468) ############################################# 1() University of California. have access to the wards of this hospital, in which they may study medical and surgical cases under the direction of the medical service of the post. Owing to the recent acquisition of the Hawaiian and Philippine Islands and the consequent establishment of a large garrison on the Government reservation in San Francisco, abundant opportunity for the study of the different phases of many tropical diseases is afforded. OUT-PATIENT DEPARTMENT. Instruction in ambulatory cases is given in the main building of the Medical Department in San Francisco. THE SAN FRANCISCO MATERNITY. Arrangements have been made with the Board of Directors of the San Francisco Maternity for instruction in practical obstetrics to members of the fourth-year class. Each student is detailed to the out-patient service for a period of two weeks, during which time he makes examina- tions of pregnant women; attends, with an interne, patients in labor and makes daily post-partum visits to the patient’s home. Finally he ex- amines women post-partum for discharge, reporting on the condition of both mother and baby. During the past year two hundred and twenty patients were treated at the institution. HOSPITAL APPONITMENTS. The position of interne in the University of California Hospital is open each year to five members of the graduating class who recommend them- selves to the Faculty by their general fitness for the appointment. Internes serve for one year and have opportunities for obtaining experi- ence in various fields of medicine and surgery. Interneships in the City and County Hospital also are awarded to two members of the graduating class upon the recommendation of the Faculty. Interneships in some of the private hospitals in San Francisco are filled annually either upon the recommendation of the College of Medicine or by competitive examina- tion. FEES. First Year. Tuition … $150.00 Dissecting material …...….............. 10.00 The fees are payable at the time of matriculation. Students may pay one-half of the tuition fee at the beginning of each term. ## p. 11 (#469) ############################################# College of Medicine. 11 A key and breakage deposit of $25 is required for the use of lockers and to cover the cost of material used in the laboratories and damage to College buildings and equipment. At the close of the session the unexpended balance is returned to the student. A rental of $5 a year is charged for the use of a microscope, and $2 for an immersion lens. Each student must provide himself with a micro- scope. A rental of $2.50 is charged for the use of a set of bones and a deposit of $7.50 as security for their return in good condition. Second Year. Tuition ~~~~ $150.00 Dissecting material ......................... 10.00 A key and breakage deposit of . 25.00 Third Year. Tuition ........................................ - - .#150.00 A key and breakage deposit of ................................................................ 10.00 Fourth Year. Tuition ~~~~$150.00 A key and breakage deposit of ........... LIBRARY. The library contains about 3,000 volumes, including many of the cur- rent text-books and some of the better monographs. Along certain lines the library is particularly good. It is the policy of the department to make the collections uniform and to obtain complete files of the most important periodicals published in English, French, and German. Among the journals in the library are the following: American Journal of Medical Science, American Journal of Obstetrics, American Medicine, Anatomischer Anzeiger, Anatomische Hefte, Annals of Surgery, Archiv für Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte, Archiv für Entwickelungsmechanik der Organismen, Archiv für Klinische Chirurgie, Archiv für Pathologische Anatomie und Physiologie, Archives of Surgery, Arbeiten aus dem Kaiserlichen Gesundheitsamte, Berliner Klinische Wochenschrift, Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, British Medical Journal, Centralblatt für Bakteriologie und Parasitenkunde, Centralblatt für Chirurgie, Centralblatt für Gynecologie, Centralblatt für Klinische Medicin, Congrès Français de Chirurgie, Deutsche Medicinische Wochenschrift, Ergebnisse der Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte, Fortschritte der Medicin, Jahrbücher der Gesammten Medicin, Jahres- bericht der Gesammten Medicin, Jahresbericht iber die Fortschritte der ## p. 12 (#470) ############################################# 12 University of California. Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte, Jahresbericht tiber die Fort- schritte der Anatomie und Physiologie, Jahresbericht tiber Pathogenen Mikroorganismen, Journal of the American Medical Association, Journal of Comparative Neurology, Journal of Experimental Medicine, Journal of Hygiene, Journal of Medical Research, London Lancet, Medical Record, Medical Review of Reviews, Morphologische Arbeiten, New York Medical Journal, Philadelphia Medical Journal. Revue de Chirurgie, Transactions of American Surgical Association, Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesell- schaft für Chirurgie, Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift, Zeitschrift für Chirurgie, Zeitschrift für Morphologie und Anthropologie. ORGANIZATION OF INSTRUCTION. SESSION OF 1911-12. Summary of Courses. Instruction is divided into three classes: didactic, demonstrative, and practical. Under the head of didactic instruction are comprised lectures, recitations, and conferences. Under the head of demonstrative instruction are included demonstrations and clinics. Under the head of practical instruction are grouped all varieties of work which the students do for themselves—laboratory session, bedside study, and sectional dispensary work. Eighteen hours of didactic teaching constitute one unit, while thirty- six hours of demonstrations and clinics have the same value. This is also the valuation for such practical courses as include the entire instruction in the subject. Fifty-four hours of practical work which is associated with a didactic course constitute one unit. The unit-valuation of practical work thus depends upon whether it is a part or the whole of the instruction, since the scope of work will obviously be different. For example, the laboratory work in physiology accom- panies a didactic course upon physiology, and the ward classes in surgery accompany didactic and clinical courses in surgery. Of such practical work fifty-four hours constitute a unit. On the other hand, the labora- tory course in bacteriology comprises all the work in bacteriology, and possesses the corresponding scope, and of this work thirty-six hours con- stitute one unit. Thirty-two to thirty-six units represent the work of the average year. Exceptional students can carry two to four units more, and are urged to elect them. So far as has been possible, the work has been concentrated. Students may take advantage of the elective courses offered by the departments of Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathology. In the extension and development of the courses in medicine it is planned to introduce ## p. 13 (#471) ############################################# College of Medicine. 13 the elective system into the clinical as well as the preclinical years, and to allow the student throughout his course the right to elect a large per- centage of his work. Instruction extends through thirty-six weeks. CLASS STANDING AND EXAMINATION. For the determination of class standing and for advancement and graduation the results and markings of all studies and examinations con- sist of “Passed with Honor,” “Passed,” and “Not Passed.” The value of the markings “Passed with Honor’’ is expressed in honor units, which correspond to the unit value of the particular course; the sum total of the honor units determines the class standing of honor students, and upon such class standing are based the recommendations for interne- ships. - Under the term “Examination’’ is understood the judgment of the instructor upon the work of a student. This judgment may be reached in three ways: by personal contact with the students and observation of their routine work, by oral examinations, and by written examinations. The grading of students upon the basis of a written examination alone is not practiced. At the close of each academic year the following examinations are held : - First Year.—Microscopic anatomy, chemical physiology, elementary physiology. Second Year.—Systematic human anatomy, neurology, general physi- ology, pharmacology, morphological pathology, chemical pathology, and bacteriology. Third Year.—Materia medica, microscopical and chemical diagnosis, clinical pathology, obstetrics, general surgery. Fourth Year.—Internal medicine, clinical medicine. therapeutics, general surgery, clinical surgery, gynecology, operative obstetrics, medi- cal jurisprudence, hygiene, pediatrics, diseases of the skin, diseases of the eye, diseases of the ear, nose and throat, genito-urinary surgery, ortho- pedic surgery. - Students who fail to pass the examinations in three or more subjects must repeat the year, the branches in which they were conditioned con- stituting their curriculum. Those students who fail in two courses must pass one of them before the opening of the academic year following that in which they were incurred, so that not more than one condition can be carried into the second, third, or fourth year; and this must be passed in order to render the student eligible for the examinations held at the end of that session. A condition in any subject completed in a given year must be removed within thirty days following the opening ## p. 14 (#472) ############################################# 14 University of California. of the succeeding academic session. Under all circumstances pre- requisites must be respected. Inasmuch as there will be no opportunity during the clinical years to make up practical courses. no student will be permitted to carry into the third year a condition in a course which includes laboratory work. Fourth-year students who fail in one or two branches may reappear for examination after three months. In the event of their passing the examinations at that time they will be recom- mended to the Board of Regents for the degree; should they then fail in one branch even, they must repeat their fourth year, the branches in which they were conditioned constituting their curriculum. To the heads of the departments is reserved the right to determine whether a student who has failed in a course shall be entitled to appear for reëxamination at the beginning of the next academic year, or be required to repeat the course. The Faculty reserves the right to sever the connection of any student with the Medical Department at any time for what it deems either mental or moral unfitness for a career in medicine. - REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION. 1. The candidate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine must have attained the age of twenty-one years. He must give satisfactory evi- dence of possessing a good moral character, which includes unexcep- tional conduct while in the department. 2. He must have studied medicine four full years, and must have attended four regular courses in separate calendar years, the last of which must have been in the University of California. 3. He must have done the required work and passed the stated examinations. 4. He must have paid in full the college fees. SCHEDULE OF STUDIES. First Year. Hours Total - - per week Hours First Half-year. Osteology --------------------------------------------------- S 12S Histology and Mierose opie Anatomy . 16 256 Physiological Chemistry ------------------------------------------------------ 12 192 Seeond Half-year. Experimental Biology and General Physiology.------------- S 12S Physiology of Cireulation, ete. ------------------------------------------ 12 192 Anatomy 20 320 ## p. 15 (#473) ############################################# College of Medicine. 15. \ Second Year. Hours Total per week Hours First Half-year. A natomy of the Nervous System ..................................... 8 128 Physiology of the Nervous System .................................... 12 192 Chemical Pathology .............................................................. 8 128 Pharmacology .............................................. ---------------------------- 5 80 Second Half-year. Morphological Pathology ...... ............................................ 12 192 Bacteriology ........................................................................... 12 192 Anatomy … ... … … 20 320 Third Year. Materia Medica and Pharmacology .......................................................... 74 Clinical Pathology .......................................................................... ----- ----- 68 General Medicine, including Clinical Microscopy .............................. 552 General Surgery ......................…...…........................................…....... 270 Gynecology ............ 36 Ophthalmoscopy ... 36 Obstetries ….….... 108 General Medicine 418 Pediatrics … 136 Jurisprudence … 34 Diseases of the Skin .................................................................................. 68 General Surgery ….........…..…........…...…......................….......... 238 Orthopedic Surgery ...................................................................................... 68 Genito-Urinary Diseases 68 Diseases of the Eye .................................................... 68 Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat .................... ... 68 Obstetries … 34 Gynecology … 102 Hygiene …~~~~… 34 Anatomy. *Robert O. MooDY, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. ANTONIO M. DAL PIAZ, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy. RICHARD W. HARVEY, M.S., Instructor in Anatomy. RUBy L. CUNNINGHAM, B.S., Assistant in Anatomy. EDWARD MILLER, Technical Assistant. ## p. 16 (#474) ############################################# 16 University of California. The courses of instruction in anatomy are given in Berkeley. The classes in gross anatomy are divided into small groups in order to avoid the inevitable noise and disturbance which result from a large group of students working together. Material for dissection is prepared in the embalming room, which is equipped with the necessary hydraulic appara- tus to inject both the embalming fluids and the color masses for the arteries and veins in any desired pressure. After this process is com- pleted the bodies are preserved in a carbolic solution. The teaching museum consists of specially prepared corrosions, injec- tions, dissections, and models. The laboratory for microscopic anatomy is outfitted with microtomes and is supplied with all the stains and reagents necessary for the ordi- nary and finer methods of microscopic preparation. The routine work of the department falls into the natural divisions of gross and microscopic anatomy, and some effort is made to have the transition between the two as gradual as possible. Inasmuch as the process of formal education must end sooner or later, the department endeavors as far as possible to make the students entirely independent. This is further encouraged in the elective system, by which a certain amount of selection is allowed in the regular work of the department. MICROSCOPIC ANATOMY. The various tissues and organs of the body are studied from the development point of view so that their gradual differentiation from the embryonic to the adult form is taken up. Since function and structure can not be separated in the consideration of the microscopic appearance of tissues and organs, their chief physiological aspects are briefly con- * Absent on leave, first half-year, 1911-12. sidered. The study of each group consists of three main steps: (1) For the purpose of orientation, the consideration of their macroscopic appear- ances, relations, and physiology. (2) The transition from the macro- scopic to the microscopic conditions is made with the dissecting micro- scope and teasing methods, free hand or frozen sections. (3) The more detailed study is made from specimens prepared by methods designed to emphasize their principal microscopic features. In this course the value of comparing the organs of a series of animals is recognized and the student is given numerous comparative specimens. Routine sections are, as a rule, prepared by the technical assistant and are only mounted by the student. In order to familiarize himself with the details of histo- logical technique, each member of the class must present during the year acceptable preparations of different organs made by various methods. This includes the process of fixation, embedding in both paraffin and ## p. 17 (#475) ############################################# College of Medicine. 17 celloidin, and staining by the common methods. On the completion of a group of closely related subjects, the student is required to incorporate the results of his laboratory work in a paper fully covering the ground. The paper must be illustrated with the laboratory drawings and contain an epitome of the student’s notes and collateral reading. The drawings are made from preparations of human material wherever this is possible. 101. Histology. Dr. DAL PIAZ. In this course are considered the anatomy of the cell, its variations in form, the conditions and processes of its proliferation, and the modifications which result in its differentiation into a cell of spe- cialized type. The formation of the embryonic germ layers is then taken up and followed by a detailed study of the different fundamental tissues of the body, as these are composed of cells and cell products and derived from one or the other of the germ layers. This study is always comparative. First year, 2 laboratory periods, 2 lectures a week, first half-year. 4 units. - 102. Microscopic Organology. Dr. DAL PIAZ. The organs are discussed with reference to their form, arrangement, and the number of the fundamental tissues composing them, with special reference to their structural and functional relations to other organs. In each case the student begins their study with the structures in situ, and special effort is made to bridge the gap between the appearance of the organs in gross and under the microscope. - - First year, 2 laboratory periods, 2 lectures a week, first half-year. 4 units. 103. Neurology. Mr. HARVEY. In this course special attention is paid to the macroscopic and micro- scopic architecture of the central nervous system and the organs of special sense. The neurone studied in Course 1 is used as the unit in the construction of the nervous system with a view of trac- ing the origin, development, and final arrangement of the different pathways for nerve impulses. Considerable attention is given to the consideration of the growth and development of the nervous system. Second year, 2 lectures, 2 laboratory periods a week, first half-year. 4 units. SYSTEMATIC HUMAN ANATOMY. The courses in systematic anatomy are given by practical work entirely. There are no lectures, and formal quizzes are given only at the completion of the dissection of a part assigned. Students are urged to work independently as far as possible. Special emphasis is laid upon the importance of the visual images rather than word pictures of the various structures of the body. The student dissects from the standpoint of the segment, and to a great extent looks upon the various structures ## p. 18 (#476) ############################################# 1S University of California. as they are found in the body from the point of view of their compara- tive relationship and development. Topographical relations are shown by models and frozen or formalin-hardened sections. In order to em- phasize the importance of original work. a series of statistical investiga- tions is being constantly carried on by the students through the agency of tabulation charts on which they record the important variations found in their dissections. Special attention is paid to the variations of one particular part of the body. 104. Osteology. Dr. DAL PIAZ and Miss CUNNINGHAM. Each student is loaned a skeleton and is required to model representa- tives of each type of bones and to become familiar with the de- tailed characters and differential peculiarities of each bone in the body. - - First year. first half-year. M Tu Th F. 1–5, first S weeks. 223 units. 105. Head and Neck. Assistant Professor Moody, Dr. DAL PIAz, Mr. HARVEY and Miss CINNINGHAM. - First half-year. first S weeks for second-year students only. M. W. F. 1–5: Tu Th. S-12; second 8 weeks for first-year students. M Tu W. Th F. 1–5. Second half-year. 16 weeks. M Tu W Th F. 8–12. 31: units. 106. Arm and Thorax. Assistant Professor Moody. Dr. DAL PIAz. Mr. HARVEY and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year. first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F. 1–5: Tu Th, 8–12; second 8 weeks for first year students. M Tu W Th F. 1–5. Second half-year, 16 weeks, M Tu W Th F. 8–12. 31; units. 107. Leg and Abdomen. Assistant Professor Moody. Dr. DAL PIAz, Mr. HARVEY and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year, first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F. 1–5: Tu Th. 8–12; second 8 weeks for first-year students, M Tu W Th F. 1–5. Second half-year, 16 weeks. M Tu W Th F. 8–12. 31.4 units. 108. Regional and Topographical Anatomy and Normal Physical Diag. nosis. Assistant Professor MooDY. Second half-year. Living models. special dissections and sections of the body are used in this course to enable the student to become more familiar with structural relations and to assemble information obtained in pre- ceding dissections. The normal heart and lung sounds and the mapping out of organs by percussion are studied on the living models. 223 units. W F S-12. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, and 107. ## p. 19 (#477) ############################################# College of Medicine. 19 109. Special Anatomy for Physicians and Advanced Students. Assistant Professor MOODY. Hours arranged to suit applicants. - 210. Hesearch. Assistant Professor MOODY. Students and others who are sufficiently prepared will be allowed to undertake research upon original problems under the direction of the head of the department. The course also gives opportunity for those wishing to gain experience in special Histological Technique and in the construction of papers for publication. If the results obtained merit it, they will be published. To cover the cost of material expensive to obtain, chemicals, etc., a laboratory fee of $5 will be charged. Hours optional. 2. Histological Technique. - Mr. MILLER. Designed for those wishing to further familiarize themselves with the general and special methods of obtaining, fixing, embedding. sectioning, staining, and mounting material for microscopical examination. The course is optional. It cannot be substituted for work required in the Medical Department. Hours to be arranged. Laboratory fee to cover cost of material, $10. PHYSIOLOGY. SAMUEL STEEN MAxwell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology. T. BRAILs Ford RobH.RTsoN, Ph.D., D.Sc., Associate Professor of Phys- iological Chemistry. THEODORE C. BURNETT, M.D., Instructor in Physiology. ARTHUR RUss ELL MooRE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology. L. R. BEAUCHAMP, Technical Assistant. C. B. BENNETT, A.B., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry. 1. The instruction in Physiology includes: (a) Systematic lectures covering the general field. (b) Laboratory work in which the student repeats many of the fun- damental experiments and observations. (c) Written reports upon subjects specially assigned. In the prep- aration of these reports the student is expected to consult the original literature, and not to depend upon text-books and summaries. (d) Written tests and oral recitations. These are held at frequent intervals, with or without previous notice. 2. Experimental Biology and General Physiology. Associate Professor Robertson and Dr. BURNETT. Dynamics and general theory of life-phenomena. Lectures 2 hours, laboratory 6 hours, second half-year. Freshman year; 4 units, M. F. 1–5. ## p. 20 (#478) ############################################# 20 University of California, 3. Physiological Chemistry . Associate Professor ROBERTSON. Physiology of the blood, digestion, metabolism, and animal heat. Lee- tures 3 hours, laboratory 9 hours, first half-year, Freshman year; 6 units. M W F, 1–5. - 4. Physiology of the Circulation, Respiration, Muscle, Nerve, Secretion and Reproduction., Associate Professor MAXWELL and Dr. BURNETT. Lectures 3 hours, laboratory 9 hours, second half-year, Freshman year; 6 units. Tu Th S, 8–12. 5. Physiology of the Nervous System and Special Senses. Associate Professor MAXWELL and Dr. BURNETT. Lectures 3 hours, laboratory 9 hours, first half-year, Sophomore year; 6 units, M W F, 8–12. 6. Pharmacology. Associate Professor RoBERTson. Lectures 2 hours, laboratory 3 hours, first half-year, Sophomore year; 3 units. Tu, 1–5; Th, 1–2. PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY. FREDERICK P. GAY, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology. JoHN G. FITZ-GERALD, M.B., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. GLAN VILLE Y. RUSK, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. ADELBERT W. LEE, M.D., Instructor in Pathology. IVAN C. HALL, A.B., M.S., Assistant in Bacteriology. Instruction in Pathology and Bacteriology is given in the Hearst Laboratory of Pathology in Berkeley during the second year and at the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital in San Francisco during the third and fourth years. The course in Pathology aims to outline the natural history of disease. The instruction is for convenience divided into three correlated courses dealing respectively with causation, progress and effect. 101. Bacteriology and Protozoology. Associate Professor FITZ-GERALD and Mr. HALL. Bacteriological methods are first taught; the preparation of culture media, the isolation of bacteria in pure culture, and the mor- phology and cultural characteristics of bacterial species. The pathogenic bacteria are then taken up in relation to specific dis- eases. The lower animal parasites concerned in systemic diseases are then considered. Lectures are employed for outlining general principles, the work being largely practical. Second half-year; 8 hours. 3 units. 102. Infection and Immunity. Professor GAY. The course presents the most accessible aspects of functional pathology. It traces the evolution of infectious diseases in the ## p. 21 (#479) ############################################# College of Medicine. 21 body and the mechanism of animal defense. Experimental meth- ods of studying infection are demonstrated and so far as practic- able carried out by the student. A systematic course of lectures will outline the principles of Immunology with a consideration of their applicability in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. These lectures may be taken by non-medical students without laboratory work. Second half-year; 8 hours; 3 units. Lecture course, 2 hours; 2 units. 103. Morbid Anatomy and Histopathology. Assistant Professor RUs K. The organ and tissue changes in disease in the animal and particu- larly in the human body will be studied in this course. Macro- scopic lesions will be illustrated by fresh material from autopsies, museum specimens and lantern demonstrations, and the micro- scopic appearances will be studied by means of a loan collection of prepared slides. Experimental lesions are used to emphasize the evolution of such processes. This course, whereas largely prac- tical, is considered systematically in lectures and conferences. Second half-year; 16 hours; 6 units. 104. Autopsy Course. Dr. LEE. During the third and fourth years an autopsy course is conducted in the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital. The members of the class witness and participate in the autopsies held upon the subjects, which during life were the objects of the clinical study by the same students. GRADUATE COURSES. 201. Research. Professor GAY. Problems of Infection and Immunity. Either half-year. Hours and units to be arranged. 202. Research. Neuropathology. Assistant Professor RUSK. Either half-year. Hours and units to be arranged. MATERIA MEDICA. HAYDN M. SIMMONs, Ph.G., M.D., Instructor in Materia Medica. 1. Physiological Action of Drugs. Dr. SIMMONS. The action and application of the chief remedial agents are considered. Lectures, demonstrations, and recitations. Third year, 3 hours a week, 10 weeks. 2. Materia Medica and Pharmacy. Dr. SIMMONS. The course is purely practical, embracing toxicology, the compounding of prescriptions, instruction in incompatabilities, and the general regulations for the safe and efficient employment of remedial measures. Third year, 2 hours a week, 27 weeks. ## p. 22 (#480) ############################################# 22 University of California. MEDICINE. WILLIAM WATT KERR, M.A., M.B., C.M., Professor of Clinical Medicine. HERBERT C. MoEFITT, B.S., M.D., Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine. GEORGE E. EBRIGHT, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. R. LEONA As H., M.D.. Instructor in Medicine. MILTON B. LENNON, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. WILFRED F. BEERMAN, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. PAUL CASTELHUN, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine. RENE, BINE, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. JAMFs LYMAN WHITNEY, M.D., Assistant in Medicine. Work in the Department of Principles and Practice of Medicine is carried on by Professor Moffitt, Dr. Allen, Dr. Ash, Dr. Whitney, and Dr. Bine. The material of the University Hospital offers unusual advan- tages to students, because it is made up wholly of acute cases, and because of the opportunities of working up material in the various labora- tories of the school, of following borderline cases into the surgical wards and of correlating clinical signs with autopsy findings. Didactic work has been almost wholly dropped, except in occasional reviews of import- ant diseases that may not have presented themselves during the year. Professors Kerr and Moffitt so arrange their courses of instruction that each gives special attention to different diseases in alternate years and thus between them cover the entire subject of medicine annually. Instruction in clinical medicine is founded upon practical work based upon the available clinical material. Direct contact with disease in its varied manifestations can alone train the student in the accurate observa- tion of sickness, in the judicious application of the methods of diagnosis, and in the rational employment of therapeusis. The material in internal medicine at the disposal of the staff of instructors and students is large in quantity and rich in quality. General medical work constitutes the greater bulk of the work of physicians, and, therefore, properly requires a large portion of the time of the student. The general plan of the department is to ground the students in the fundaments of medicine dur- ing the third year, and during the four years to place the students upon individual practical work. 1. Clinics in Internal Medicine. - Professor KERR. This course continues through the third and fourth years. It consists of clinics, clinical conferences, lectures, and demonstrations upon the material in the medical wards of the City and County Hospital ## p. 23 (#481) ############################################# College of Medicine. 23 and University of California Hospital. Students are assigned to the beds for study of individual cases. 3 hours a week, third and fourth years. 2. Bedside Instruction. Professor KERR, Drs. EBRIGHT, CASTELHUN, BEERMAN, and LENNON. The class is divided into sections for ward class work. These sections consist of not more than six students who are assigned to the wards twice weekly. In the wards they are taught the proper taking of histories and the recording of medical phenomena, learn the physical and other signs of disease, and follow the progress of diseases. Through their regular attendance, the students are enabled to follow closely the therapeutic treatment. In connection with the ward work there is a well equipped clinical laboratory in which the students conduct analyses of the blood, gastric contents, urine, and do such other laboratory work as may arise in connec- tion with the ward studies. 3. Clinics in Medicine. Dr. MOFFITT. Beginning with the next year year a different method of instruction will be followed in the University Hospital. The third year stud- ents who have had no previous training in physical diagnosis will, during the first semester, give their entire time in medicine to this subject. Sections will be taken in the wards and the out-patient department by Dr. Ash, Dr. Bine, and Dr. Whitney. Clinical lec- tures will not begin until the second semester. During the first half of the senior year two hours a week will be devoted to clinical lectures and a two-hour period to a clinical conference. Case teaching and reports based upon library work will occupy a portion of this time, cases seen in the wards will be reviewed and, when possible, the results of post-mortem examina- tions will be compared with the clinical findings. In the second semester senior students will enter the wards as clinical clerks and will be held responsible for the proper investigation of cases assigned them. 4. Physical Diagnosis. Dr. EBRIGHT and Dr. WHITNEY. This work is devoted to medical diagnosis and is carried on by means of work at the bedside in the wards and in the clinics. Didactic work is reduced to a minimum. As material is abundant, each student is assigned a case and is taught methods of handling and examining patients. A suitable text-book is used as a guide and regular quizzes are held. Case records are kept throughout the year. The first semester is devoted to thorough exercise in the elicitation of physical signs and the inculcation of the methods of examina- tion of the cardio-vascular, lymphatic, respiratory, and the alimen- tary systems and the abdominal organs and the central and peri- pheral nervous systems. The student is made acquainted with the use of the instruments of precision, including the blood pressure apparatus, the cardio-sphygmograph, stomach tube, etc. Frequent use is also made of the ophthalmoscope and laryngoscope. ## p. 24 (#482) ############################################# 24 University of California. The second semester is a continuation of the work of the first, but greater attention is given to the correlation and interpretation of physical signs, the student making complete physical examina- tion of his patients. Stress is laid upon exactness and rapidity of examination in addition to tactfulness at the bedside. Third year, 5 hours a week, throughout the year. 5. Applied Therapeutics. Dr. BEERMAN. Dr. Beerman lectures upon therapeutics and gives demonstrations of applied therapeutics in the wards. He also, with Drs. Lennon and Castelhun, conducts the afternoon ward classes in the City and County Hospital. 6. Out-Patient Clinic on Nervous Diseases. Dr. LENNON. In addition to his ward work, Dr. Lennon conducts a clinic on nervous diseases at the dispensary. - SURGERY. RoBERT A. McLEAN, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Clinical Surgery. HARRY M. SHERMAN, A.M., M.D., Professor of the Principles and Practice of Surgery. THoMAs W. HUNTINGTON, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery. WALLACE I. TERRY, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery. HENRY B. A. KUGELER, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. HAROLD BRUNN, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. *RAYMOND RUss, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. TRACY G. RUss ELL, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. HENRY A. L. RYFKoGEL, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. HARRY P. RobARTs, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. JACOB SCHWARTZ, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. DUDLEY TAIT, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. - MARY BOTSFORD, M.D., Assistant in Surgery. Instruction in surgery is given during the third and fourth years, and while considerable emphasis is laid on the didactic lectures covering the principles of general surgery, the importance of practical training is reailzed. This feature of the department's work is covered by ward classes, clinics, a course in surgical pathology, and operative courses on the cadaver. The clinical material is found in the wards of the City and County Hospital, the University of California Hospital, and the U. S. A. General Hospital at the Presidio. Cases of minor surgery are treated in the Out-Patient Dispensary. During his last year the student is brought into contact with patients in the ward classes, where he is required to follow a certain number of cases throughout their course. * Absent on leave, April 1 to October 1, 1911. ## p. 25 (#483) ############################################# College of Medicine. 25 Operative surgery is taught in the public clinics which occur at regular periods during the entire year. In the fourth year conferences are held once in three weeks, in which papers are read and discussed under the guidance of the professor of the principles and practice of surgery. A similar meeting is conducted for the third-year class by one of the assistants. 1. General Surgery. Professor SHERMAN. The principles of general surgery are discussed in lectures and recita- tions illustrated by diagrams, photographs, wet and dry specimens, and a series of demonstrations on the cadaver. In this course prominence is given to those subjects which are of practical im- portance to the general surgeon. From December to April ward classes and operative clinics are added to these. Third and fourth years, 2 hours a week, throughout the year. 2. Clinical Surgery. Professor HUNTINGTON and Assistants. This course includes clinics, practical demonstrations, and bedside teaching in the wards and operating room of the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital. Surgical pathology, general questions of diagnosis, wound treatment and asepsis are discussed at the bedside. Special attention is paid to the treatment of fractures and dislocations. During the work the student is afforded ample opportunity for the frequent inspection of wounds in all stages of repair, and in addition is given the responsibility for the care of a certain number of cases whose histories must be followed accurately. In the lectures the choice of anaesthetics in ordinary and special cases, their administration in both local and general form, the preparation of instruments and dressings, and the selection and disinfection of ligatures and sutures are discussed. In addition there is an explanation of the application of modern technique in the numerous cases that are presented for operation. Third and fourth years, 3 hours a week, throughout the year. 3. Surgical Pathology. This course will present in a practical way the application of many of those points in the previous work of pathology, bacteriology. and histology which apply especially to clinical surgery. Wound healing in the skin and the formation of cicatrices, reparative processes of the different tissues and their reactions to surgical manipulations are shown experimentally. Considerable attention is paid during the course to the surgical infections and their effects on the organism. The principles of bacteriolysis, the excretion of microörganisms by means of the lymphatics through the lungs, liver and kidneys, the new formation of blood vessels and lym- phatics, and the fate of absorbable suture material are demon- strated on animals. The students are required to make naked- eye descriptions of fresh surgical material and to carry through various portions of these tissues for subsequent microscopic ex- ## p. 26 (#484) ############################################# 26 University of California. amination. The special pathology of tumors and the infectious granulomata is discussed and illustrated by means of fresh prepara- tions and Kaiserling specimens. The work in this course is given entirely in the laboratory and will be wholly practical. Third year, 12 hours a week, 9 weeks. 4. Operative Surgery on the Cadaver. Dr. KUGELER. The classical operations are performed by the students of the class individually on the cadaver, imitating as closely as possible the arrangement and technique of the operating room. Fourth year, 2 hours a week, 9 weeks. 5. Wound Dressing, Minor Surgery, and Bandaging. Dr. TERRY. This course includes the technique of wound dressing and operative - treatment. Various methods of bandaging of minor surgical operations are included in this course. Third year, 3 hours a week, one half-year. 6. Ward Classes. The students under the direction of the officers of instruction are given charge of a series of cases for which they are made re- sponsible. History taking, routine clinical examination, diag- nosis, treatment, and subsequent care of the patient are included in this course. Fourth year, 2 hours a week, through 1 half-year. 7. Surgical Dispensary. Drs. RUss, RobARTs, and SCHWARTZ. This course is given upon the ambulatory material at the out-patient department, and presents in an advantageous manner the particu- lar aspects of surgical ambulatory material. The instruction is entirely practical. Students are assigned to cases, take their his- tories, conduct their examinations, and carry through the treat- ment in large part themselves. Third year, 6 hours a week, 1 half-year. MICROSCOPICAL AND CHEMICAL DIAGNOSIS. HERBERT W. ALLEN, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pathology. It is the purpose of this instruction to give the students practical and effective training in the use of those methods and principles of micro- scopic anatomy, pathology, and physiology which are of assistance to the clinician in reaching a diagnosis. It aims to act as a connecting link between the work of the preclinical and clinical years. The course is given almost exclusively by the laboratory method; short explanatory talks are given as the subject-matter demands. A simple, effective, well- lighted laboratory is provided in the University Hospital, from the wards of which much of the material is derived. The wards of the City and County Hospital and of St. Luke's Hospital are also utilized for material. ## p. 27 (#485) ############################################# College of Medicine. 27 Routine instruction is given on the normal and pathological conditions of the blood; particular attention being paid to accuracy in counting and to the study of the different characteristic blood diseases. If material for use is not present in the wards, specimens from the cabinet are used. An effort is made to familiarize the students thoroughly with the recognition and life history of the malarial parasite. The examination of the urine, normal and pathological, forms an important part of the course, particular attention being paid to the microscopical examination of the sediment. The examination of the sputum and the analysis of the gastric con- tent are adequately considered. Considerable time is devoted to the examination of the feces in health and disease, particularly the recognition of parasites and their ova. Through the courtesy of the officials of the Army General Hospital at the Presidio, use may be made of the abundant tropical material in that institution. 1. Microscopical and Chemical Diagnosis. Dr. ALLEN. Third year, four hours a week, throughout the year. CLINICAL PATHOLOGY. ADELBERT W. LEE, M.D., Instructor in Pathology. 1. Autopsy Course. The classes are divided into suitable sections and instructed at the autopsy in the technic employed in systematic necroscopy. De- tailed demonstration of the autopsy findings. Two sections of one half-year each, 1 hour a week. 2. Special Morphological Pathology. In this course the diseases of one or a group or organs are syste- matically presented from a morphological viewpoint, appropriate gross and microscopical preparations being utilized. Two sections of one half-year each, 1 hour a week. OBSTETRICS. *ALFRED BAKER SPALDING, A.B., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics. 1. Lectures 2 hours per week throughout the year. During the first half. year normal pregnancy, labor, and the puerperium will be con- sidered. During the last half-year one-half of the abnormalities • of pregnancy, labor and the puerperium, and the obstetrical opera. tions will be discussed. Required: Juniors, entire course; Seniors, last half of year. 2. Clinical Lecture. This hour will be devoted to the study of unusual obstetrical cases * Absent on leave, first half-year, 1911-12. ## p. 28 (#486) ############################################# 28 University of California. as they occur in the obstetrical wards, the demonstration of speci- mens, quizzes, and the presentation of student reports. Required of Juniors and Seniors. 1 hour per week, throughout the year. 3. Practical Obstetrics. Each student of the Junior Class will devote two weeks as an assist- ant to the interne in the obstetrical wards, and will attend cases in confinement in the out-patient work of the San Francisco Ma- ternitv. GYNECOLOGY. CHARI Es A. voN HoFFMAN, M.D., Professor of Gynecology. AUGUST J. L.ARTIGAU, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology. WILLIAM G. MooRE, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. Instruction in gynecology is given during the third and fourth years. It is the aim of the department to train the students in those aspects of gynecology which relate to the general practice of medicine, while purely operative specialism is given secondary consideration. 1. Clinies in Gynecology. Professor vox HoFFMAN and Dr. MOORE. This course is given upon the material in the wards of the City and County Hospital and the University of California Hospital. The clinic is combined with some bedside instruction. Cases are as- signed to students, who are required to take their histories, con- duct the physical examination, and make the diagnosis. When the case so assigned is brought into the clinic or the operating room. those students are called who have worked on the patient. In this manner the students are brought into close contact with the eases. In connection with this course instruction in operative gynecology is given upon the eadaver (Winkel's Manikin). Minor operations and those designed for the repair of the genital tract after obstet: rical injuries are either demonstrated to the students or performed by them. - Fourth year, 2 hours a week, throughout the year. 2. Leetures in Gynecology. Professor voN HOFFMAN. A systematic course of lectures. Fourth year. 1 hour a week, throughout the year. 3. Demonstrations in Gynecology. Professor LARTIGAU. A systematic course of lectures, combined with practical demonstra- tions illustrating the normal gross and microscopie anatomy. pathology, and symptomatology. Especial emphasis is laid upon pathological work in this course. Third year. 1 hour a week, throughout the year. - 4. Dispensary Clinies. Dr. MooRF. In this course, held at the Out-Patient Dispensary, students are made familiar with ambulatory eases. As it is the purpose of the course to train the students in making physical examinations and in the use of instruments, the instruction is given in sections, and is entirely practical. Fourth year, 18 hours for each section. ## p. 29 (#487) ############################################# College of Medicine. 29 PEDIATRICS. WILLIAM B. LEwiTT, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics. SANFORD BLUM, A.B., M.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. The courses in pediatrics consist of lectures, recitations, conferences, and practical work in the Out-Patient Dispensary. 1. Lectures and Recitations. Professor LEWITT. Consideration is given to those ailments of children most frequently met with; particular attention is devoted to the infectious diseases of infancy and childhood and to the subject of infant feeding. Fourth year, 1 hour a week, throughout the year. 2. Dispensary Clinics. Dr. BLU M. In the dispensary work the students are brought into direct contact with the cases, and in this manner the diseases are systematically studied. Fourth year, 2 hours a week, throughout the year. DISEASES OF THE SECIN. Doug LAs W. Montgom ERY, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Skin. How ARD MCRRow, M.D., Assistant Professor of Diseases of the Skin. LIoMEL S. SCHMITT, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Skin. GEORGE D. CULVER, M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Skin. HARRY EVERETT ALDERson, M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Skin. Diseases of the Skin. Professors MoRTGOMERY and MORROW. 1. (a) The study of the histology and histo-pathology of the skin, in: cluding biopsies, preparation and examination of sections, and demonstration of specimens. A study of the bacteriology of the various cutaneous lesions is also included. (b) Demonstration of clinical cases, including lectures, and recita- tions. Once a year students are taken to the City and County Isolation Hospital, where from fifteen to twenty lepers, and such cases of variola and caricella, as are available, are demonstrated. So far as possible the microscopic and clinical aspects are studied sumultaneously. (c) Practical clinical work. Students are trained in methods of tak- ing histories, of making diagnoses, and prognoses, and of treat- ment of dermatological patients. They are also trained in the use of radiotherapy as applied to the diseases of the skin. - 1% hours a week, throughout the year. 2. Laboratory Diagnosis of Syphilis. Dr. SCHMITT. This includes the theory and technic of the serum diagnosis of syphilis by the Wasserman and Noguchi complement fixation reactions, and the Nome and Noguchi butyric acid reactions, and demonstrations of the methods of finding the treponema pallida by smears, sections, and the dark-field condenser. 1 hour a week for 24 weeks. ## p. 30 (#488) ############################################# 30 University of California. DISEASES OF THE EYE. GEORGE HERMAN PoweRs, A.M., M.D., Emeritus Professor of Ophthal- mology. CARL S. G. NAGEL, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. W. SCOTT FRANKLIN, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. EDGAR W. ALEXANDER, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology. Instruction in ophthalmology is given in the wards and operating rooms of the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital and at the Out-Patient Dispensary. 1. Practical Work in the Physiological Laboratory. In the second year students are instructed in the rudiments of physio- logical optics, including the theory of refraction. ophthalmoscopy, skiascopy, colors, etc., and in the physiology of the eye. This course is given in the department of physiology in Berkeley. 2. Ophthalmology. Drs. NAGEL and FRANKLIN. The subjects covered in this course comprise the methods of exam- ining the patient and the external and ophthalmoscopic diseases of the eye; ophthalmic surgery. Special study is made of the eye in its relation to general diseases. Students of the fourth year have the opportunity of continuing clinical work in ophthalmology throughout the term, and perfecting themselves in the laboratory methods of examination of eye specimens. Fourth year, 2 hours a week, throughout the year. 3. Ophthalmoscopy. Dr. ALEXANDER. The third-year students are instructed in the bedside use of the oph- thalmoscope, and the ocular conditions of patients in the medical wards are demonstrated. Third year, 1 hour a week, throughout the year. 4. Dispensary Clinics. Drs. NAGEL, FRANKLIN, and ALEXANDER. Students are given facilities for personal examination and treatment of ambulatory cases in the out-patient department. DISEASES OF THE EAR, NOSE, AND THROAT. ALBERT J. Houston, B.L., M.D., Instructor in Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. BENJAMIN THoMAs, M.D., Assistant in Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Instruction in otology, rhinology, and laryngology is given at the City and County Hospital, the University of California Hospital and at the Out-Patient Dispensary. The ambulatory cases are studied at the dispensary, while the operative cases are demonstrated in the clinic at the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital. 1. Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology. Instruction in diseases of the ear, nose, and throat is given in the wards of the City and County Hospital, the University of Cali- fornia Hospital, and the Out-Patient Dispensary. Fourth year, 3 clinics a week, throughout the year. ## p. 31 (#489) ############################################# College of Medicine. 31 DEPARTMENT OF GENITO-URINARY SURGERY. John C. SPENCER, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery. 1. Genito-Urinary Surgery. Professor SPENCER. This course is entirely practical and is given in the University of California Hospital and at the Out-Patient Dispensary on ambula. tory cases. 1 hour a week, throughout the year; 1 clinic a week. oRTHoPEDIC surgeRY. SAMUEL J. HUNKIN, M.D., Instructor in Orthopedic Surgery. CARL C. CRANE, M.D., Assistant in Orthopedic Surgery. 1. Orthopedic Surgery. Dr. HUNKIN. This course is entirely practical and is given at the Out-Patient Dis: pensary on ambulatory cases. The diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the joints, the correction of special deformities, and particularly the subject of skeletal alignment, and muscular bal: ance, are considered. Special attention is paid to the making of splints and the application and fitting of braces. Fourth year, 2 hours a week, throughout the year. MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. Lectures. Professor D’ANCONA. A course of lectures upon the duties and rights of the medical wit- ness, personal identification, malpractice, life insurance, death- bed declarations, signs of death, presumption of death, and the jurisprudence of insanity. - Fourth year, 1 hour a week, throughout the year. HYGIENE. ERNEST BRYANT HoAG, B.S., A.M., M.D., Lecturer in Public Hygiene. The principles of personal hygiene and public health. Particular attention to the early history of preventive medicine, and to the contribu- tions to this science of Jenner, Pasteur, Lister, Koch, and others. Spe- cial topics with which every well-trained modern physician should be familiar will receive attention. These will include school hygiene and the health supervision of school children, Federal, State and Municipal hygiene. The practical relation of preventive medicine to the every-day practice of medicine will be specially emphasized. Fourth year, 1 hour a week, throughout the year. ## p. 32 (#490) ############################################# 32 University of California. GRADUATES, 1911. .* Walter Isaac Baldwin, B.S. ...................................................................... Eureka Elbridge John Best, B.S. ... Grass Valley Lloyd Bryan, B.S. -- ------------------------------Pepperwood William Howard Campbell, B.S. Berkeley Kate Rawlinson Gompertz. B.S. .................................................-----------Berkeley Howard Hill Markel, A.B. ...................................... .......................Davis, Illinois MATRICULATES, 1910-11. - Fourth. Year Class. Walter Isaac Baldwin, B.S. ...................................................................... Eureka Elbridge John Best, B.S. Grass Valley Lloyd Bryan Pepperwood William Howard Campbell, B.S. ..........................................................Berkeley Kate Rawlinson Gompertz, B.S. ... Berkeley Howard Hill Markel, A.B. Davis, Illisois Third-Year Class. - - Samuel Ellsworth Bailey, B.S. .............................................................. Redding Ernest Winton Cleary, B.S. ....................................................................Lindsay Linwood Dozier ...... Oakland Carl Leslie Hoag, B.S. Boonville Frank Lewis Kelley, B.S. ............ Oakland Herbert Everett Long . San Francisco Dewey Robert Powell, B.S. ..................................................................Berkeley Lionell David Prince San Francisco Clifford Daniel Sweet Berkeley Ellen Smith Stadtmuller, A.B. ...........:------------------------------------------ San Francisco Second-Year Class. - Warren Barrett Allen .............................................. Berkeley Daniel Irwin Aller, A.B. ................................................ Forest Grove, Oregon Claudius Ballard .......................................... ...Los Angeles Hugh Kling Berkeley Santa Monica Edwin Cline Buel ... Marysville Joseph Henry Catton Berkeley Gordon Adams Clapp ..................................................... Forest Grove, Oregon Montague Cleeves ...................................................................... London, England Alma Locke Cooke ......................... Tacoma, Washington Earl Hamilton Cornell Oakland Ruby Lacy Cunningham . -- - ....Riverside Margaret Henderson, B.S. ---- Los Angeles ## p. 33 (#491) ############################################# College of Medicine. 33 Bess Grace Lewis, B.S. ........................................................................ Los Gatos Selby Harold Marks, B.S. .......................................................................... Ukiah Henry George Mehrtens ........................................................................ Berkeley Ruth Charlotte Risdon, B.S. .......................................... --- Oakland Oswald Hope Robertson ..........................................................................Berkeley Charles Lee Lanter ............................................................ Carson City, Nevada Charles Ernest von Geldern ........................................................ San Francisco Alexander Hamilton Williamson ............................................................Berkeley First Year Class. Roy Charles Abbott .................................................................................. Pomona Frank Stanley Baxter, B.S. ....................................................................Oakland Nathaniel Bercowitz, B.S. ................................................................ Los Angeles Irving Betts … Salinas John Talmadge Boyer . ..San Francisco *Charles W. Coffin, A.B. ... ..Marion, Indiana Esther Clarice Cumberland, B.S. .................................................... Los Angeles Henry Ehlers .................................................................................... San Francisco Benjamin Marsh Frees ............................................................................ Monrovia *George Arneke Kretsinger .................................................................... Hayward "Alexander Thomas Leonard A.B. ......................................................Menlo Park Edna Locke ............…....— ….. Eureka Melville Hammond Long, B.S. ....... --------------------------------------------- San Francisco 'Kay Gustav Lorentzen, A.B. ...................................................... San Francisco Frank Lee Niles .............................................................................. San Francisco "Daniel John O'Flanagan ............................................................ Dublin, Ireland Douglas Parker .......................................................................................... Alameda Irene May Patchett ........................................................................................ Napa George Warren Pierce ..................................................................................Pomona Fred Nicholas Scatena ......... San Francisco *Emily Victoria Truman, Ph.B. .............................................................. Berkeley Clarence Edgar Wells ................... :--------------------------------------------------------------Visalia Henry Stafford Whisman ...................--~~ Salinas * In residence first half-year only. ## p. 34 (#492) ############################################# ## p. 35 (#493) ############################################# REGISTER—PART IX LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1911–12 NOVEMBER, 1911 ## p. 36 (#494) ############################################# |- ## p. 1 (#495) ############################################## Los Angeles Medical Department. - 1 LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE CALENIDAR” 1911. September 15.-Matriculation of new students in junior and senior classes. September 18.—Registration of old students; classwork of junior and senior classes begins. November 30–December 2.—Thanksgiving recess. December 24.—Christmas vacation begins. 1912. January 3.−Classwork resumed. January 22.-Midwinter examinations begin. February 22.—Washington's Birthday: a holiday. March 23.-Charter Day: a holiday. June 10.-Final examinations begin. June 20.—Commencement Day. * This calendar applies to the third- and fourth-year medical students in residence at the Los Angeles Department during the session 1911–12. ## p. 2 (#496) ############################################## 2 - University of California. FACULTY. MEDICAL FACULTY AT BERKELEY. BENJ. IDE WHEELER, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University, ea officio President of the Faculty. RoBERT ORTON Moody, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. SAMUEL STEEN MAxwell, M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology. T. BRAILSFORD Robertson, Ph.D., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Physiolog- ical Chemistry. ARTHUR R. MooRE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology. THEODORE C. BURNETT, M.D., Instructor in Physiology. ANTONIO M. DAL PIAz, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy. RICHARD WARREN HARVEY, M.S., Instructor in Anatomy. RUBY L. CUNNINGHAM, B.S., Assistant in Anatomy. C. B. BENNETT, A.B., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry. Edward F. MILLER, Technical Assistant in Anatomy. L. R. BEAUCHAMP, Technical Assistant in Physiology. MEDICAL FACULTY AT LOS ANGELES. BENJ. IDE WHEELER, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University, ea officio President of the Faculty. J. P. WIDNEY, A.M., M.D., LL.D., Emeritus Dean and Professor of Medicine. E. A. Foll,ANSBEE, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Diseases of Children. HENRY S. ORME, A.B., M.D., Emeritus Professor of Hygiene and State Medicine. - J. H. UTLEY, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Medicine. Joseph KURTz, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Orthopedic Surgery. GEORGE W. LASHER, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Surgery. GRANVILLE MAcGowa N, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary Diseases. H. G. BRAINERD, A.B., M.D., Professor of Psychiatry and Neurology. H. BERT ELLIs, A.B., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology. MELVIN L. MooRE, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics. CARL KURTz, M.D., Professor of Gynecology. STANLEY P. BLACK, A.M., M.D., Consulting Professor of Pathology. W. JARwis BARLow, A.B., M.D., Dean of Faculty and Professor of Medicine. ## p. 3 (#497) ############################################## Los Angeles Medical Department. 3 RALPH WILLIAMs, M.D., Professor of Dermatology. HILL HASTINGs, M.D., Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology. GEORGE H. KREss, B.S., M.D., Secretary of Faculty and Professor of Hygiene. W. W. RICHARDsoN, M.D., Professor of Surgery. P. V. K. Johnson, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics. THos. J. ORBIson, M.D., Professor of Applied Therapeutics. WALTER BREM, M.D., Professor of Pathology. Hugo A. KIEFFER, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor in Ophthalmology. TITIAN J. CofFEy, M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics. DUDLEY FULTON, M.D., Assistant Professor of Principles and Practice of Medicine. DoNALD FRICK, M.D., Assistant to the Dean and Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine. A. L. KELSEY, M.D., Assistant Professor of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology. John C. HoLLISTER, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology and Surgery. EDMUND MYER LAzARD, M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics. HENRY H. LissNER, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine. L. M. Powers, M.D., Lecturer on Public Health and State Medicine. Ross MooRE, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. F. D. BULLARD, A.M., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology. A. SoHLAND, M.D., Instructor in Electro-Therapeutics and Radiology. W. R. Moi.ONY, M.D., Demonstrator in Surgical Anatomy. BERTNARD SMITH, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine. ELIOT ALDEN, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery. CHARLEs LEwis ALIEN, Assistant Professor of Clinical Neurology. w. T. McARTHUR, M.D., F.R.C.S., Instructor in Clinical Surgery. FRANCIs L. ANTON, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. GURNEY NEwlin, LL.B., Instructor in Medical Jurisprudence. ROBERT L. CUNNINGHAM, A.B., M.D., Assistant Instructor in Clinical Medicine. REA SMITH, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery. HARVEY McNEIL, M.D., Instructor in Dietetics. R. T. BULLARD, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology. A. TYROLER, M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis. C. C. HUNTER, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. ## p. 4 (#498) ############################################## 4 University of California. E. C. SEYMoUR, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Microscopy. W. H. KIGER, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. C. E. ZERFING, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Surgery. GEORGE E. MALSBARY, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. HAROLD SMITH, M.D., Instructor in Therapeutics. W. H. DUDLEY, M.D., Instructor in Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat. C. H. Montgomery, M.D., Instructor in Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat. P. O. SUNDIN, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. I. C. BANCROFT, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Diseases of the Skin. C. L. BENNETT, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine. J. C. WHITE, M.D., Instructor in Medicine. J. E. ColloRAN, M.D., Instructor in Surgery. E. C. MooRE, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Surgery. J. J. Von KAATHoveN, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Surgery. VISITING STAFF-LOS ANGELES COUNTY HOSPITAL. Consultants : W. W. Beckett, M.D., Consultant in Gynecology and Surgery. Stanley P. Black, M.D., Consultant in Pathology. Department of Medicine : Barlow, W. Jarvis Frick, Donald J. Fulton, Dudley Lissner, Henry H. Assistants: Smith, Bertnard White, P. G. Cunningham, R. L. Smith, Harold Department of Surgery : Moore, E. C. . Van Kaathoven, J. J. A. McArthur, W. T. Zerfing, Chas. E. Department of Orthopedics: Richardson, W. W. Department of Gynecology: Kurtz, Karl Smith, Rea Department of Obstetrics : Coffey, T. J. Lazard, E. M. Department of Nervous and Mental Diseases: Brainerd, H. G. Moore, Ross Allen, Chas. L. Department of Tuberculosis: Kress, George H. Malsbary, Geo. E. Department of Contagious Diseases: Bennett, C. L. Diseases of the Eye : Ellis, H. Bert Bullard, Frank Department of Diseases, Ear, Nose, and Throat: Hastings, Hill Kelsey, A. L. Department of Genito-Urinary and Skin Diseases: MacGowan, Granville Williams, Ralph Hart, Lasher Department of Pathology : Brem, Walter Rectal Surgery: Kiger, W. H. Dental Surgery : Deichmiller, C. ## p. 5 (#499) ############################################## Los Angeles Medical Department. ATTENDING STAFF-SELWYN EMMETT GRAVES DISPENSARY. Chief of Staff—J. Edgar Colloran, M.D. Medical Clinic : R. L. Cunningham, M.D., Chief R. S. Cummings, M.D. Earl Sweet, M.D. Harold Smith, M.D. Fred Bowen, M.D. C. E. Atkinson, M.D. U. G. Miller, M.D. Gastro-Intestimal : S. Y. Van Meter, M.D. Tropical Medicine : R. L. Tebbits, M.D. Surgery : J. E. Colloran, M.D., Chief J. F. Holleran, M.D. E. Swift, M.D. M. L. Loomis, M.D. F. S. Ray, M.D. W. R. Jacobs, M.D. Orthopedic Surgery : C. LeRoy Lowman, M.D. B. E. Topham, M.D. X-Ray : W. B. Bowman, M.D. Women's Clinic : E. M. Lazard, M.D., Acting Chief F. C. Ainley, M.D. L. B. Morton, M.D. Rose Bullard, M.D. Gertrude Seaboldt, M.D. E. B. Alexander, M.D. A. J. Downes, M.D. M. A. Colloran, M.D. Ruth Purcell, M.D. Obstetrics : E. M. Lazard, M.D., Chief F. C. Ainley, M.D. Clinical Laboratory : H. A. Zeiler, M.D. Anaesthesia : Margaret Roberts, M.D. Ear, Nose and Throat: A. L. Kelsey, M.D., Chief W. H. Dudley, M.D. C. H. Montgomery, M.D. J. M. Brown, M.D. W. K. Robinson, M.D. C. G. Stivers, M.D. Eye Clinic : H. A. Kiefer, M.D., Chief F. D. Bullard, M.D. J. Ross Reed, M.D. L. W. Mansur, M.D. Children's Clinic : P. V. K. Johnson, M.D., Chief. P. O. Sundin, M.D. A. J. Scott, Jr., M.D. A. F. Maisch, M.D. Etta Gray, M.D. W. E. Stork, M.D. Milk Depot (for Sick Babies): P. V. K. Johnson, M.D., Chief A. J. Scott, Jr., M.D. P. O. Sundin, M.D. Etta Gray, M.D. Nervous : C. L. Allen, M.D. Druggist : F. F. von Kiefferdorff, Ph.C., A.M., M.D. Nurses: Miss Gertrude Tucker Miss Eleanor Tucker Skin: Ralph Williams, M.D., Chief L. Hart, M.D. Genito-Urinary: Ralph Williams, M.D., Chief I. R. Bancroft, M.D. W. H. Kiger, M.D. Rectal : W. H. Kiger, M.D. ## p. 6 (#500) ############################################## 6 University of California. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA ORGANIZATION AND GOVERNMENT. The University of California is an integral part of the public educa- tional system of the state. As such it completes the work begun in the public schools. Through aid from the state and the United States, and by private gifts, it furnishes facilities for instruction in literature, science, and engineering, and in the professions of art, law, medicine, dentistry, and pharmacy. In the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Commerce, Agriculture, Mechanics, Mining, Civil Engi- neering, and Chemistry these privileges are offered without charge for tuition to all residents of California who are qualified for admission. Non-residents of California are charged a tuition fee of ten dollars each half-year. In the Professional Colleges, except that of Law, moderate tuition fees are charged. The instruction in all the colleges is open to all qualified persons, without distinction of sex. The Constitution of the state provides for the perpetuation of the University, with all its depart- ments. ORGANIZATION. The organization of the University comprises the following legally constituted colleges and departments: I. In Berkeley. 1. College of Letters. 7. College of Mining. 2. College of Social Sciences. 8. College of Civil Engineering. 3. College of Natural Sciences. 9. College of Chemistry. 4. College of Commerce. 10. College of Medicine, first and 5. College of Agriculture. second years. 6. College of Mechanics. II. At Mount Hamilton. Lick Astronomical Department (Lick Observatory). III. In San Francisco. 1. San Francisco Institute of Art. 2. Hastings College of the Law. ## p. 7 (#501) ############################################## Los Angeles Medical Department. 7 3. San Francisco Department of the College of Medicine, third and fourth years. - 4. College of Dentistry. 5. California College of Pharmacy. IV. In Los Angeles. Los Angeles Department of the College of Medicine, third and fourth years. The College of Medicine of the State University therefore carries on its work in three cities, the student doing his first and second year work at Berkeley and choosing the San Francisco or Los Angeles departments in which to complete the work of the third and fourth years. - BERKELEY. " The University of California proper is located at Berkeley, a city of about 43,000 inhabitants, on the eastern shore of San Francisco Bay, directly opposite the Golden Gate. It is thirty-five minutes’ ride by train and ferry from San Francisco, and a thirty minutes’ ride by elecric car from the business center of Oakland. The site of the University com- prises about two hundred and seventy acres, rising at first in a gentle and then in a bolder slope from a height of about two hundred feet above the sea level to over nine hundred feet. It thus covers a range of more than seven hundred feet in altitude, while back of it the chain of hills continues to rise a thousand feet higher. It has a superb outlook over the Bay and City of San Francisco, over the neighboring plains and mountains, the ocean, and the Golden Gate. LOS ANGELES. For its exceptional all-year-round climate, Los Angeles is well known. In many portions of the East, southern California is thought of only as a winter resort. It is, however, the testimony of those who have had opportunities to observe, that the summer climate of Los Angeles is better than that of the East, even more than its world-famed winter climate excels the changeable and rigorous weather conditions of the Atlantic Coast and Middle West. Few cities in the United States have been making such phenomenal strides in population and wealth as has Los Angeles. In 1890, the census showed a population of 50,000 persons. By 1900, the number had in- creased to 102,000. The United States census of 1910 gave the city of ## p. 8 (#502) ############################################## 8 University of California. Los Angeles a population of 319,198 and the county of Los Angeles a total of 504,131. This remarkable development still continues. In addition there is a transient or tourist population of many thousands. Living in Los Angeles is as cheap as in any other American city of like size, and the only special extra outlay for a student from the East is the railroad fare. Round-trip excursion tickets can be purchased that are good for nine months. The cost, therefore, of pursuing a medical education at Los Angeles, a trip to California included, is no greater than in eastern cities. LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT, COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. This institution came under the control of the University of Cali- fornia in February, 1909. Prior to that time its faculty for twenty-four years had been carrying on its work in affiliation with the University of Southern California. Believing that because of the close relation of the physician’s work to public health, the training of men and women for the profession of medicine could be carried on to the best advantage of both the individual and the state under the guidance of the State University, the Medical Faculty at Los Angeles offered its property to the University of California. This offer was accepted by the Board of Regents, and, beginning with the session of 1909–1910, the University of California has conducted departments of its College of Medicine in both San Francisco and Los Angeles. Freshmen students who matriculated in 1910 and thereafter were required to show credentials sufficient for entrance into the University of California plus two years of properly selected college work. See require- ments for admission, p. 14. Didactic, Laboratory, and Clinical Facilities for Teaching.—The lecture, laboratory, dispensary and library buildings of the College of Medicine are commodious, well arranged and equipped. The instruction is in charge of experienced teachers whose aim it is to carry on, in the most thorough and successful manner, instruction in a curriculum that is in full accord with the standard of the Association of American Medical Colleges. The respective value of didactic teaching, laboratory work, and clinical demonstration is fully recognized and an effort has been made to give each a place and time in proportion to its importance and value. ## p. 9 (#503) ############################################## Los Angeles Medical Department. 9 The laboratory facilities are unusually good and the work laid down is all that a student can thoroughly cover. The clinical teaching is done at the dispensary and at the hospitals. The Selwyn Emmett Graves Memorial Dispensary of the college handles about thirty thousand cases annually, and here the students study in sections and under the supervision of competent instructors all the diseases met with in ordinary practice. At the Los Angeles County Hospital, an institution with over three hundred beds and several thousand patients annually, members of the faculty operate and give lectures and section teaching on patients from the various surgical and medical wards. - The Los Angeles Medical Department is now erecting a new hospital on the college grounds, made possible by an appropriation of twenty-five thousand dollars from the last legislature, and this institution will be in operation early in 1912. The Receiving and other semi-public hospitals, the Barlow Sanitorium for Consumptives, as well as a number of private institutions, offer other facilities for clinical observation, excelled by but few cities of like size in the entire United States. ADMISSION AND RESIDENCE. ADMISSION. Applicants for admission to the first year of the medical course and applicants for advanced standing must have completed at least two full years of preliminary training in the undergraduate departments of the University of California or of a university of equal standing. As evidence of this preliminary training, they must present a Junior Cer- tificate of this University or its equivalent. The Medical Faculty recom. mends that students who anticipate entering the College of Medicine acquire a reading knowledge of French and German, and include among the studies leading to the Junior Certificate courses in physics, chemistry, and zoology of the scope and character of the following courses: Physics 2A-2B: Chemistry 1, 3, 8A, 8B, 110A; Zoology 1, 5, and 106. THE CoMBINED Course. Students in the Colleges of Letters, Social Sciences, or Natural Sciences who have received the Junior Certificate, and who in addition to the work for the Junior Certificate have completed a full year of work in the Upper Division, may, at the beginning of their fourth or senior year in the University, register as students in the College of Medicine and, upon ## p. 10 (#504) ############################################# 10 University of California. º completion of the first year in the College of Medieine, may receive the degree of A.B., B.L., or B.S. Students who enter the College of Medicine in accordance with the foregoing provision will be expected normally to have completed 94 units of University work in the academic departments, including such work in the major courses as may be acceptable to the faculty of the college in which the student proposes to take his academic degree. ADVANCED STANDING. Students of recognized medical colleges are admitted to the second-, third-, and fourth-year classes only upon examination covering the sub- jects in which they seek to be accredited. They must first present evi- dence that they have satisfied the regular matriculation requirements and obtain from the Dean authorization for examination. FEES. For freshmen and for new students entering with advanced standing in 1911, the tuition of this college is $150.00 per year, payable always in advance. The matriculation fee is $5.00 (payable but once) and the breakage deposit (returnable less charges) is $25.00. A rental of $5.00 a year is charged for the use of a microscope, and $2.00 for an immersion lens. Each student must provide himself with a microscope. A charge of $10.00 is made for dissecting material and a rental of $2.50 is charged for the use of a set of bones, and a deposit of $7.50 as security for their return in good condition. ºn º' REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT FROM CLASS TO CLASS. Students are divided into four classes, according to their proficiency and time spent in studies, viz.: First Year or Freshman, Second Year or Sophomore, Third Year or Junior, Fourth Year or Senior. The standing of the students in their college work is based on their work in the classroom, laboratories, clinics, and on their attendance, the relative value to be placed on each of these items being left to the indi- vidual teachers. A student absent from more than twenty per cent of a course forfeits his right to take an examination in that course, unless the time up to eighty per cent. be subsequently made up, when the Educa- tional Committee may give such student permission to take a supplemen- tary examination in such subject. ## p. 11 (#505) ############################################# Los Angeles Medical Department. 11 The numerical grades to be given students are based on a passing mark of seventy-five per cent. When a student falls below seventy-five per cent. he is conditioned and is required to take a supplementary examination, by arrangement with the proper teacher, within thirty days after the opening of the fall term. Conditioned students will present themselves at the Clerk's office at this time and learn from him or from the bulletin board announcements, the hours of the supplementary exam- inations. Students who do not present themselves at this time must pay the regular fee for second re-examinations. Students who are absent from examinations are marked failed. Members of the faculty do not give to students their numerical grades, but may give verbally to students their grades according to the following classification: Grade A, representing a numerical marking between 90 and 100. Grade B, representing a numerical marking between 80 and 89, inclusive. Grade C, representing a numerical marking between 75 and 79, inclusive. Grade D, representing a numerical marking below 75—conditioned. Students who are conditioned in two or more subjects or who have failed in re-examination shall have their markings reviewed by the Educational Committee, and that committee may call such students before it and shall decide whether re-examinations shall be allowed, or whether the work involved in the conditions shall be repeated in class, in whole or in part, or whether the entire year's work shall be repeated. All students are required to remove conditions within thirty days after the opening of the succeeding session. Under extraordinary circumstances students may be allowed until after the Christmas holidays to remove conditions. If conditions are not removed at that time, such students may be debarred from the midwinter examinations. Any student, after proper request, upon the recommendation of the Educational Committee, may have the privilege of being re-examined in a subject in which he has been conditioned, by a special committee of three to be appointed by the Educational Committee. At the end of the year, or so soon thereafter as the records will allow, the Secretary will notify all students who have fulfilled their financial obligations to the college, of their alphabetical grades, calling the atten- tion of conditioned students to their conditions and that such conditions must be removed before the opening of the succeeding term. Students who have not removed their conditions by the beginning of the succeeding session shall be reported to the Educational Committee, which committee shall recommend such action as may be deemed best. ## p. 12 (#506) ############################################# 12 University of California. - REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION. The candidate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine from this college must have fulfilled the following conditions: 1. He must have attained the age of twenty-one years. 2. He must be of good moral character and must have maintained an irreproachable moral standing while in attendance at this college. 3. He must have been engaged in the study of medicine for a period of at least four years, and must have attended four full courses in separate calendar years, the last of which must have been in this college. 4. He must have passed the required examinations in all the studies of the curriculum. * . He must have dissected at least a median half of the human body. . He must have been present at no less than two cases of obstetrics. . He must be present at Commencement unless excused by the Dean. . He must have paid in full all college fees. 9. He must, in addition to the above, have received the vote of the faculty as a person qualified to become a Doctor of Medicine. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.” PRIZES. The following prizes have been offered: The Barlow. Senior Prize, a prize of one hundred dollars, to the senior who makes the best standing in the work of the junior and senior year. t INTERNESHIPs. Exceptional opportunities for practical hospital experience are within the grasp of all properly qualified graduates of the institution. Among such may be mentioned the Los Angeles County, the California, the Sisters’, and a number of other hospitals. DISCIPLINE AND GOOD ORDER. All students are expected to observe the principles of good conduct and order while attending the college, and plain infractions of the rules will be referred to the Executive Committee of the Faculty, with recommendation of reprimand, suspension or expulsion. * Concerning Department at Los Angeles. ## p. 13 (#507) ############################################# Los Angeles Medical Department. 13 SUGGESTIONS TO PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS. It would be to the advantage of students if they would matriculate a few days in advance of the opening exercises, secure boarding places, and fulfill the entrance requirements, so that their studies may not be interrupted in the beginning. COST OF LIVING. The cost of living is no greater in Berkeley and Los Angeles than in other American cities, the expense depending largely on the tastes of the student. Good board, with room rent, may be procured at a very moderate price, at a convenient distance from the college buildings. Circulars of information concerning Los Angeles may be obtained by addressing the Information Bureau of the Los Angeles Chamber of Com- merce or any of the trans-continental railroads. HOW TO REACH THE COLLEGE. Students who desire to go directly to the college should transfer to yellow Garvanza or Griffin avenue cars, going north on Main street. These cars stop in front of the college buildings. The office of the Clerk of the college is on the first floor of Founders’ Building. The street address of the College of Medicine is 737 North Broadway (Buena Vista street), Los Angeles, Cal. - The clerks of the college are in the offices from 9 a.m. to 12 m. and from 1 to 5 p.m., and will be glad to answer questions and extend cour- tesies to visiting physicians and prospective students. The Dean and Secretary may be seen at their respective offices as follows: The Dean, Dr. W. Jarvis Barlow, 616 Security Building, Fifth and Springs streets, Los Angeles; - - The Secretary, Dr. George H. Kress, 240 Bradbury Building, Third and Broadway, Los Angeles. MATRICULATION. All new students must present their credentials to the Dean and must then matriculate with the Secretary of the Faculty. Prospective students wishing information should state class they wish to enter. For additional information, apply in person to the Dean or Secretary, or address, Dr. GEORGE H. KREss, 240 Bradbury Building, Los Angeles, Cal. ## p. 14 (#508) ############################################# 14 University of California. - DEPARTMENTS OF INSTRUCTION AT BERKELEY . ANATOMY. *ROBERT ORTON MooDY, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. ANTONIO MENOTTI DAL PIAz, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy. RICHARD WARREN HARVEY, M.S., Instructor in Anatomy. RUBY L. CUNNINGHAM, B.S., Assistant in Anatomy. EDWARD MILLER, Technical Assistant. The courses of instruction in anatomy are given in Berkeley. The classes in gross anatomy are divided into small groups in order to avoid the inevitable noise and disturbance which result from a large group of students working together. Material for dissection is prepared in the embalming room, which is equipped with the necessary hydraulic apparatus to inject both the embalming fluids and the color masses for the arteries and veins at any desired pressure. After this process is completed the bodies are preserved in a carbolic solution. The teaching museum consists of specially prepared corrosions, injec- tions, dissections, and models. The laboratory for microscopic anatomy is outfitted with microtomes and is supplied with all the stains and reagents necessary for the ordinary and finer methods of microscopic preparation. The routine work of the department falls into the natural divisions of gross and microscopic anatomy, and some effort is made to have the transition between the two as gradual as possible. Inasmuch as the process of formal education must end sooner or later, the department endeavors as far as possible to make the students entirely independent. This is further encouraged in the elective system, by which a certain amount of selection is allowed in the regular work of the department. MICROSCOPIC ANATOMY. The various tissues and organs of the body are studied from the developmental point of view so that their gradual differentiation from the embryonic to the adult form is taken up. Since function and structure can not be separated in the consideration of the microscopic appearance of tissues and organs, their chief physiological aspects are briefly con- * In residence second half-year only, 1911–12. ## p. 15 (#509) ############################################# Los Angeles Medical Department. 15 sidered. The study of each group consists of three main steps: (1) For the purpose of orientation, the consideration of their macroscopic appear- ances, relations, and physiology. (2) The transition from the macroscopic to the microscopic conditions is made with the dissecting microscope and teasing methods, free hand or frozen sections. (3) The more detailed study is made from specimens prepared by methods designed to emphasize their principal microscopic features. In this course the value of com- paring the organs of a series of animals is recognized and the student is given numerous comparative specimens. Routine sections are, as a rule, prepared by the technical assistant and are only mounted by the student. In order to familiarize himself with the details of histological technique, each member of the class must present during the year acceptable prepara- tions of different organs made by various methods. This includes the process of fixation, embedding in both paraffin and celloidin, and staining by the common methods. On the completion of a group of closely related subjects, the student is required to incorporate the results of his labora- tory work in a paper fully covering the ground. The paper must be illustrated with the laboratory drawings and contain an epitome of the student's notes and collateral reading. The drawings are made from preparations of human material wherever this is possible. - 101. Histology. Dr. DAL PIAZ. In this course are considered the anatomy of the cell, its variations in form, the conditions and processes of its proliferation, and the modifications which result in its differentiation into a cell of specialized type. The formation of the embryonic germ layers is then taken up and followed by a detailed study of the different fundamental tissues of the body, as these are composed of cells and cell products and derived from one or the other of the germ layers. This study is always comparative. First year. Two laboratory periods, two lectures a week, first half- year. 4 units. 102. Microscopic Organology. Dr. DAL PIAZ. The organs are discussed with reference to their form, arrangement, and the number of the fundamental tissues composing them, with special reference to their structural and functional relations to other organs. In each case the student begins their study with the structures in situ, and special effort is made to bridge the gap between the appearance of the organs in gross and under the microscope. First year. Two laboratory periods, two lectures a week, first half- year. 4 units. 103. Neurology. Mr. HARVEY. In this course special attention is paid to the macroscopic and micro- scopic architecture of the central nervous system and the organs of ## p. 16 (#510) ############################################# 16 University of California. special sense. The neurone studied in Course 1 is used as the unit in the construction of the nervous system with the view of tracing - the origin, development, and final arrangement of the different pathways for nerve impulses. Considerable attention is given to the consideration of the growth and development of the nervous system. Second year. Two lectures, two laboratory periods a week, first half- year. 4 units. SYSTEMATIC HUMAN ANATOMY. The courses in systematic anatomy are given by practical work entirely. There are no lectures, and formal quizzes are given only at the completion of the dissection of a part assigned. Students are urged to work inde- pendently as far as possible. Special emphasis is laid upon the import- ance of visual images rather than word pictures of the various structures of the body. The student dissects from the standpoint of the segment, and to a great extent looks upon the various structures as they are found in the body from the point of view of their comparative relationship and development. Topographical relations are shown by models and frozen or formalin-hardened sections. In order to emphasize the importance of original work, a series of statistical investigations is being constantly carried on by the students through the agency of tabulation charts on which they record the important variations found in their dissections. Special attention is paid to the variations of one particular part of the body. 104. Osteology. Dr. DAL PIAZ and Miss CUNNINGHAM. Each student is loaned a skeleton and is required to model in clay each bone in the body. First year. Four half-days a week, first half-year. 2% units. 105. Head and Neck. Assistant Professor MOODY, Dr. DAL PIAZ, Mr. HARVEY, and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year, first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F, 1–5; Tu Th, 8–12; second 8 weeks for first-year students, M Tu W Th F. 1–5. Second half-year, 16 weeks, M. Tu W Th F, 8–12. 344 units. 106. Arm and Thorax. Assistant Professor Moody, Dr. DAL PIAZ, Mr. HARVEY, and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year, first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F, 1–5; Tu Th, 8–12; second 8 weeks for first-year students, M Tu W Th F. 1–5. Second half-year, 16 weeks, M Tu W Th F, 8–12. 31% units. ## p. 17 (#511) ############################################# Los Angeles Medical Department. - 17 107. Leg and Abdomen. Assistant Professor Moody, Dr. DAL PIAz, Mr. HARVEY, and Miss CUNNINGHAM. First half-year, first 8 weeks for second-year students only, M W F, 1–5; Tu Th, 8–12; second 8 weeks for first-year students, M Tu W Th F, 1–5. Second half-year, 16 weeks, M Tu W Th F, 8–12. 3% units. 108. Regional and Topographical Anatomy and Normal Physical Diagnosis. Assistant Professor MOODY. Second half-year. Living models, special dissections and sections of the body are used in this course to enable the student to become more familiar with struc- tural relations and to assemble information obtained in preceding dissections. The normal heart and lung sounds and the mapping out of organs by percussion are studied on the living models. 2% units. W F, 8–12. Prerequisite: courses 105, 106, and 107. 109. Special Anatomy for Physicians and Advanced Students. Assistant Professor MOODY. 210. Research. Assistant Professor MooDY. Students and others who are sufficiently prepared will be allowed to undertake research upon original problems under the direction of the head of the department. The course also gives opportunity for those wishing to gain experience in special Histological Technique and in the construction of papers for publication. If the results obtained merit it, they will be published. To cover the cost of material expensive to obtain, chemicals, etc., a laboratory fee of $5 will be charged. Hours optional. 2. Histological Technique. Mr. MILLER. This course is designed for those wishing to further familiarize them- selves with the general and special methods of obtaining, fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting material for micro- scopical examination. The course is optional. It cannot be substi- tuted for work required in the College of Medicine. Hours to be arranged. Laboratory fee to cover cost of reagents and material, $10. PHYSIOLOGY. SAMUEL STEEN MAxwell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology. T. BRAILSFORD Robertson, B.S., D.Sc., Associate Professor of Physiological Chemistry. ARTHUR RUssBLL MooRE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology. THEODORE C. BURNETT, M.D., Instructor in Physiology. L. R. BEAUCHAMP, Technical Assistant. C. B. BENNETT, M.S., M.A., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry. ## p. 18 (#512) ############################################# 18 - University of California. The courses in Physiology are given during the first and second years of the Medical Course. The instruction in Physiology includes: (a) Systematic lectures covering the general field. (b) Laboratory work in which the student repeats many of the funda- mental experiments and observations. (c) Written reports upon subjects specially assigned. In the prepara- tion of these reports the student is expected to consult the original litera- ture, and not to depend upon text-books and summaries. (d) Written tests and oral recitations. These are held at frequent intervals, with or without previous notice. 103. Biochemistry. Associate Professor ROBERTSON and Mr. BENNETT. Chemistry of the constituents of living matter; chemical dynamics of life-phenomena; chemical physiology of the blood, digestion, and metabolism. Lectures 5 hrs., laboratory 15 hrs., first year, second half-year. 12 units. 104. Physiology. Associate Professor MAXWELL and Dr. BURNETT. Physiology of the muscle, nerve, central nervous system, and sensation, circulation, respiration, and secretion. Lectures 5 hrs., laboratory 15 hrs., second year, first half-year. 12 units. 106. Pharmacology. Associate Professor ROBERTSON. Lectures 2 hrs., laboratory 3 hrs., second year, first half-year. 3 units. Tu, 1–5; Th, 1–2. GRADUATE COURSEs. 211A. Advanced Physiology. Associate Profesosr MAxwell. Laboratory three afternoons a week with occasional lectures; first half- year. 4 units. 211B. Advanced Chemical Biology. Associate Professor ROBERTSON. Laboratory three afternoons a week with occasional lectures; second half-year. 4 units. 212. Research Work in Physiology. Associate Professor MAxwFLL. 213. Research Work in Physiological Chemistry. - Associate Professor RO3ERTSON. ## p. 19 (#513) ############################################# Los Angeles Medical Department. 19 PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY. FREDERICK P. GAY, A.B., M.D., Professor of Pathology. J. G. FITZ-GERALD, M.B., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. GLAN VILLE Y. RUSK, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology. ADELBERT W. LEE, M.D., Instructor in Pathology. IVAN C. HALL, A.B., M.S., Assistant in Bacteriology. Instruction in Pathology is given in the Hearst Laboratory of Pathology in Berkeley during the second year and at the University of California. Hospital and the City and County Hospital in San Francisco during the third and fourth year. The course in Pathology aims to outline the natural history of disease. The instruction is for convenience divided into three correlated courses dealing respectively with causation, progress and effect. 101. Bacteriology and Protozoology. Associate Professor Fitz-GERALD. Bacteriological methods are first taught; the preparation of culture media, the isolation of bacteria in pure culture, and the morphology and cultural characteristics of bacterial species. The pathogenic bacteria are then taken up in relation to specific diseases. The lower animal parasites concerned in systemic diseases are then con- sidered. Lectures are employed for outlining general principles, the work being largely practical. 8 hrs., second half-year. 3 units. 102. Infection and Immunity. Professor GAY. The course presents the most accessible aspects of functional path- ology. It traces the evolution of infectious diseases in the body and the mechanism of animal defense. Experimental methods of studying infection are demonstrated and so far as practicable carried out by the student. A systematic course of lectures will outline the principles of immunology with a consideration of their applicability in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. 8 hrs., second half-year. 3 units. 103. Morbid Anatomy and Histopathology. Assistant Professor RUSK. The organ and tissue changes in disease in the animal and particularly in the human body will be studied in this course. Macroscopic lesions will be illustrated by fresh material from autopsies, museum specimens, and lantern demonstrations, and the microscopic appear- ances will be studied by means of a loan collection of prepared slides. Experimental lesions are used to emphasize the evolution of such processes. This course, while largely practical, is considered systematically in lectures and conferences. 16 hrs., second half-year. 6 units. ## p. 20 (#514) ############################################# 20 University of California. 104. Autopsy Course. Dr. LEE. During the third and fourth years an autopsy course is conducted in the University of California Hospital and the City and County Hospital. The members of the class witness and participate in the autopsies held upon the subjects, which during life were the objects of the clinical study by the same students. GRADUATE COURSEs. 201. Research. Professor GAY. Problems of infection and immunity. Either half-year. Hours and credit to be arranged. 202. Research. Neuropathology. Assistant Professor RUSK. Either half-year. Hours and credit to be arranged. Research Department of Hearst Pathological Laboratory. The private laboratories of pathology are open for the investigation of problems germain to the scope of the department. These laboratories offer ample opportunities both to graduate and undergraduate students who are capable of pursuing such investigations to advantage. The laboratories are under the direction of the Professor of Pathology. ## p. 21 (#515) ############################################# Los Angeles Medical Department. 21 DEPARTMENTS OF INSTRUCTION AT LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY. WALTER V. BREM, M.D., Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology, and In- structor in Medicine. A. H. ZEILER, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Microscopy. EQUIPMENT The department of pathology, including clinical microscopy, occupies the greater portion of the Hendryx Laboratory building. On the first floor are three small rooms for research laboratories, a special laboratory for the head of the department and a large laboratory for the course in clinical microscopy. There is a full equipment of microscopes and other accessories for proper instruction. - The second floor is occupied by a large well lighted room devoted to a valuable pathological museum. In addition to the above, the Dispensary and County Hospital contain clinical laboratories for the examination of blood, fluids, excreta, etc., of the patients at those institutions. Courses 'ourse I. Clinical Microscopy. Dr. BREM. Junior year. Six hours a week for one-half the year. A lecture course and practical laboratory course in clinical laboratory examinations. Course II. Gross Pathology and Post-mortem Technique. Dr. BREM. Senior year. Two hours a week during the whole year. The course in- cludes diagnosis from naked-eye inspection of organs obtained from operations, autopsies, and from the museum. Methods of making autopsies are demonstrated and the students are requested to take turns in assisting and making notes of the autopsies from dictation. Stress is laid on the technique of performing autopsies, and the steps to be taken in a systematic examination to determine the cause of death. DEPARTMENT OF MATERIA MEDICA, PHARMACOLOGY, AND THERAPEUTICS. THOMAs J. ORBISON, M.D., Professor of Applied Therapeutics. ALBERT SoHAND, M.D., Instructor in Electro-Therapeutics and X-Ray. HAROLD SMITH, M.D., Instructor in Therapeutics. H. C. MACNEIL, M.D., Instructor in Dietetics. ## p. 22 (#516) ############################################# 22 University of California. COURSES Course I. Therapeutics. Dr. SMITH. During the Junior year, pharmacodynamics and the conditions in which drugs are rationally indicated, or in which they have been found empirically useful, will be discussed; briefly considering the etiology of individual diseases, their pathology, pathological physiology and chemistry, as well as the natural defenses and resistance of the body and the various means of increasing the same. Junior year. Two hours a week throughout the year. Course II. Dietetics. Dr. MACNEIL. In this course will be considered food principles and the application of special dietaries to individual diseases. Junior year. One hour a week for half the year. Course III. Applied Therapeutics. Professor ORBISON. The Senior year is intended to present a course in applied therapeutics. The treatment of individual diseases will be studied and the thera- peutic application of various drugs and remedial measures discussed. The object being to inculcate clear reasoning in rational and careful discrimination in empirical therapeutics. Senior year. One hour a week throughout the year. Course IV. Electrotherapeutics and Radiography. Dr. SOILAND. Lectures upon and demonstrations with the various electrical currents used in medicine and surgery. Electrophysics, Electro-diagnosis and Electro therapeutics. The Rontgen rays. Diagnosis by means of the Fluroscope and the photographic plate. Rontgen-therapy, or the application of the X-rays in treatment. The College and Dispensary are equipped with modern and efficient ap- paratus, consisting of a standard 16-plate Toeppler Holtz induction machine, direct and induced current generators, and a powerful coil of the Ruhmkorff type for the X-ray work. Senior year. One hour a